1

रागािदरोगान् सततानुष³ान् अशेषकायपVतान् अशेषान् । (१.१)
rāgādirogān satatānuṣaktān aśeṣakāyaprasṛtān aśeṣān / (1.1)
rāga-ādi-roga satata-anuṣañj aśeṣa-kāya-prasṛ aśeṣa
राग rāga m. a musical note; a particular process in the preparation of quicksilver; a prince आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease सतत
satata adj. constant; continual; perpetual अनुषM् anuṣañj 1.Ā. to adhere; to be attached to; to cling to अशेष
aśeṣa adj. all; entire; perfect काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to be attained पV prasṛ 1.Ā. to advance
("for" or "against"); to appear; to be protracted अशेष aśeṣa adj. all; entire; perfect.

औñु*मोहारितदाञ् जघान यो ऽपूवरवइNाय नमो ऽºु तWइ॥ (१.२)
autsukyamohāratidāñ jaghāna yo 'pūrvavaidyāya namo 'stu tasmai// (1.2)
autsukya-moha-arati-da han yad apūrva-vaidya namas as tad
औñु* autsukya n. anxiety; desire; fervour मोह moha m. (with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of
vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy; a swoon अरित arati f. a bilious disease; anger; anxiety
द da adj. effecting; granting; offering हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to avert यद yad
pron. what; which अपूवर apūrva adj. extraordinary; incomparable; not first वइN vaidya m. a learned man; a
physician (accounted a mixed caste); an expert (versed in his own profession) नमस् namas n. a thunderbolt;
adoration (by gesture or word); bow अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) तद tad pron. this.

आयुः कामयमा`नेन धमारथरसुखसाधनम् । (२.१)
āyuḥ kāmayamānena dharmārthasukhasādhanam / (2.1)
āyus kāmay dharma-artha-sukha-sādhana
आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy कामय् kāmay 10.P. to desire; to wish धमर dharma mn. a
bow; a particular ceremony; a Soma-drinker अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action;
advantage सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in साधन sādhana n. a means of summoning or conjuring
up a spirit (or deity); accomplishment; acquisition.

आयु¯वदोप`देशेषु िवधे यः परम् आदरः ॥ (२.२)
āyurvedopadeśeṣu vidheyaḥ param ādaraḥ // (2.2)
āyurveda-upadeśa vidhā para ādara
आयु¯वद āyurveda m. the science of health or medicine (it is classed among sacred sciences) उप`देश upadeśa m.
a name; advice; communication of the initiatory Mantra or formula िवधा vidhā 3.Ā. to appoint; to apportion;
to arrange पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than आदर ādara m. care; notice; regard.

बQा Wृ~ायुषो `वेदं पैआपितम् ऐइगहत् । (३.१)
brahmā smṛtvāyuṣo vedaṃ prajāpatim ajigrahat / (3.1)
brahman smṛ-āyus veda prajāpati grah
बQन् brahman m. (with Jainas) a particular Kalpa; brahmaṇa āyuḥ; Aurigae Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to
bear in mind; to hand down memoriter आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy `वेद veda m.
feeling; knowledge; knowledge of ritual पैआपित prajāpati m. (in astrol.) 2. kālanara; Aurigae; a divinity
presiding over procreation गह grah 6.P. (in astron.) to calculate; (in astron.) to observe; to abstract.

सो ऽिNनौ तौ सहसाकं सो ऽितपुतािदकान् मुनीन् ॥ (३.२)
so 'śvinau tau sahasrākṣaṃ so 'triputrādikān munīn // (3.2)
tad aśvin tad sahasrākṣa tad atri-putra-ādika muni
तद tad pron. this अिNन् aśvin m. a cavalier; a name of the Nakṣatra presided over by the Aśvins; horse-tamer
तद tad pron. this सहसाक sahasrākṣa m. a clear sky; name of a particular Mantra; name of Fire and Rudra तद
tad pron. this अित atri m. (in astron.) one of the seven stars of the Great Bear; a devourer पुत putra m. (in
2
astrol.) name of the fifth house; a Bodhisattva; a son आिदक ādika adj. and so on; beginning with मुिन muni m.
Agati Grandiflora; a Brāhman of the heighest order; a saint.

`ते ऽिV`वेशािदकांस् `ते तु पृथक तMािण `ते िन`रे । (४.१)
te 'gniveśādikāṃs te tu pṛthak tantrāṇi tenire / (4.1)
tad agniveśa-ādika tad tu pṛthak tantra tan
तद tad pron. this अिV`वेश agniveśa m. name of an ancient medical authority आिदक ādika adj. and so on;
beginning with तद tad pron. this तु tu ind. and; but; do पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without; apart or
separately or differently from; differently तM tantra n. a class of works teaching magical and mystical
formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between Śiva and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects); a drug;
a house तन् tan 8.Ā. to accomplish; to augment; to be diffused (as light) over.

`ते~ो ऽितिवपकी`ण ~ः पायः सारतरोVयः ॥ (४.२)
tebhyo 'tiviprakīrṇebhyaḥ prāyaḥ sārataroccayaḥ // (4.2)
tad ativiprakīrṇa prāyas sāratara-uccaya
तद tad pron. this अितिवपकीणर ativiprakīrṇa adj. äusserst ausgedehnt पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general
rule; commonly सारतर sāratara adj. better; more excellent; more precious उVय uccaya m. adding to;
annumeration; collection.

िकय`ते ऽºा§Tदयं नाितसंकेपिवºरम् । (५.१)
kriyate 'ṣṭāṅgahṛdayaṃ nātisaṃkṣepavistaram / (5.1)
kṛ aṣṭāṅgahṛdaya na-ati-saṃkṣepa-vistara
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become अºा§Tदय aṣṭāṅgahṛdaya n. Name eines medizinischen
Werks न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very संकेप saṃkṣepa m. abridgement; brief exposition;
compendium िवºर vistara m. a layer; a multitude; affectionate solicitation.

कायबालगहो¹ार§श7दंºराजरावृषान् ॥ (५.२)
kāyabālagrahordhvāṅgaśalyadaṃṣṭrājarāvṛṣān // (5.2)
kāya-bāla-graha-ūrdhvāṅga-śalya-daṃṣṭra-jarā-vṛṣa
काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to be attained बाल bāla m. a child; a colt; a five years old elephant गह
graha mn. a crocodile; a house; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural
manner) ऊ¹ार§ ūrdhvāṅga n. the part above the collar-bone; the upper part of the body श7 śalya mn. (in
med.) any extraneous substance lodged in the body and causing pain; a dart; a fault दंºर daṃṣṭra mfn. a large
tooth; fang; tusk जरा jarā f. a kind of date-tree; decrepitude; digestion वृष vṛṣa m. Adhatoda vasica Roxb.; a
bull (in older language only ifc.); a man.

अºाव् अ§ािन तºाVश िचिकñा येषु संिशता । (६.१)
aṣṭāv aṅgāni tasyāhuś cikitsā yeṣu saṃśritā / (6.1)
aṣṭan aṅga tad-ah cikitsā yad saṃśri
अºन् aṣṭan adj. eight अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said
to be five) तद tad pron. this अह ah 1.P. to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call िचिकñा cikitsā f. medical
attendance; practice or science of medicine (esp. therapeutics) यद yad pron. what; which संिश saṃśri 1.Ā. to
acquire; to approach; to approach for sexual union.

वायुः िप7ं कफश चेित तयो दोषाः समासतः ॥ (६.२)
vāyuḥ pittaṃ kaphaś ceti trayo doṣāḥ samāsataḥ // (6.2)
vāyu pitta kapha ca-iti tri doṣa samāsatas
3
वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5
are reckoned) िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas;
watery froth or foam in general च ca ind. also; and; as well as इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original
signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) ित tri nr. 3 MW दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection समासतस् samāsatas ind. concisely; in a summary manner; succinctly.

िवTतािवTता `देहं Vि* `ते वतरयि* च । (७.१)
vikṛtāvikṛtā dehaṃ ghnanti te vartayanti ca / (7.1)
vikṛ-avikṛta deha han tad vartay ca
िवT vikṛ 8.Ā. to act in a hostile or unfriendly way towards (gen. or loc.); to act in various ways; to annihilate
अिवTत avikṛta adj. being in its natural condition (said of cloth); not changed by artificial means; not deformed
`देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to
avert तद tad pron. this वतरय् vartay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to begin to instruct (dat.); to behave च ca ind. also;
and; as well as.

`ते ºािपनो ऽिप T¤ा~ोर अधोमWो¹रसंशयाः ॥ (७.२)
te vyāpino 'pi hṛnnābhyor adhomadhyordhvasaṃśrayāḥ // (7.2)
tad vyāpin api hṛd-nābhi adhas-madhya-ūrdhva-saṃśraya
तद tad pron. this ºािपन् vyāpin adj. comprehensive; covering; diffusive अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides
Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior नािभ nābhi f. a near relation or friend; affinity; central point अधस् adhas ind.
below; beneath; down मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate ऊ¹र ūrdhva adj. above; elevated;
erect संशय saṃśraya m. a piece or portion belonging to anything; a refuge; alliance.

वयोऽहोराितभु³ानां `ते ऽ*मWािदगाः कमात् । (८.१)
vayo'horātribhuktānāṃ te 'ntamadhyādigāḥ kramāt / (8.1)
vayas-ahar-rātri-bhukta tad anta-madhya-ādi-ga kramāt
वयस् vayas n. age; any period of life; degree अहर ahar n. a day राित rātri f. name of a river in Krauñcadvīpa;
night; the darkness or stillness of night (often personified) भु³ bhukta n. food; the act of eating; the place
where any person has eaten तद tad pron. this अ* anta m. a final syllable; a shore; border मW madhya n.
abdomen; centre; cessation आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or
keeping the fifth place; being कमात् kramāt ind. successively.

तइर भ`वेद िवषमस् तीWो मWश चािVः समइः समः ॥ (८.२)
tair bhaved viṣamas tīkṣṇo mandaś cāgniḥ samaiḥ samaḥ // (8.2)
tad bhū viṣama tīkṣṇa manda ca-agni sama sama
तद tad pron. this भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being िवषम viṣama adj. bad; coarse; dangerous
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad च ca ind. also; and; as
well as अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty सम sama pron. common; constant; easy सम sama
pron. common; constant; easy.

कोºः क¸रो मृ§र मWो मWः ºात् तइः समइर अिप । (९.१)
koṣṭhaḥ krūro mṛdur madhyo madhyaḥ syāt taiḥ samair api / (9.1)
koṣṭha krūra mṛdu madhya madhya as tad sama api
कोº koṣṭha mn. a kind of pan; a surrounding wall; an inner apartment क¸र krūra adj. cruel; disagreeable;
ferocious मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild (Nahrung) मW madhya adj.
central; impartial; intermediate मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be;
to be equal to (dat.) तद tad pron. this सम sama pron. common; constant; easy अिप api ind. also; assuredly;
besides.

4
"ुकातर वWइर जªादौ िव`षेणेव िवषिकमेः ॥ (९.२)
śukrārtavasthair janmādau viṣeṇeva viṣakrimeḥ // (9.2)
śukra-ārtava-stha janman-ādi viṣa-iva viṣa-krimi
"ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid आतरव ārtava n. a flower; fluid
discharged by the female of an animal at the time of rut; the menstrual discharge W stha adj. a place;
abiding; being situated in जªन् janman n. (in astrol.) name of the 1st lunar mansion; a creature; a progenitor
आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m;
a particular vegetable poison इव iva ind. a little; about; almost िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical
name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison िकिम krimi m. .

तइश च ितसः पTतयो हीनमWो7माः पृथक । (१०.१)
taiś ca tisraḥ prakṛtayo hīnamadhyottamāḥ pṛthak / (10.1)
tad ca tri prakṛti hā-madhya-uttama pṛthak
तद tad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as ित tri nr. 3 MW पTित prakṛti f. (in anat.) temperament; (in
mythol.) a goddess; (in polit.) a king's ministers हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be
excluded from or bereft of मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate उ7म uttama adj. best; chief;
excellent पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without; apart or separately or differently from; differently.

समधातुः समºासु शेºा िननNा ि§दो`षै आः ॥ (१०.२)
samadhātuḥ samastāsu śreṣṭhā nindyā dvidoṣajāḥ // (10.2)
sama-dhātu samasta śreṣṭha nind dvi-doṣa-ja
सम sama pron. common; constant; easy धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the
body; constituent part; element समº samasta adj. abridged; all; combined शेº śreṣṭha adj. most beautiful of
or among; most splendid or beautiful िनW

nind 1.Ā. to blame; to censure; to despise ि§ dvi nr. two दोष doṣa
mn. a calf; accusation; affection ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or
descended from.

तत ºको लघु ः शीतः खरः सूWश चलो ऽिनलः । (११.१)
tatra rūkṣo laghuḥ śītaḥ kharaḥ sūkṣmaś calo 'nilaḥ / (11.1)
tatra rūkṣa laghu śīta khara sūkṣma cala anila
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech)
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull खर khara adj. acid; cruel; cutting
(as speech or word) सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant चल cala adj. confused; disturbed; fluctuating
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons.

िप7ं सNेहतीWोºं लघु िवसं सरं दवम् ॥ (११.२)
pittaṃ sasnehatīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ laghu visraṃ saraṃ dravam // (11.2)
pitta sa-sneha-tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa laghu visra sara drava
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour स sa ind. (ibc.) with Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any
oleaginous substance तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief िवस visra adj. musty; smelling of raw meat सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going दव
drava adj. liquid.

िN^ः शीतो गु^र मWः HWो मृ*ः िWरः कफः ।(१२.१)
snigdhaḥ śīto gurur mandaḥ ślakṣṇo mṛtsnaḥ sthiraḥ kaphaḥ /(12.1)
snigdha śīta guru manda ślakṣṇa mṛtsna sthira kapha
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull गु^ guru adj. difficult;
hard; heavy मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad HW ślakṣṇa adj. bland; even; fine मृ*
5
mṛtsna adj. lubricous; slimy िWर sthira adj. ascertained; calm; certain कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of
the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general.

संसगरः संिनपातश च तिgितकयकोपतः ॥ (१२.२)
saṃsargaḥ saṃnipātaś ca taddvitrikṣayakopataḥ // (12.2)
saṃsarga saṃnipāta ca tad-dvi-tri-kṣaya-kopa
संसगर saṃsarga m. a partic. combination of two humours which produces diseases; a partic. conjunction of
celestial bodies; acquaintance संिनपात saṃnipāta m. a complicated derangement of the three humours or an
illness produced by it; a particular conjunction of planets; a particular manner of wrestling च ca ind. also;
and; as well as तद tad pron. this ि§ dvi nr. two ित tri nr. 3 MW कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction
कोप kopa m. anger; fury (of fire); incompatibleness with.

रसाV_ां समेदोऽिWमैज"ुकािण धातवः । (१३.१)
rasāsṛṅmāṃsamedo'sthimajjaśukrāṇi dhātavaḥ / (13.1)
rasa-asṛj-māṃsa-medas-asthi-majjan-śukra dhātu
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre अVज् asṛj n. blood;
saffron मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness
अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones "ुक śukra n. a kind of
prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential
ingredient of the body; constituent part; element.

सP {ºा मला मूतशT*ेदादयो ऽिप च ॥ (१३.२)
sapta dūṣyā malā mūtraśakṛtsvedādayo 'pi ca // (13.2)
saptan dūṣya mala mūtra-śakṛt-sveda-ādi api ca
सPन् saptan adj. 7 MW {º dūṣya mn. (medic.) a subordinate element of the body that can be corrupted by
the tridoṣa; matter; poison मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine
शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of
perspiration") आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca ind. also;
and; as well as.

वृिTः समानइः स¯व षां िवपरीतइर िवपयरयः । (१४.१)
vṛddhiḥ samānaiḥ sarveṣāṃ viparītair viparyayaḥ / (14.1)
vṛddhi samāna sarva viparīta viparyaya
वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) समान samāna adj. alike; equal; identical
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the
reverse of anything िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.

रसाः ¹ा§मललवणित³ोषणकषायकाः ॥ (१४.२)
rasāḥ svādvamlalavaṇatiktoṣaṇakaṣāyakāḥ // (14.2)
rasa svādu-amla-lavaṇa-tikta-ūṣaṇa-kaṣāyaka
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ¹ा§ svādu adj.
agreeable; chirming; dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful ित³ tikta adj.
bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent ऊषण ūṣaṇa adj. kaṭuka कषायक kaṣāyaka adj. .

षड दºम् आिशतास् `ते च यथापूव बलावहाः । (१५.१)
ṣaḍ dravyam āśritās te ca yathāpūrvaṃ balāvahāḥ / (15.1)
ṣaṣ dravya āśri tad ca bala-āvaha
6
षष् ṣaṣ adj. six दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake आिश āśri
1.Ā. to adhere; to affix; to apply anything तद tad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as बल bala mn.
Balarāma; an army; expertness in आवह āvaha adj. bringing; bringing to pass; producing.

तताNा मा^तं Vि* तयस् ित³ादयः कफम् ॥ (१५.२)
tatrādyā mārutaṃ ghnanti trayas tiktādayaḥ kapham // (15.2)
tatra-ādya māruta han tri tikta-ādi kapha
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent मा^त
māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of the Maruts; air हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon;
to avert ित tri nr. 3 MW ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent आिद ādi
m. a firstling; and so on; beginning कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam
in general.

कषायित³मधुराः िप7म् अ~े तु कवर`ते । (१६.१)
kaṣāyatiktamadhurāḥ pittam anye tu kurvate / (16.1)
kaṣāya-tikta-madhura pitta anya tu kṛ
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste);
fragrant; pungent मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour
अ~ anya pron. anderer तु tu ind. and; but; do T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become.

शमनं कोपनं ¹Wिहतं दºम् इित ितधा ॥ (१६.२)
śamanaṃ kopanaṃ svasthahitaṃ dravyam iti tridhā // (16.2)
śamana kopana svastha-hita dravya iti tridhā
शमन śamana adj. allaying; calming; destroying कोपन kopana adj. angry; causing morbid irritation or disorder
of the humors; inclined to passion ¹W svastha adj. at ease; being in one's natural state; confident िहत hita
adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance;
a stake इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said
or thought) ितधा tridhā ind. in 3 parts; in 3 places; in 3 ways.

उºशीतगुणोWषार त् तत वीय ि§धा Wृतम् । (१७.१)
uṣṇaśītaguṇotkarṣāt tatra vīryaṃ dvidhā smṛtam / (17.1)
uṣṇa-śīta-guṇa-utkarṣa tatra vīrya dvidhā smṛ
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient
or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उWषर utkarṣa m. abundance; boasting; delaying तत tatra ind. in
that; in that case; in that place वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) ि§धा dvidhā ind.
divided; in 2 ways or parts; twofold Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

ितधा िवपाको दºº ¹ा§मलकटकाMकः ॥ (१७.२)
tridhā vipāko dravyasya svādvamlakaṭukātmakaḥ // (17.2)
tridhā vipāka dravya svādu-amla-kaṭuka-ātmaka
ितधा tridhā ind. in 3 parts; in 3 places; in 3 ways िवपाक vipāka m. any change of form or state; bad digestion;
calamity दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake ¹ा§ svādu adj.
agreeable; chirming; dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour कटक kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce आMक ātmaka adj.
(ifc.) having the nature of.

गु^मWिहमिN^HWसा¶मृ§िWराः । (१८.१)
gurumandahimasnigdhaślakṣṇasāndramṛdusthirāḥ / (18.1)
guru-manda-hima-snigdha-ślakṣṇa-sāndra-mṛdu-sthira
7
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad िहम hima adj. cold;
cool; [medic.] śīta िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable HW ślakṣṇa adj. bland; even; fine सा¶
sāndra adj. bland; compact; dense मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild
(Nahrung) िWर sthira adj. ascertained; calm; certain.

गुणाः ससू Wिवशदा Í`वशितः सिवपयरयाः ॥ (१८.२)
guṇāḥ sasūkṣmaviśadā viṃśatiḥ saviparyayāḥ // (18.2)
guṇa sasūkṣma-viśada viṃśati saviparyaya
गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook ससूW sasūkṣma
adj. िवशद viśada adj. bright; calm; cheerful Í`वशित viṃśati f. twenty सिवपयरय saviparyaya adj. .

कालाथरकमरणां योगो हीनिमMाितमातकः । (१९.१)
kālārthakarmaṇāṃ yogo hīnamithyātimātrakaḥ / (19.1)
kāla-artha-karman yoga hā-mithyā-atimātraka
काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the
second mansion; action; advantage कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third
among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with
matter (one of the 10 Mūlikārthās or radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical rule or
aphorism; a follower of the Yoga system हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded
from or bereft of िमMा mithyā ind. contrarily; deceitfully; falsely अितमातक atimātraka adj. übermässig.

सP~ोगश च िवजे यो रोगारो~इककारणम् ॥ (१९.२)
samyagyogaś ca vijñeyo rogārogyaikakāraṇam // (19.2)
samyak-yoga ca vijñā roga-ārogya-eka-kāraṇa
सPक samyak ind. angemessen; richtig योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the
10 Mūlikārthās or radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism; a follower of
the Yoga system च ca ind. also; and; as well as िवजा vijñā 9.Ā. to ascertain; to declare; to discern रोग roga mn.
a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease आरो~ ārogya n. a particular ceremony; freedom from
disease; health एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once कारण kāraṇa n. a cause; a deity; a father.

रोगस् तु दोषवइषPं दोषसाPम् अरोगता । (२०.१)
rogas tu doṣavaiṣamyaṃ doṣasāmyam arogatā / (20.1)
roga tu doṣa-vaiṣamya doṣa-sāmya aroga-tā
रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease तु tu ind. and; but; do दोष doṣa mn. a
calf; accusation; affection वइषP vaiṣamya n. an error; calamity; difficulty दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation;
affection साP sāmya n. equability towards; equal or normal state; equality अरोग aroga adj. free from disease;
healthy; well ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

िनजाग*ुिवभा`गेन तत रोगा ि§धा Wृताः ॥ (२०.२)
nijāgantuvibhāgena tatra rogā dvidhā smṛtāḥ // (20.2)
nija-āgantu-vibhāga tatra roga dvidhā smṛ
िनज nija adj. innate; native आग*ु āgantu adj. accidental; adventitious; anything added or adhering िवभाग
vibhāga m. a share; apportionment; constituent part of anything तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that
place रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided; in 2 ways
or parts; twofold Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

`तेषां कायमनोभेदाद अिधºानम् अिप ि§धा । (२१.१)
teṣāṃ kāyamanobhedād adhiṣṭhānam api dvidhā / (21.1)
8
tad kāya-manas-bheda adhiṣṭhāna api dvidhā
तद tad pron. this काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to be attained मनस् manas n. affection; conscience;
desire भेद bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration अिधºान
adhiṣṭhāna n. a basis; a benediction; a position अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided;
in 2 ways or parts; twofold.

`रैअस् तमश च मनसो §ौ च दोषाव् उदाTतौ ॥ (२१.२)
rajas tamaś ca manaso dvau ca doṣāv udāhṛtau // (21.2)
rajas tamas ca manas dvi ca doṣa udāhṛ
`रैअस् rajas n. a kind of plant; a kind of weight; affection तमस् tamas n. darkness; error; gloom च ca ind. also;
and; as well as मनस् manas n. affection; conscience; desire ि§ dvi nr. two च ca ind. also; and; as well as दोष
doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection उदाT udāhṛ 2.P. to announce; to call; to cite.

दशरनWशरनपHइः परीकेत च रोिगणम् । (२२.१)
darśanasparśanapraśnaiḥ parīkṣeta ca rogiṇam / (22.1)
darśana-sparśana-praśna parīkṣ ca rogin
दशरन darśana n. audience; examination; inspection Wशरन sparśana n. contact; donation; gift पH praśna m. a
question; a short section or paragraph (in books); a subject of inquiry परीक् parīkṣ 1.P. to examine; to find
out; to inspect carefully च ca ind. also; and; as well as रोिगन् rogin adj. diseased; ill; sick.

रोगं िनदानपागूपलकणोपशयािPिभः ॥ (२२.२)
rogaṃ nidānaprāgrūpalakṣaṇopaśayāptibhiḥ // (22.2)
roga nidāna-prāgrūpa-lakṣaṇa-upaśaya-āpti
रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease िनदान nidāna n. a band; a first or primary
cause; any cause or motive पागूप prāgrūpa n. previous symptom (of disease) लकण lakṣaṇa n. a designation; a
form; a lucky mark उपशय upaśaya m. (in med.) the allaying (of diseases) by suitable remedies; a kind of hole
in the ground (placed near the track of wild animals); advantageous medicine आिP āpti f. abundance;
acquisition; aptitude.

भूिम`देहपभे`देन `देशम् आVर इह ि§धा । (२३.१)
bhūmidehaprabhedena deśam āhur iha dvidhā / (23.1)
bhūmi-deha-prabheda deśa ah iha dvidhā
भूिम bhūmi f. attitude; country; degree `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form पभेद prabheda m.
cutting through; division; kind `देश deśa m. country; institute; kingdom अह ah 1.P. to acknowledge; to
adjugde anything; to call इह iha ind. at this time; here; in this book or system ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided; in 2
ways or parts; twofold.

जा§लं वातभूियºम् अनूपं तु कफोलबणम् ॥ (२३.२)
jāṅgalaṃ vātabhūyiṣṭham anūpaṃ tu kapholbaṇam // (23.2)
jāṅgala vāta-bhūyiṣṭha anūpa tu kapha-ulbaṇa
जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with jungle वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout भू ियº
bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous or abundant or great or important; principal अनूप anūpa adj. situated
near the water; watery तु tu ind. and; but; do कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery
froth or foam in general उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong (a poison).

साधारणं सममलं ितधा भू`देशम् आिदशेत् । (२४.१)
sādhāraṇaṃ samamalaṃ tridhā bhūdeśam ādiśet / (24.1)
sādhāraṇa sama-mala tridhā bhū-deśa ādiś
9
साधारण sādhāraṇa adj. behaving alike; belonging to all; general सम sama pron. common; constant; easy मल
mala mn. dirt; dust; filth ितधा tridhā ind. in 3 parts; in 3 places; in 3 ways भू bhū f. a sacrificial fire; a term for
the letter l; Erde `दे श deśa m. country; institute; kingdom आिदश ādiś 6.Ā. to aim at; to announce; to assign.

कणािदर ºाWवWा च कालो भे`षैअयोगTत् ॥ (२४.२)
kṣaṇādir vyādhyavasthā ca kālo bheṣajayogakṛt // (24.2)
kṣaṇa-ādi vyādhi-avasthā ca kāla bheṣaja-yoga-kṛt
कण kṣaṇa m. a certain day of the fortnight; a festival; a fit or suitable moment आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so
on; beginning ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus अवWा avasthā f. appearance (in a court of justice); circumstance of age; condition च ca ind. also;
and; as well as काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time भे`षैअ bheṣaja n. a remedy; a
spell or charm; drug योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mūlikārthās or
radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism; a follower of the Yoga system Tत्
kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

शोधनं शमनं चेित समासाद औषधं ि§धा । (२५.१)
śodhanaṃ śamanaṃ ceti samāsād auṣadhaṃ dvidhā / (25.1)
śodhana śamana ca-iti samāsa auṣadha dvidhā
शोधन śodhana adj. cleaning; cleansing; purgative शमन śamana adj. allaying; calming; destroying च ca ind.
also; and; as well as इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that
has been said or thought) समास samāsa m. (in astron.) a particular circle; a compound word; aggregation
औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided; in 2 ways or parts; twofold.

शरी`रै आनां दोषाणां कमेण परमौषधम् ॥ (२५.२)
śarīrajānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ krameṇa paramauṣadham // (25.2)
śarīra-ja doṣa parama-auṣadha
शरीर śarīra n. a dead body; any solid body (opp. to udaka etc.); bodily frame ज ja adj. born or produced in or
at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection परम parama
adj. (with abl.) superior or inferior to; best; better or worse than औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs
collectively.

विºर िव`रेको वमनं तथा तइलं घृतं मधु । (२६.१)
vastir vireko vamanaṃ tathā tailaṃ ghṛtaṃ madhu / (26.1)
vasti vireka vamana tathā taila ghṛta madhu
विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder िव`रेक vireka
m. a purgative; cathartic; evacuation of the bowels वमन vamana n. an emetic; emission; emitting तथा tathā
ind. in like manner; in that manner; so तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an
emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven) मधु madhu n. a kind of
metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid).

धीधइयारMािदिवजानं मनोदोषौषधं परम् ॥ (२६.२)
dhīdhairyātmādivijñānaṃ manodoṣauṣadhaṃ param // (26.2)
dhī-dhairya-ātman-ādi-vijñāna manas-doṣa-auṣadha para
धी dhī f. art; design; devotion धइयर dhairya n. forethought (opp. to mālvya); intelligence आMन् ātman m. a
son; abstract individual; Brahma आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िवजान vijñāna n. art;
comprehending; doctrine मनस् manas n. affection; conscience; desire दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation;
affection औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than.

10
िभषग् दºा"् उपWाता रोगी पादचतुºयम् । (२७.१)
bhiṣag dravyāṇy upasthātā rogī pādacatuṣṭayam / (27.1)
bhiṣaj dravya upasthātṛ rogin pāda-catuṣṭaya
िभ`षै bhiṣaj m. a healer; a remedy; medicine दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary
substance; a stake उपWातृ upasthātṛ m. an attendant; nurse; one who is near at hand रोिगन् rogin adj.
diseased; ill; sick पाद pāda m. a foot as a measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped
being one out of 4); a quarter चतुºय catuṣṭaya fn. Vierzahl.

िचिकिñतº िनÍ`दºं प*ेकं तच् चतुगुर णम् ॥ (२७.२)
cikitsitasya nirdiṣṭaṃ pratyekaṃ tac caturguṇam // (27.2)
cikitsita nirdiś pratyeka tad caturguṇa
िचिकिñत cikitsita n. (pl.) the chapters of the therapeutical section (of med.) िनÍ`दश nirdiś 6.Ā. to advise; to
announce; to assign anything to प*ेक pratyeka adj. each one; each single one; every one तद tad pron. this
चतुगुरण caturguṇa adj. fourfold; tied with 4 strings (the upper garment).

दकस् तीथार 7शाWाथ¹ [ºकमार "ुिचर िभषक । (२८.१)
dakṣas tīrthāttaśāstrārtho dṛṣṭakarmā śucir bhiṣak / (28.1)
dakṣa tīrtha-ādā-śāstra-artha dṛṣṭakarman śuci bhiṣaj
दक dakṣa adj. able; adroit; clever तीथर tīrtha mn. a brāhman; a channel; a passage आदा ādā 4.Ā. to accept; to
carry off; to grasp शाW śāstra n. (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise; a body of teaching (in general);
advice अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage [ºकमरन् dṛṣṭakarman adj.
tried by practice; who has seen the practice of others; whose actions are seen or proved "ुिच śuci adj. bright;
brilliantly white; clean िभ`षै bhiṣaj m. a healer; a remedy; medicine.

बVक7ं बVगुणं स°¤ं यो~म् औषधम् ॥ (२८.२)
bahukalpaṃ bahuguṇaṃ sampannaṃ yogyam auṣadham // (28.2)
bahu-kalpa bahu-guṇa sampanna yogya auṣadha
बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many क7 kalpa mn. a fabulous period of time; alternative; law
बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent
of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook स°न् न sampanna adj. accomplished; become; dainty यो~ yogya adj. able or
equal to; belonging to a particular remedy; capable of औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively.

अनुर³ः "ुिचर दको बुिTमान् पिरचारकः । (२९.१)
anuraktaḥ śucir dakṣo buddhimān paricārakaḥ / (29.1)
anurañj śuci dakṣa buddhimant paricāraka
अनुरM् anurañj 4.Ā. to be attached or devoted; to become red in imitation of; to find delight in "ुिच śuci adj.
bright; brilliantly white; clean दक dakṣa adj. able; adroit; clever बुिTम*् buddhimant adj. docile; endowed
with understanding; famed पिरचारक paricāraka m. a Śūdra; an assistant or attendant; executor (of an order
etc.).

आढयो रोगी िभष³¥ो जापकः स*वान् अिप ॥ (२९.२)
āḍhyo rogī bhiṣagvaśyo jñāpakaḥ sattvavān api // (29.2)
āḍhya rogin bhiṣaj-vaśya jñāpaka sattvavant api
आढय āḍhya adj. opulent; rich; rich or abounding in रोिगन् rogin adj. diseased; ill; sick िभ`षै bhiṣaj m. a healer; a
remedy; medicine व¥ vaśya adj. at the disposal of (gen. or comp.); being under control; docile जापक
jñāpaka adj. causing to know; informing; suggesting स*व*् sattvavant adj. a living being; abounding in the
quality Sattva; courageous अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

11
सव¹षधकमे `दे`हे यूनः पुंसो िजताMनः । (३०.१)
sarvauṣadhakṣame dehe yūnaḥ puṃso jitātmanaḥ / (30.1)
sarva-auṣadha-kṣama deha yuvan puṃs ji-ātman
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively कम kṣama adj. able;
adequate; appropriate `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form युवन् yuvan m. a youth; an
elephant 60 years old; name of the ninth year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years पुंस् puṃs m. a human being; a
male being; a man िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract
individual; Brahma.

अममरगो ऽ7`हे ~गºपºपो ऽनुपदवः ॥ (३०.२)
amarmago 'lpahetvagrarūparūpo 'nupadravaḥ // (30.2)
amarmaga alpa-hetu-agrarūpa-rūpa anupadrava
अममरग amarmaga adj. (Krankheit:) keine marmans betreffend अल् प alpa adj. little; minute; small `हे तु hetu m.
(with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to pratyaya); (with Paśupatas) that which causes the bondage of
the soul; a logical reason or dedaction or argument अगºप agrarūpa n. [medic.] prāgrūpa, a prodrome ºप
rūpa n. a particular coin; a show; a single specimen अनुपदव anupadrava adj. [medic.] without upadravas.

अतु7{º`देशतुरपTितः पादसंपिद । (३१.१)
atulyadūṣyadeśartuprakṛtiḥ pādasaṃpadi / (31.1)
atulya-dūṣya-deśa-ṛtu-prakṛti pāda-sampad
अतु7 atulya adj. unequalled {º dūṣya mn. (medic.) a subordinate element of the body that can be corrupted
by the tridoṣa; matter; poison `देश deśa m. country; institute; kingdom ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an
epoch; any settled point of time पTित prakṛti f. (in anat.) temperament; (in mythol.) a goddess; (in polit.) a
king's ministers पाद pāda m. a foot as a measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped
being one out of 4); a quarter स°द sampad f. a condition or requisite of success; a kind of medicinal plant; a
necklace of pearls.

ग`हेM् अनुगुणेM् एकदोषमाग¹ नवः सुखः ॥ (३१.२)
graheṣv anuguṇeṣv ekadoṣamārgo navaḥ sukhaḥ // (31.2)
graha anuguṇa eka-doṣa-mārga nava sukha
गह graha mn. a crocodile; a house; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural
manner) अनुगुण anuguṇa adj. according or suitable to; congenial to; having similar qualities एक eka pron.
alone; excellent; happening only once दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection मारग mārga m. (in astrol.)
the 7th mansion; (in medic.) a way; a channel नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new सुख sukha adj. agreeable;
comfortable; easy.

शWािदसाधनः T½ः संक`रे च ततो गदः । (३२.१)
śastrādisādhanaḥ kṛcchraḥ saṃkare ca tato gadaḥ / (32.1)
śastra-ādi-sādhana kṛcchra saṃkara ca tatas gada
शW śastra n. a razor; an instrument for cutting or wounding; any instrument or tool आिद ādi m. a firstling;
and so on; beginning साधन sādhana n. a means of summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity);
accomplishment; acquisition T½ kṛcchra adj. attended with pain or labour; bad; being in a difficult or
painful situation संकर saṃkara m. any action similar to the intermixture of castes; anything that may be
defiled by the touch of any unclean thing; commingling च ca ind. also; and; as well as ततस् tatas ind. after
that; consequently; for that reason गद gada m. a sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

शेष~ाद आयुषो याºः पMा~ासाद िवपयरये ॥ (३२.२)
śeṣatvād āyuṣo yāpyaḥ pathyābhyāsād viparyaye // (32.2)
12
śeṣa-tva āyus yāpay pathya-abhyāsa viparyaya
शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings; remainder ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) आयुस् āyus n. active
power; duration of life; efficacy यापय् yāpay 10.P. to alleviate (a disease); to cause to depart; to cause to
elapse पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal अ~ास abhyāsa m. (in later Vedānta
phil.) inculcation of a truth conveyed in sacred writings by means of repeating the same word or the same
passage; (in Yoga phil.) the effort of the mind to remain in its unmodified condition of purity (sattva);
custom िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.

अनुपकम एव ºात् िWतो ऽ**िवपयरये । (३३.१)
anupakrama eva syāt sthito 'tyantaviparyaye / (33.1)
anupakrama eva as sthā atyanta-viparyaya
अनुपकम anupakrama adj. untreatable एव eva ind. alone; already; even अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal
to (dat.) Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand अ** atyanta adj. absolute; beyond the proper end or
limit; endless िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.

औñु*मोहारितTद [ºिरºो ऽकनाशनः ॥ (३३.२)
autsukyamohāratikṛd dṛṣṭariṣṭo 'kṣanāśanaḥ // (33.2)
autsukya-moha-arati-kṛt dṛś-riṣṭa akṣa-nāśana
औñु* autsukya n. anxiety; desire; fervour मोह moha m. (with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of
vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy; a swoon अरित arati f. a bilious disease; anger; anxiety
Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author [श dṛś 4.Ā. to appear; to appear as; to be seen िरº riṣṭa n. a bad
omen; calamity; fortune अक akṣa n. the eye नाशन nāśana adj. destroying.

*ैएद आत िभषगभूपइर ि§ºं `ते षां ि§षं ि§षम् । (३४.१)
tyajed ārtaṃ bhiṣagbhūpair dviṣṭaṃ teṣāṃ dviṣaṃ dviṣam / (34.1)
tyaj ārta bhiṣaj-bhūpa dviṣ tad dviṣ dviṣ
*ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge आतर ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) िभ`षै
bhiṣaj m. a healer; a remedy; medicine भूप bhūpa m. a king; a term for the number sixteen; prince ि§ष् dviṣ
6.Ā. to be a rival or a match for; to be hostile or unfriendly; to hate तद tad pron. this ि§ष् dviṣ adj. disliking;
hating; hostile ि§ष् dviṣ adj. disliking; hating; hostile.

हीनोपकरणं ºगम् अिवधेयं गतायुषम् ॥ (३४.२)
hīnopakaraṇaṃ vyagram avidheyaṃ gatāyuṣam // (34.2)
hā-upakaraṇa vyagra avidheya gam-āyuṣa
हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of उपकरण upakaraṇa n. any
object of art or science; anything added over and above; anything fabricated ºग vyagra adj. being in motion;
bewildered; distracted अिवधेय avidheya adj. unartig गम् gam 6.P. to approach; to go; to move आयुष āyuṣa n.
duration of life; ifc. āyus.

च"ं शोकातु रं भी^ं TतVं वइNमािननम् । (३५.१)
caṇḍaṃ śokāturaṃ bhīruṃ kṛtaghnaṃ vaidyamāninam / (35.1)
caṇḍa śoka-ātura bhīru kṛtaghna vaidya-mānin
च" caṇḍa adj. angry; ardent with passion; cruel शोक śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame आतुर ātura adj.
desirous of (Inf.); diseased or pained by (in comp.); sick (in body or mind) भी^ bhīru adj. dreading the
beyond or the hereafter; fearful; timid TतV kṛtaghna adj. defeating or rendering vain all previous measures;
ungrateful; unmindful of services rendered वइN vaidya m. a learned man; a physician (accounted a mixed
caste); an expert (versed in his own profession) मािनन् mānin adj. being of opinion; haughty; high-minded.

13
तMºाº परं चातो वW`ते ऽWायसंगहः ॥ (३५.२)
tantrasyāsya paraṃ cāto vakṣyate 'dhyāyasaṃgrahaḥ // (35.2)
tantra-idam para ca-atas vac adhyāya-saṃgraha
तM tantra n. a class of works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues
between Śiva and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects); a drug; a house इदम् idam pron. this पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than च ca ind. also; and; as well as अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this;
from this or that cause or reason वच् vac 2.P. to declare; to proclaim; to recite अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a
reader; chapter संगह saṃgraha m. Aṣṭāṅgasaṃgraha; a guardian; a place where anything is kept.

आयुMामिदन~Ìहारोगानु~ादनदवाः । (३६.१)
āyuṣkāmadinartvīhārogānutpādanadravāḥ / (36.1)
āyuṣkāma-dina-ṛtu-īhā-roga-anutpādana-drava
आयुMाम āyuṣkāma adj. wishing for long life or health िदन dina mn. a day ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an
epoch; any settled point of time ईहा īhā f. activity; desire; effort रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus; disease अनु~ादन anutpādana n. non-production; not producing दव drava mn. (medic.)
a kind of sveda; buttermilk (Takra); decoction.

दोषािदजानतTेदतिVिकñाद ºुपकमाः । (३७.१)
doṣādijñānatadbhedataccikitsād vyupakramāḥ / (37.1)
vyupakrama
ºुपकम vyupakrama m. .

"ु7ािदNेहन¹ेद`रेकाWापननावनम् ॥ (३७.२)
śuddhyādisnehanasvedarekāsthāpananāvanam // (37.2)
śuddhi-ādi-snehana-sveda-reka-āsthāpana-nāvana
"ुिT śuddhi f. accuracy; accurate knowledge regarding; acquittal आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
Nेहन snehana n. being or becoming oily; feeling affection; lubrication ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat;
perspiration ("drops of perspiration") `रेक reka m. emptying; loosening; purging आWापन āsthāpana n. a
strengthening remedy; an enema of oil; causing to stay or remain नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory.

धूमग"¸ष[कसेकतृिPयMकशWकम् । (३८.१)
dhūmagaṇḍūṣadṛksekatṛptiyantrakaśastrakam / (38.1)
dhūma-gaṇḍūṣa-dṛś-seka-tṛpti-yantraka-śastraka
धूम dhūma mn. a kind of incense; a saint; mist ग"¸ष gaṇḍūṣa mn. a mouthful of water; draught; filling or
rinsing the mouth [श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine सेक
seka m. a drop of anything; a libation; a shower-bath तृिP tṛpti f. disgust; satisfaction यMक yantraka n. yantra;
a bandage (in medicine); a hand-mill शWक śastraka n. a knife; iron.

िसरािविधः श7िविधः शWकारािVकÍमकौ ॥ (३८.२)
sirāvidhiḥ śalyavidhiḥ śastrakṣārāgnikarmikau // (38.2)
sirā-vidhi śalya-vidhi śastra-kṣāra-agni-karmika
िसरा sirā f. a bucket; a nerve; a stream िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician श7
śalya mn. (in med.) any extraneous substance lodged in the body and causing pain; a dart; a fault िविध vidhi
m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician शW śastra n. a razor; an instrument for cutting or
wounding; any instrument or tool कार kṣāra m. a kind of prameha; alkali; any corrosive or acrid or saline
14
substance (esp. an alkali such as soda or potash) अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty कÍमक
karmika adj. acting; active.

सूतWानम् इमे ऽWायास् Íतश½ारीरम् उ¬`ते । (३९.१)
sūtrasthānam ime 'dhyāyās triṃśacchārīram ucyate / (39.1)
sūtrasthāna idam adhyāya triṃśat-śārīra vac
सूतWान sūtrasthāna n. (in medic. wks.) the first general section इदम् idam pron. this अWाय adhyāya m. a
lesson; a reader; chapter Íतशत् triṃśat f. 30 MW शारीर śārīra n. (in med.) the science of the body and its
parts; vṛṣa (?); anatomy वच् vac 2.P. to declare; to proclaim; to recite.

गभारवकाि*तHापद§ममरिवभािगकम् ॥ (३९.२)
garbhāvakrāntitadvyāpadaṅgamarmavibhāgikam // (39.2)
garbhāvakrānti-tad-vyāpad-aṅga-marman-vibhāgika
गभारवकाि* garbhāvakrānti f. conception; name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Śār. 1; name of Carakasaṃhitā, Śār.
4 तद tad pron. this ºापद vyāpad f. calamity; death; derangement अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb
or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) ममरन् marman n. any joint or articulation; any open or
exposed or weak or sensitive part of the body; any secret or mystery िवभािगक vibhāgika adj. .

िवTितर {`तैअं षºं िनदानं सावररोिगकम् । (४०.१)
vikṛtir dūtajaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ nidānaṃ sārvarogikam / (40.1)
vikṛti dūta-ja ṣaṣṭha nidāna sārvarogika
िवTित vikṛti f. (in Sāṃkhya) vikāra; ḍimba; a verse changed in a particular manner {त dūta m. a messenger;
ambassador; envoy ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from षº
ṣaṣṭha adj. sixth िनदान nidāna n. a band; a first or primary cause; any cause or motive सावररोिगक sārvarogika adj.
relating to or useful in diseases of every kind.

7राVकNासयWािदमदाNश¹ऽितसािरणाम् ॥ (४०.२)
jvarāsṛkśvāsayakṣmādimadādyarśo'tisāriṇām // (40.2)
jvara-asṛj-śvāsa-yakṣman-ādi-mada-ādi-arśas-atisārin
7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to
be affected by it); fever of the soul अVज् asṛj n. blood; saffron Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath;
asthma (of which there are five kinds) यWन् yakṣman m. consumption; pulmonary consumption आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning मद mada m. a river; any beautiful object; any exhilarating or intoxicating
drink आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a
disease of the eyelid अितसािरन् atisārin adj. afflicted with purging or dysentery.

मूताघातपमेहाणां िवदWाNुदरº च । (४१.१)
mūtrāghātapramehāṇāṃ vidradhyādyudarasya ca / (41.1)
mūtrāghāta-prameha vidradhi-ādi-udara ca
मूताघात mūtrāghāta m. urinary disease पमेह prameha m. urinary disease (name applied to all urinary disease)
िवदिध vidradhi mf. abscess; [medic.] a particular abscess (piḍaka) आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) च ca ind. also; and; as well
as.

पा"कºािनलातारनां वातासº च षोडश ॥ (४१.२)
pāṇḍukuṣṭhānilārtānāṃ vātāsrasya ca ṣoḍaśa // (41.2)
pāṇḍu-kuṣṭha-anila-ārta vātāsra ca ṣoḍaśan
15
पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy अिनल
anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons आतर ārta
adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) वातास vātāsra n. a particular class of diseases च ca ind. also;
and; as well as षोडशन् ṣoḍaśan adj. sixteen.

िचिकिñतं 7`रे र³े कासे Nासे च यWिण । (४२.१)
cikitsitaṃ jvare rakte kāse śvāse ca yakṣmaṇi / (42.1)
cikitsita jvara rakta kāsa śvāsa ca yakṣman
िचिकिñत cikitsita n. (pl.) the chapters of the therapeutical section (of med.) 7र jvara m. affliction; fever
(differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the
soul र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem
nāvana behandeln Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) च ca
ind. also; and; as well as यWन् yakṣman m. consumption; pulmonary consumption.

वमौ मदा*ये ऽशरःसु िविष §ौ §ौ च मूित`ते ॥ (४२.२)
vamau madātyaye 'rśaḥsu viṣi dvau dvau ca mūtrite // (42.2)
vami madātyaya arśas viṣ dvi dvi ca mūtrita
विम vami f. an emetic; nausea; qualmishness मदा*य madātyaya m. disorder resulting from intoxication (as
head-ache etc.) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid िवष् viṣ f. dirt;
excrement; feces ि§ dvi nr. two ि§ dvi nr. two च ca ind. also; and; as well as मूितत mūtrita n. the voiding of
urine.

िवदधौ गु7ैअठरपा"शोफिवसÍ`पषु । (४३.१)
vidradhau gulmajaṭharapāṇḍuśophavisarpiṣu / (43.1)
vidradhi gulma-jaṭhara-pāṇḍu-śopha-visarpi
िवदिध vidradhi mf. abscess; [medic.] a particular abscess (piḍaka) गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of
the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the
spleen जठर jaṭhara mn. abdomen; belly; bowels पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) िवसÍ`प visarpi m.
the disease Visarpa.

कºिNतािनलºािधवातासेषु िचिकिñतम् ॥ (४३.२)
kuṣṭhaśvitrānilavyādhivātāsreṣu cikitsitam // (43.2)
kuṣṭha-śvitra-anila-vyādhi-vātāsra cikitsita
कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy िNत śvitra mn. morbid whiteness of the skin; vitiligo; white leprosy
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons
ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus वातास
vātāsra n. a particular class of diseases िचिकिñत cikitsita n. (pl.) the chapters of the therapeutical section (of
med.).

§ाÍ`वशितर इमे ऽWायाः क7िसिTर अतः परम् । (४४.१)
dvāviṃśatir ime 'dhyāyāḥ kalpasiddhir ataḥ param / (44.1)
dvāviṃśati idam adhyāya kalpasiddhi atas para
§ाÍ`वशित dvāviṃśati f. 22 MW इदम् idam pron. this अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a reader; chapter क7िसिT
kalpasiddhi m. the Kalpasthāna (of the AHS) अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause
or reason पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than.

क7ो वमेर िव`रेकº तिñिTर विºक7ना ॥ (४४.२)
16
kalpo vamer virekasya tatsiddhir vastikalpanā // (44.2)
kalpa vami vireka tad-siddhi vasti-kalpanā
क7 kalpa mn. a fabulous period of time; alternative; law विम vami f. an emetic; nausea; qualmishness िव`रेक
vireka m. a purgative; cathartic; evacuation of the bowels तद tad pron. this िसिT siddhi f. (prob.) a work of art;
a kind of medicinal root; a magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes) विº vasti mf.
abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder क7ना kalpanā f. a deed;
act; arranging.

िसिTर वस*ापदां षºो दºक7ो ऽत उ7रम् । (४५.१)
siddhir vastyāpadāṃ ṣaṣṭho dravyakalpo 'ta uttaram / (45.1)
siddhi vasti-āpad ṣaṣṭha dravya-kalpa atas uttara
िसिT siddhi f. (prob.) a work of art; a kind of medicinal root; a magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer
wherever he likes) विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the
bladder आपद āpad f. calamity; distress; misfortune षº ṣaṣṭha adj. sixth दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or
person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake क7 kalpa mn. a fabulous period of time; alternative; law अतस्
atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason उ7र uttara adj. better; chief; concluding.

बालोपचा`रे तHाधौ तदग`हे §ौ च भूत`गे ॥ (४५.२)
bālopacāre tadvyādhau tadgrahe dvau ca bhūtage // (45.2)
bāla-upacāra tad-vyādhi tad-graha dvi ca bhūta-ga
बाल bāla m. a child; a colt; a five years old elephant उपचार upacāra m. a ceremony; a favourable
circumstance; a kind of Sandhi (substitution of s and ṣ in place of Visarga) तद tad pron. this ºािध vyādhi m.
ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus तद tad pron. this गह
graha mn. a crocodile; a house; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural
manner) ि§ dvi nr. two च ca ind. also; and; as well as भूत bhūta mn. a demon; a spirit (good or evil); an
element ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping the fifth place; being.

उªा`दे ऽथ Wृितभंशे §ौ §ौ वMरसु संिधषु । (४६.१)
unmāde 'tha smṛtibhraṃśe dvau dvau vartmasu saṃdhiṣu / (46.1)
unmāda atha dvi dvi vartman saṃdhi
उªाद unmāda m. insanity; intoxication; madness अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not
easily expressed in English); but; certainly ि§ dvi nr. two ि§ dvi nr. two वMरन् vartman n. an edge; an eyelid
(as encircling the eye); basis संिध saṃdhi mf. (in mensuration) the connecting link of a perpendicular; a fold;
a joint.

[³मोिल§नाशेषु तयो §ौ §ौ च सवर `गे ॥ (४६.२)
dṛktamoliṅganāśeṣu trayo dvau dvau ca sarvage // (46.2)
dṛś-tamas-liṅganāśa tri dvi dvi ca sarvaga
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine तमस् tamas n. darkness;
error; gloom िल§नाश liṅganāśa m. a particular disease of the eyes (loss of vision from cataract etc) ित tri nr. 3
MW ि§ dvi nr. two ि§ dvi nr. two च ca ind. also; and; as well as सवरग sarvaga adj. all-pervading.

कणरनासामुखिशरोवणे भ§े भगW`रे । (४७.१)
karṇanāsāmukhaśirovraṇe bhaṅge bhagandare / (47.1)
karṇa-nāsā-mukha-śiras-vraṇa bhaṅga bhagaṃdara
कणर karṇa m. Calotropis Gigantea; Cassia Fistula; diameter of a circle नासा nāsā f. Gendarussa Vulgaris;
proboscis; the nose मुख mukha n. a direction; beginning; best िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) वण
vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish भ§ bhaṅga m. a bend; a break or breach (lit. and fig.); a piece broken off
17
भगंदर bhagaṃdara mn. a fistula in the pudendum muliebre or in the anus etc. (5 to 8 forms enumerated);
Mastdarmfisteln; name of an ancient sage.

गनMादौ कुदरो`गेषु गुQरो`गे पृथग् §यम् ॥ (४७.२)
granthyādau kṣudrarogeṣu guhyaroge pṛthag dvayam // (47.2)
granthi-ādi kṣudraroga guhyaroga pṛthak dvaya
गि* granthi m. a bell; a complaint; a joint of the body आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning कुदरोग
kṣudraroga m. a class of minor diseases (of which forty-four are enumerated); especially exanthemas of
different kinds) गुQरोग guhyaroga m. a disease of the pudenda पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without; apart or
separately or differently from; differently §य dvaya n. both; double; falsehood.

िव`षे भुज§े की`टेषु मूषकेषु रसाय`ने । (४८.१)
viṣe bhujaṅge kīṭeṣu mūṣakeṣu rasāyane / (48.1)
viṣa bhujaṃga kīṭa mūṣaka rasāyana
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison भुजंग
bhujaṃga m. a lover; a serpent; a species of Daṇḍaka metre कीट kīṭa m. a worm; an expression of contempt;
insect मूषक mūṣaka m. a kind of metre; a particular part of the face; a rat रसायन rasāyana n. rasāyanakhaṇḍa-
the fourth part of the Rasaratnākara; a medicine supposed to prevent old age and prolong life; an elixir.

च~ाÍ`रशो ऽनप*ानाम् अWायो बीजपोषणः ॥ (४८.२)
catvāriṃśo 'napatyānām adhyāyo bījapoṣaṇaḥ // (48.2)
catvāriṃśa anapatya adhyāya bīja-poṣaṇa
च~ाÍ`रश catvāriṃśa adj. the 40th अनप* anapatya adj. childless; [gramm.] not used as a patronymic अWाय
adhyāya m. a lesson; a reader; chapter बीज bīja mn. (Trika:) Vokal (<-> yoni); a runner (of the Indian fig-
tree); algebra पोषण poṣaṇa adj. cherishing; nourishing.

1
अथातो िदनचयारWायं ºाWाºामः । (१.१)
athāto dinacaryādhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ / (1.1)
atha-atas dinacaryā-adhyāya vyākhyā
अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English); but; certainly
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason िदनचयार dinacaryā f. daily-
work; name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Sū. 2 अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a reader; chapter ºाWा
vyākhyā 2.Ā. to call; to communicate; to discuss.

इित ह WाVरातेयादयो महषर यः । (१.२)
iti ha smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ / (1.2)
iti ha sma-ah-ātreya-ādi mahā-ṛṣi
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) ह ha ind. (particle); a kind of bīja W sma ind. always; certainly; ever अह ah 1.P.
to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call आतेय ātreya m. a descendant of Atri; a priest who is
closely related to the Sadasya; chyle आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning महा mahā ind.
(irreg.- *mahant) -> gross ऋिष ṛṣi m. a hymn or Mantra composed by a ṣi; a ray of light; a saint
or sanctified sage in general.

बाQे मु7तर उि7ºेत् ¹Wो रकाथरम् आयुषः । (१.३)
brāhme muhūrta uttiṣṭhet svastho rakṣārtham āyuṣaḥ / (1.3)
brāhma muhūrta utthā svastha rakṣā-artha āyus
बाQ brāhma adj. divine; holy; prescribed by the Veda मु7तर muhūrta mn. a moment; a particular
division of time; a period of 48 minutes (in personified as the children of Muhūrta) उMा utthā
1.Ā. to appear; to arise; to be active or brave ¹W svastha adj. at ease; being in one's natural state;
confident रका rakṣā f. (esp.) a sort of bracelet or amulet; a guard; a tutelary divinity अथर artha
mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage आयुस् āyus n. active power;
duration of life; efficacy.

शरीरिच*ां िनवर*र Tतशौचिविधस् ततः ॥ (१.४)
śarīracintāṃ nirvartya kṛtaśaucavidhis tataḥ // (1.4)
śarīra-cintā nirvartay kṛ-śauca-vidhi tatas
शरीर śarīra n. a dead body; any solid body (opp. to udaka etc.); bodily frame िच*ा cintā f.
anxiety; anxious thought about; care िनवरतरय् nirvartay 10.P. to bring about; to bring out; to cause
to come forth T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become शौच śauca n. (with Buddhists)
self-purification (both external and internal); cleanness; evacuation of excrement िविध vidhi m. a
grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that
reason.

अकर ~गोधखिदरकरMककभािदजम् । (२.१)
arkanyagrodhakhadirakarañjakakubhādijam / (2.1)
arka-nyagrodha-khadira-karañja-kakubha-ādi-ja
अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony ~गोध nyagrodha m. a fathom (measured
by the arms extended); a monastery and a village; Ficus Indica खिदर khadira mn. Acacia catechu
Willd. (having very hard wood); Acacia pennata Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 548); Acacia
senegal Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 548) करM karañja m. Caesalpinia bonducella Fleming
(G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 537); Caesalpinia crista Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 537);
2
Caesalpinia jayabo Maza (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 537) ककभ kakubha m. a kind of bird; a kind of
disease; a kind of evil spirit आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning ज ja adj. born or
produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

पातर भुMा च मृ§गं कषायकटित³कम् ॥ (२.२)
prātar bhuktvā ca mṛdvagraṃ kaṣāyakaṭutiktakam // (2.2)
prātar bhuj ca mṛdu-agra kaṣāya-kaṭu-tiktaka
पातर prātar ind. at dawn; in the early morning; Morning personified भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to
eat; to enjoy च ca ind. also; and; as well as मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis;
gentle; mild (Nahrung) अग agra n. a measure of food given as alms; a weight equal to a pala;
aim कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words)
ित³क tiktaka adj. anything having a bitter flavour; bitter.

कनी~गसमWौ7ं पगुणं §ादशा§ लम् । (३.१)
kanīnyagrasamasthaulyaṃ praguṇaṃ dvādaśāṅgulam / (3.1)
kanīnī-agra-sama-sthaulya praguṇa dvādaśan-aṅgula
कनीनी kanīnī f. little finger; pupil of the eye अग agra n. a measure of food given as alms; a weight
equal to a pala; aim सम sama pron. common; constant; easy Wौ7 sthaulya n. bigness; denseness
(opp. to saukṣmya); density of intellect पगुण praguṇa adj. being in a good state or condition;
correct; excellent §ादशन् dvādaśan adj. 12 MW अ§ ल aṅgula mn. (in astron.) a digit; a finger; a
finger's breadth.

भकयेद द*पवनं द*मांसा~् अबाधयन् ॥ (३.२)
bhakṣayed dantapavanaṃ dantamāṃsāny abādhayan // (3.2)
bhakṣay dantapavana dantamāṃsa abādhayant
भकय् bhakṣay 10.Ā. to eat; to feed someone; to make someone eat something द*पवन dantapavana
n. a small piece of wood द*मांस dantamāṃsa n. the gums अबाधय*् abādhayant adj. not oppressing.

नाNाद ऐईणरवमथुNासकासैवराÍ`दती । (४.१)
nādyād ajīrṇavamathuśvāsakāsajvarārditī / (4.1)
na-ad ajīrṇa-vamathu-śvāsa-kāsa-jvara-arditin
न na ind. neither; no; nor अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to eat ऐईणर ajīrṇa n. indigestion वमथु
vamathu m. a cough (?); nausea; qualmishness Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath;
asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln
7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body
supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul अÍ`दितन् arditin adj. having spasms of the jaw-
bones.

तृºाºपाकT¤ेतिशरःकणारमयी च तत् ॥ (४.२)
tṛṣṇāsyapākahṛnnetraśiraḥkarṇāmayī ca tat // (4.2)
tṛṣṇā-āsya-pāka-hṛd-netra-śiras-karṇa-āmayin ca tad
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire आº āsya n. face; jaws;
mouth पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences Tद hṛd n. breast;
chest; interior `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief;
first (of a class) कणर karṇa m. Calotropis Gigantea; Cassia Fistula; diameter of a circle आमियन्
āmayin adj. erkrankt च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this.

3
सौवीरम् अMनं िन*ं िहतम् अWोस् ततो भैएत् । (५.१)
sauvīram añjanaṃ nityaṃ hitam akṣṇos tato bhajet / (5.1)
sauvīra añjana nityam hita akṣi tatas bhaj
सौवीर sauvīra mn. antimony; galena; sour gruel अMन añjana n. a special kind of this pigment; act
of applying an ointment or pigment; antimony िन*म् nityam ind. always िहत hita adj. agreeable;
arranged; beneficial अिक akṣi n. the eye ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason
भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow.

चकुस् `तेजोमयं तº िवशेषाचछलेPतो भयम् ॥ (५.२)
cakṣus tejomayaṃ tasya viśeṣācchleṣmato bhayam // (5.2)
cakṣus tejas-maya tad viśeṣāt-śleṣman bhaya
चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of seeing `तेजस् tejas n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) rajas (passion);
(opposed to kṣamā) impatience; a mystical name of the letter r मय maya adj. consisting or made
of तद tad pron. this िवशेषात् viśeṣāt ind. especially HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum भय
bhaya n. alarm; apprehension; danger.

योजयेत् सPराते ऽWात् सावणाथ रसाMनम् । (६.१)
yojayet saptarātre 'smāt srāvaṇārthaṃ rasāñjanam / (6.1)
yojay saptarātra idam srāvaṇa-artha rasāñjana
योजय् yojay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to add; to adjust सPरात saptarātra n. a period of 7 nights (or
days); a week इदम् idam pron. this सावण srāvaṇa n. bloodletting अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of
the second mansion; action; advantage रसाMन rasāñjana n. vitriol of copper or a sort of collyrium
prepared from it with the addition of Curcuma or from the calx of brass with Amomum
Anthorrhiza or from leadore.

ततो नावनग"¸षधूमता~ूलभाग् भ`वेत् ॥ (६.२)
tato nāvanagaṇḍūṣadhūmatāmbūlabhāg bhavet // (6.2)
tatas nāvana-gaṇḍūṣa-dhūma-tāmbūla-bhāj bhū
ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory ग"¸ष
gaṇḍūṣa mn. a mouthful of water; draught; filling or rinsing the mouth धूम dhūma mn. a kind of
incense; a saint; mist ता~ूल tāmbūla n. betel; the areca-nut; the pungent and aromatic leaf of
betel (chewed with the areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a
carminative and antacid tonic) भाज् bhāj adj. belonging to; concern; duty भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to
become; to come into being.

ता~ूलं कतिप7ासºकोWिपतचकुषाम् । (७.१)
tāmbūlaṃ kṣatapittāsrarūkṣotkupitacakṣuṣām / (7.1)
tāmbūla kṣata-pittāsra-rūkṣa-utkup-cakṣus
ता~ूल tāmbūla n. betel; the areca-nut; the pungent and aromatic leaf of betel (chewed with the
areca-nut and catechu and sometimes caustic lime and spices as a carminative and antacid tonic)
कत kṣata n. a hurt; contusion; murder िप7ास pittāsra n. ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a
person or speech) उWप् utkup 4.P. चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of seeing.

िवषमूछारमदातारनाम् अपMं शोिषणाम् अिप ॥ (७.२)
viṣamūrchāmadārtānām apathyaṃ śoṣiṇām api // (7.2)
viṣa-mūrchā-mada-ārta apathya śoṣin api
4
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison
मूछार mūrchā f. (alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon मद
mada m. a river; any beautiful object; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink आतर ārta adj. afflicted;
disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable शोिषन् śoṣin
adj. absorbing; consumptive; desiccating अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

अ~§म् आच`रेन् िन*ं स जराशमवातहा । (८.१)
abhyaṅgam ācaren nityaṃ sa jarāśramavātahā / (8.1)
abhyaṅga ācar nityam tad jarā-śrama-vāta-han
अ~§ abhyaṅga m. inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances; unguent आचर ācar 1.Ā. to act;
to address; to apply िन*म् nityam ind. always तद tad pron. this जरा jarā f. a kind of date-tree;
decrepitude; digestion शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout हन् han adj. killing.

[िºपसादपुWायुः¹Pसु~MदाढयरTत् ॥ (८.२)
dṛṣṭiprasādapuṣṭyāyuḥsvapnasutvaktvadārḍhyakṛt // (8.2)
dṛṣṭi-prasāda-puṣṭi-āyus-svapna-sutvaktva-dārḍhya-kṛt
[िº dṛṣṭi f. beholding; consideration; intelligence पसाद prasāda m. a decoction; a propitiatory
offering or gift (of food); a residuum पुिº puṣṭi f. breeding; comfort; completeness आयुस् āyus n.
active power; duration of life; efficacy ¹P svapna mn. a dream; dreaming; drowsiness सु~M
sutvaktva n. (der Zustand,) schöne Haut (zu besitzen) दाढयर dārḍhya n. corroboration; fixedness;
hardness Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

िशरःशवणपा`देषु तं िवशे`षेण शीलयेत् । (९.१)
śiraḥśravaṇapādeṣu taṃ viśeṣeṇa śīlayet / (9.1)
śiras-śravaṇa-pāda tad viśeṣeṇa śīlay
िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) शवण śravaṇa mn. the ear पाद pāda m. a foot as a
measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4); a quarter
तद tad pron. this िवशे`षेण viśeṣeṇa ind. especially शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to cultivate;
to do.

वW¹ ऽ~§ः कफगºTतसं "ु7ैईÍणिभः ॥ (९.२)
varjyo 'bhyaṅgaḥ kaphagrastakṛtasaṃśuddhyajīrṇibhiḥ // (9.2)
varjay abhyaṅga kapha-gras-kṛ-saṃśuddhi-ajīrṇin
वजरय् varjay 10.Ā. to avoid अ~§ abhyaṅga m. inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances;
unguent कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general गस्
gras 1.Ā. to cause to disappear; to eat; to eclipse T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to
become सं"ुिT saṃśuddhi f. acquittal; acquittance; cleaning (the body) ऐईÍणन् ajīrṇin adj. suffering
from indigestion.

लाघवं कमरसामM दीPो ऽिVर मेदसः कयः । (१०.१)
lāghavaṃ karmasāmarthyaṃ dīpto 'gnir medasaḥ kṣayaḥ / (10.1)
lāghava karman-sāmarthya dīp agni medas kṣaya
लाघव lāghava n. alacrity; brevity; conciseness कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in
motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) सामMर sāmarthya n.
ability to or capacity for; accordance; adequacy दीप् dīp 4.P. to be luminous or illustrious; to
5
blaze; to burn अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for
the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction.

िवभ³घनगात~ं ºायामाद उ`पै आय`ते ॥ (१०.२)
vibhaktaghanagātratvaṃ vyāyāmād upajāyate // (10.2)
vibhaj-ghana-gātra-tva vyāyāma upajan
िवभै vibhaj 1.Ā. to apportion; to assign; to cut घन ghana adj. complete; dark; deep गात gātra n. a
limb or member of the body; the body; the forequarter of an elephant ~ tva n. (Marker für
abstrakte Nomina) ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult
passage; a particular measure of length उ`पैअन् upajan 4.P. to appear; to be; to be added or put to.

वातिप7ामयी बालो वृTो ऽजीणरश च तं *ैएत् । (११.१)
vātapittāmayī bālo vṛddho 'jīrṇaś ca taṃ tyajet / (11.1)
vāta-pitta-āmayin bāla vṛddha ajīrṇa ca tad tyaj
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour आमियन् āmayin adj. erkrankt
बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased (by
Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged ऐईणर ajīrṇa adj. not cooked; raw; undigested च ca ind. also;
and; as well as तद tad pron. this *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

अधरशñा िन`षेºस् तु बिलिभः िN^भोिजिभः ॥ (११.२)
ardhaśaktyā niṣevyas tu balibhiḥ snigdhabhojibhiḥ // (11.2)
ardha-śakti niṣev tu balin snigdha-bhojin
अधर ardha adj. forming a half; half; halved शि³ śakti f. (prob.) a flag-staff; a particular
configuration of stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th
astrological house); a spear िन`षेव् niṣev 1.Ā. (with acc.) to frequent; to abide or have intercourse
with; to approach तु tu ind. and; but; do बिलन् balin adj. mighty; powerful; robust िN^ snigdha
adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable भोिजन् bhojin adj. eating; enjoying; exploiting.

शीतकाले वस*े च मWम् एव ततो ऽ~दा । (१२.१)
śītakāle vasante ca mandam eva tato 'nyadā / (12.1)
śīta-kāla vasanta ca manda eva tatas anyadā
शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season
for; time वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea; name of a man च ca ind. also;
and; as well as मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad एव eva ind. alone;
already; even ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason अ~दा anyadā ind. at another
time; in another case; once.

तं T~ानुसुखं `देहं मदरयेच् च सम*तः ॥ (१२.२)
taṃ kṛtvānusukhaṃ dehaṃ mardayec ca samantataḥ // (12.2)
tad kṛ-anusukham deha marday ca samantataḥ
तद tad pron. this T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become अनुसुखम् anusukham ind.
gemäss dem sukha `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form मदरय् marday 10.Ā. to
break; to cause to be trampled down; to crush च ca ind. also; and; as well as सम*तः samantataḥ
ind. all around.

तृºा कयः पतमको र³िप7ं शमः ¥मः । (१३.१)
6
tṛṣṇā kṣayaḥ pratamako raktapittaṃ śramaḥ klamaḥ / (13.1)
tṛṣṇā kṣaya pratamaka raktapitta śrama klama
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire कय kṣaya m.
consumption; decay; destruction पतमक pratamaka m. a particular form of asthma ( śvāsa) र³िप7
raktapitta n. a particular disturbance of the blood caused by bile; plethora; spontaneous
hemorrhage from the mouth or nose शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise
¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue; languor.

अितºायामतः कासो 7रश छÍ`दश च जाय`ते ॥ (१३.२)
ativyāyāmataḥ kāso jvaraś chardiś ca jāyate // (13.2)
ativyāyāma kāsa jvara chardi ca jan
अितºायाम ativyāyāma m. übermässige Anstrengung कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem
nāvana behandeln 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or
humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of
the breath); sickness; vomiting च ca ind. also; and; as well as जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be
born again.

ºायामैआगरा¹Wीहाºभाºािदसाहसम् । (१४.१)
vyāyāmajāgarādhvastrīhāsyabhāṣyādisāhasam / (14.1)
vyāyāma-jāgara-adhvan-strī-hāsya-bhāṣya-ādi-sāhasa
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length जागर jāgara m. vision in a waking state; wakefulness; waking अ¹न् adhvan m. a
journey; a place; a recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a
white ant; a woman हाº hāsya djan. amusement; comical; fun भाº bhāṣya n. a sort of house or
building; an explanatory work; any work in the common or vernacular speech आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning साहस sāhasa n. adultery; aggression; any precipitate or reckless
act.

`गैअं Íसह इवाकषरन् भैअ¤् अित िवन¥ित ॥ (१४.२)
gajaṃ siṃha ivākarṣan bhajann ati vinaśyati // (14.2)
gaja siṃha iva-ākṛṣ bhaj ati vinaś
`गैअ gaja m. a measure of length (commonly Gaś); a mound of earth (sloping on both sides) on
which a house may be erected; an elephant Íसह siṃha m. a hero or eminent person; a lion; a
Moringa with red flowers इव iva ind. a little; about; almost आTष् ākṛṣ 6.P. to attract; to bend (a
bow); to draw (a sword) भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a
form); to bestow अित ati ind. extremely; very िवनश vinaś 4.Ā. to annihilate; to be deprived of
(abl.); to be frustrated or foiled.

उ§तरनं कफहरं मेदसः पिवलायनम् । (१५.१)
udvartanaṃ kaphaharaṃ medasaḥ pravilāyanam / (15.1)
udvartana kapha-hara medas pravilāyana
उ§तरन udvartana n. ascending; bad behaviour; bad conduct कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one
of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing मेदस्
medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness पिवलायन pravilāyana adj. .

िWरीकरणम् अ§ानां ~कपसादकरं परम् ॥ (१५.२)
7
sthirīkaraṇam aṅgānāṃ tvakprasādakaraṃ param // (15.2)
sthirīkaraṇa aṅga tvac-prasāda-kara para
िWरीकरण sthirīkaraṇa adj. making firm अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or
subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide
(used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag पसाद prasāda m. a decoction; a propitiatory
offering or gift (of food); a residuum कर kara adj. causing; helping; making पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than.

दीपनं वृºम् आयुºं Nानम् ऊजारबलपदम् । (१६.१)
dīpanaṃ vṛṣyam āyuṣyaṃ snānam ūrjābalapradam / (16.1)
dīpana vṛṣya āyuṣya snāna ūrjā-bala-prada
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour;
stimulating आयुº āyuṣya adj. for the sake of life; giving long life; preservative of life Nान snāna n.
ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g. water); bathing ऊजार ūrjā f. name of a daughter of Dakṣa
and wife of Vasiṣṭha; sap; strength बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in पद prada adj.
bestowing; causing; effecting.

क"¸मलशम¹ेदत¶ातृडदाहपापमैइत् ॥ (१६.२)
kaṇḍūmalaśramasvedatandrātṛḍdāhapāpmajit // (16.2)
kaṇḍū-mala-śrama-sveda-tandrā-tṛṣ-dāha-pāpman-jit
क"¸ kaṇḍū f. itch; itching; scratching मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth शम śrama m. drill; effort either
bodily or mental; exercise ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration")
त¶ा tandrā f. exhaustion; lassitude; Mattigkeit तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire;
thirst दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) पापमन् pāpman m. calamity; crime;
devil िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

उºा~ुनाधःकायº पिर`षेको बलावहः । (१७.१)
uṣṇāmbunādhaḥkāyasya pariṣeko balāvahaḥ / (17.1)
uṣṇa-ambu-adhaḥkāya pariṣeka bala-āvaha
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting
of ninety syllables); the number four अधःकाय adhaḥkāya m. unterer Bereich des Körpers पिर`षेक
pariṣeka m. a bath; bathing apparatus; moistening बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in
आवह āvaha adj. bringing; bringing to pass; producing.

`तेनइव तू7मा§º बलTत् केशचकुषाम् ॥ (१७.२)
tenaiva tūttamāṅgasya balahṛt keśacakṣuṣām // (17.2)
tad-eva tu-uttamāṅga bala-hṛt keśa-cakṣus
तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even तु tu ind. and; but; do उ7मा§ uttamāṅga n. the
head; the highest or chief part of the body बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in Tत् hṛt
adj. (only ifc.) bringing; carrying; carrying away केश keśa m. a kind of perfume; name of a Daitya;
name of a mineral चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of seeing.

Nानम् अÍ`दत`नेताºकणररोगाितसािरषु । (१८.१)
snānam arditanetrāsyakarṇarogātisāriṣu / (18.1)
snāna ardita-netra-āsya-karṇa-roga-atisārin
8
Nान snāna n. ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g. water); bathing अÍ`दत ardita n.
Gesichtslähmung; [medic.] name of a disease (spasm of the jaw-bones) `नेत netra mn. a carriage;
a kind of cloth; a kind of deer आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth कणर karṇa m. Calotropis Gigantea;
Cassia Fistula; diameter of a circle रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus;
disease अितसािरन् atisārin adj. afflicted with purging or dysentery.

आWानपीनसाजीणरभु ³वñु च गÍ`हतम् ॥ (१८.२)
ādhmānapīnasājīrṇabhuktavatsu ca garhitam // (18.2)
ādhmāna-pīnasa-ajīrṇa-bhuj ca garh
आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing; boasting पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose)
ऐईणर ajīrṇa n. indigestion भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy च ca ind. also; and; as well as
गहर garh 1.P. to accuse; to be sorry for; to blame.

जी`ण िहतं िमतं चाNान् न `वेगान् ईरये द बलात् । (१९.१)
jīrṇe hitaṃ mitaṃ cādyān na vegān īrayed balāt / (19.1)
jṛ hita mita ca-ad na vega īray bala
जृ jṛ 4.Ā. to be dissolved or digested; to decay; to grow old िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged;
beneficial िमत mita adj. brief; consisting of (acc.); containing a particular measure च ca ind. also;
and; as well as अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to eat न na ind. neither; no; nor `वेग vega m. a
stream; agitation; attack ईरय् īray 10.Ā. to bring to life; to proclaim बल bala mn. Balarāma; an
army; expertness in.

न `वेिगतो ऽ~कायरः ºान् नािज~ा साWम् आमयम् ॥ (१९.२)
na vegito 'nyakāryaḥ syān nājitvā sādhyam āmayam // (19.2)
na vegita anya-kārya as na-ajitvā sādhay āmaya
न na ind. neither; no; nor `वेिगत vegita adj. agitated; fleet; hasty अ~ anya pron. anderer कायर kārya
n. a religious action or performance; affair; conduct अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to
(dat.) न na ind. neither; no; nor ऐइ~ा ajitvā ind. not having conquered साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to
accomplish; to acquire; to attain one's object आमय āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness.

सुखाथारः सवरभूतानां मताः सवार ः पवृ7यः । (२०.१)
sukhārthāḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ matāḥ sarvāḥ pravṛttayaḥ / (20.1)
sukha-artha sarva-bhūta man sarva pravṛtti
सुख sukha adj. agreeable; comfortable; easy अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second
mansion; action; advantage सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different भूत bhūta mn. a demon; a
spirit (good or evil); an element मन् man 8.P. to be of opinion; to believe; to conjecture सवर sarva
pron. all; completely; different पवृि7 pravṛtti f. activity; advance; appearance.

सुखं च न िवना धमारत् तWाद धमरपरो भ`वेत् ॥ (२०.२)
sukhaṃ ca na vinā dharmāt tasmād dharmaparo bhavet // (20.2)
sukha ca na vinā dharma tad dharma-para bhū
सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in च ca ind. also; and; as well as न na ind. neither;
no; nor िवना vinā ind. except; short or exclusive of; without धमर dharma mn. a bow; a particular
ceremony; a Soma-drinker तद tad pron. this धमर dharma mn. a bow; a particular ceremony; a
Soma-drinker पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to
come into being.

9
भñा क7ाणिमतािण से`वे`तेतर{रगः । (२१.१)
bhaktyā kalyāṇamitrāṇi sevetetaradūragaḥ / (21.1)
bhakti kalyāṇa-mitra
भि³ bhakti f. a division; a division of a Sāman; a row क7ाण kalyāṇa adj. beautiful; beneficial;
happy िमत mitra mn. a friend; companion; name of a Marut.

Í`हसाºेयान् यथाकामं पइ"ु ~ं प^षानृ`ते ॥ (२१.२)
hiṃsāsteyān yathākāmaṃ paiśunyaṃ paruṣānṛte // (21.2)
hiṃsā-steya yathākāma paiśunya paruṣa-anṛta
Í`हसा hiṃsā f. Asteracantha Longifolia; harm (to life or property); hurt ºेय steya n. anything
clandestine or private; anything stolen or liable to be stolen; larceny यथाकाम yathākāma adj.
acting according to wish; conformable to desire पइ"ु~ paiśunya n. calumny प^ष paruṣa n. a
species of Barleria with blue flowers; abuse; harsh and contumelious speech अनृत anṛta n.
agriculture; cheating; falsehood.

संिभ¤ालापं ºापादम् अिभWां [ि³पयरयम् । (२२.१)
saṃbhinnālāpaṃ vyāpādam abhidhyāṃ dṛgviparyayam / (22.1)
sambhinna-ālāpa vyāpāda abhidhyā dṛś-viparyaya
सि~¤ sambhinna adj. abandoned; close; combined आलाप ālāpa m. a lesson; addressing;
communication ºापाद vyāpāda m. death; destruction; evil intent or design अिभWा abhidhyā f.
desire; longing for; wish [श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot;
appearance; doctrine िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.

पापं क¯मित दशधा कायवा_ानसइस् *ैएत् ॥ (२२.२)
pāpaṃ karmeti daśadhā kāyavāṅmānasais tyajet // (22.2)
pāpa karman-iti daśadhā kāya-vāc-mānasa tyaj
पाप pāpa adj. bad; evil; inauspicious कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as
the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) इित iti ind. in this manner; thus
(in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) दशधा daśadhā
ind. in 10 parts; tenfold काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to be attained वाच् vāc f. a literary
work; a word; asseveration मानस mānasa n. a kind of salt; heart; mind *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to
avoid; to discharge.

अवृि7ºािधशोकातार न् अनुव¯त त शि³तः । (२३.१)
avṛttivyādhiśokārtān anuvarteta śaktitaḥ / (23.1)
avṛtti-vyādhi-śoka-ārta anuvṛt śakti
अवृि7 avṛtti f. inadequate support ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or
thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus शोक śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame आतर ārta adj. afflicted;
disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) अनुवृत् anuvṛt 1.Ā. to assent; to attend; to be supplied from a
previous sentence शि³ śakti f. (prob.) a flag-staff; a particular configuration of stars and planets
(when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th astrological house); a spear.

आMवत् सततं प¥ेद अिप कीटिपपीिलकम् ॥ (२३.२)
ātmavat satataṃ paśyed api kīṭapipīlikam // (23.2)
ātman-vat satatam paś api kīṭa-pipīlika
10
आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) सततम् satatam
ind. always पश paś 4.Ā. to compose; to consider; to examine अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides
कीट kīṭa m. a worm; an expression of contempt; insect िपपीिलक pipīlika m. an ant.

अचरयेद `देवगोिवपवृ TवइNनृपाितथीन् । (२४.१)
arcayed devagovipravṛddhavaidyanṛpātithīn / (24.1)
arcay deva-go-vipra-vṛddha-vaidya-nṛpa-atithi
अचरय् arcay 10.Ā. to adore; to venerate; to worship `देव deva m. (rarely applied to) evil demons; a
child; a deity गो go mf. a class of sunrays creating heat; a herd of cattle; a kind of medicial plant
िवप vipra m. Acacia Sirissa; a Brāhman; a poet वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased (by Vṛddhi);
advanced in years; aged वइN vaidya m. a learned man; a physician (accounted a mixed caste); an
expert (versed in his own profession) नृप nṛpa m. a Kṣatriya; king; name of the numeral 16 अितिथ
atithi m. a guest; a person entitled to hospitality; name of Agni.

िवमुखान् नाÍथनः कयारन् नावम~ेत नािक`पेत् ॥ (२४.२)
vimukhān nārthinaḥ kuryān nāvamanyeta nākṣipet // (24.2)
vimukha na-arthin kṛ na-avaman na-ākṣip
िवमुख vimukha adj. abstaining or desisting from; adverse; averse or opposed to न na ind. neither;
no; nor अÍथन् arthin m. a beggar; a follower; a plaintiff T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause
to become न na ind. neither; no; nor अवमन् avaman 4.P. to despise; to repudiate; to treat
contemptuously न na ind. neither; no; nor आिकप् ākṣip 4.P. to call to a dispute etc. (dat.); to cause
to tremble; to challenge.

उपकारपधानः ºाद अपकारप`रे ऽº् अरौ । (२५.१)
upakārapradhānaḥ syād apakārapare 'py arau / (25.1)
upakāra-pradhāna as apakāra-para api ari
उपकार upakāra m. advantage; assistance; benefit पधान pradhāna n. a chief thing or person; a
noble; an elephant-driver अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) अपकार apakāra m.
despise; disdain; hurt पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides अिर ari m. (in astron.) a hostile planet; a species of Khadira or Mimosa; a type
of mantra.

संपि§प*् एकमना `हेतावी`º त् फले न तु ॥ (२५.२)
saṃpadvipatsv ekamanā hetāvīrṣyet phale na tu // (25.2)
ekamanas hetu-īrṣy phala na tu
एकमनस् ekamanas adj. attentive; concentrated; fixing the mind upon one object `हेतु hetu m. (with
Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to pratyaya); (with Paśupatas) that which causes the bondage
of the soul; a logical reason or dedaction or argument ईº्र īrṣy 1.P. फल phala n. a blade (of a
sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift न na ind. neither; no; nor तु tu ind. and; but; do.

काले िहतं िमतं बूयाद अिवसंवािद `पेशलम् । (२६.१)
kāle hitaṃ mitaṃ brūyād avisaṃvādi peśalam / (26.1)
kāla hita mita brū avisaṃvādin peśala
काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time िहत hita adj. agreeable;
arranged; beneficial िमत mita adj. brief; consisting of (acc.); containing a particular measure बू
brū 2.Ā. to answer (either intrans. with punar or trans. with praśnam); to be told by itself; to call
11
or profess one's self to be अिवसंवािदन् avisaṃvādin adj. agreeing; coinciding; not contradictory
`पेशल peśala adj. adorned; artificially formed; beautiful.

पूवारिभभाषी सुमुखः सुशीलः क^णामृ§ः ॥ (२६.२)
pūrvābhibhāṣī sumukhaḥ suśīlaḥ karuṇāmṛduḥ // (26.2)
pūrva-abhibhāṣin sumukha suśīla karuṇā-mṛdu
पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient; attended with अिभभािषन् abhibhāṣin adj. addressing; speaking
to सुमुख sumukha adj. (alchemy); cheerful; fair-faced सुशील suśīla adj. goodtempered; having an
amiable disposition; tractable (as a cow) क^णा karuṇā f. one of the four Brahmavihāras;
particular tone; pity मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild
(Nahrung).

नइकः सुखी न सवरत िवश*ो न च शि_तः । (२७.१)
naikaḥ sukhī na sarvatra viśrabdho na ca śaṅkitaḥ / (27.1)
na-eka sukhin na sarvatra viśrabdha na ca śaṅk
न na ind. neither; no; nor एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once सुिखन् sukhin adj.
comfortable; easy; happy न na ind. neither; no; nor सवरत sarvatra ind. always; at all times;
everywhere िवश* viśrabdha adj. calm; confident; confiding न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind.
also; and; as well as श_ śaṅk 1.P. to assume; to be afraid of (abl.); to be anxious or apprehensive.

न कं िचद आMनः शतुं नाMानं कºिचद िरपुम् ॥ (२७.२)
na kaṃcid ātmanaḥ śatruṃ nātmānaṃ kasyacid ripum // (27.2)
na kaścid ātman śatru na-ātman kaścid ripu
न na ind. neither; no; nor किVद kaścid pron. someone आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual;
Brahma शतु śatru m. Asparagus Racemosus; a hostile king (esp. a neighbouring king as a natural
enemy); an enemy न na ind. neither; no; nor आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma
किVद kaścid pron. someone िरपु ripu m. (in astrol.) a hostile planet; a deceiver; a gall-nut.

पकाशयेन् नापमानं न च िनःNेहतां पभोः । (२८.१)
prakāśayen nāpamānaṃ na ca niḥsnehatāṃ prabhoḥ / (28.1)
prakāśay na-apamāna na ca niḥsnehatā prabhu
पकाशय् prakāśay 10.Ā. to cause to appear or shine; to display; to illumine न na ind. neither; no;
nor अपमान apamāna mn. contempt; disgrace; disrespect न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also;
and; as well as िनःNेहता niḥsnehatā f. (Abstr.nomen niḥsneha) पभु prabhu m. a master; a sound;
king.

जनºाशयम् आलW यो यथा पिरतुºित ॥ (२८.२)
janasyāśayam ālakṣya yo yathā parituṣyati // (28.2)
jana-āśaya ālakṣay yad yathā parituṣ
जन jana m. a common person; living being; man आशय āśaya m. (in Yoga phil.) stock or the
balance of the fruits of previous works; a miser; a receptacle आलकय् ālakṣay 10.Ā. to behold; to
descry यद yad pron. what; which यथा yathā ind. according; as; as पिरतुष् parituṣ 4.P. to be much
pleased or very glad; to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.).

तं तथइवानुव¯त त पराराधनपि"तः । (२९.१)
taṃ tathaivānuvarteta parārādhanapaṇḍitaḥ / (29.1)
tad tathā-eva-anuvṛt para-ārādhana-paṇḍita
12
तद tad pron. this तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so एव eva ind. alone; already; even
अनुवृत् anuvṛt 1.Ā. to assent; to attend; to be supplied from a previous sentence पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than आराधन ārādhana n. accomplishment; acquirement; adoration
पि"त paṇḍita adj. clever; conversant with; learned.

न पीडयेद इि¶यािण न चइता~् अितलालयेत् ॥ (२९.२)
na pīḍayed indriyāṇi na caitāny atilālayet // (29.2)
na pīḍay indriya na ca-etad atilālay
न na ind. neither; no; nor पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something
inauspicious); to break (a vow); to cause pain इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of
power; faculty of sense न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as एतद etad pron.
this अितलालय् atilālay 10.P. .

ितवगर"ू~ं नार~ं भैएत् तं चािवरोधयन् । (३०.१)
trivargaśūnyaṃ nārambhaṃ bhajet taṃ cāvirodhayan / (30.1)
trivarga-śūnya na-ārambha bhaj tad ca-avirodhayant
ितवगर trivarga m. the 3 conditions; the 3 higher castes; the three things "ू~ śūnya adj. empty; void
न na ind. neither; no; nor आर~ ārambha m. a thing begun; beginning; beginning भै bhaj 1.Ā. to
allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow तद tad pron. this च ca ind.
also; and; as well as अिवरोधय*् avirodhayant adj. not impeding.

अनुयायात् पितपदं सवरध¯मषु मWमाम् ॥ (३०.२)
anuyāyāt pratipadaṃ sarvadharmeṣu madhyamām // (30.2)
anuyā pratipad sarva-dharma madhyama
अनुया anuyā 2.Ā. to follow; to imitate पितपद pratipad f. a kettle-drum; access; an introductory
verse or stanza सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different धमर dharma mn. a bow; a particular
ceremony; a Soma-drinker मWम madhyama adj. (in astron.) mean; being or placed in the middle;
central.

नीचरोमनखशमशुर िनमरलाि¶मलायनः । (३१.१)
nīcaromanakhaśmaśrur nirmalāṅghrimalāyanaḥ / (31.1)
nīca-roman-nakha-śmaśru nirmala-aṅghri-malāyana
नीच nīca adj. base; deep; dwarfish रोमन् roman n. (esp.) short hair; bristles; down नख nakha mn. a
finger-nail; claw; talon शमशु śmaśru mn. (esp.) moustache; the beard; the hairs of the beard (pl.)
िनमरल nirmala adj. bright; clean; shining अि¶ aṅghri m. a foot; foot of a seat; one-fourth मलायन
malāyana n. the path of the excretions; the rectum.

Nानशीलः सुसुरिभः सु`वेषो ऽनुलबणोज7लः ॥ (३१.२)
snānaśīlaḥ susurabhiḥ suveṣo 'nulbaṇojjvalaḥ // (31.2)
snāna-śīla susurabhi anulbaṇa-ujjvala
Nान snāna n. ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g. water); bathing शील śīla mn. a moral
precept; character; conduct सुसुरिभ susurabhi adj. sehr wohlriechend अनुलबण anulbaṇa adj. keeping
the regular measure; not excessive; not prominent उज7ल ujjvala adj. beautiful; blazing up;
burning.

धारयेत् सततं रëिसTमMमहौषधीः । (३२.१)
13
dhārayet satataṃ ratnasiddhamantramahauṣadhīḥ / (32.1)
dhāray satatam ratna-siddhamantra-mahauṣadhī
धारय् dhāray 10.Ā. to hold; to keep; to possess सततम् satatam ind. always रë ratna mn. a gift; a
jewel; a magnet िसTमM siddhamantra m. a particular efficacious Mantra; name of a medical wk.
by Keśavabhaṭṭa महौषधी mahauṣadhī f. Aconitum Ferox; a great or very efficacious medicinal
plant; Dūrvā grass.

सातपतपदताणो िवच`रेद युगमात[क ॥ (३२.२)
sātapatrapadatrāṇo vicared yugamātradṛk // (32.2)
sātapatra-pada-trāṇa vicar yuga-mātra-dṛś
सातपत sātapatra adj. having an umbrella पद pada mn. a business affair; a footing; a footstep ताण
trāṇa n. armour; defence; helmet िवचर vicar 1.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to associate or have
intercourse with (instr.) युग yuga mn. a lustrum (esp. in the cycle of Jupiter); a measure of length
86 Aṅgulas; a name for the number "twelve" मात mātra n. an element; duration; elementary
matter [श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine.

िनिश चा*ियके का¯य द"ी मौली सहायवान् । (३३.१)
niśi cātyayike kārye daṇḍī maulī sahāyavān / (33.1)
niś ca-ātyayika kārya daṇḍin maulin sahāyavant
िनश niś f. night च ca ind. also; and; as well as आ*ियक ātyayika adj. not suffering delay; requiring
immediate help (as a disease); urgent कायर kārya n. a religious action or performance; affair;
conduct दि"न् daṇḍin adj. carrying a stick मौिलन् maulin adj. being at the head; chief; crested
सहायव*् sahāyavant adj. accompanied or befriended or assisted by; having a companion or
assistant; provided with (comp.).

चइ*पूW¹ैआशº½ायाभWतुषा"ुचीन् ॥ (३३.२)
caityapūjyadhvajāśastacchāyābhasmatuṣāśucīn // (33.2)
caitya-pūjay-dhvaja-aśasta-chāyā-bhasman-tuṣa-aśuci
चइ* caitya mn. a funeral monument or Stūpa or pyramidal column containing the ashes of
deceased persons; a Jain or Buddhist image; a sanctuary near a village पूजय् pūjay 10.Ā. to
approve; to consecrate; to honour ¹ैअ dhvaja mn. (in astrol.) name of a Yoga; (in pros.) an
iambic; a banner अशº aśasta adj. ineffable; unwished छाया chāyā f. (like Saṃjñā) wife of the sun
and mother of the planet Saturn; a bribe; a copy (of a Ms.) भWन् bhasman n. ashes; sacred ashes
(smeared on the body); one of the five effects of fixation of mercury तुष tuṣa mfn. Terminalia
Bellerica; the chaff of grain or corn or rice अ"ुिच aśuci adj. foul; impure.

नाकामेच् छकर रालोºबिलNानभुवो न च । (३४.१)
nākrāmec charkarāloṣṭabalisnānabhuvo na ca / (34.1)
na-ākram śarkarā-loṣṭa-bali-snāna-bhū na ca
न na ind. neither; no; nor आकम् ākram 1.Ā. (in astron.) to eclipse; to approach; to ascend शकर रा
śarkarā f. a fragment or piece of broken earthenware; Gries; gravel लोº loṣṭa mn. a lump of earth
or clay; a particular object serving as a mark; clod बिल bali m. a victim (often a goat or buffalo)
offered to Durgā; any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of portions of food);
fragments of food at a meal Nान snāna n. ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g. water);
bathing भू bhū f. a sacrificial fire; a term for the letter l; Erde न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind.
also; and; as well as.

14
नदÌ त`रेन् न बाV~ां नािVW^म् अिभवैएत् ॥ (३४.२)
nadīṃ taren na bāhubhyāṃ nāgniskandham abhivrajet // (34.2)
nadī tṛ na bāhu na-agni-skandha abhivraj
नदी nadī f. a river (commonly personified as a female); flowing water; name of 2 kinds of metre
तृ tṛ 4.P. to accomplish; to acquire; to attain an end or aim न na ind. neither; no; nor बाV bāhu mf.
the arm; the arm as a measure of length ( 12 Aṅgulas); the arm between the elbow and the wrist
(opp. to pra-gaṇḍa) न na ind. neither; no; nor अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty
W^ skandha m. (archit.) the support (part of a capital); samparāya and bhadrādi; a chapter
अिभवै abhivraj 1.P. to (ind. p. -vrajya) to pass through(acc.); to go up to (acc.).

संिद^नावं वृकं च नारो`हेद §ºयानवत् । (३५.१)
saṃdigdhanāvaṃ vṛkṣaṃ ca nārohed duṣṭayānavat / (35.1)
saṃdigdha-nau vṛkṣa ca na-āruh duṣṭa-yāna-vat
संिद^ saṃdigdha adj. besmeared or covered with (instr. or comp.); confounded with; confused
नौ nau f. vāc; a ship; boat वृक vṛkṣa m. a coffin; a frame; a stimulant च ca ind. also; and; as well as
न na ind. neither; no; nor आ^ह āruh 6.Ā. to arise; to ascend; to attain §º duṣṭa adj. bad; corrupted;
culpable यान yāna n. (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge; a journey;
a vehicle of any kind वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel).

नासंवृतमुखः कयारत् कुितहाºिवजृ~णम् ॥ (३५.२)
nāsaṃvṛtamukhaḥ kuryāt kṣutihāsyavijṛmbhaṇam // (35.2)
na-asaṃvṛta-mukha kṛ kṣuti-hāsya-vijṛmbhaṇa
न na ind. neither; no; nor असंवृत asaṃvṛta adj. bare (as the ground); unconcealed; uncovered मुख
mukha n. a direction; beginning; best T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become कुित
kṣuti f. sneezing हाº hāsya djan. amusement; comical; fun िवजृ~ण vijṛmbhaṇa n. bending;
blossoming; budding.

नािसकां न िवकºीयान् नाकWाद िविलखेद भुवम् । (३६.१)
nāsikāṃ na vikuṣṇīyān nākasmād vilikhed bhuvam / (36.1)
nāsikā na vikuṣ na-akasmāt vilikh bhū
नािसका nāsikā f. a false dormer-window; a nostril; name of Aśvinī (mother of the two Aśvins) न
na ind. neither; no; nor िवकष् vikuṣ 9.P. न na ind. neither; no; nor अकWात् akasmāt ind.
accidentally; suddenly; without a why or a wherefore िविलख् vilikh 6.P. (in medicine) to tear up;
to delineate; to lacerate भू bhū f. a sacrificial fire; a term for the letter l; Erde.

ना§इश चेºेत िवगु णं नासीतोWटकश िचरम् ॥ (३६.२)
nāṅgaiś ceṣṭeta viguṇaṃ nāsītotkaṭakaś ciram // (36.2)
na-aṅga ceṣṭ viguṇa na-ās-utkaṭaka ciram
न na ind. neither; no; nor अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra
or counsel (said to be five) चेº ceṣṭ 1.Ā. to act; to be active; to be busy or occupied with (acc.)
िवगुण viguṇa adj. adverse (as fortune); bad; corrupted (as the humours of the body) न na ind.
neither; no; nor आस् ās 4.P. to abide; to be present; to cease उWटक utkaṭaka adj. auf eine
bestimmte Art sitzend (?) िचरम् ciram ind. for a long time.

`देहवा0ेतसां चेºाः पाक शमाद िविनवतरयेत् । (३७.१)
dehavākcetasāṃ ceṣṭāḥ prāk śramād vinivartayet / (37.1)
15
deha-vāc-cetas ceṣṭā prāk śrama vinivartay
`देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form वाच् vāc f. a literary work; a word;
asseveration चेतस् cetas n. consciousness; heart; intelligence चेºा ceṣṭā f. action; activity;
behaving पाक prāk ind. before शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise िविनवतरय्
vinivartay 10.P. to abandon; to annul (a curse); to avert.

नो¹आनुश िचरं ितºेन् न³ं से`वेत न द

मम् ॥ (३७.२)
nordhvajānuś ciraṃ tiṣṭhen naktaṃ seveta na drumam // (37.2)
na-ūrdhvajānu ciram sthā nakta sev na druma
न na ind. neither; no; nor ऊ¹आनु ūrdhvajānu adj. raising the knees (in sitting) िचरम् ciram ind. for
a long time Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand न³ nakta n. eating only at night (as a
sort of penance); night सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to devote or apply one's self to न na
ind. neither; no; nor द

म druma m. a tree (sometimes also any plant); a tree of Indra's paradise;
name of a prince of the Kimpuruṣas.

तथा च~रचइ*ा*Vतुºथसुरालयान् । (३८.१)
tathā catvaracaityāntaścatuṣpathasurālayān / (38.1)
tathā catvara-caitya-antar-catuṣpatha-surālaya
तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so च~र catvara mn. a levelled spot of ground
prepared for a sacrifice; a quadrangular place चइ* caitya mn. a funeral monument or Stūpa or
pyramidal column containing the ashes of deceased persons; a Jain or Buddhist image; a
sanctuary near a village अ*र antar ind. amongst; between; in the middle चतुºथ catuṣpatha mn. a
place where 4 roads meet; cross-way; name of Śiva सुरालय surālaya m. a god's abode; abode of the
gods; heaven.

सूनाटवी"ू~गृ हशमशानािन िदवािप न ॥ (३८.२)
sūnāṭavīśūnyagṛhaśmaśānāni divāpi na // (38.2)
sūnā-aṭavī-śūnya-gṛha-śmaśāna divā-api na
सूना sūnā f. a place for slaughtering animals; a stick fixed to an elephant's hook; a woven wicker-
work basket or vessel of anykind अटवी aṭavī f. a forest "ू~ śūnya adj. empty; void गृह gṛha mn. a
house; a house as containing several rooms; a wife शमशान śmaśāna n. an elevated place for
burning dead bodies; an oblation to deceased ancestors; cemetery or burial-place for the bones
of cremated corpses िदवा divā ind. by day (often opposed to naktam) अिप api ind. also; assuredly;
besides न na ind. neither; no; nor.

सवरथेकेत नािद*ं न भारं िशरसा व`हेत् । (३९.१)
sarvathekṣeta nādityaṃ na bhāraṃ śirasā vahet / (39.1)
sarvathā-īkṣ na-āditya na bhāra śiras vah
सवरथा sarvathā ind. altogether; at all times; by all means (often joined with sarvatra and sarvadā)
ईक् īkṣ 4.P. to behold; to consider; to foretell for (dat) न na ind. neither; no; nor आिद* āditya m.
name of a constellation; name of a god in general; name of Sūrya (the sun) न na ind. neither; no;
nor भार bhāra m. a burden; a large quantity; a particular manner of beating a drum िशरस् śiras n.
acme; chief; first (of a class) वह vah 4.P. to be with child; to bear; to carry.

`नेकेत पततं सूWं दीPामेWािपयािण च ॥ (३९.२)
nekṣeta pratataṃ sūkṣmaṃ dīptāmedhyāpriyāṇi ca // (39.2)
na-īkṣ pratatam sūkṣma dīp-amedhya-apriya ca
16
न na ind. neither; no; nor ईक् īkṣ 4.P. to behold; to consider; to foretell for (dat) पततम् pratatam
ind. continually सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant दीप् dīp 4.P. to be luminous or
illustrious; to blaze; to burn अमेW amedhya adj. foul; impure; nefarious अिपय apriya adj.
disagreeable; disliked; unfriendly च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

मNिवकयसंधानदानादानािन नाच`रेत् । (४०.१)
madyavikrayasaṃdhānadānādānāni nācaret / (40.1)
madya-vikraya-saṃdhāna-dāna-ādāna na-ācar
मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine िवकय vikraya m. sale;
selling; vending संधान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst; alliance दान dāna
n. adding; addition; bribery आदान ādāna n. a cause of disease; drawing near to one's self; receipt
न na ind. neither; no; nor आचर ācar 1.Ā. to act; to address; to apply.

पुरोवातातप`रैअºुषारप^षािनलान् ॥ (४०.२)
purovātātaparajastuṣāraparuṣānilān // (40.2)
puras-vāta-ātapa-rajas-tuṣāra-paruṣa-anila
पुरस् puras ind. (as prep.) before (of place and time); eastward; first वात vāta m. air; flatulence;
gout आतप ātapa m. heat (especially of the sun); sunshine `रैअस् rajas n. a kind of plant; a kind of
weight; affection तुषार tuṣāra m. -kaṇa; camphor; cold प^ष paruṣa adj. dirty-coloured; hard; harsh
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons.

अनृजुः कवथू7ारकास¹Pा¤मइथुनम् । (४१.१)
anṛjuḥ kṣavathūdgārakāsasvapnānnamaithunam / (41.1)
anṛju kṣavathu-udgāra-kāsa-svapna-anna-maithuna
अनृजु anṛju adj. crooked; not straight; perverse कवथु kṣavathu m. catarrh; cough; irritation of the
throat उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit
einem nāvana behandeln ¹P svapna mn. a dream; dreaming; drowsiness अ¤ anna n. bread corn;
earth; especially boiled rice मइथु न maithuna n. connection; copulation; marriage.

क¸ल½ायां नृपि§ºं ºालदंिºरिवषािणनः ॥ (४१.२)
kūlacchāyāṃ nṛpadviṣṭaṃ vyāladaṃṣṭriviṣāṇinaḥ // (41.2)
kūla-chāyā nṛpa-dviṣ vyāla-daṃṣṭrin-viṣāṇin
क¸ल kūla n. bank; declivity; shore छाया chāyā f. (like Saṃjñā) wife of the sun and mother of the
planet Saturn; a bribe; a copy (of a Ms.) नृप nṛpa m. a Kṣatriya; king; name of the numeral 16
ि§ष् dviṣ 6.Ā. to be a rival or a match for; to be hostile or unfriendly; to hate ºाल vyāla m. a beast of
prey; a hunting leopard; a kind of metre दंिºरन् daṃṣṭrin adj. possessing fangs िवषािणन् viṣāṇin adj.
having horns; having tusks.

हीनानायारितिनपुणसे वां िवगहम् उ7मइः । (४२.१)
hīnānāryātinipuṇasevāṃ vigraham uttamaiḥ / (42.1)
hīna-anārya-ati-nipuṇa-sevā vigraha uttama
हीन hīna adj. abandoned; bad; base अनायर anārya adj. destitute of Āryas; inferior; not honourable
or respectable अित ati ind. extremely; very िनपुण nipuṇa adj. absolute (as purity); acute; adroit
सेवा sevā f. addiction to; attendance on; devotion to (gen. or comp.) िवगह vigraha m. (in
Sāṃkhya) an element; an ornament; analysis उ7म uttama adj. best; chief; excellent.
17

संWा¹् अ~वहारWी¹PाWयनिच*नम् ॥ (४२.२)
saṃdhyāsv abhyavahārastrīsvapnādhyayanacintanam // (42.2)
saṃdhyā abhyavahāra-strī-svapna-adhyayana-cintana
संWा saṃdhyā f. holding together; junction; juncture अ~वहार abhyavahāra m. taking food Wी strī
f. a kind of metre; a white ant; a woman ¹P svapna mn. a dream; dreaming; drowsiness अWयन
adhyayana n. reading; studying िच*न cintana n. anxious thought; consideration; reflecting upon.

शतुस7गणाकीणरगिणकापिणकाशनम् । (४३.१)
śatrusattragaṇākīrṇagaṇikāpaṇikāśanam / (43.1)
śatru-sattra-gaṇa-ākṛ-gaṇikā-āpaṇika-aśana
शतु śatru m. Asparagus Racemosus; a hostile king (esp. a neighbouring king as a natural enemy);
an enemy स7 sattra n. a great Soma sacrifice; a house; a tank गण gaṇa m. (in metre) a foot or
four instants; vāc; a company आT ākṛ 6.P. to give abundantly; to scatter or sprinkle over गिणका
gaṇikā f. Aeschynomene Sesban; a female elephant; a harlot आपिणक āpaṇika m. a merchant;
assize; dealer अशन aśana n. eating; food.

गातव7नखइर वाNं हºकेशावधूननम् ॥ (४३.२)
gātravaktranakhair vādyaṃ hastakeśāvadhūnanam // (43.2)
gātra-vaktra-nakha vādya hasta-keśa-avadhūnana
गात gātra n. a limb or member of the body; the body; the forequarter of an elephant व7 vaktra n.
a sort of garment; beginning; face नख nakha mn. a finger-nail; claw; talon वाN vādya n. a speech;
instrumental music हº hasta mn. autograph; the hand; trunk (of an elephant) केश keśa m. a kind
of perfume; name of a Daitya; name of a mineral अवधूनन avadhūnana n. agitation; causing to
shake; shaking.

तोयािVपू WमWेन यानं धूमं शवाशयम् । (४४.१)
toyāgnipūjyamadhyena yānaṃ dhūmaṃ śavāśrayam / (44.1)
toya-agni-pūjay-madhya yāna dhūma śavāśraya
तोय toya n. water; !! अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty पूजय् pūjay 10.Ā. to approve;
to consecrate; to honour मW madhya n. abdomen; centre; cessation यान yāna n. (with Buddhists)
the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge; a journey; a vehicle of any kind धूम dhūma mn. a
kind of incense; a saint; mist शवाशय śavāśraya m. cemetery.

मNाितसͳ िवश~¹ातन=े Wीषु च *ैएत् ॥ (४४.२)
madyātisaktiṃ viśrambhasvātantrye strīṣu ca tyajet // (44.2)
madya-atisakti viśrambha-svātantrya strī ca tyaj
मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine अितसि³ atisakti f. excessive
attachment िवश~ viśrambha m. a playful or amorous quarrel; absence of restraint; cessation
¹ातन= svātantrya n. freedom of the will; independence; the following one's own will Wी strī f. a
kind of metre; a white ant; a woman च ca ind. also; and; as well as *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to
avoid; to discharge.

आचायरः सवरचेºासु लोक एव िह धीमतः । (४५.१)
ācāryaḥ sarvaceṣṭāsu loka eva hi dhīmataḥ / (45.1)
ācārya sarva-ceṣṭā loka eva hi dhīmant
18
आचायर ācārya m. a name of Droṇa; a spiritual guide or teacher सवर sarva pron. all; completely;
different चेºा ceṣṭā f. action; activity; behaving लोक loka m. (pl.) men (as opp. to "women"); a
company; a tract एव eva ind. alone; already; even िह hi ind. because; for; on account of धीम*्
dhīmant adj. intelligent; learned; sensible.

अनुकयारत् तम् एवातो लौिकके ऽ¯थ परीककः ॥ (४५.२)
anukuryāt tam evāto laukike 'rthe parīkṣakaḥ // (45.2)
anukṛ tad eva-atas laukika artha parīkṣaka
अनुT anukṛ 8.Ā. to adopt; to copy; to do afterwards तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already;
even अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason लौिकक laukika adj.
belonging to or occurring in ordinary life; belonging to the world of; common अथर artha mn. (in
astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage परीकक parīkṣaka adj. examining; expert;
trying.

आदरसंतानता *ागः कायवा0ेतसां दमः । (४६.१)
ārdrasaṃtānatā tyāgaḥ kāyavākcetasāṃ damaḥ / (46.1)
ārdra-saṃtānatā tyāga kāya-vāc-cetas dama
आदर ārdra adj. damp; flaccid; fresh संतानता saṃtānatā f. *ाग tyāga m. a sage; abandoning;
discharging काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to be attained वाच् vāc f. a literary work; a
word; asseveration चेतस् cetas n. consciousness; heart; intelligence दम dama m. fine; name of a
brother of Damayantī; name of a Maharshi.

¹ाथरबुिTः परा¯थषु पयारPम् इित सदवतम् ॥ (४६.२)
svārthabuddhiḥ parārtheṣu paryāptam iti sadvratam // (46.2)
sva-artha-buddhi para-artha paryāp iti as-vrata
¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action;
advantage बुिT buddhi f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Intellect; a kind of metre; an opinion पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion;
action; advantage पयारप् paryāp 5.Ā. to attain; to be content; to gain इित iti ind. in this manner;
thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) अस् as 2.P.
to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) वत vrata n. a religious vow or practice; any pious
observance; any vow or firm purpose.

न³िWनािन मे याि* कथंभूतº संपित । (४७.१)
naktandināni me yānti kathaṃbhūtasya saṃprati / (47.1)
naktaṃdina mad yā kathaṃbhūta samprati
न³ं िदन naktaṃdina n. night and day मद mad pron. I; we या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any
purpose (inf.) कथंभूत kathaṃbhūta adj. how being; of what kind समपित samprati ind. (with impf.)
immediately; against or opposite; at once.

§ःखभाङ न भव*् एवं िन*ं संिनिहतWृ ितः ॥ (४७.२)
duḥkhabhāṅ na bhavaty evaṃ nityaṃ saṃnihitasmṛtiḥ // (47.2)
duḥkha-bhāj na bhū evam nityam saṃnidhā-smṛti
§ःख duḥkha n. difficulty (personified as the son of Naraka and Vedanā); pain; sorrow भाज् bhāj
adj. belonging to; concern; duty न na ind. neither; no; nor भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come
into being एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such िन*म् nityam ind. always संिनधा
19
saṃnidhā 3.Ā. to be near or present or imminent; to deposit in; to direct towards Wृित smṛti f. a
kind of metre; calling to mind; desire.

एवं T*िदनं नी~ा रातौ यामे गृ`हे ग`ते । (४८.१)
evaṃ kṛtsnadinaṃ nītvā rātrau yāme gṛhe gate / (48.1)
evam kṛtsna-dina nī rātri yāma gṛha gam
एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such T* kṛtsna adj. all; entire; whole िदन dina mn.
a day नी nī 1.Ā. to ascertain; to bring into any state or condition; to carry off for one's self राित
rātri f. name of a river in Krauñcadvīpa; night; the darkness or stillness of night (often
personified) याम yāma m. a carriage; a night-watch; a road गृह gṛha mn. a house; a house as
containing several rooms; a wife गम् gam 6.P. to approach; to go; to move.

`देवान् ऋषीन् गुºन् Wृ~ा ततः शयनम् आच`रेत् ॥ (४८.२)
devān ṛṣīn gurūn smṛtvā tataḥ śayanam ācaret // (48.2)
deva ṛṣi guru smṛ tatas śayana ācar
`देव deva m. (rarely applied to) evil demons; a child; a deity ऋिष ṛṣi m. a hymn or Mantra
composed by a ṣi; a ray of light; a saint or sanctified sage in general गु^ guru m. a spiritual
parent or preceptor (from whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer); any venerable
or respectable person; the chief of (gen. or in comp.) Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in
mind; to hand down memoriter ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason शयन
śayana n. a bed; copulation; couch आचर ācar 1.Ā. to act; to address; to apply.

इ*् आचारः समासे न यं पाPोित समाचरन् । (४९.१)
ity ācāraḥ samāsena yaṃ prāpnoti samācaran / (49.1)
iti ācāra samāsena yad prāp samācar
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) आचार ācāra m. a rule or line; an established rule of conduct; behaviour समासेन
samāsena ind. collectively यद yad pron. what; which पाप् prāp 1.P. to arrive at; to attain to; to be in
force समाचर samācar 1.Ā. to accomplish; to act or behave or conduct one's self towards; to do.

आयुर आरो~म् अइNय यशो लोकांश च शाNतान् ॥ (४९.२)
āyur ārogyam aiśvaryaṃ yaśo lokāṃś ca śāśvatān // (49.2)
āyus ārogya aiśvarya yaśas loka ca śāśvata
आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy आरो~ ārogya n. a particular ceremony;
freedom from disease; health अइNयर aiśvarya n. dominion; power; sovereignty यशस् yaśas n. a
person of respectability; an object of honour; beautiful appearance लोक loka m. (pl.) men (as
opp. to "women"); a company; a tract च ca ind. also; and; as well as शाNत śāśvata adj. about to
happen; all; constant.

1
,
,
atha-atas ṛtucaryā-adhyāya vyākhyā
अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English); but; certainly
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason ऋतुचयार ṛtucaryā f.
(medic.) the appropriate behaviour according to the actual season; name of
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Sū. 3; name of a work अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a reader; chapter
ºाWा vyākhyā 2.Ā. to call; to communicate; to discuss.

इित ह WाVरातेयादयो महषरयः । (१.२)
iti ha smāhurātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ / (1.2)
iti ha sma-ah-ātreya-ādi mahā-ṛṣi
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) ह ha ind. (particle); a kind of bīja W sma ind. always; certainly; ever अह ah 1.P.
to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call आतेय ātreya m. a descendant of Atri; a priest who is
closely related to the Sadasya; chyle आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning महा mahā ind.
(irreg.- *mahant) -> gross ऋिष ṛṣi m. a hymn or Mantra composed by a ṣi; a ray of light; a saint
or sanctified sage in general.

मासइर ि§संWइर माघाNइः कमात् षड ऋतवः Wृताः । (१.३)
māsair dvisaṃkhyair māghādyaiḥ kramāt ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ smṛtāḥ / (1.3)
māsa dvi-saṃkhyā māgha-ādya krama ṣaṣ ṛtu smṛ
मास māsa mn. a month or the 12th part of the Hindū year; the moon ि§ dvi nr. two संWा
saṃkhyā f. a number; a numeral; a particular high number माघ māgha m. name of a merchant;
name of a poet (son of Dattaka and grandson of Suprabhadeva); the month Māgha (which has
its full moon in the constellation Māgha) आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent कम
krama m. a particular śākta tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.) before making a spring
or attacking; a step षष् ṣaṣ adj. six ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch; any settled point of
time Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

िशिशरो ऽथ वस*श च गीPो वषारशरिTमाः ॥ (१.४)
śiśiro 'tha vasantaś ca grīṣmo varṣāśaraddhimāḥ // (1.4)
śiśira atha vasanta ca grīṣma varṣā-śarad-hima
िशिशर śiśira mn. cold; coolness; dew अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily
expressed in English); but; certainly वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea;
name of a man च ca ind. also; and; as well as गीP grīṣma m. the hot season वषार varṣā f.
(exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon शरद śarad f. a year; autumn (as the
time of ripening); the autumnal season (the sultry season of two months succeeding the rains)
िहम hima m. camphor; cold; the cold season.

िशिशराNास् ितिभस् तइस् तु िवNाद अयनम् उ7रम् । (२.१)
śiśirādyās tribhis tais tu vidyād ayanam uttaram / (2.1)
śiśira-ādya tri tad tu vid ayana uttara
2
िशिशर śiśira mn. cold; coolness; dew आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent ित tri nr. 3
MW तद tad pron. this तु tu ind. and; but; do िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn अयन
ayana n. (in astron.) advancing; a path; a road उ7र uttara adj. better; chief; concluding.

आदानं च तद आद7े नृणां पितिदनं बलम् ॥ (२.२)
ādānaṃ ca tad ādatte nṛṇāṃ pratidinaṃ balam // (2.2)
ādāna ca tad ādā nṛ pratidinam bala
आदान ādāna n. a cause of disease; drawing near to one's self; receipt च ca ind. also; and; as well
as तद tad pron. this आदा ādā 4.Ā. to accept; to carry off; to grasp नृ nṛ m. human being; man;
people पितिदनम् pratidinam ind. daily; day by day; every day बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army;
expertness in.

तिWन् Q

अ*थरतीWोººका मागर¹भावतः । (३.१)
tasmin hy atyarthatīkṣṇoṣṇarūkṣā mārgasvabhāvataḥ / (3.1)
tad hi atyartha-tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa-rūkṣa mārga-svabhāva
तद tad pron. this िह hi ind. because; for; on account of अ*थर atyartha adj. excessive; exorbitant
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel
(as a person or speech) मागर mārga m. (in astrol.) the 7th mansion; (in medic.) a way; a channel
¹भाव svabhāva m. impulse; innate or inherent disposition; native place.

आिद*पवनाः सौPान् कपयि* गुणान् भुवः ॥ (३.२)
ādityapavanāḥ saumyān kṣapayanti guṇān bhuvaḥ // (3.2)
āditya-pavana saumya kṣapay guṇa bhū
आिद* āditya m. name of a constellation; name of a god in general; name of Sūrya (the sun) पवन
pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air सौP saumya adj. auspicious; cheerful;
cool and moist कपय् kṣapay 10.Ā. to destroy; to make an end of; to ruin गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya
phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook भू bhū f. a sacrificial fire; a
term for the letter l; Erde.

ित³ः कषायः कटको बिलनो ऽत रसाः कमात् । (४.१)
tiktaḥ kaṣāyaḥ kaṭuko balino 'tra rasāḥ kramāt / (4.1)
tikta kaṣāya kaṭuka balin atra rasa krama
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कषाय kaṣāya adj.
astringent; dull red; fragrant कटक kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce बिलन् balin adj. mighty; powerful;
robust अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre कम krama m. a particular śākta
tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.) before making a spring or attacking; a step.

तWाद आदानम् आVेयम् ऋतवो दिकणायनम् ॥ (४.२)
tasmād ādānam āgneyam ṛtavo dakṣiṇāyanam // (4.2)
tad ādāna āgneya ṛtu dakṣiṇāyana
तद tad pron. this आदान ādāna n. a cause of disease; drawing near to one's self; receipt आVेय
āgneya adj. belonging or consecrated to Agnāyī (wife of Agni); belonging or relating or
consecrated to fire or its deity Agni; south-eastern ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch; any
settled point of time दिकणायन dakṣiṇāyana n. the winter half-year; way to Yama's quarter.

3
वषारदयो िवसगरश च यद बलं िवVज*् अयम् । (५.१)
varṣādayo visargaś ca yad balaṃ visṛjaty ayam / (5.1)
varṣā-ādi visarga ca yad bala visṛj idam
वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon आिद ādi m. a firstling;
and so on; beginning िवसगर visarga m. bestowal; casting; cause च ca ind. also; and; as well as यद
yad pron. what; which बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in िवVज् visṛj 4.Ā. to abandon;
to bestow; to cast इदम् idam pron. this.

सौP~ाद अत सोमो िह बलवान् हीय`ते रिवः ॥ (५.२)
saumyatvād atra somo hi balavān hīyate raviḥ // (5.2)
saumya-tva atra soma hi balavant hā ravi
सौP saumya adj. auspicious; cheerful; cool and moist ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina)
अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place सोम soma m. (esp.) the juice of the
Soma plant; a day destined for extracting the Soma-juice; a drug of supposed magical properties
िह hi ind. because; for; on account of बलव*् balavant adj. accompanied by an army; dense (as
darkness); intense हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or
bereft of रिव ravi m. a mountain; a particular form of the sun (sometimes regarded as one of the
12 Ādityas); Calotropis Gigantea.

मेघवृWिनलइः शीतइः शा*ता`पे महीतले । (६.१)
meghavṛṣṭyanilaiḥ śītaiḥ śāntatāpe mahītale / (6.1)
megha-vṛṣṭi-anila śīta śam-tāpa mahī-tala
मेघ megha m. a mass; a Rākṣasa; Cyperus Rotundus वृिº vṛṣṭi f. (in Sāṃkhya) one of the four
forms of internal aquiescence; rain; [Sāṃkhya] one of the nine tuṣṭis अिनल anila m. air or wind;
any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons शीत śīta adj.
boiled; cold; dull शम् śam 1.P. to arrange; to be quiet; to cease ताप tāpa m. (medic.) a kind of
sveda; fever; glow मही mahī f. a cow; a host; a kind of metre तल tala mn. base; bottom; flat roof
(of a house).

िN^ाश चेहामललवणमधुरा बिलनो रसाः ॥ (६.२)
snigdhāś cehāmlalavaṇamadhurā balino rasāḥ // (6.2)
snigdha ca-iha-amla-lavaṇa-madhura balin rasa
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable च ca ind. also; and; as well as इह iha ind. at
this time; here; in this book or system अमल amla adj. acid; sour लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny;
graceful मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous बिलन् balin adj. mighty; powerful;
robust रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

शी`ते ऽ³ं वृिºघ¯म ऽ7ं बलं मWं तु शेषयोः । (७.१)
śīte 'gryaṃ vṛṣṭigharme 'lpaṃ balaṃ madhyaṃ tu śeṣayoḥ / (7.1)
śīta agrya vṛṣṭi-gharma alpa bala madhya tu śeṣa
शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water अ³ agrya adj. best; foremost; principal वृिº vṛṣṭi f. (in
Sāṃkhya) one of the four forms of internal aquiescence; rain; [Sāṃkhya] one of the nine tuṣṭis
घमर gharma m. a cauldron; a cavity in the earth shaped like a cauldron (from which Atri was
rescued by the Aśvins); boiler अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army;
expertness in मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate तु tu ind. and; but; do शेष śeṣa adj.
remaining.

4
बिलनः शीतसंरोधाTे म*े पबलो ऽनलः ॥ (७.२)
balinaḥ śītasaṃrodhāddhemante prabalo 'nalaḥ // (7.2)
balin śīta-saṃrodha-hemanta prabala anala
बिलन् balin adj. mighty; powerful; robust शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull संरोध saṃrodha m.
blockade; complete obstruction or opposition; confinement `हेम* hemanta mf. the cold season
(comprising the two months agrahāyaṇa and Pauṣa); winter पबल prabala adj. abounding in;
dangerous; great अनल anala m. (in astron.) the fiftieth year of; bile; digestive power.

भव*् अ7े^नो धातून् स पचेद वायु`नेिरतः । (८.१)
bhavaty alpendhano dhātūn sa paced vāyuneritaḥ / (8.1)
bhū alpa-indhana dhātu tad pac vāyu-īray
भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small इ^न indhana
n. fuel; grass etc. used for kindling; kindling धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential
ingredient of the body; constituent part; element तद tad pron. this पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become
ripe; to boil वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter
ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) ईरय् īray 10.Ā. to bring to life; to proclaim.

अतो िहमे ऽिWन् से`वेत ¹ा§मललवणान् रसान् ॥ (८.२)
ato hime 'smin seveta svādvamlalavaṇān rasān // (8.2)
atas hima idam sev svādu-amla-lavaṇa rasa
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason िहम hima m. camphor;
cold; the cold season इदम् idam pron. this सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to devote or apply
one's self to ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour लवण lavaṇa adj.
beautiful; briny; graceful रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a
kind of metre.

दइघयारन् िनशानाम् एतÍ`ह पातर एव बु भुिकतः । (९.१)
dairghyān niśānām etarhi prātar eva bubhukṣitaḥ / (9.1)
dairghya niśā etarhi prātar eva bubhukṣ
दइघयर dairghya n. length िनशा niśā f. (Haṭhayoga:) \=\= kumbhaka; a vision; Curcuma (of 2
species) एतÍ`ह etarhi ind. at present; at this time; now पातर prātar ind. at dawn; in the early
morning; Morning personified एव eva ind. alone; already; even बुभुक् bubhukṣ Denom.Ā. to hunger;
to starve; to wish to eat.

अव¥काय संभाº यथो³ं शीलयेद अनु ॥ (९.२)
avaśyakāryaṃ saṃbhāvya yathoktaṃ śīlayed anu // (9.2)
avaśyakārya sambhāvay yathoktam śīlay anu
अव¥कायर avaśyakārya adj. to be necessarily done स~ावय् sambhāvay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to arrive
at (acc.); to be (thought) possible or probable or fitting or consistent यथो³म् yathoktam ind.
शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to cultivate; to do अनु anu ind. danach; dementsprechend.

वातVतइलइर अ~§ं मूÍधन तइलं िवमदरनम् । (१०.१)
vātaghnatailair abhyaṅgaṃ mūrdhni tailaṃ vimardanam / (10.1)
vāta-ghna-taila abhyaṅga mūrdhan taila vimardana
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing तइल taila n. oil; olibanum;
sesamum oil अ~§ abhyaṅga m. inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances; unguent मूधरन्
5
mūrdhan m. (fig.) the highest or first part of anything; beginning; chief (applied to persons) तइल
taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil िवमदरन vimardana fn. an eclipse; battle; destruction.

िनयुTं कशलइः साध पादाघातं च युि³तः ॥ (१०.२)
niyuddhaṃ kuśalaiḥ sārdhaṃ pādāghātaṃ ca yuktitaḥ // (10.2)
niyuddha kuśala sārdham pādāghāta ca yukti
िनयुT niyuddha n. close or personal struggle; fighting (esp. with fists); pugilistic combat कशल
kuśala adj. able; clever; competent साधरम् sārdham ind. together with; with पादाघात pādāghāta m.
Kickboxen! eine mediz. Behandlung (?) च ca ind. also; and; as well as युि³ yukti f. (in astron.)
conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness.

कषायापTतNेहस् ततः Nातो यथािविध । (११.१)
kaṣāyāpahṛtasnehas tataḥ snāto yathāvidhi / (11.1)
kaṣāya-apahṛ-sneha tatas snā yathāvidhi
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant अपT apahṛ 1.Ā. to carry off; to plunder; to remove
Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance ततस् tatas ind. after that;
consequently; for that reason Nा snā 2.Ā. to bathe; to perform the ceremony of bathing or certain
prescribed oblations (esp. on returning home from the house of a religious preceptor); to smear
one's self with (instr.) यथािविध yathāvidhi ind. fitly; suitably.

क_ मेन सद¯पण पिद^ो ऽगु^धूिपतः ॥ (११.२)
kuṅkumena sadarpeṇa pradigdho 'gurudhūpitaḥ // (11.2)
kuṅkuma sa-darpa pradih aguru-dhūpay
क_ म kuṅkuma n. a kind of rice; saffron- Crocus sativus Linn. स sa ind. (ibc.) with दपर darpa m.
arrogance; conceit; haughtiness पिदह pradih 6.P. to anoint; to besmear; to smear over अगु^ aguru
mn. Amyris agallocha Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 522); Aquilaria Agallocha Roxb.; Aquilaria
malaccensis Lam. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 522) धूपय् dhūpay Denom.P. (astrol.) to obscure with
mist; to be about to eclipse; to fumigate.

रसान् िN^ान् पलं पुºं गौडम् अ½सु रां सुराम् । (१२.१)
rasān snigdhān palaṃ puṣṭaṃ gauḍam acchasurāṃ surām / (12.1)
rasa snigdha pala puṣṭa gauḍa acchasurā surā
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre िN^
snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable पल pala mn. a particular fluid measure; a particular
measure of time ( 1/60 Ghaṭī); flesh पुº puṣṭa adj. abundant; ample; blessed with (instr.) गौड
gauḍa n. a kind of liquor; sweetmeats अ½सुरा acchasurā f. सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a snake; a
tavern.

गोधूमिपºमा`षेकुकीरोMिवTतीः "ुभाः ॥ (१२.२)
godhūmapiṣṭamāṣekṣukṣīrotthavikṛtīḥ śubhāḥ // (12.2)
godhūma-piṣṭa-māṣa-ikṣu-kṣīra-uttha-vikṛti śubha
गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree िपº piṣṭa n. a
kind of prameha; anything ground; flour माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption
resembling beans; a fool इकु ikṣu m. eyelash; name of a king; name of a river कीर kṣīra n. milk;
the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.) standing up; arising;
coming forth िवTित vikṛti f. (in Sāṃkhya) vikāra; ḍimba; a verse changed in a particular manner
"ुभ śubha adj. agreeable; auspicious; beautiful.
6

नवम् अ¤ं वसां तइलं शौचका¯य सुखोदकम् । (१३.१)
navam annaṃ vasāṃ tailaṃ śaucakārye sukhodakam / (13.1)
nava anna vasā taila śauca-kārya sukha-udaka
नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice वसा vasā f.
a kind of prameha; any fatty or oily substance; fat तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil शौच
śauca n. (with Buddhists) self-purification (both external and internal); cleanness; evacuation of
excrement कायर kārya n. a religious action or performance; affair; conduct सुख sukha adj.
agreeable; comfortable; easy उदक udaka n. a particular metre; ablution (as a ceremony); the
ceremony of offering water to a dead person.

पावारािजनकौशेयप`वेणीकौचवाºृतम् ॥ (१३.२)
prāvārājinakauśeyapraveṇīkaucavāstṛtam // (13.2)
prāvāra-ajina-kauśeya-praveṇī-kaucava-āstṛ
पावार prāvāra m. name of a district ऐइन ajina n. the hairy skin of a tiger; the hairy skin of an
antelope; the hairy skin of any animal कौशेय kauśeya n. a woman's lower garments of silk; name
of a locality; silk प`वेणी praveṇī f. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of
their husbands(ūṇi ); a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle); name of a
river कौचव kaucava n. eine tierische Substanz (Komm.: rāṅkavavastrabheda bzw. tavaraka) आºृ
āstṛ 5.P. to bestrew; to cover; to scatter over.

उº¹भावइर लघुिभः पावृतः शयनं भैएत् । (१४.१)
uṣṇasvabhāvair laghubhiḥ prāvṛtaḥ śayanaṃ bhajet / (14.1)
uṣṇa-svabhāva laghu prāvṛ śayana bhaj
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot ¹भाव svabhāva m. impulse; innate or inherent disposition; native
place लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief पावृ prāvṛ 5.P. to conceal; to cover; to dress
one's self in (acc) शयन śayana n. a bed; copulation; couch भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to
(dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow.

युñाकर िकरणान् ¹ेदं पादताणं च सवरदा ॥ (१४.२)
yuktyārkakiraṇān svedaṃ pādatrāṇaṃ ca sarvadā // (14.2)
yukti-arka-kiraṇa sveda pādatrāṇa ca sarvadā
युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a
religious ceremony िकरण kiraṇa m. a chapter; a ray or beam of light; a rein ¹ेद sveda m. a
sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") पादताण pādatrāṇa n. च ca ind. also; and; as
well as सवरदा sarvadā ind. always; at all times (often joined with sarvatra and sarvathā).

पीवरो^ºनशो"ः समदाः पमदाः िपयाः । (१५.१)
pīvarorustanaśroṇyaḥ samadāḥ pramadāḥ priyāḥ / (15.1)
pīvara-ūru-stana-śroṇī samada pramadā priya
पीवर pīvara adj. dense; fat; full of or abounding with (comp.) ऊ^ ūru mf. name of a son of Manu
Cākṣuṣa; name of an Āṅgirasa and author of a Vedic hymn; shank ºन stana mn. a kind of pin or
peg on a vessel shaped like a teat; dug; teat शोणी śroṇī f. name of a river; the hips and loins; the
middle समद samada adj. excited with passion; intoxicated; ruttish पमदा pramadā f. a young and
wanton woman; any woman; name of 2 kinds of metre िपय priya adj. beloved; dear to; favourite.

7
हरि* शीतम् उºाङ~ो धूपक_ मयौवनइः ॥ (१५.२)
haranti śītam uṣṇāṅgyo dhūpakuṅkumayauvanaiḥ // (15.2)
hṛ śīta uṣṇa-aṅga dhūpa-kuṅkuma-yauvana
T hṛ 2.P. to annihilate; to appropriate (in a legitimate way); to avert (the face) शीत śīta n. Cassia
bark; cold; cold water उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot अ§ aṅga adj. contiguous; having members
or divisions धूप dhūpa m. aromatic vapour or smoke proceeding from gum or resin; incense; one
of the 16 acts of homage or offerings in the Pancāyatara ceremony क_ म kuṅkuma n. a kind of
rice; saffron- Crocus sativus Linn. यौवन yauvana n. a number of young people (esp. of young
women); adolescence; manhood.

अ§ारतापसंतPगभरभू`वेशमचािरणः । (१६.१)
aṅgāratāpasaṃtaptagarbhabhūveśmacāriṇaḥ / (16.1)
aṅgāra-tāpa-saṃtap-garbha-bhūveśman-cārin
अ§ार aṅgāra mn. charcoal ताप tāpa m. (medic.) a kind of sveda; fever; glow संतप् saṃtap 4.Ā. to
afflict; to dry up; to feel pain or remorse गभर garbha m. a foetus or embryo; a foundation deposit;
a woman's courses भू`वेशमन् bhūveśman m. चािरन् cārin adj. acting; being; doing.

शीतपा^ºैअिनतो न दोषो जातु जाय`ते ॥ (१६.२)
śītapāruṣyajanito na doṣo jātu jāyate // (16.2)
śīta-pāruṣya-janay na doṣa jātu jan
शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water पा^º pāruṣya n. aloe wood; dishevelled state (of the
hair); harshness (esp. of language) जनय् janay 10.Ā. to create; to generate; to produce न na ind.
neither; no; nor दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection जातु jātu ind. at all; ever जन् jan 4.P. to
be; to be born; to be born again.

अयम् एव िविधः कायरः िशिश`रे ऽिप िवशेषतः । (१७.१)
ayam eva vidhiḥ kāryaḥ śiśire 'pi viśeṣataḥ / (17.1)
idam eva vidhi kṛ śiśira api viśeṣataḥ
इदम् idam pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept;
a means; a physician T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become िशिशर śiśira mn. cold;
coolness; dew अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides िवशेषतः viśeṣataḥ ind. especially.

तदा िह शीतम् अिधकं रौWं चादानकालै अम् ॥ (१७.२)
tadā hi śītam adhikaṃ raukṣyaṃ cādānakālajam // (17.2)
tadā hi śīta adhika raukṣya ca-ādāna-kāla-ja
तदा tadā ind. at that time; in that case (often used redundantly); then िह hi ind. because; for; on
account of शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water अिधक adhika adj. abundant; additional;
excellent रौW raukṣya n. aridity; cruelty; dryness च ca ind. also; and; as well as आदान ādāna n. a
cause of disease; drawing near to one's self; receipt काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time
or season for; time ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended
from.

कफश िचतो िह िशिश`रे वस*े ऽका"ुतािपतः । (१८.१)
kaphaś cito hi śiśire vasante 'rkāṃśutāpitaḥ / (18.1)
kapha ci hi śiśira vasanta arka-aṃśu-tāpay
8
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िच ci 5.Ā. to
accumulate; to acquire for one's self; to arrange in order िह hi ind. because; for; on account of
िशिशर śiśira mn. cold; coolness; dew वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea;
name of a man अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony अं"ु aṃśu m. a kind of
Soma libation; array; cloth तापय् tāpay 10.Ā. to cause pain; to make warm or hot; to trouble.

ह~ाÍV क^`ते रोगान् अतस् तं ~रया *ैएत् ॥ (१८.२)
hatvāgniṃ kurute rogān atas taṃ tvarayā tyajet // (18.2)
han-agni kṛ roga atas tad tvarā tyaj
हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to avert अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida;
digestive faculty T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become रोग roga mn. a diseased
spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or
that cause or reason तद tad pron. this ~रा tvarā f. haste; urgency *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid;
to discharge.

तीWइर वमननºाNइर लघुºकइश च भोजनइः । (१९.१)
tīkṣṇair vamananasyādyair laghurūkṣaiś ca bhojanaiḥ / (19.1)
tīkṣṇa vamana-nasya-ādya laghu-rūkṣa ca bhojana
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot वमन vamana n. an emetic; emission; emitting नº nasya n. a
sternutatory; errhine; the hairs in the nose आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent लघु
laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or
speech) च ca ind. also; and; as well as भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the
pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed or used.

ºायामो§तरनाघातइर िज~ा HेPाणम् उलबणम् ॥ (१९.२)
vyāyāmodvartanāghātair jitvā śleṣmāṇam ulbaṇam // (19.2)
vyāyāma-udvartana-āghāta ji śleṣman ulbaṇa
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length उ§तरन udvartana n. ascending; bad behaviour; bad conduct आघात āghāta m. a
slaughter-house; a stroke; blow with or on (in comp.) िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to
defeat; to exercise HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong
(a poison).

Nातो ऽनुिलPः कपूररचWनागु^क_ मइः । (२०.१)
snāto 'nuliptaḥ karpūracandanāgurukuṅkumaiḥ / (20.1)
snā anulip karpūra-candana-aguru-kuṅkuma
Nा snā 2.Ā. to bathe; to perform the ceremony of bathing or certain prescribed oblations (esp. on
returning home from the house of a religious preceptor); to smear one's self with (instr.) अनुिलप्
anulip 6.Ā. to anoint; to anoint one's self after (bathing); to besmear कपूरर karpūra mn. Blumea
balsamifera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 540); Blumea densiflora DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld
(1974), 540); Blumea lacera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 540) चWन candana mn. Berberis
asiatica Roxb. ex DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Caesalpinia sappan Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld
(1974), 552); Crocus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552) अगु^ aguru mn. Amyris
agallocha Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 522); Aquilaria Agallocha Roxb.; Aquilaria
malaccensis Lam. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 522) क_ म kuṅkuma n. a kind of rice; saffron- Crocus
sativus Linn.

9
पुराणयवगोधूमकौदैआ§ल"ू7भुक ॥ (२०.२)
purāṇayavagodhūmakṣaudrajāṅgalaśūlyabhuk // (20.2)
purāṇa-yava-godhūma-kṣaudra-jāṅgala-śūlya-bhuj
पुराण purāṇa adj. ancient; old; traditional यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand
resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure
of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double
convex lens गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree
कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild
deer; covered with jungle "ू7 śūlya n. roasted meat भुज् bhuj adj. consuming; eating; enjoying.

सहकाररसोिªशान् आ¹ाN िपययाÍ`पतान् । (२१.१)
sahakārarasonmiśrān āsvādya priyayārpitān / (21.1)
sahakāra-rasa-unmiśra āsvāday priyā-arpay
सहकार sahakāra m. a kind of fragrant mango tree; acting with; assistance रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre उिªश unmiśra adj. ifc. mixed with;
variegated आ¹ादय् āsvāday 10.Ā. to eat with a relish; to taste िपया priyā f. Arabian jasmine; a
mistress; name of a daughter of Dakṣa अपरय् arpay 10.Ā. to apply; to cast; to cast through.

िपयाºस§सुरभीन् िपया`नेतो~लाि_तान् ॥ (२१.२)
priyāsyasaṅgasurabhīn priyānetrotpalāṅkitān // (21.2)
priyā-āsya-saṅga-surabhi priyā-netra-utpala-aṅkay
िपया priyā f. Arabian jasmine; a mistress; name of a daughter of Dakṣa आº āsya n. face; jaws;
mouth स§ saṅga m. addiction or devotion to; association or intercourse with; clinging to सुरिभ
surabhi adj. best; charming; famous िपया priyā f. Arabian jasmine; a mistress; name of a daughter
of Dakṣa `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer उ~ल utpala mn. a particular hell;
a seed of the Nymphaea; any flower अ_य् aṅkay 10.P. to brand; to mark; to move in a curve.

सौमनºTतो TNान् वयºइः सिहतः िप`बेत् । (२२.१)
saumanasyakṛto hṛdyān vayasyaiḥ sahitaḥ pibet / (22.1)
saumanasya-kṛt hṛdya vayasya sahita pā
सौमनº saumanasya n. an offering of flowers placed in the hands of the priest at a Śrāddha;
cheerfulness; gladness Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author TN hṛdya adj. being in the
heart; beloved; charming वयº vayasya m. a contemporary; associate; companion सिहत sahita adj.
(in astron.) being in conjunction with; accompanied by; possessed of पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff;
to suck.

िनगरदान् आसवािरºसीधुमा§Ìकमाधवान् ॥ (२२.२)
nirgadān āsavāriṣṭasīdhumārdvīkamādhavān // (22.2)
nirgada āsava-ariṣṭa-sīdhu-mārdvīka-mādhava
िनगरद nirgada adj. healthy आसव āsava m. decoction; distillation; distilling अिरº ariṣṭa m.
Azadirachta Indica; a crow; a decoction सीधु sīdhu mfn. a kind of liquor मा§Ìक mārdvīka n. wine
माधव mādhava n. a particular intoxicating drink; sweetness.

"ृ§`वेरा~ु सारा~ु म¹~ु जलदा~ु च । (२३.१)
śṛṅgaverāmbu sārāmbu madhvambu jaladāmbu ca / (23.1)
śṛṅgavera-ambu sāra-ambu madhu-ambu jalada-ambu ca
10
"ृ§`वेर śṛṅgavera mn. dry ginger; ginger (undried); name of a serpent-demon अ~ु ambu n. a kind
of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four सार sāra mn.
Acacia Catechu; a chief constituent of the body; a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka) अ~ु ambu
n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four मधु
madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) अ~ु ambu
n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four जलद
jalada m. a (rain-) cloud; a conch; Cyperus rotundus Linn. अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon;
name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

दिकणािनलशी`तेषु पिरतो जलवािहषु ॥ (२३.२)
dakṣiṇānilaśīteṣu parito jalavāhiṣu // (23.2)
dakṣiṇa-anila-śīta paritas jala-vāhin
दिकण dakṣiṇa adj. able; candid; clever अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to
disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull पिरतस्
paritas ind. all around; everywhere; round जल jala n. a cow's embryo; a kind of Andropogon; any
fluid वािहन् vāhin adj. bearing; bearing along (said of rivers); bringing.

अ[ºनºसू¯यषु मिणकि§मकाि*षु । (२४.१)
adṛṣṭanaṣṭasūryeṣu maṇikuṭṭimakāntiṣu / (24.1)
adṛṣṭa-naś-sūrya maṇi-kuṭṭima-kānti
अ[º adṛṣṭa adj. invisible; not experienced; unforeseen नश naś 1.P. to be frustrated or
unsuccessful; to be gone; to be lost सूयर sūrya m. arka; a symbolical expression for the number
"twelve" (in allusion to the sun in the 12 signs of the zodiac); epithet of Śiva मिण maṇi m. a jewel;
a large water-jar; a magnet कि§म kuṭṭima mn. a cottage; an inlaid or paved floor; ground paved
with mosaic काि* kānti f. a lovely colour; a lovely or desirable woman personified as wife of the
moon; beauty.

परपुºिवघुºेषु कामकमार*भूिमषु ॥ (२४.२)
parapuṣṭavighuṣṭeṣu kāmakarmāntabhūmiṣu // (24.2)
parapuṣṭa-vighuṣ kāma-karmānta-bhūmi
परपुº parapuṣṭa m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo िवघुष् vighuṣ 1.Ā. to cry or proclaim aloud काम
kāma m. Artemisia vulgaris Linn.; a kind of bean; a particular form of temple कमार* karmānta m.
action; administration (of an office); business भूिम bhūmi f. attitude; country; degree.

िविचतपुºवृकेषु कान`नेषु सुगि^षु । (२५.१)
vicitrapuṣpavṛkṣeṣu kānaneṣu sugandhiṣu / (25.1)
vicitra-puṣpa-vṛkṣa kānana sugandhin
िविचत vicitra adj. amusing; beautiful; charming पुº puṣpa n. a flower; a kind of perfume; a
particular disease of the eye वृक vṛkṣa m. a coffin; a frame; a stimulant कानन kānana n. a forest; a
house; grove (sometimes in connection with vana) सुगि^न् sugandhin adj. fragrant; sweet-
smelling.

गोºीकथािभश िचतािभर मWा$ं गमयेत् सुखी ॥ (२५.२)
goṣṭhīkathābhiś citrābhir madhyāhnaṃ gamayet sukhī // (25.2)
goṣṭhī-kathā citra madhyāhna gamay sukhin
11
गोºी goṣṭhī f. a kind of dramatic entertainment in one act; an assembly; association कथा kathā f.
conversation; discussion; disputation िचत citra adj. (to execute) with different tortures; agitated
(as the sea); bright मWा$ madhyāhna m. midday; name of a pupil of śaṅkara; noon गमय् gamay
10.Ā. to cause to go; to explain; to impart सुिखन् sukhin adj. comfortable; easy; happy.

गु^शीतिदवा¹PिN^ामलमधुरां स् *ैएत् । (२६.१)
guruśītadivāsvapnasnigdhāmlamadhurāṃs tyajet / (26.1)
guru-śīta-divāsvapna-snigdha-amla-madhura tyaj
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull िदवा¹P divāsvapna mn. (n. only)
sleep by day िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable अमल amla adj. acid; sour मधुर
madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

तीWां"ुर अिततीWां"ुर गीPे संिकपतीव यत् ॥ (२६.२)
tīkṣṇāṃśur atitīkṣṇāṃśur grīṣme saṃkṣipatīva yat // (26.2)
tīkṣṇāṃśu atitīkṣṇa-aṃśu grīṣma saṃkṣip-iva yad
तीWां"ु tīkṣṇāṃśu m. fire; the sun अिततीW atitīkṣṇa adj. very sharp अं"ु aṃśu m. a kind of Soma
libation; array; cloth गीP grīṣma m. the hot season संिकप् saṃkṣip 6.Ā. to abridge; to compress; to
concentrate (the mind) इव iva ind. a little; about; almost यद yad pron. what; which.

प*हं कीय`ते HेPा `तेन वायुश च वधर`ते । (२७.१)
pratyahaṃ kṣīyate śleṣmā tena vāyuś ca vardhate / (27.1)
pratyaham kṣi śleṣman tad vāyu ca vṛdh
प*हम् pratyaham ind. daily िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease HेPन् śleṣman m.
mucus; phlegm; rheum तद tad pron. this वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a
mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) च ca ind. also; and; as well as
वृध् vṛdh 1.Ā. to ascend (as the scale in ordeals); to be exalted or elevated; to be filled or extended.

अतो ऽिWन् पटकटवमलºायामाकर करां स् *ैएत् ॥ (२७.२)
ato 'smin paṭukaṭvamlavyāyāmārkakarāṃs tyajet // (27.2)
atas idam paṭu-kaṭu-amla-vyāyāma-arka-kara tyaj
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason इदम् idam pron. this पट
paṭu adj. acrid; clear; cruel कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) अमल amla adj. acid; sour
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony कर kara m. duty; hail;
ray of light *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

भैएन् मधुरम् एवा¤ं लघु िN^ं िहमं दवम् । (२८.१)
bhajen madhuram evānnaṃ laghu snigdhaṃ himaṃ dravam / (28.1)
bhaj madhura eva-anna laghu snigdha hima drava
भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow मधुर
madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous एव eva ind. alone; already; even अ¤ anna n. bread
corn; earth; especially boiled rice लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िN^ snigdha adj.
adhesive; affectionate; agreeable िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta दव drava adj. liquid.

सुशीततोयिस³ा§ो िलQात् स³¸न् सशकर रान् ॥ (२८.२)
suśītatoyasiktāṅgo lihyāt saktūn saśarkarān // (28.2)
12
suśīta-toya-sic-aṅga lih saktu
सुशीत suśīta adj. very cold or cooling तोय toya n. water; !! िसच् sic 4.Ā. to besprinkle or moisten
with (instr.); to cast or form anything out of molten metal etc.; to dip अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb
of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) िलह lih 4.P. to destroy; to
lap; to lick स³ saktu m. coarsely ground meal; grit; groats (esp. of barley-meal).

मNं न `पेयं `पेयं वा सुबVवािर वा । (२९.१)
madyaṃ na peyaṃ peyaṃ vā subahuvāri vā / (29.1)
madya na pā pā vā vā
मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine न na ind. neither; no; nor
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck वा vā ind. either - or; on
the one side - on the other side; optionally वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other
side; optionally.

अ~था शोषशइिथ7दाहमोहान् करोित तत् ॥ (२९.२)
anyathā śoṣaśaithilyadāhamohān karoti tat // (29.2)
anyathā śoṣa-śaithilya-dāha-moha kṛ tad
अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness;
pulmonary consumption शइिथ7 śaithilya n. decrease; depression (of the mind); dilatoriness दाह
dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) मोह moha m. (with Buddhists) ignorance
(one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy; a swoon T kṛ 8.Ā.
to accomplish; to act; to cause to become तद tad pron. this.

कWेW

धवलं शािलम् अHीयाज् जा§लइः पलइः । (३०.१)
kundendudhavalaṃ śālim aśnīyāj jāṅgalaiḥ palaiḥ / (30.1)
kunda-indu-dhavala śāli aś jāṅgala pala
कW kunda m. a turner's lathe; fragrant oleander (Nerium odorum); Jasminum multiflorum
(Burm. f.) Andrews (Surapāla 1988: 433) इW

indu m. a bright drop; a drop; a spark धवल
dhavala adj. beautiful; dazzling white; handsome शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to
rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was transformed into a lion) अश aś 9.Ā. to consume; to
eat जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with jungle पल pala mn. a particular
fluid measure; a particular measure of time ( 1/60 Ghaṭī); flesh.

िप`बेद रसं नाितघनं रसालां रागखा"वौ ॥ (३०.२)
pibed rasaṃ nātighanaṃ rasālāṃ rāgakhāṇḍavau // (30.2)
pā rasa na-atighana rasālā rāga-khāṇḍava
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of
the body; a kind of metre न na ind. neither; no; nor अितघन atighana adj. sehr ghana रसाला rasālā
f. a vine or grape; curds mixed with sugar and spices; Desmodium Gangeticum राग rāga m. a
musical note; a particular process in the preparation of quicksilver; a prince खा"व khāṇḍava mn.
name of a forest in Kurukṣetra (sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of fire aided by Arjuna and
Kṛṣṇa); sugar-candy; sugarplums.

पानकं पBसारं वा नवमृTाज`ने िWतम् । (३१.१)
pānakaṃ pañcasāraṃ vā navamṛdbhājane sthitam / (31.1)
pānaka pañcan-sāra vā nava-mṛd-bhājana sthā
13
पानक pānaka mn. a draught; beverage; drink पBन् pañcan adj. fünf सार sāra mn. Acacia Catechu; a
chief constituent of the body; a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka) वा vā ind. either - or; on the
one side - on the other side; optionally नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new मृद mṛd f. clay; earth;
loam भाजन bhājana n. a particular measure ( an Āḍhaka 14 Palas); a place or person in which
anything is collected or in whom any quality is conspicuous; a recipient Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to;
to be; to be at hand.

मोचचोचदलइर यु³ं सामलं मृªय"ुि³िभः ॥ (३१.२)
mocacocadalair yuktaṃ sāmlaṃ mṛnmayaśuktibhiḥ // (31.2)
moca-coca-dala yuj sāmla
मोच moca n. a plantain; banana (the fruit) चोच coca mn. a banana; a clove (the dried flower)
(G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 554); bark दल dala mn. a clump; a degree; a detachment युज् yuj 4.P. (in
astron.) to come into conjunction with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction
with (acc.); to accrue to सामल sāmla adj. ein wenig amla.

पाटलावािसतं चा~ः सकपूररं सुशीतलम् । (३२.१)
pāṭalāvāsitaṃ cāmbhaḥ sakarpūraṃ suśītalam / (32.1)
pāṭalā-vāsay ca-ambhas sakarpūra suśītala
पाटला pāṭalā f. a form of Durgā; a kind of fresh water fish; a kind of rice वासय् vāsay Denom.Ā. to
fumigate; to incense; to make fragrant च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ~स् ambhas n. collective
name for gods, men, Manes, and Asuras; fruit fulness; power सकपूरर sakarpūra adj. mit karpūra
सुशीतल suśītala adj. frigid; very cold or cooling.

शशा_िकरणान् भWान् `रैअ~ां भकयन् िप`बेत् ॥ (३२.२)
śaśāṅkakiraṇān bhakṣyān rajanyāṃ bhakṣayan pibet // (32.2)
śaśāṅkakiraṇa bhakṣya rajanī bhakṣay pā
शशा_िकरण śaśāṅkakiraṇa m. a kind of food भW bhakṣya m. dish; food `रैअनी rajanī f. a grape or
lac (drākṣā or lākṣā); Curcuma longa Roxb. ( -dvaya); name of a particular personification भकय्
bhakṣay 10.Ā. to eat; to feed someone; to make someone eat something पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to
quaff; to suck.

सिसतं मािहषं कीरं च¶नकतशीतलम् । (३३.१)
sasitaṃ māhiṣaṃ kṣīraṃ candranakṣatraśītalam / (33.1)
sasita māhiṣa kṣīra candra-nakṣatra-śītala
सिसत sasita adj. with sugar मािहष māhiṣa adj. coming from or belonging to a buffalo or buffalo-
cow कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk च¶ candra m. a kind of
reddish pearl; a lovely or agreeable phenomenon of any kind; a metre of 4 x 19 syllables नकत
nakṣatra mn. a lunar mansion; a pearl; a star or any heavenly body शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold
i.e. free from passion.

अभ_षमहाशालताल^Tोºरिशमषु ॥ (३३.२)
abhraṅkaṣamahāśālatālaruddhoṣṇaraśmiṣu // (33.2)
abhraṃkaṣa-mahā-śāla-tāla-rudh-uṣṇaraśmi
अभंकष abhraṃkaṣa adj. very high महा mahā ind. (irreg.- *mahant) -> gross शाल śāla mn. Shorea
Robusta ताल tāla m. a cymbal; a dance; a goldsmith ^ध् rudh 1.Ā. to arrest; to avert; to besiege
उºरिशम uṣṇaraśmi m. the sun.
14

व`नेषु माधवीिHºदाकाºबकशािलषु । (३४.१)
vaneṣu mādhavīśliṣṭadrākṣāstabakaśāliṣu / (34.1)
vana mādhavī-śliṣ-drākṣā-stabaka-śālin
वन vana n. a cloud (as the vessel in the sky); a foreign or distant land; a forest माधवी mādhavī f.
Anethum Sowa; a kind of grass; a procuress िHष् śliṣ 6.P. to adhere; to attach; to be implied or
intimated दाका drākṣā f. grape; Vitis vinifera Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 564); vine ºबक
stabaka mn. a chapter or section (in such books as contain in their titles the words); a cluster of
blossoms; a feather of a peacock's tail शािलन् śālin adj. abounding in; amply provided or furnished
with; conversant with.

सुगि^िहमपानीयिस¬मानपटािलके ॥ (३४.२)
sugandhihimapānīyasicyamānapaṭālike // (34.2)
sugandhin-hima-pānīya-sic-paṭālika
सुगि^न् sugandhin adj. fragrant; sweet-smelling िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta पानीय
pānīya n. a beverage; drink; water िसच् sic 4.Ā. to besprinkle or moisten with (instr.); to cast or
form anything out of molten metal etc.; to dip पटािलक paṭālika m. .

कायमा`ने िच`ते चूतपवालफललु ि~िभः । (३५.१)
kāyamāne cite cūtapravālaphalalumbibhiḥ / (35.1)
kāyamāna ci cūta-pravāla-phala-lumbin
कायमान kāyamāna n. a hut made of grass or thatch िच ci 5.Ā. to accumulate; to acquire for one's
self; to arrange in order चूत cūta m. the mango tree पवाल pravāla mn. a young shoot; coral; new
leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or
knife); a gaming board; a gift लुि~न् lumbin adj. .

कदलीदलकलहारमृणालकमलो~लइः ॥ (३५.२)
kadalīdalakalhāramṛṇālakamalotpalaiḥ // (35.2)
kadala-dala-kalhāra-mṛṇāla-kamala-utpala
कदल kadala mf. Musa sapientum Linn.; plantain or banana tree दल dala mn. a clump; a degree; a
detachment कलहार kalhāra mn. a kind of lotus मृणाल mṛṇāla mn. a lotus-fibre; fibre attached to the
stalk of a water-lily; the edible fibrous root of some kinds of lotus कमल kamala mn. lotus;
lotusflower; Nelumbium speciosum Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 536) उ~ल utpala mn. a
particular hell; a seed of the Nymphaea; any flower.

कोमलइः कि7`ते त7े हसW सुमप=`वे । (३६.१)
komalaiḥ kalpite talpe hasatkusumapallave / (36.1)
komala kalpay talpa has-kusuma-pallava
कोमल komala adj. agreeable (said of the style); bland; charming क7य् kalpay 10.Ā. to form; to
prescribe त7 talpa m. a couch; a raft; a wife हस् has 1.Ā. to deride; to excel; to expand कसुम
kusuma n. blossom; flower; fruit प=व pallava mn. a bracelet; a sprout; a strip of cloth.

मWिW`ने ऽकर तापातर ः ¹ºाद धारागृ`हे ऽथवा ॥ (३६.२)
madhyandine 'rkatāpārtaḥ svapyād dhārāgṛhe 'thavā // (36.2)
madhyaṃdina arka-tāpa-ārta svap dhārāgṛha athavā
15
मWंिदन madhyaṃdina m. Bassia Latifolia; midday; name of a disciple of Yājñavalkya अकर arka m. a
learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony ताप tāpa m. (medic.) a kind of sveda; fever; glow आतर
ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) ¹प् svap 1.Ā. to rest; to sleep धारागृह
dhārāgṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water; shower-bath अथवा athavā ind. (when repeated)
either or; or; perhaps.

पुºWीºनहºाºपवृ 7ोशीरवािरिण । (३७.१)
pustastrīstanahastāsyapravṛttośīravāriṇi / (37.1)
pusta-strī-stana-hasta-āsya-pravṛt-uśīra-vāri
पुº pusta mn. a manuscript; book; modelling Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a white ant; a woman
ºन stana mn. a kind of pin or peg on a vessel shaped like a teat; dug; teat हº hasta mn. autograph;
the hand; trunk (of an elephant) आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth पवृत् pravṛt 1.Ā. to act or proceed
according to or with (instr. or abl.); to arise; to be उशीर uśīra mn. the fragrant root of the plant
Andropogon Muricatus; Vetiveria zizanioides Nash. (Surapāla 1988: 241) वािर vāri n. pond;
water; ????.

िनशाकरकराकी`ण सौधपृºे िनशासु च ॥ (३७.२)
niśākarakarākīrṇe saudhapṛṣṭhe niśāsu ca // (37.2)
niśākara-kara-ākṛ saudha-pṛṣṭha niśā ca
िनशाकर niśākara m. name of a Ṛṣi; name of the number 1; the moon (with divā-kara among the
sons of Garuḍa) कर kara m. duty; hail; ray of light आT ākṛ 6.P. to give abundantly; to scatter or
sprinkle over सौध saudha mn. a stuccoed mansion; any fine house; palace पृº pṛṣṭha n. a page of a
book; height; name of particular arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and
formed from the Rathaṃtara) िनशा niśā f. (Haṭhayoga:) \=\= kumbhaka; a vision; Curcuma (of
2 species) च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

आसना ¹Wिच7º चWनादरº मािलनः । (३८.१)
āsanā svasthacittasya candanārdrasya mālinaḥ / (38.1)
āsanā svastha-citta candana-ārdra mālin
आसना āsanā f. abiding; stay ¹W svastha adj. at ease; being in one's natural state; confident िच7
citta n. (in astrol.) the 9th mansion; aim; attending चWन candana mn. Berberis asiatica Roxb. ex
DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Caesalpinia sappan Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552);
Crocus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552) आदर ārdra adj. damp; flaccid; fresh मािलन्
mālin adj. crowned; encircled or surrounded by (instr. or comp.); garlanded.

िनवृ7कामतMº सुसूWतनुवाससः ॥ (३८.२)
nivṛttakāmatantrasya susūkṣmatanuvāsasaḥ // (38.2)
nivṛt-kāma-tantra su-sūkṣma-tanu-vāsas
िनवृत् nivṛt 1.Ā. to abstain or desist from; to be born again; to be ineffective or useless काम kāma
m. Artemisia vulgaris Linn.; a kind of bean; a particular form of temple तM tantra n. a class of
works teaching magical and mystical formularies (mostly in the form of dialogues between Śiva
and Durgā and said to treat of 5 subjects); a drug; a house सु su ind. quite; [ibc.] good-; [ibc.]
very सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant तनु tanu adj. accomplished (in metre); delicate;
emaciated वासस् vāsas n. a cobweb; a garment; a pall.

जलादारस् तालवृ*ािन िवºृताः पिTनीपुटाः । (३९.१)
16
jalārdrās tālavṛntāni vistṛtāḥ padminīpuṭāḥ / (39.1)
jalārdrā tālavṛnta vistṛta padminī-puṭa
जलादार jalārdrā f. a wet cloth (used for cooling); a wet garment तालवृ* tālavṛnta n. a palm-leaf
used as a fan; fan (in general) िवºृत vistṛta adj. ample; broad; developed पिTनी padminī f. a
female elephant; a lotus (the whole plant); a lotus-stalk पुट puṭa mn. a fold; concavity; Hülle
(einer Lotusblüte).

उतकेपाश च मृ{तकेपा जलवÍ`षिहमािनलाः ॥ (३९.२)
utkṣepāś ca mṛdūtkṣepā jalavarṣihimānilāḥ // (39.2)
utkṣepa ca mṛdu-utkṣepa jala-varṣin-hima-anila
उतकेप utkṣepa m. bringing up; despatching; expanding (the wings) च ca ind. also; and; as well as
मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild (Nahrung) उतकेप utkṣepa m.
bringing up; despatching; expanding (the wings) जल jala n. a cow's embryo; a kind of
Andropogon; any fluid वÍ`षन् varṣin adj. attended with a rain of; discharging like rain; distributing
(anything good or evil) िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta अिनल anila m. air or wind; any
affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons.

कपूररमि=कामाला हाराः सहिरचWनाः । (४०.१)
karpūramallikāmālā hārāḥ saharicandanāḥ / (40.1)
karpūra-mallikā-mālā hāra saharicandana
कपूरर karpūra mn. Blumea balsamifera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 540); Blumea densiflora DC.
(G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 540); Blumea lacera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 540) मि=का mallikā f.
In eastern Uttar Pradesh, māliyā (.) is the name of a special type of container, which consists of
two boat-shaped bowls hinged together. When closed, these form a hollow casket.' (Sarma, S.R.
0: 121); a lamp; a lamp-stand माला mālā f. (in astrol.) a particular Dala-yoga; a kind of
Kramapātha; a row हार hāra mn. a carrier; a garland of pearls; battle सहिरचWन saharicandana adj.
mit haricandana.

मनोहरकलालापाः िशशवः सािरकाः "ुकाः ॥ (४०.२)
manoharakalālāpāḥ śiśavaḥ sārikāḥ śukāḥ // (40.2)
manohara-kala-ālāpa śiśu sārika śuka
मनोहर manohara adj. charming; fascinating कल kala adj. a kind of faulty pronunciation of vowels;
crude; dumb आलाप ālāpa m. a lesson; addressing; communication िश"ु śiśu adj. infantine;
matutinal; young सािरक sārika m. name of a Muni; the bird Turdus Salica "ुक śuka m. Acacia
Sirissa; a parrot; a poet.

मृणालवलयाः का*ाः पो~=कमलोज7लाः । (४१.१)
mṛṇālavalayāḥ kāntāḥ protphullakamalojjvalāḥ / (41.1)
mṛṇāla-valaya kānta protphulla-kamala-ujjvala
मृणाल mṛṇāla mn. a lotus-fibre; fibre attached to the stalk of a water-lily; the edible fibrous root of
some kinds of lotus वलय valaya mn. a bracelet; a circle; a kind of round bone का* kānta adj.
agreeable; beautiful; dear पो~= protphulla adj. full blown; widely expanded कमल kamala mn.
lotus; lotusflower; Nelumbium speciosum Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 536) उज7ल ujjvala adj.
beautiful; blazing up; burning.

ज§मा इव पिT~ो हरि* दियताः ¥मम् ॥ (४१.२)
jaṅgamā iva padminyo haranti dayitāḥ klamam // (41.2)
17
jaṅgama iva padminī hṛ dayitā klama
ज§म jaṅgama adj. (venom) coming from living beings (opposed to poison); a living being; living
इव iva ind. a little; about; almost पिTनी padminī f. a female elephant; a lotus (the whole plant); a
lotus-stalk T hṛ 2.P. to annihilate; to appropriate (in a legitimate way); to avert (the face) दियता
dayitā f. a wife; beloved woman ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue; languor.

आदानगलानवपुषाम् अिVः स¤ो ऽिप सीदित । (४२.१)
ādānaglānavapuṣām agniḥ sanno 'pi sīdati / (42.1)
ādāna-glā-vapus agni sad api sad
आदान ādāna n. a cause of disease; drawing near to one's self; receipt गला glā 4.Ā. वपुस् vapus n. a
beautiful form or figure; essence; figure अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty सद sad
1.Ā. to become faint or wearied or dejected or low-spirited; to besiege; to despair अिप api ind.
also; assuredly; besides सद sad 1.Ā. to become faint or wearied or dejected or low-spirited; to
besiege; to despair.

वषारसु दोषइर §ºि* `ते ऽ~ुल~ा~ु `दे ऽ~`रे ॥ (४२.२)
varṣāsu doṣair duṣyanti te 'mbulambāmbude 'mbare // (42.2)
varṣā doṣa duṣ tad ambu-lamba-ambuda ambara
वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection §ष् duṣ 4.Ā. to be defiled or impure; to be ruined; to be wrong तद tad pron.
this अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the
number four ल~ lamba adj. dangling; hanging by or down to (comp.); hanging down अ~ुद
ambuda m. cloud; the plant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis अ~र ambara n. a cipher; a perfume
(Ambra); apparel.

सतुषा`रेण म^ता सहसा शीतलेन च । (४३.१)
satuṣāreṇa marutā sahasā śītalena ca / (43.1)
satuṣāra marut sahas śītala ca
सतुषार satuṣāra adj. mit tuṣāra म^त् marut m. a species of plant; air; beauty सहस् sahas adj.
mighty; powerful; victorious (superl. tama) शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion
च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

भूबाºेणामलपाकेन मिल`नेन च वािरणा ॥ (४३.२)
bhūbāṣpeṇāmlapākena malinena ca vāriṇā // (43.2)
bhū-bāṣpa-amla-pāka malina ca vāri
भू bhū f. a sacrificial fire; a term for the letter l; Erde बाº bāṣpa mn. a kind of plant- bāṣpikā; a
kind of pot-herb; a tear अमल amla adj. acid; sour पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any
act having consequences मिलन malina adj. black; dark gray; dirty च ca ind. also; and; as well as
वािर vāri n. pond; water; ????.

वि$नइव च मWेन `तेM् इ*् अ~ो~{िषषु । (४४.१)
vahninaiva ca mandena teṣv ity anyonyadūṣiṣu / (44.1)
vahni-eva ca manda tad iti anyonya-dūṣin
वि$ vahni m. a draught animal; a mystical name of the letter r; any animal that draws or bears
along एव eva ind. alone; already; even च ca ind. also; and; as well as मW manda adj. addicted to
intoxication; apathetic; bad तद tad pron. this इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original
18
signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) अ~ो~ anyonya adj. mutual;
one another; [gramm.] the word 'anyonya' {िषन् dūṣin adj. corrupting; polluting; violating.

भैएत् साधारणं सवरम् ऊPणस् `तेजनं च यत् ॥ (४४.२)
bhajet sādhāraṇaṃ sarvam ūṣmaṇas tejanaṃ ca yat // (44.2)
bhaj sādhāraṇa sarva ūṣman tejana ca yad
भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow साधारण
sādhāraṇa adj. behaving alike; belonging to all; general सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
ऊPन् ūṣman m. (medic.) a kind of sveda; ardour; glow `तेजन tejana n. a reed; bamboo;
inflammation च ca ind. also; and; as well as यद yad pron. what; which.

आWापनं "ुTतनुर जीण धा~ं रसान् Tतान् । (४५.१)
āsthāpanaṃ śuddhatanur jīrṇaṃ dhānyaṃ rasān kṛtān / (45.1)
āsthāpana śudh-tanu jīrṇa dhānya rasa kṛ
आWापन āsthāpana n. a strengthening remedy; an enema of oil; causing to stay or remain "ुध्
śudh 4.Ā. to be cleared or cleansed or purified; to be cleared or excused from blame; to be
excusable तनु tanu f. tanū; form; life जीणर jīrṇa adj. ancient (tradition); decayed; digested धा~
dhānya n. a kind of house; a measure 4 sesamum seeds; Cyperus Rotundus रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to
cause to become.

जा§लं िपिशतं यूषान् म¹िरºं िचर*नम् ॥ (४५.२)
jāṅgalaṃ piśitaṃ yūṣān madhvariṣṭaṃ cirantanam // (45.2)
jāṅgala piśita yūṣa madhu-ariṣṭa cirantana
जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with jungle िपिशत piśita n. a small piece;
any flesh or meat; flesh which has been cut up or prepared यूष yūṣa mn. broth; pease-soup; soup
मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) अिरº
ariṣṭa m. Azadirachta Indica; a crow; a decoction िचर*न cirantana adj. ancient; existing from
ancient times.

मºु सौवचरलाढयं वा पBकोलावचूÍणतम् । (४६.१)
mastu sauvarcalāḍhyaṃ vā pañcakolāvacūrṇitam / (46.1)
mastu sauvarcala-āḍhya vā pañcakola-avacūrṇay
मºु mastu n. sour cream; the watery part of curds; whey सौवचरल sauvarcala mn. alkali; natron;
sochal salt (prepared by boiling down soda with emblic myrobolan) आढय āḍhya adj. opulent;
rich; rich or abounding in वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally
पBकोल pañcakola n. the 5 spices अवचूणरय् avacūrṇay Denom.P. to sprinkle or cover with meal, dust etc.

िदºं कौपं "ृतं चा~ो भोजनं ~् अित§Í`द`ने ॥ (४६.२)
divyaṃ kaupaṃ śṛtaṃ cāmbho bhojanaṃ tv atidurdine // (46.2)
divya kaupa śrī ca-ambhas bhojana tu atidurdina
िदº divya adj. agreeable; beautiful; celestial कौप kaupa adj. coming from a well or cistern शी śrī
9.P. to cook; to mix च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ~स् ambhas n. collective name for gods, men,
Manes, and Asuras; fruit fulness; power भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the
pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed or used तु tu ind. and; but; do अित§Í`दन atidurdina n. ein
äusserst übler Tag.

19
º³ामललवणNे हं सं "ुMं कौदव=घु । (४७.१)
vyaktāmlalavaṇasnehaṃ saṃśuṣkaṃ kṣaudravallaghu / (47.1)
vyakta-amla-lavaṇa-sneha saṃśuṣka kṣaudra-vat-laghu
º³ vyakta adj. adorned; apparent; beautiful अमल amla adj. acid; sour लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful;
briny; graceful Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance सं"ुM
saṃśuṣka adj. completely dried up or withered कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey;
minuteness वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

अपादचारी सुरिभः सततं धूिपता~रः ॥ (४७.२)
apādacārī surabhiḥ satataṃ dhūpitāmbaraḥ // (47.2)
apādacārin surabhi satatam dhūpay-ambara
अपादचािरन् apādacārin adj. nicht gehend; ruhend सुरिभ surabhi adj. best; charming; famous सततम्
satatam ind. always धूपय् dhūpay Denom.P. (astrol.) to obscure with mist; to be about to eclipse; to
fumigate अ~र ambara n. a cipher; a perfume (Ambra); apparel.

हPरपृºे वसेद बाºशीतसीकरवÍज`ते । (४८.१)
harmyapṛṣṭhe vased bāṣpaśītasīkaravarjite / (48.1)
harmya-pṛṣṭha vas bāṣpa-śīta-sīkara-varjay
हPर harmya n. a fiery pit; a large house; a stronghold पृº pṛṣṭha n. a page of a book; height; name
of particular arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the
Rathaṃtara) वस् vas 2.P. to abide with or in; to be dwelt; to dwell बाº bāṣpa mn. a kind of plant-
bāṣpikā; a kind of pot-herb; a tear शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water सीकर sīkara m. a drop
of water वजरय् varjay 10.Ā. to avoid.

नदीजलोदम*ाहः¹Pायासातपांस् *ैएत् ॥ (४८.२)
nadījalodamanthāhaḥsvapnāyāsātapāṃs tyajet // (48.2)
nadī-jala-udamantha-ahaḥsvapna-āyāsa-ātapa tyaj
नदी nadī f. a river (commonly personified as a female); flowing water; name of 2 kinds of metre
जल jala n. a cow's embryo; a kind of Andropogon; any fluid उदम* udamantha m. a particular
mixture अहः¹P ahaḥsvapna m. आयास āyāsa m. effort; exertion (of bodily or mental power);
fatigue आतप ātapa m. heat (especially of the sun); sunshine *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to
discharge.

वषारशीतोिचता§ानां सहसइवाकर रिशमिभः । (४९.१)
varṣāśītocitāṅgānāṃ sahasaivārkaraśmibhiḥ / (49.1)
varṣā-śīta-ucita-aṅga sahas-eva-arka-raśmi
वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon शीत śīta n. Cassia bark;
cold; cold water उिचत ucita adj. acceptable; accurate; adjusted अ§ aṅga adj. contiguous; having
members or divisions सहस् sahas n. force; power; strength एव eva ind. alone; already; even अकर
arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony रिशम raśmi mf. pakṣa; a measuring cord; a ray
of light.

तPानां संिचतं वृºौ िप7ं शरिद कºित ॥ (४९.२)
taptānāṃ saṃcitaṃ vṛṣṭau pittaṃ śaradi kupyati // (49.2)
tap saṃci vṛṣṭi pitta śarad kup
20
तप् tap 4.Ā. to be hot; to destroy by heat; to give out heat संिच saṃci 5.Ā. to accumulate; to
acquire; to arrange वृिº vṛṣṭi f. (in Sāṃkhya) one of the four forms of internal aquiescence; rain;
[Sāṃkhya] one of the nine tuṣṭis िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour शरद śarad f. a year;
autumn (as the time of ripening); the autumnal season (the sultry season of two months
succeeding the rains) कप् kup 4.Ā. to be angry; to be angry with; to be moved or excited or
agitated.

`तैजयाय घृतं ित³ं िव`रेको र³मोकणम् । (५०.१)
tajjayāya ghṛtaṃ tiktaṃ vireko raktamokṣaṇam / (50.1)
tad-jaya ghṛta tikta vireka raktamokṣaṇa
तद tad pron. this जय jaya m. (parox.) name of particular verses causing victory (personified as
deities); Arjuna; a kind of flute घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain
(considered as the fat which drops from heaven) ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications
of taste); fragrant; pungent िव`रेक vireka m. a purgative; cathartic; evacuation of the bowels
र³मोकण raktamokṣaṇa n. bleeding; bloodletting; venesection.

ित³ं ¹ा§ कषायं च कुिधतो ऽ¤ं भैएल् लघु ॥ (५०.२)
tiktaṃ svādu kaṣāyaṃ ca kṣudhito 'nnaṃ bhajel laghu // (50.2)
tikta svādu kaṣāya ca kṣudh anna bhaj laghu
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent ¹ा§ svādu adj.
agreeable; chirming; dainty कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant च ca ind. also; and; as
well as कुध् kṣudh 4.P. to be hungry; to feel hungry अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially
boiled rice भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

शािलमु7िसताधातीपटोलमधुजा§लम् । (५१.१)
śālimudgasitādhātrīpaṭolamadhujāṅgalam / (51.1)
śāli-mudga-sitā-dhātrī-paṭola-madhu-jāṅgala
शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was
transformed into a lion) मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering िसता sitā f. Arabian
jasmine; a handsome woman; a species of Aparājitā धाती dhātrī f. a nurse; Emblica officinalis
Gaertn.; midwife पटोल paṭola m. Trichosanthes bracteata Voigt (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 569);
Trichosanthes cordata Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 569); Trichosanthes cucumerina Linn.
(G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 569) मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink;
anything sweet (esp. if liquid) जा§ल jāṅgala n. meat; venison.

तPं तPां"ुिकरणइः शीतं शीतां "ुरिशमिभः ॥ (५१.२)
taptaṃ taptāṃśukiraṇaiḥ śītaṃ śītāṃśuraśmibhiḥ // (51.2)
tap taptāṃśu-kiraṇa śīta śītāṃśu-raśmi
तप् tap 4.Ā. to be hot; to destroy by heat; to give out heat तPां"ु taptāṃśu m. the sun िकरण kiraṇa
m. a chapter; a ray or beam of light; a rein शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull शीतां"ु śītāṃśu m.
camphor; the moon रिशम raśmi mf. pakṣa; a measuring cord; a ray of light.

सम*ाद अº् अहोरातम् अगस*ोदयिनÍ`वषम् । (५२.१)
samantād apy ahorātram agastyodayanirviṣam / (52.1)
samantāt api ahar-rātra agastya-udaya-nirviṣa
21
सम*ात् samantāt ind. all around अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides अहर ahar n. a day रात rātra
mn. rātri अगस* agastya mn. a kind of plant; name of a Ṛṣi; Sesbania grandiflora Linn. (Surapāla
1988: 135) उदय udaya m. a following word; appearance; becoming visible िनÍ`वष nirviṣa adj. non-
venomous (as a snake).

"ुिच हंसोदकं नाम िनमरलं मलैइज् जलम् ॥ (५२.२)
śuci haṃsodakaṃ nāma nirmalaṃ malajij jalam // (52.2)
śuci haṃsodaka nāma nirmala mala-jit jala
"ुिच śuci adj. bright; brilliantly white; clean हंसोदक haṃsodaka n. a kind of cordial liquor
(described as a sort of infusion of cardamoms); a kind of water नाम nāma ind. by name i.e.
named; called; certainly िनमरल nirmala adj. bright; clean; shining मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth
िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning जल jala n. a cow's embryo; a kind of Andropogon; any fluid.

नािभºिW न वा ºकं पानािदM् अमृतोपमम् । (५३.१)
nābhiṣyandi na vā rūkṣaṃ pānādiṣv amṛtopamam / (53.1)
na-abhiṣyandin na vā rūkṣa pāna-ādi amṛta-upama
न na ind. neither; no; nor अिभºिWन् abhiṣyandin adj. causing defluxions or serious effusions;
laxative; oozing न na ind. neither; no; nor वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other
side; optionally ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) पान pāna n. a canal;
a drink; a drinking-vessel आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning अमृत amṛta n. a particular
poison; a pear; a ray of light उपम upama adj. equal; like; resembling.

चWनोशीरकपूररमु³ास³सनोज7लः ॥ (५३.२)
candanośīrakarpūramuktāsragvasanojjvalaḥ // (53.2)
candana-uśīra-karpūra-muktā-sraj-vasana-ujjvala
चWन candana mn. Berberis asiatica Roxb. ex DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Caesalpinia
sappan Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Crocus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552)
उशीर uśīra mn. the fragrant root of the plant Andropogon Muricatus; Vetiveria zizanioides Nash.
(Surapāla 1988: 241) कपूरर karpūra mn. Blumea balsamifera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 540);
Blumea densiflora DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 540); Blumea lacera DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld
1974: 540) मु³ा muktā f. a pearl सै sraj f. a kind of metre; a kind of tree; a wreath of flowers वसन
vasana n. a leaf of the cinnamon tree; an ornament worn by women round the loins; apparel
उज7ल ujjvala adj. beautiful; blazing up; burning.

सौधेषु सौधधवलां चि¶कां `रैअनीमुखे । (५४.१)
saudheṣu saudhadhavalāṃ candrikāṃ rajanīmukhe / (54.1)
saudha saudha-dhavala candrikā rajanī-mukha
सौध saudha mn. a stuccoed mansion; any fine house; palace सौध saudha n. opal; silver धवल
dhavala adj. beautiful; dazzling white; handsome चि¶का candrikā f. candraśūra; a kind of white-
blossoming Kaṇṭakāri; baldness `रैअनी rajanī f. a grape or lac (drākṣā or lākṣā); Curcuma longa
Roxb. ( -dvaya); name of a particular personification मुख mukha n. a direction; beginning; best.

तुषारकारसौिह*दिधतइलवसातपान् ॥ (५४.२)
tuṣārakṣārasauhityadadhitailavasātapān // (54.2)
tuṣāra-kṣāra-sauhitya-dadhi-taila-vasā-ātapa
22
तुषार tuṣāra m. -kaṇa; camphor; cold कार kṣāra m. a kind of prameha; alkali; any corrosive or
acrid or saline substance (esp. an alkali such as soda or potash) सौिह* sauhitya n. amiableness;
completion; fulness दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour milk
(regarded as a remedy) तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil वसा vasā f. a kind of prameha;
any fatty or oily substance; fat आतप ātapa m. heat (especially of the sun); sunshine.

तीWमNिदवा¹Pपुरोवातान् पिर*ैएत् । (५५.१)
tīkṣṇamadyadivāsvapnapurovātān parityajet / (55.1)
tīkṣṇa-madya-divāsvapna-puras-vāta parityaj
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor;
wine िदवा¹P divāsvapna mn. (n. only) sleep by day पुरस् puras ind. (as prep.) before (of place and
time); eastward; first वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout पिर*ै parityaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to
disembark; to disregard.

शी`ते वषारसु चाNांस् तीन् वस*े ऽ7ान् रसान् भैएत् ॥ (५५.२)
śīte varṣāsu cādyāṃs trīn vasante 'ntyān rasān bhajet // (55.2)
śīta varṣā ca-ādya tri vasanta antya rasa bhaj
शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago
Esculenta; monsoon च ca ind. also; and; as well as आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier;
excellent ित tri nr. 3 MW वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea; name of a man
अ7 antya adj. belonging to the lowest caste; immediately following; inferior रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to
(dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow.

¹ा§ं िनदाघे शरिद ¹ा§ित³कषायकान् । (५६.१)
svāduṃ nidāghe śaradi svādutiktakaṣāyakān / (56.1)
svādu nidāgha śarad svādu-tikta-kaṣāyaka
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty िनदाघ nidāgha m. heat; internal heat; name of a man
(of his descendants) शरद śarad f. a year; autumn (as the time of ripening); the autumnal season
(the sultry season of two months succeeding the rains) ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming;
dainty ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कषायक
kaṣāyaka adj. .

शर§स*यो ºकं शीतं घमरघना*योः ॥ (५६.२)
śaradvasantayo rūkṣaṃ śītaṃ gharmaghanāntayoḥ // (56.2)
rūkṣa śīta gharma-ghana-anta
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull घमर
gharma m. a cauldron; a cavity in the earth shaped like a cauldron (from which Atri was rescued
by the Aśvins); boiler घन ghana mn. a collection; a mode of dancing (neither quick nor slow); a
particular method of reciting the अ* anta m. a final syllable; a shore; border.

अ¤पानं समासेन िवपरीतम् अतो ऽ~दा । (५७.१)
annapānaṃ samāsena viparītam ato 'nyadā / (57.1)
anna-pāna samāsena viparīta atas anyadā
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-
vessel समासे न samāsena ind. collectively िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse;
23
being the reverse of anything अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or
reason अ~दा anyadā ind. at another time; in another case; once.

िन*ं सवररसा~ासः ¹¹ािध*म् ऋताव् ऋतौ ॥ (५७.२)
nityaṃ sarvarasābhyāsaḥ svasvādhikyam ṛtāv ṛtau // (57.2)
nityam sarva-rasa-abhyāsa sva-sva-ādhikya ṛtu ṛtu
िन*म् nityam ind. always सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre अ~ास abhyāsa m. (in later
Vedānta phil.) inculcation of a truth conveyed in sacred writings by means of repeating the same
word or the same passage; (in Yoga phil.) the effort of the mind to remain in its unmodified
condition of purity (sattva); custom ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own;
own आिध* ādhikya n. abundance; excess; high degree ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch;
any settled point of time ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch; any settled point of time.

ऋ~ोर अ7ािदसPाहाव् ऋतुसं िधर इित Wृतः । (५८.१)
ṛtvor antyādisaptāhāv ṛtusaṃdhir iti smṛtaḥ / (58.1)
ṛtu antya-ādi-saptāha ṛtusaṃdhi iti smṛ
ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch; any settled point of time अ7 antya adj. belonging to
the lowest caste; immediately following; inferior आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
सPाह saptāha m. a sacrificial performance lasting 7 days ऋतुसंिध ṛtusaṃdhi m. junction of two
fortnights; junction of two seasons; the days of new and full moon (as the junction of the dark
and light half of the month) इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers
to something that has been said or thought) Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to
hand down memoriter.

तत पूव¹ िविधस् *ाWः सेवनीयो ऽपरः कमात् ॥ (५८.२)
tatra pūrvo vidhis tyājyaḥ sevanīyo 'paraḥ kramāt // (58.2)
tatra pūrva vidhi tyaj sev apara krama
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient; attended with
िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to
avoid; to discharge सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to devote or apply one's self to अपर apara
pron. der andere कम krama m. a particular śākta tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.)
before making a spring or attacking; a step.

असातPैआ िह रोगाः ºुः सहसा *ागशीलनात् ॥ (५९.१)
asātmyajā hi rogāḥ syuḥ sahasā tyāgaśīlanāt // (59.1)
asātmya-ja hi roga as sahas tyāga-śīlana
असातP asātmya adj. disagreeing (as food); unwholesome ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or
upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from िह hi ind. because; for; on account of रोग roga mn.
a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to
(dat.) सहस् sahas n. force; power; strength *ाग tyāga m. a sage; abandoning; discharging शीलन
śīlana n. constant study (of the Śāstras etc.); frequent mentioning; honouring.

1
अथातो रोगानु~ादनीयाWायं ºाWाºामः । (१.१)
athāto rogānutpādanīyādhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ / (1.1)
atha-atas rogānutpādanīya-adhyāya vyākhyā
अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English); but; certainly
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason रोगानु~ादनीय
rogānutpādanīya m. name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Sū. 4 अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a reader;
chapter ºाWा vyākhyā 2.Ā. to call; to communicate; to discuss.

इित ह WाVर आतेयादयो महषरयः । (१.२)
iti ha smāhur ātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ / (1.2)
iti ha sma-ah ātreya-ādi mahā-ṛṣi
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) ह ha ind. (particle); a kind of bīja W sma ind. always; certainly; ever अह ah 1.P.
to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call आतेय ātreya m. a descendant of Atri; a priest who is
closely related to the Sadasya; chyle आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning महा mahā ind.
(irreg.- *mahant) -> gross ऋिष ṛṣi m. a hymn or Mantra composed by a ṣi; a ray of light; a saint
or sanctified sage in general.

`वेगान् न धारयेद वातिवणमूतकवतृटकुधाम् । (१.३)
vegān na dhārayed vātaviṇmūtrakṣavatṛṭkṣudhām / (1.3)
vega na dhāray vāta-viś-mūtra-kṣava-tṛṣ-kṣudh
`वेग vega m. a stream; agitation; attack न na ind. neither; no; nor धारय् dhāray 10.Ā. to hold; to
keep; to possess वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िवश viś fn. feces मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by
the kidneys; urine कव kṣava m. black mustard (Sinapis dichotoma); catarrh; cough तृष् tṛṣ f.
Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst कुध् kṣudh f. hunger.

िनदाकासशमNासैऋ~ाशु½Í`द`रे तसाम् ॥ (१.४)
nidrākāsaśramaśvāsajṛmbhāśrucchardiretasām // (1.4)
nidrā-kāsa-śrama-śvāsa-jṛmbhā-aśru-chardi-retas
िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep कास kāsa m. cough;
[medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise
Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) जृ~ा jṛmbhā f.
blossoming; yawning अशु aśru mn. a tear छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness;
vomiting `रेतस् retas n. a flow; current; descendants.

अधोवातº रोधेन गु7ोदावतर^क¥माः । (२.१)
adhovātasya rodhena gulmodāvartarukklamāḥ / (2.1)
adhovāta rodha gulma-udāvarta-ruj-klama
अधोवात adhovāta m. nach unten strömender Körperwind; kindling a fire from below? रोध rodha
m. a dam; a particular hell; an arrow गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any
glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen
उदावतर udāvarta m. a class of diseases (marked by retention of the feces); a disease of the bowels;
iliac passion ^ज् ruj mf. Costus Speciosus; crushing; disease ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue;
languor.

2
वातमूतशTñ§[WिVवधT7दाः ॥ (२.२)
vātamūtraśakṛtsaṅgadṛṣṭyagnivadhahṛdgadāḥ // (2.2)
vāta-mūtra-śakṛt-saṅga-dṛṣṭi-agni-vadha-hṛd-gada
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine शTत् śakṛt n.
dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces स§ saṅga m. addiction or devotion to; association or
intercourse with; clinging to [िº dṛṣṭi f. beholding; consideration; intelligence अिV agni m. bile;
Citrus Acida; digestive faculty वध vadha m. capital punishment; killing; murder Tद hṛd n. breast;
chest; interior गद gada m. a sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

शTतः िपि"को§ेºपित¥ायिशरो^जः । (३.१)
śakṛtaḥ piṇḍikodveṣṭapratiśyāyaśirorujaḥ / (3.1)
śakṛt piṇḍikā-udveṣṭa-pratiśyāya-śiras-ruj
शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces िपि"का piṇḍikā f. a base or pedestal for the
image of a deity or for a Liṅga; a bench for lying on; a globular fleshy swelling (in the shoulders)
उ§ेº udveṣṭa m. besieging or surrounding a town; enclosing; investing a town पित¥ाय pratiśyāya m.
a cold िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) ^ज् ruj mf. Costus Speciosus; crushing; disease.

ऊ¹रवायुः परीकत¹ Tदयºोपरोधनम् ॥ (३.२)
ūrdhvavāyuḥ parīkarto hṛdayasyoparodhanam // (3.2)
ūrdhvavāyu hṛdaya-uparodhana
ऊ¹रवायु ūrdhvavāyu m. nach oben strömender Körperwind Tदय hṛdaya n. mind (as the seat of
mental operations); name of a Sāman; science उपरोधन uparodhana n. impediment; obstruction;
the act of besieging or blockading.

मुखेन िवटपवृि7श च पूव¹³ाश चामयाः Wृताः । (४.१)
mukhena viṭpravṛttiś ca pūrvoktāś cāmayāḥ smṛtāḥ / (4.1)
mukha viṣ-pravṛtti ca pūrva-vac ca-āmaya smṛ
मुख mukha n. a direction; beginning; best िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces पवृि7 pravṛtti f.
activity; advance; appearance च ca ind. also; and; as well as पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient;
attended with वच् vac 2.P. to declare; to proclaim; to recite च ca ind. also; and; as well as आमय
āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand
down memoriter.

अ§भ§ाशमरीविºमेढरवङकण`वेदनाः ॥ (४.२)
aṅgabhaṅgāśmarīvastimeḍhravaṅkṣaṇavedanāḥ // (4.2)
aṅga-bhaṅga-aśmarī-vasti-meḍhra-vaṅkṣaṇa-vedanā
अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be
five) भ§ bhaṅga m. a bend; a break or breach (lit. and fig.); a piece broken off अशमरी aśmarī mf.
stone or gravel (the disease); strangury विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of
bladder or the injection itself; the bladder मेढर meḍhra mn. Harnröhre; membrum virile; penis
वङकण vaṅkṣaṇa mn. abdomen; Bauch; cavity `वेदना vedanā f. feeling; pain; sensation.

मूतº रोधात् पू¯व च पायो रोगास् तदौषधम् । (५.१)
mūtrasya rodhāt pūrve ca prāyo rogās tadauṣadham / (5.1)
mūtra rodha pūrva ca prāyas roga tad-auṣadha
3
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine रोध rodha m. a dam; a particular hell; an
arrow पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient; attended with च ca ind. also; and; as well as पायस्
prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus; disease तद tad pron. this औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively.

व*र~§ावगाहाश च ¹ेदनं विºकमर च ॥ (५.२)
vartyabhyaṅgāvagāhāś ca svedanaṃ vastikarma ca // (5.2)
vartī-abhyaṅga-avagāha ca svedana vastikarman ca
वतÌ vartī f. a kind of bandage bound round a wound; a kind of fringe; a limp अ~§ abhyaṅga m.
inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances; unguent अवगाह avagāha m. a bucket; bathing;
plunging च ca ind. also; and; as well as ¹ेदन svedana mn. a diaphoretic; any instrument or
remedy for causing perspiration; fomenting विºकमरन् vastikarman n. the application of an enema
or injection; [rel.] a kind of Yogic purification च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अ¤पानं च िवडभेिद िवडर ोधोMेषु यWसु । (६.१)
annapānaṃ ca viḍbhedi viḍrodhottheṣu yakṣmasu / (6.1)
anna-pāna ca viḍbhedin viṣ-rodha-uttha yakṣman
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-
vessel च ca ind. also; and; as well as िवडभेिदन् viḍbhedin adj. laxative िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement;
feces रोध rodha m. a dam; a particular hell; an arrow उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.) standing up;
arising; coming forth यWन् yakṣman m. consumption; pulmonary consumption.

मूतैएषु तु पा`ने च पागभ³ं शº`ते घृतम् ॥ (६.२)
mūtrajeṣu tu pāne ca prāgbhaktaṃ śasyate ghṛtam // (6.2)
tu pāna ca prāñc-bhaj śaṃs ghṛta
तु tu ind. and; but; do पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel च ca ind. also; and; as well
as पाB् prāñc adj. being in front; directed forwards; easterly भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot or apportion to
(dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to
commend घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat
which drops from heaven).

जीणारि*कं चो7मया मातया योजना§यम् । (७.१)
jīrṇāntikaṃ cottamayā mātrayā yojanādvayam / (7.1)
jīrṇa-antika ca-uttama mātrā yojana-dvaya
जीणर jīrṇa n. benjamin; decrepitude; digestion अि*क antika adj. lasting till; reaching to; reaching
to the end of च ca ind. also; and; as well as उ7म uttama adj. best; chief; excellent माता mātrā f. a
minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant योजन yojana fn. application; arrangement;
building §य dvaya n. both; double; falsehood.

अवपीडकम् एतV सं िजतं धारणात् पुनः ॥ (७.२)
avapīḍakam etacca saṃjñitaṃ dhāraṇāt punaḥ // (7.2)
avapīḍaka etad-ca saṃjñita dhāraṇa punar
अवपीडक avapīḍaka mn. a sternutatory एतद etad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as संिजत
saṃjñita adj. apprised by a sign or gesture; called; communicated धारण dhāraṇa n. (Trika:) Name
der vier Halbvokale (Vāc, 310); a kind of opium; bearing पुनर punar ind. again and again; back;
besides.

4
उ7ारºा^िचः क°ो िवब^ो Tदयोरसोः । (८.१)
udgārasyāruciḥ kampo vibandho hṛdayorasoḥ / (8.1)
udgāra-aruci kampa vibandha hṛdaya-uras
उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes अ^िच aruci f. aversion; disgust; dislike क°
kampa m. a dwarf-rafter; a pillar; a roofing strip िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy
for promoting obstruction; constipation Tदय hṛdaya n. mind (as the seat of mental operations);
name of a Sāman; science उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind.

आWानकासिहWाश च िहWावत् तत भे`षैअम् ॥ (८.२)
ādhmānakāsahidhmāś ca hidhmāvat tatra bheṣajam // (8.2)
ādhmāna-kāsa-hidhmā ca hidhmā-vat tatra bheṣaja
आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing; boasting कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana
behandeln िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] च ca ind. also;
and; as well as िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] वत् vat ind.
(Vergleichspartikel) तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place भे`षैअ bheṣaja n. a remedy; a
spell or charm; drug.

िशरोऽतÌि¶यदौबर7म~ाº~ाÍ`दतं कु`तेः । (९.१)
śiro'rtīndriyadaurbalyamanyāstambhārditaṃ kṣuteḥ / (9.1)
śiras-arti-indriya-daurbalya-manyā-stambha-ardita kṣuti
िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) अÍ`त arti f. artnī; ārti; pain इि¶य indriya n. bodily
power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense दौबर7 daurbalya n. impotence; weakness म~ा manyā
f. name of two vessels at the sides of the trachea; the back or the nape of the neck (musculus
cucullaris or trapezius) º~ stambha m. a post; arrogance; becoming hard or solid अÍ`दत ardita n.
Gesichtslähmung; [medic.] name of a disease (spasm of the jaw-bones) कुित kṣuti f. sneezing.

तीWधूमाMनाघाणनावनाकर िवलोकनइः ॥ (९.२)
tīkṣṇadhūmāñjanāghrāṇanāvanārkavilokanaiḥ // (9.2)
tīkṣṇa-dhūma-añjana-āghrāṇa-nāvana-arka-vilokana
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot धूम dhūma mn. a kind of incense; a saint; mist अMन añjana n. a
special kind of this pigment; act of applying an ointment or pigment; antimony आघाण āghrāṇa n.
satiety; smelling (the scent of) नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a
religious ceremony िवलोकन vilokana n. becoming aware of; contemplating; finding out.

पवतरयेत् कुÍ`त स³ां Nेह¹ेदौ च शीलयेत् । (१०.१)
pravartayet kṣutiṃ saktāṃ snehasvedau ca śīlayet / (10.1)
pravartay kṣuti sañj sneha-sveda ca śīlay
पवतरय् pravartay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to appoint; to begin कुित kṣuti f. sneezing सM् sañj 1.Ā. to
adhere; to be attached or fastened; to be attached to or engaged in or occupied with Nेह sneha
mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat;
perspiration ("drops of perspiration") च ca ind. also; and; as well as शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be
intent upon; to cultivate; to do.

शोषा§सादबािधयरसममोहभमT7दाः ॥ (१०.२)
śoṣāṅgasādabādhiryasammohabhramahṛdgadāḥ // (10.2)

5
.

अ§भ§ा^िचगलािनका¥र"ूलभमाः कुधः ॥ (११.२)
aṅgabhaṅgāruciglānikārśyaśūlabhramāḥ kṣudhaḥ // (11.2)
aṅga-bhaṅga-aruci-glāni-kārśya-śūla-bhrama kṣudh
अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be
five) भ§ bhaṅga m. a bend; a break or breach (lit. and fig.); a piece broken off अ^िच aruci f.
aversion; disgust; dislike गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind का¥र kārśya n.
thinness "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals भम bhrama
m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone कुध् kṣudh f. hunger.

तत योWं लघु िN^म् उºम् अ7ं च भोजनम् । (१२.१)
tatra yojyaṃ laghu snigdham uṣṇam alpaṃ ca bhojanam / (12.1)
tatra yuj laghu snigdha uṣṇa alpa ca bhojana
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction
with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to लघु laghu
adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable उº uṣṇa
adj. acrid; active; hot अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small च ca ind. also; and; as well as भोजन
bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed or used.

िनदाया मोहमूधारिकगौरवालºैऋि~काः ॥ (१२.२)
nidrāyā mohamūrdhākṣigauravālasyajṛmbhikāḥ // (12.2)
nidrā moha-mūrdhan-akṣi-gaurava-ālasya-jṛmbhikā
िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep मोह moha m. (with
Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an
enemy; a swoon मूधरन् mūrdhan m. (fig.) the highest or first part of anything; beginning; chief
(applied to persons) अिक akṣi n. the eye गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty; gravity आलº
ālasya n. idleness; sloth; want of energy जृि~का jṛmbhikā f. yawning.

अ§मदरश च ततेºः ¹Pः संवाहनािन च । (१३.१)
aṅgamardaś ca tatreṣṭaḥ svapnaḥ saṃvāhanāni ca / (13.1)
aṅgamarda ca tatra-iṣ svapna saṃvāhana ca
अ§मदर aṅgamarda m. a servant who shampoos his master's body; massage; rheumatism च ca ind.
also; and; as well as तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place इष् iṣ 1.P. to assent; to choose;
to concede ¹P svapna mn. a dream; dreaming; drowsiness संवाहन saṃvāhana fn. massage च ca
ind. also; and; as well as.

कासº रोधात् त§

िTः Nासा^िचTदामयाः ॥ (१३.२)
kāsasya rodhāt tadvṛddhiḥ śvāsārucihṛdāmayāḥ // (13.2)
kāsa rodha tad-vṛddhi śvāsa-aruci-hṛd-āmaya
कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln रोध rodha m. a dam; a particular hell;
an arrow तद tad pron. this वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) Nास
śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) अ^िच aruci f.
aversion; disgust; dislike Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior आमय āmaya m. disease; indigestion;
sickness.

6
शोषो िहWा च काय¹ ऽत कासहा सुतरां िविधः । (१४.१)
śoṣo hidhmā ca kāryo 'tra kāsahā sutarāṃ vidhiḥ / (14.1)
śoṣa hidhmā ca kṛ atra kāsa-han sutarām vidhi
शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease;
Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] च ca ind. also; and; as well as T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to
act; to cause to become अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place कास kāsa m.
cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln हन् han adj. killing सुतराम् sutarām ind. excessively;
in a higher degree; still more िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician.

गु7Tदोगसंमोहाः शमNासाद िवधािरतात् ॥ (१४.२)
gulmahṛdrogasaṃmohāḥ śramaśvāsād vidhāritāt // (14.2)
gulma-hṛd-roga-sammoha śrama-śvāsa vidhāray
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior
रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease सममोह sammoha m. (in astrol.)
a particular conjunction of planets; battle; bewilderment शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily
or mental; exercise Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five
kinds) िवधारय् vidhāray 10.P. to arrange; to check; to contrive.

िहतं िवशमणं तत वातVश च िकयाकमः । (१५.१)
hitaṃ viśramaṇaṃ tatra vātaghnaś ca kriyākramaḥ / (15.1)
hita viśramaṇa tatra vāta-ghna ca kriyā-krama
िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial िवशमण viśramaṇa n. relaxation; resting तत tatra ind.
in that; in that case; in that place वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying; killer;
killing च ca ind. also; and; as well as िकया kriyā f. a literary work; a noun of action; a religious
rite or ceremony कम krama m. a particular śākta tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.)
before making a spring or attacking; a step.

जृ~ायाः कववद रोगाः सवरश चािनलैइद िविधः ॥ (१५.२)
jṛmbhāyāḥ kṣavavad rogāḥ sarvaś cānilajid vidhiḥ // (15.2)
jṛmbhā kṣava-vat roga sarva ca-anila-jit vidhi
जृ~ा jṛmbhā f. blossoming; yawning कव kṣava m. black mustard (Sinapis dichotoma); catarrh;
cough वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus; disease सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different च ca ind. also; and; as well as अिनल
anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means;
a physician.

पीनसािकिशरोTद

_~ाº~ा^िचभमाः । (१६.१)
pīnasākṣiśirohṛdruṅmanyāstambhārucibhramāḥ / (16.1)

.

िवसपरकोठकºािकक"¸पाणडवामयैवराः । (१७.१)
visarpakoṭhakuṣṭhākṣikaṇḍūpāṇḍvāmayajvarāḥ / (17.1)
7
visarpa-koṭha-kuṣṭha-akṣi-kaṇḍū-pāṇḍu-āmaya-jvara
िवसपर visarpa m. a kind of kṣudrakuṣṭha; a particular disease [erysipelas or any similar spreading
eruption]; creeping along or about कोठ koṭha m. a species of leprosy with large round spots
(ringworm) कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy अिक akṣi n. the eye क"¸ kaṇḍū f. itch; itching;
scratching पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja आमय āmaya m.
disease; indigestion; sickness 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different
Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul.

सकासNासT=ासº§Nयथवो वमेः ॥ (१७.२)
sakāsaśvāsahṛllāsavyaṅgaśvayathavo vameḥ // (17.2)
sa-kāsa-śvāsa-hṛllāsa-vyaṅga-śvayathu vami
स sa ind. (ibc.) with कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln Nास śvāsa m. a
sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) T=ास hṛllāsa m. Herzklopfen;
palpitation of heart º§ vyaṅga mn. a blot; a frog; blemish Nयथु śvayathu m. Aufgedunsenheit;
intumescence; swelling विम vami f. an emetic; nausea; qualmishness.

ग"¸षधूमानाहारा ºकं भुMा त§§मः । (१८.१)
gaṇḍūṣadhūmānāhārā rūkṣaṃ bhuktvā tadudvamaḥ / (18.1)
gaṇḍūṣa-dhūma-anāhāra rūkṣa bhuj tad-udvama
ग"¸ष gaṇḍūṣa mn. a mouthful of water; draught; filling or rinsing the mouth धूम dhūma mn. a
kind of incense; a saint; mist अनाहार anāhāra m. abstinence; non-production; non-seizure ºक
rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy
तद tad pron. this उ§म udvama m. .

ºायामः सुितर असº शºं चात िव`रे चनम् ॥ (१८.२)
vyāyāmaḥ srutir asrasya śastaṃ cātra virecanam // (18.2)
vyāyāma sruti asra śaṃs ca-atra virecana
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length सुित sruti f. a course; a line drawn round the Vedi; a stream अस asra n. a
corner; a tear; blood शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend च ca ind. also; and; as
well as अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place िव`रेचन virecana n. a means for
making the head clear; purging or any purging substance.

सकारलवणं तइलम् अ~§ाथ च शº`ते । (१९.१)
sakṣāralavaṇaṃ tailam abhyaṅgārthaṃ ca śasyate / (19.1)
sakṣāra-lavaṇa taila abhyaṅga-artha ca śaṃs
सकार sakṣāra adj. acrid; caustic; pungent लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful तइल taila n.
oil; olibanum; sesamum oil अ~§ abhyaṅga m. inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances;
unguent अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage च ca ind.
also; and; as well as शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend.

"ुकात् ततसवणं गुQ`वेदनाNयथु7राः ॥ (१९.२)
śukrāt tatsravaṇaṃ guhyavedanāśvayathujvarāḥ // (19.2)
śukra tad-sravaṇa guhya-vedanā-śvayathu-jvara
"ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid तद tad pron. this
सवण sravaṇa n. flowing; flowing off; perspiration गुQ guhya n. a secret; mystery; the anus `वेदना
8
vedanā f. feeling; pain; sensation Nयथु śvayathu m. Aufgedunsenheit; intumescence; swelling 7र
jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body
supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul.

THथामूतस§ा§भ§वृ7शमषणढताः । (२०.१)
hṛdvyathāmūtrasaṅgāṅgabhaṅgavṛddhyaśmaṣaṇḍhatāḥ / (20.1)

.

विº"ुिTकरइः िसTं भैएत् कीरं िपयाः िWयः । (२१.१)
vastiśuddhikaraiḥ siddhaṃ bhajet kṣīraṃ priyāḥ striyaḥ / (21.1)
vasti-śuddhi-kara sidh bhaj kṣīra priya strī
विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder
"ुिT śuddhi f. accuracy; accurate knowledge regarding; acquittal कर kara adj. causing; helping;
making िसध् sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise; to attain beatitude भै bhaj 1.Ā. to allot
or apportion to (dat. or gen.); to assume (as a form); to bestow कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice
or sap of plants; thickened milk िपय priya adj. beloved; dear to; favourite Wी strī f. a kind of
metre; a white ant; a woman.

तृट"ूलात *ैएत् कीणं िवडवमं `वेगरोिधनम् ॥ (२१.२)
tṛṭśūlārtaṃ tyajet kṣīṇaṃ viḍvamaṃ vegarodhinam // (21.2)
tṛṣ-śūla-ārta tyaj kṣi viṣ-vama vega-rodhin
तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or
stake; a stake for impaling criminals आतर ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) *ै
tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease
िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces वम vama adj. ejecting; giving out; vomiting `वेग vega m. a stream;
agitation; attack रोिधन् rodhin adj. covering; filling; obstructing.

रोगाः स¯व ऽिप जाय*े `वेगोदीरणधारणइः । (२२.१)
rogāḥ sarve 'pi jāyante vegodīraṇadhāraṇaiḥ / (22.1)
roga sarva api jan vega-udīraṇa-dhāraṇa
रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease सवर sarva pron. all;
completely; different अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be
born again `वेग vega m. a stream; agitation; attack उदीरण udīraṇa n. casting; communicating;
discharging (a missile) धारण dhāraṇa n. (Trika:) Name der vier Halbvokale (Vāc, 310); a kind of
opium; bearing.

िनÍ`दºं साधनं तत भूियºं ये तु तान् पित ॥ (२२.२)
nirdiṣṭaṃ sādhanaṃ tatra bhūyiṣṭhaṃ ye tu tān prati // (22.2)
nirdiś sādhana tatra bhūyiṣṭha yad tu tad prati
िनÍ`दश nirdiś 6.Ā. to advise; to announce; to assign anything to साधन sādhana n. a means of
summoning or conjuring up a spirit (or deity); accomplishment; acquisition तत tatra ind. in that;
in that case; in that place भूियº bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous or abundant or great or
important; principal यद yad pron. what; which तु tu ind. and; but; do तद tad pron. this पित prati
ind. again; against; against.

9
ततश चा`नेकधा पायः पवनो यत् पकºित । (२३.१)
tataś cānekadhā prāyaḥ pavano yat prakupyati / (23.1)
tatas ca-anekadhā prāyas pavana yat prakup
ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ`नेकधा
anekadhā ind. in various ways; name often पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule;
commonly पवन pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air यत् yat ind. as many
as ( Lat. quot); as often; because पकप् prakup 4.P. to be moved or agitated; to become enraged; to
fly into a passion.

अ¤पानौषधं तº युMीतातो ऽनुलोमनम् ॥ (२३.२)
annapānauṣadhaṃ tasya yuñjītāto 'nulomanam // (23.2)
anna-pāna-auṣadha tad yuj-atas anulomana
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-
vessel औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively तद tad pron. this युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to
come into conjunction with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.);
to accrue to अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason अनुलोमन
anulomana adj. regulating.

धारयेत् तु सदा `वेगान् िहतइषी पे* चेह च । (२४.१)
dhārayet tu sadā vegān hitaiṣī pretya ceha ca / (24.1)
dhāray tu sadā vega hita-eṣin pre ca-iha ca
धारय् dhāray 10.Ā. to hold; to keep; to possess तु tu ind. and; but; do सदा sadā ind. always;
continually; ever `वेग vega m. a stream; agitation; attack िहत hita n. advantage; anything useful or
salutary or suitable or proper; benefit एिषन् eṣin adj. (generally ifc.) going after; desiring; seeking
पे pre 2.P. to advance (esp. as a sacrifice); to appear; to arrive at च ca ind. also; and; as well as इह
iha ind. at this time; here; in this book or system च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

लोभेºार§ेषमाñयररागादीनां िज`तेि¶यः ॥ (२४.२)
lobherṣyādveṣamātsaryarāgādīnāṃ jitendriyaḥ // (24.2)
lobha-īrṣyā-dveṣa-mātsarya-rāga-ādi ji-indriya
लोभ lobha m. avarice (personified as a son of Puṣṭi or of Dambha and Māyā); confusion;
covetousness ईºार īrṣyā f. envy or impatience of another's success; jealousy; malice §ेष dveṣa m.
dislike; enmity to (comp.); hatred माñयर mātsarya n. displeasure; dissatisfaction; envy राग rāga
m. a musical note; a particular process in the preparation of quicksilver; a prince आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise इि¶य
indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense.

य`तेत च यथाकालं मलानां शोधनं पित । (२५.१)
yateta ca yathākālaṃ malānāṃ śodhanaṃ prati / (25.1)
yat ca yathākālam mala śodhana prati
यत् yat 1.P. to associate with (instr.); to be eager or anxious for; to be in line च ca ind. also; and;
as well as यथाकालम् yathākālam ind. according to the time मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth शोधन
śodhana mn. a means of purification; acquittance; clearing up पित prati ind. again; against;
against.

अ*थरसंिचतास् `ते िह कTाः ºुर जीिवति½दः ॥ (२५.२)
10
atyarthasaṃcitās te hi kruddhāḥ syur jīvitacchidaḥ // (25.2)
atyartha-saṃci tad hi krudh as jīvita-chid
अ*थर atyartha adj. excessive; exorbitant संिच saṃci 5.Ā. to accumulate; to acquire; to arrange तद
tad pron. this िह hi ind. because; for; on account of कध् krudh 4.Ā. to be angry with; to become
angry अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) जीिवत jīvita n. a living being; duration of
life; life िछद chid adj. annihilating; cutting off; cutting through.

दोषाः कदािचत् कºि* िजता लङघनपाचनइः । (२६.१)
doṣāḥ kadācit kupyanti jitā laṅghanapācanaiḥ / (26.1)
doṣa kadācid kup ji laṅghana-pācana
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection कदािचद kadācid ind. irgendwann कप् kup 4.Ā. to be
angry; to be angry with; to be moved or excited or agitated िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to
defeat; to exercise लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining पाचन pācana n. a cataplasm; a
dissolvent; a sort of drink.

ये तु संशोधनइः "ुTा न `तेषां पुन^Tवः ॥ (२६.२)
ye tu saṃśodhanaiḥ śuddhā na teṣāṃ punarudbhavaḥ // (26.2)
yad tu saṃśodhana śudh na tad punar-udbhava
यद yad pron. what; which तु tu ind. and; but; do संशोधन saṃśodhana n. correcting; paying off;
purification or a means of purification "ुध् śudh 4.Ā. to be cleared or cleansed or purified; to be
cleared or excused from blame; to be excusable न na ind. neither; no; nor तद tad pron. this पुनर
punar ind. again and again; back; besides उTव udbhava m. a sort of salt; becoming visible; birth.

यथाकमं यथायोगम् अत ऊ¹ पयोजयेत् । (२७.१)
yathākramaṃ yathāyogam ata ūrdhvaṃ prayojayet / (27.1)
yathākramam yathāyogam atas ūrdhvam prayojay
यथाकमम् yathākramam ind. according to order; in due succession; respectively यथायोगम्
yathāyogam ind. according to circumstances; according to requirements; as is fit अतस् atas ind.
from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason ऊ¹रम् ūrdhvam ind. after;
furthermore; upward पयोजय् prayojay 10.P. to aim at; to appoint to; to be applicable.

रसायनािन िसTािन वृºयोगांश च कालिवत् ॥ (२७.२)
rasāyanāni siddhāni vṛṣyayogāṃś ca kālavit // (27.2)
rasāyana sidh vṛṣya-yoga ca kāla-vid
रसायन rasāyana n. rasāyanakhaṇḍa- the fourth part of the Rasaratnākara; a medicine supposed
to prevent old age and prolong life; an elixir िसध् sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise;
to attain beatitude वृº vṛṣya n. an aphrodisiac योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with
matter (one of the 10 Mūlikārthās or radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical
rule or aphorism; a follower of the Yoga system च ca ind. also; and; as well as काल kāla m. eine
Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time िवद vid adj. a knower; knowing; understanding.

भे`षैअकिप`ते पMम् आहारइर बृंहणं कमात् । (२८.१)
bheṣajakṣapite pathyam āhārair bṛṃhaṇaṃ kramāt / (28.1)
bheṣaja-kṣapay pathya āhāra bṛṃhaṇa krama
भे`षैअ bheṣaja n. a remedy; a spell or charm; drug कपय् kṣapay 10.Ā. to destroy; to make an end of;
to ruin पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal आहार āhāra m. bringing
near; employing; fetching बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa n. a means for making strong or firm; the act of making
11
big कम krama m. a particular śākta tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.) before making
a spring or attacking; a step.

शािलषिºकगोधूममु7मांसघृतािदिभः ॥ (२८.२)
śāliṣaṣṭikagodhūmamudgamāṃsaghṛtādibhiḥ // (28.2)
śāli-ṣaṣṭika-godhūma-mudga-māṃsa-ghṛta-ādi
शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was
transformed into a lion) षिºक ṣaṣṭika mfn. a kind of rice of quick growth (ripening in about 60
days) गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree मु7
mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as
an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven) आिद ādi
m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

TNदीपनभइ`षैयसंयोगाद ^िचपि³दइः । (२९.१)
hṛdyadīpanabhaiṣajyasaṃyogād rucipaktidaiḥ / (29.1)
hṛdya-dīpana-bhaiṣajya-saṃyoga ruci-pakti-da
TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming;
kindling भइ`षैय bhaiṣajya n. a particular ceremony performed as a remedy for sickness; any
remedy; curativeness संयोग saṃyoga m. a kind of alliance or peace made between two kings with
a common object; absorption; being engaged in ^िच ruci f. appetite; beauty; colour पि³ pakti f.
cooking; development; digesting द da adj. effecting; granting; offering.

सा~§ो§तरनNानिनºहNेहविºिभः ॥ (२९.२)
sābhyaṅgodvartanasnānanirūhasnehavastibhiḥ // (29.2)
sābhyaṅga-udvartana-snāna-nirūha-sneha-vasti
सा~§ sābhyaṅga adj. mit abhyaṅgas उ§तरन udvartana n. ascending; bad behaviour; bad conduct
Nान snāna n. ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g. water); bathing िनºह nirūha m. a purging
clyster; an enema not of an oily kind Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any
oleaginous substance विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the
injection itself; the bladder.

तथा स लभ`ते शमर सवरपावकपाटवम् । (३०.१)
tathā sa labhate śarma sarvapāvakapāṭavam / (30.1)
tathā tad labh śarman sarva-pāvaka-pāṭava
तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so तद tad pron. this लभ् labh 1.P. to catch; to find;
to meet with शमरन् śarman n. a house; bliss; comfort सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
पावक pāvaka m. a saint; fire; name of a particular Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni
Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Antardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī) पाटव pāṭava n. cleverness in; health;
intensity.

धीव`णि¶यवइम7ं वृषतां दइघयरम् आयुषः ॥ (३०.२)
dhīvarṇendriyavaimalyaṃ vṛṣatāṃ dairghyam āyuṣaḥ // (30.2)
dhī-varṇa-indriya-vaimalya vṛṣatā dairghya āyus
धी dhī f. art; design; devotion वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover; a covering इि¶य indriya n.
bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense वइम7 vaimalya n. cleanness; clearness;
12
pureness वृषता vṛṣatā f. virility generative power दइघयर dairghya n. length आयुस् āyus n. active
power; duration of life; efficacy.

ये भूतिवषवायविVकतभ§ािदसंभवाः । (३१.१)
ye bhūtaviṣavāyvagnikṣatabhaṅgādisaṃbhavāḥ / (31.1)
yad bhūta-viṣa-vāyu-agni-kṣata-bhaṅga-ādi-sambhava
यद yad pron. what; which भूत bhūta mn. a demon; a spirit (good or evil); an element िवष viṣa n.
Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison वायु vāyu m.
(in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5
are reckoned) अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty कत kṣata n. a hurt; contusion;
murder भ§ bhaṅga m. a bend; a break or breach (lit. and fig.); a piece broken off आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning स~व sambhava m. ability; acquaintance; adequacy.

राग§ेषभयाNाश च `ते ºुर आग*वो गदाः ॥ (३१.२)
rāgadveṣabhayādyāś ca te syur āgantavo gadāḥ // (31.2)
rāga-dveṣa-bhaya-ādya ca tad as āgantu gada
राग rāga m. a musical note; a particular process in the preparation of quicksilver; a prince §ेष
dveṣa m. dislike; enmity to (comp.); hatred भय bhaya n. alarm; apprehension; danger आN ādya
adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this अस् as 2.P.
to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) आग*ु āgantu adj. accidental; adventitious; anything added or
adhering गद gada m. a sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

*ागः पैञापराधानाम् इि¶योपशमः Wृितः । (३२.१)
tyāgaḥ prajñāparādhānām indriyopaśamaḥ smṛtiḥ / (32.1)
tyāga prajñāparādha indriya-upaśama smṛti
*ाग tyāga m. a sage; abandoning; discharging पैञापराध prajñāparādha m. moralisches Vergehen
इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense उपशम upaśama m. (in astron.)
name of the twentieth Muhūrta; alleviation; assuagement Wृित smṛti f. a kind of metre; calling to
mind; desire.

`देशकालाMिवजानं स§

7ºानुवतरनम् ॥ (३२.२)
deśakālātmavijñānaṃ sadvṛttasyānuvartanam // (32.2)
deśa-kāla-ātman-vijñāna sadvṛtta-anuvartana
`देश deśa m. country; institute; kingdom काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season
for; time आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma िवजान vijñāna n. art; comprehending;
doctrine स§ 7 sadvṛtta n. a well-rounded shape अनुवतरन anuvartana n. attending; compliance;
concurring.

अथवरिविहता शाि*ः पितक¸लगहाचरनम् । (३३.१)
atharvavihitā śāntiḥ pratikūlagrahārcanam / (33.1)
atharvan-vidhā śānti pratikūla-graha-arcana
अथवरन् atharvan mn. the fourth or Atharvaveda (said to have been composed by Atharvan) िवधा
vidhā 3.Ā. to appoint; to apportion; to arrange शाि* śānti f. a pause; abatement; absence of
passion पितक¸ल pratikūla adj. contrary; in inverted order; inimical गह graha mn. a crocodile; a
house; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a supernatural manner) अचरन
arcana fn. homage paid to deities and to superiors.

13
भूताNWशरनोपायो िनÍ`दºश च पृथक पृथक ॥ (३३.२)
bhūtādyasparśanopāyo nirdiṣṭaś ca pṛthak pṛthak // (33.2)
bhūta-ādi-asparśana-upāya nirdiś ca pṛthak pṛthak
भूत bhūta mn. a demon; a spirit (good or evil); an element आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on;
beginning अWशरन asparśana n. avoiding the contact of anything (especially of one who is
impure); non-contact उपाय upāya m. a means of success against an enemy (four are usually
enumerated); a means or expedient (of any kind); approach िनÍ`दश nirdiś 6.Ā. to advise; to
announce; to assign anything to च ca ind. also; and; as well as पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.)
without; apart or separately or differently from; differently पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without;
apart or separately or differently from; differently.

अनु~7इ समासेन िविधर एष पदÍशतः । (३४.१)
anutpattyai samāsena vidhir eṣa pradarśitaḥ / (34.1)
anutpatti samāsena vidhi etad pradarśay
अनु~ि7 anutpatti f. failure; non-production समासेन samāsena ind. collectively िविध vidhi m. a
grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician एतद etad pron. this पदशरय् pradarśay 10.Ā. to
describe; to explain; to indicate.

िनजाग*ुिवकाराणाम् उ~¤ानां च शा*ये ॥ (३४.२)
nijāgantuvikārāṇām utpannānāṃ ca śāntaye // (34.2)
nija-āgantu-vikāra utpad ca śānti
िनज nija adj. innate; native आग*ु āgantu adj. accidental; adventitious; anything added or adhering
िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative from Prakṛti; a product; agitation उ~द
utpad 4.P. to appear; to arise; to be born or produced च ca ind. also; and; as well as शाि* śānti f. a
pause; abatement; absence of passion.

शीतोTवं दोषचयं वस*े िवशोधयन् गीPैअम् अभकाले ।(३५.१)
śītodbhavaṃ doṣacayaṃ vasante viśodhayan grīṣmajam abhrakāle /(35.1)
śīta-udbhava doṣa-caya vasanta viśodhay grīṣma-ja abhrakāla
शीत śīta n. Cassia bark; cold; cold water उTव udbhava adj. produced or coming from दोष doṣa mn.
a calf; accusation; affection चय caya m. (in med.) accumulation of the humors; a cover; a heap
वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea; name of a man िवशोधय् viśodhay 10.Ā. to
correct; to exculpate; to fix or determine accurately गीP grīṣma m. the hot season ज ja adj. born
or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from अभकाल abhrakāla m. Name
einer Jahreszeit ( varṣā?).

घना*ये वाÍ`षकम् आ"ु सPक पाPोित रोगान् ऋतुजान् न जातु ॥(३५.२)
ghanātyaye vārṣikam āśu samyak prāpnoti rogān ṛtujān na jātu //(35.2)
ghana-atyaya vārṣika āśu samyak prāp roga ṛtu-ja na jātu
घन ghana mn. a collection; a mode of dancing (neither quick nor slow); a particular method of
reciting the अ*य atyaya m. a class; attacking; danger वाÍ`षक vārṣika adj. annual; belonging to the
rainy-season; growing in the rainy season आ"ु āśu ind. quickly सPक samyak ind. angemessen;
richtig पाप् prāp 1.P. to arrive at; to attain to; to be in force रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus; disease ऋतु ṛtu m. a particular mineral; an epoch; any settled point of time
ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from न na ind.
neither; no; nor जातु jātu ind. at all; ever.

14
िन*ं िहताहारिवहारसेवी समीWकारी िवषयेM् अस³ः । (३६.१)
nityaṃ hitāhāravihārasevī samīkṣyakārī viṣayeṣv asaktaḥ / (36.1)
nityam hita-āhāra-vihāra-sevin samīkṣyakārin viṣaya asakta
िन*म् nityam ind. always िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial आहार āhāra m. bringing
near; employing; fetching िवहार vihāra m. (with Buddhists or Jainas) a monastery or temple
(originally a hall where the monks met or walked about); vaijayanta; a particular bird सेिवन्
sevin adj. (only ifc.) going or resorting to; a servant; addicted to समीWकािरन् samīkṣyakārin adj.
careful िवषय viṣaya mn. (pl.) sensual enjoyments; a country with more than 100 villages; a fit or
suitable object अस³ asakta adj. detached from worldly feelings or passions; free from ties;
independent.

दाता समः स*परः कमावान् आPोपसेवी च भव*् अरोगः ॥(३६.२)
dātā samaḥ satyaparaḥ kṣamāvān āptopasevī ca bhavaty arogaḥ //(36.2)
dātṛ sama satya-para kṣamāvant āpta-upasevin ca bhū aroga
दातृ dātṛ adj. giving सम sama pron. common; constant; easy स* satya n. dogma; sincerity; the
first of the four yugas पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than कमाव*् kṣamāvant adj.
enduring; forbearing; patient आP āpta m. a credible or authoritative person; a fit person; a friend
उपसेिवन् upasevin adj. addicted or devoted to; doing homage; ifc. serving च ca ind. also; and; as
well as भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being अरोग aroga adj. free from disease;
healthy; well.

1
अथातो दवदºिवजानीयम् अWायं ºाWाºामः । (१.१)
athāto dravadravyavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ / (1.1)
atha-atas dravadravyavijñānīyaadhyāya vyākhyā
अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English); but; certainly
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason दवदºिवजानीय
dravadravyavijñānīya m. name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Sū. 5 अWाय adhyāya m. a lesson; a
reader; chapter ºाWा vyākhyā 2.Ā. to call; to communicate; to discuss.

इित ह WाVर आतेयादयो महषरयः । (१.२)
iti ha smāhur ātreyādayo maharṣayaḥ / (1.2)
iti ha sma-ah ātreya-ādi mahā-ṛṣi
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) ह ha ind. (particle); a kind of bīja W sma ind. always; certainly; ever अह ah 1.P.
to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call आतेय ātreya m. a descendant of Atri; a priest who is
closely related to the Sadasya; chyle आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning महा mahā ind.
(irreg.- *mahant) -> gross ऋिष ṛṣi m. a hymn or Mantra composed by a ṣi; a ray of light; a saint
or sanctified sage in general.

जीवनं तपरणं TNं @ािद बुिTपबोधनम् । (१.३)
jīvanaṃ tarpaṇaṃ hṛdyaṃ hlādi buddhiprabodhanam / (1.3)
jīvana tarpaṇa hṛdya hlādin buddhi-prabodhana
जीवन jīvana adj. enlivening; giving life; vivifying तपरण tarpaṇa adj. satisfying TN hṛdya adj. being
in the heart; beloved; charming @ािदन् hlādin adj. comforting; gladdening; refreshing बुिT buddhi
f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Intellect; a kind of metre; an opinion पबोधन prabodhana adj. arousing;
awaking.

त~् अº³रसं मृºं शीतं लघव् अमृतोपमम् ॥ (१.४)
tanv avyaktarasaṃ mṛṣṭaṃ śītaṃ laghv amṛtopamam // (1.4)
tanu avyakta-rasa mṛṣṭa śīta laghu amṛta-upama
तनु tanu adj. accomplished (in metre); delicate; emaciated अº³ avyakta adj. imperceptible;
indistinct; invisible रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre मृº mṛṣṭa adj. agreeable; besmeared with (instr.); clean शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull लघु
laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief अमृत amṛta n. a particular poison; a pear; a ray of light
उपम upama adj. equal; like; resembling.

ग§ा~ु नभसो भºं Wृºं ~् अ¯कW

मा^तइः । (२.१)
gaṅgāmbu nabhaso bhraṣṭaṃ spṛṣṭaṃ tv arkendumārutaiḥ / (2.1)
gaṅgāmbu nabhas bhraṃś spṛś tu arka-indu-māruta
ग§ा~ु gaṅgāmbu n. pure rain-water (such as falls in the month Āśvina) नभस् nabhas n. age;
clouds; ether (as an element) भंश bhraṃś 4.Ā. to abandon (abl.); to be ruined or lost; to be
separated from or deprived of Wृश spṛś 6.Ā. to feel with the hand; to graze; to handle तु tu ind.
and; but; do अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony इW

indu m. a bright drop; a
drop; a spark मा^त māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of the Maruts; air.

िहतािहत~े तद भूयो `देशकालाव् अ`पेक`ते ॥ (२.२)
hitāhitatve tad bhūyo deśakālāv apekṣate // (2.2)
2
hita-ahita-tva tad bhūyas deśa-kāla apekṣ
िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial अिहत ahita adj. hostile; improper; noxious ~ tva n.
(Marker für abstrakte Nomina) तद tad pron. this भू यस् bhūyas adj. abounding in; abundantly
furnished with (instr. or comp.); becoming (n. the act of becoming) `देश deśa m. country;
institute; kingdom काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time अ`पेक् apekṣ
1.Ā. to expect; to have an eye to; to have regard to.

येनािभवृºम् अमलं शा7¤ं राज`ते िWतम् । (३.१)
yenābhivṛṣṭam amalaṃ śālyannaṃ rājate sthitam / (3.1)
yad-abhivṛṣ amala śāli-anna rājata sthā
यद yad pron. what; which अिभवृष् abhivṛṣ 1.Ā. to rain upon अमल amala adj. clean; pure; shining
शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was
transformed into a lion) अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice राजत rājata adj.
made of silver; silver; silvery Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand.

अि¥¤म् अिववण च तत् `पेयं गा§म् अ~था ॥ (३.२)
aklinnam avivarṇaṃ ca tat peyaṃ gāṅgam anyathā // (3.2)
aklinna avivarṇa ca tad pā gāṅga anyathā
अि¥¤ aklinna adj. अिववणर avivarṇa adj. unverfärbt च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck गा§ gāṅga n. rain-water of a peculiar kind (supposed to be
from the heavenly Ganges) अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

सामुदं तन् न पातºं मासाद आNयुजाद िवना । (४.१)
sāmudraṃ tan na pātavyaṃ māsād āśvayujād vinā / (4.1)
sāmudra tad na pā māsa āśvayuja vinā
सामुद sāmudra mn. name of a peculiar kind of rainwater (which falls in the month Āśvayuja or
Āśvina) तद tad pron. this न na ind. neither; no; nor पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck मास
māsa mn. a month or the 12th part of the Hindū year; the moon आNयुज āśvayuja m. the month
Āśvina िवना vinā ind. except; short or exclusive of; without.

अइ¶म् अ~ु सुपातWम् अिवप¤ं सदा िप`बेत् ॥ (४.२)
aindram ambu supātrastham avipannaṃ sadā pibet // (4.2)
aindra ambu supātra-stha avipanna sadā pā
अइ¶ aindra adj. (Bezeichnung für eine Art Wasser); belonging to or sacred to Indra; coming or
proceeding from Indra अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety
syllables); the number four सुपात supātra n. a beautiful cup or receptacle; a very fit or worthy
person (esp. to receive gifts) W stha adj. a place; abiding; being situated in अिवप¤ avipanna adj.
unafflicted; without having an accident सदा sadā ind. always; continually; ever पा pā 1.Ā. to
drink; to quaff; to suck.

तदभा`वे च भूिमºम् आ*िरकानुकािर यत् । (५.१)
tadabhāve ca bhūmiṣṭham āntarikṣānukāri yat / (5.1)
tad-abhāva ca bhūmiṣṭha āntarikṣa-anukārin yad
तद tad pron. this अभाव abhāva m. absence; negation (the seventh category in Kaṇāda's system);
non-entity च ca ind. also; and; as well as भूिमº bhūmiṣṭha adj. being or lying in; living or
remaining in one's own country; standing or remaining on the earth or on the ground आ*िरक
āntarikṣa adj. atmospherical; belonging to the intermediate space between heaven and earth;
3
proceeding from or produced in the atmosphere अनुकािरन् anukārin adj. acting; imitating;
mimicking यद yad pron. what; which.

"ुिचपृथविसतNे `ते `देशे ऽकर पवनाहतम् ॥ (५.२)
śucipṛthvasitaśvete deśe 'rkapavanāhatam // (5.2)
śuci-pṛthu-asita-śveta deśa arka-pavana-āhan
"ुिच śuci adj. bright; brilliantly white; clean पृथु pṛthu adj. abundant; broad; clever अिसत asita adj.
black; dark-coloured Nेत śveta adj. bright; dressed in white; white `देश deśa m. country; institute;
kingdom अकर arka m. a learned man; a ray; a religious ceremony पवन pavana m. a householder's
sacred fire; a species of grass; air आहन् āhan 2.Ā. to assault; to attack; to beat.

न िप`बे त् प_शइवालतृणपणार िवलाºृतम् । (६.१)
na pibet paṅkaśaivālatṛṇaparṇāvilāstṛtam / (6.1)
na pā paṅka-śaivāla-tṛṇa-parṇa-āvila-āstṛ
न na ind. neither; no; nor पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck प_ paṅka mn. clay; dirt; mire
शइवाल śaivāla n. the Śaivala plant तृण tṛṇa n. any gramineous plant; blade of grass; grass पणर parṇa
mn. a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree); a pinion; feather आिवल āvila adj. confused; foul;
mixed with आºृ āstṛ 5.P. to bestrew; to cover; to scatter over.

सू¯यW

पवना[ºम् अिभवृºं घनं गु^ ॥ (६.२)
sūryendupavanādṛṣṭam abhivṛṣṭaṃ ghanaṃ guru // (6.2)
sūrya-indu-pavana-adṛṣṭa abhivṛṣ ghana guru
सूयर sūrya m. arka; a symbolical expression for the number "twelve" (in allusion to the sun in the
12 signs of the zodiac); epithet of Śiva इW

indu m. a bright drop; a drop; a spark पवन pavana m. a
householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air अ[º adṛṣṭa adj. invisible; not experienced;
unforeseen अिभवृष् abhivṛṣ 1.Ā. to rain upon घन ghana adj. complete; dark; deep गु^ guru adj.
difficult; hard; heavy.

फेिनलं ज*ुमत् तPं द*गाQ

अितशइ*तः । (७.१)
phenilaṃ jantumat taptaṃ dantagrāhy atiśaityataḥ / (7.1)
phenila jantumant tap dantagrāhin atiśaitya
फेिनल phenila adj. foamy; frothy; spumous ज*ुम*् jantumant adj. containing worms or insects तप्
tap 4.Ā. to be hot; to destroy by heat; to give out heat द*गािहन् dantagrāhin adj. an den Zähnen
ziehend अितशइ* atiśaitya n. excessive coldness.

अनातरवं च यद िदºम् आतरवं पथमं च यत् ॥ (७.२)
anārtavaṃ ca yad divyam ārtavaṃ prathamaṃ ca yat // (7.2)
anārtava ca yad divya ārtava prathama ca yad
अनातरव anārtava adj. unseasonable च ca ind. also; and; as well as यद yad pron. what; which िदº
divya adj. agreeable; beautiful; celestial आतरव ārtava adj. belonging or conforming to the seasons
or periods of time; menstrual; relating to or produced by this discharge पथम prathama adj. chief;
earliest; first च ca ind. also; and; as well as यद yad pron. what; which.

लूतािदत*ुिवणमूतिवषसंHेष{िषतम् । (८.१)
lūtāditantuviṇmūtraviṣasaṃśleṣadūṣitam / (8.1)
lūtā-ādi-tantu-viṣ-mūtra-viṣa-saṃśleṣa-dūṣay
4
लूता lūtā f. a kind of cutaneous disease (said to be produced by the moisture from a spider); a
spider; an ant आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning त*ु tantu m. a cobweb; a line of
descendants; a succession of sacrificial performances िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces मूत mūtra n.
the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the
sound m; a particular vegetable poison संHेष saṃśleṣa m. a bond; a joint; close contact with (instr.
or comp) {षय् dūṣay 10.Ā. (astrol.) to cause evil or misfortune; to accuse; to adulterate.

पिVमोदिधगाः शीघवहा याश चामलोदकाः ॥ (८.२)
paścimodadhigāḥ śīghravahā yāś cāmalodakāḥ // (8.2)
paścima-udadhi-ga śīghra-vaha yad ca-amala-udaka
पिVम paścima adj. western उदिध udadhi m. cloud; river; sea ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or
keeping the fifth place; being शीघ śīghra adj. quick; speedy; swift वह vaha adj. bearing; bearing (a
name); bearing along (said of rivers) यद yad pron. what; which च ca ind. also; and; as well as
अमल amala adj. clean; pure; shining उदक udaka n. a particular metre; ablution (as a ceremony);
the ceremony of offering water to a dead person.

पMाः समासात् ता नNो िवपरीतास् ~् अतो ऽ~था । (९.१)
pathyāḥ samāsāt tā nadyo viparītās tv ato 'nyathā / (9.1)
pathya samāsāt tad nadī viparīta tu atas anyathā
पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal समासात् samāsāt ind. concisely;
succinctly तद tad pron. this नदी nadī f. a river (commonly personified as a female); flowing water;
name of 2 kinds of metre िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the
reverse of anything तु tu ind. and; but; do अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or
that cause or reason अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

उपलाWालनाकेपिव½ेदइः खेिदतोदकाः ॥ (९.२)
upalāsphālanākṣepavicchedaiḥ kheditodakāḥ // (9.2)
upala-āsphālana-ākṣepa-viccheda kheday-udaka
उपल upala mn. a precious stone; a rock; chalk (? in manchen Texten Hindī safed patthar)
आWालन āsphālana n. arrogance; clashing; colliding आकेप ākṣepa m. abuse; applying; challenge
िव½ेद viccheda m. breaking; caesura; cessation खेदय् kheday 10.P. to afflict; to grind; to torment
उदक udaka n. a particular metre; ablution (as a ceremony); the ceremony of offering water to a
dead person.

िहमवªलयोT

ताः पMास् ता एव च िWराः । (१०.१)
himavanmalayodbhūtāḥ pathyās tā eva ca sthirāḥ / (10.1)
himavant-malaya-udbhū pathya tad eva ca sthira
िहमव*् himavant m. a snowy mountain; Kailāsa; the Himālaya मलय malaya m. a celestial grove; a
garden; name of a mountain range on the west of Malabar उT

udbhū 1.P. to arise; to be equal; to
come forth पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal तद tad pron. this एव
eva ind. alone; already; even च ca ind. also; and; as well as िWर sthira adj. ascertained; calm;
certain.

TिमHीपदTW"िशरोरोगान् पकवर`ते ॥ (१०.२)
kṛmiślīpadahṛtkaṇṭhaśirorogān prakurvate // (10.2)
kṛmi-ślīpada-hṛd-kaṇṭha-śiras-roga prakṛ
5
Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac Hीपद ślīpada n. elephantiasis; morbid enlargement of the leg;
swelled leg Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand; immediate proximity;
name of a Maharshi िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) रोग roga mn. a diseased spot;
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease पT prakṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to achieve; to appoint.

पा¬ाव7परा*ोMा §नारमािन म`हे¶ैआः । (११.१)
prācyāvantyaparāntotthā durnāmāni mahendrajāḥ / (11.1)
prācya-āvantya-aparānta-uttha durnāman mahendra-ja
पा¬ prācya m. (pl.) the inhabitants of the east; name of a man; the ancients आव7 āvantya m. a
king or inhabitant of Avanti; belonging to Avanti अपरा* aparānta m. death; the country or the
inhabitants of the western border उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.) standing up; arising; coming
forth §नारमन् durnāman fn. a cockle; a kind of fish; hemorrhoids म`हे¶ mahendra m. a particular
high number; a particular star; name of a mountain ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon;
growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

उदरHीपदात_ान् सQिवनWोTवाः पुनः ॥ (११.२)
udaraślīpadātaṅkān sahyavindhyodbhavāḥ punaḥ // (11.2)
udara-ślīpada-ātaṅka sahya-vindhya-udbhava punar
उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) Hीपद ślīpada n.
elephantiasis; morbid enlargement of the leg; swelled leg आत_ ātaṅka m. apprehension; disease
or sickness of body; disquietude सQ sahya m. name of a mountainous district (in which the
Godāvarī rises in the NW of the Deccan); name of a son of Vivasvat; name of one of the 7
principal ranges of mountains in India िवनW vindhya m. a hunter; name of a low range of hills
connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts; name of a prince उTव
udbhava adj. produced or coming from पुनर punar ind. again and again; back; besides.

कºपा"िशरोरोगान् दोषघ~ः पािरयातै आः । (१२.१)
kuṣṭhapāṇḍuśirorogān doṣaghnyaḥ pāriyātrajāḥ / (12.1)
kuṣṭha-pāṇḍu-śiras-roga doṣa-ghna pāriyātra-ja
कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus; disease दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection V ghna adj. destroying;
killer; killing पािरयात pāriyātra m. name of a man (son of Ahīnagu); name of a serpent which was
burnt in Janamejayas sarpasattra; name of the western Vindhya range ज ja adj. born or produced
in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

बलपौ^षकािर"ः सागरा~स् ितदोषTत् ॥ (१२.२)
balapauruṣakāriṇyaḥ sāgarāmbhas tridoṣakṛt // (12.2)
bala-pauruṣa-kārin sāgara-ambhas tridoṣa-kṛt
बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in पौ^ष pauruṣa n. a generation; a man's length; a
sun-dial कािरन् kārin adj. acting; an actor; doing सागर sāgara m. a particular high number ( 10
Padmas); a sort of deer; a symbolical expression for the number four अ~स् ambhas n. collective
name for gods, men, Manes, and Asuras; fruit fulness; power ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa Tत् kṛt
adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

िवNात् क¸पतडागादीन् जा§लानूपशइलतः । (१३.१)
vidyāt kūpataḍāgādīn jāṅgalānūpaśailataḥ / (13.1)
6
vid kūpa-taḍāga-ādi jāṅgala-anūpa-śaila
िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn क¸प kūpa mn. cave; hole; hollow तडाग taḍāga mn.
a pool; a tank; a trap आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming
from wild deer; covered with jungle अनूप anūpa adj. situated near the water; watery शइल śaila mn.
a dike; hill; mountain.

ना~ु `पेयम् अशñा वा ¹7म् अ7ािVगुि7िभः ॥ (१३.२)
nāmbu peyam aśaktyā vā svalpam alpāgnigulmibhiḥ // (13.2)
na-ambu pā aśakti vā alpa-agni-gulmin
न na ind. neither; no; nor अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of
ninety syllables); the number four पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck अशि³ aśakti f. impotence;
inability; incapability वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally अ7
alpa adj. little; minute; small अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty गुि7न् gulmin adj.
bushy; composed of different divisions (as force etc.); growing in a clump or cluster.

पा"¸दराितसाराश¹गहणीशोषशोिथिभः । (१४.१)
pāṇḍūdarātisārārśograhaṇīśoṣaśothibhiḥ / (14.1)
pāṇḍu-udara-atisāra-arśas-grahaṇī-śoṣa-śothin
पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen;
any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) अितसार atisāra m. dysentery; name of a son of
Nitantu; purging अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid
गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the
small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from
which vital warmth is said to be diffused) शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary
consumption शोिथन् śothin adj. von śotha befallen.

ऋ`ते शरि¤दाघा~ां िप`बे त् ¹Wो ऽिप चा7शः ॥ (१४.२)
ṛte śarannidāghābhyāṃ pibet svastho 'pi cālpaśaḥ // (14.2)
ṛte śarad-nidāgha pā svastha api ca-alpaśas
ऋ`ते ṛte ind. besides; excepting; under pain of शरद śarad f. a year; autumn (as the time of
ripening); the autumnal season (the sultry season of two months succeeding the rains) िनदाघ
nidāgha m. heat; internal heat; name of a man (of his descendants) पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff;
to suck ¹W svastha adj. at ease; being in one's natural state; confident अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ7शस् alpaśas ind. a little; in a low degree; now
and then (opposed to prāya-śas).

समWूलTशा भु³मWा*पथमा~ुपाः । (१५.१)
samasthūlakṛśā bhuktamadhyāntaprathamāmbupāḥ / (15.1)
sama-sthūla-kṛśa bhukta-madhya-anta-prathama-ambupa
सम sama pron. common; constant; easy Wूल sthūla adj. big; coarse; dense Tश kṛśa adj. emaciated;
feeble; insignificant भु³ bhukta n. food; the act of eating; the place where any person has eaten
मW madhya n. abdomen; centre; cessation अ* anta m. a final syllable; a shore; border पथम
prathama adj. chief; earliest; first अ~ुप ambupa adj. Wasser trinkend.

शीतं मदा*यगलािनमूछारछÍ`दशमभमान् ॥ (१५.२)
śītaṃ madātyayaglānimūrchāchardiśramabhramān // (15.2)
7
śīta madātyaya-glāni-mūrchā-chardi-śrama-bhrama
शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull मदा*य madātyaya m. disorder resulting from intoxication (as head-
ache etc.) गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind मूछार mūrchā f. (alchemy) one of
the Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath);
sickness; vomiting शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise भम bhrama m. a
circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone.

तृºोºदाहिप7ासिवषा"् अ~ु िनय½ित । (१६.१)
tṛṣṇoṣṇadāhapittāsraviṣāṇy ambu niyacchati / (16.1)
tṛṣṇā-uṣṇa-dāha-pittāsra-viṣa ambu niyam
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active;
hot दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) िप7ास pittāsra n. िवष viṣa n.
Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison अ~ु ambu
n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four िनयम्
niyam 1.Ā. to annihilate; to be wanting; to bestow.

दीपनं पाचनं कणठयं लघूºं विºशोधनम् ॥ (१६.२)
dīpanaṃ pācanaṃ kaṇṭhyaṃ laghūṣṇaṃ vastiśodhanam // (16.2)
dīpana pācana kaṇṭhya laghu-uṣṇa vasti-śodhana
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil;
digestive; softening कणठय kaṇṭhya adj. being at or in the throat; belonging to the throat; guttural
(as sounds) लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot विº
vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder शोधन
śodhana adj. cleaning; cleansing; purgative.

िहWाWानािनलHेPसNः"ुिTन`वैव`रे । (१७.१)
hidhmādhmānānilaśleṣmasadyaḥśuddhinavajvare / (17.1)
hidhmā-ādhmāna-anila-śleṣman-sadyas-śuddhi-navajvara
िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] आWान ādhmāna n. a
bellows; blowing; boasting अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the
wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum सNस् sadyas ind.
daily; every day; in the very moment "ुिT śuddhi f. accuracy; accurate knowledge regarding;
acquittal न`वैवर navajvara m. [medic.] a kind of fever.

कासामपीनसNासपाNर^कु च शº`ते ॥ (१७.२)
kāsāmapīnasaśvāsapārśvarukṣu ca śasyate // (17.2)
kāsa-āma-pīnasa-śvāsa-pārśva-ruj ca śaṃs
कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie;
passing hard and unhealthy excretions पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose) Nास
śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) पाNर pārśva mn. a
curved knife; a side of any square figure; flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) ^ज् ruj
mf. Costus Speciosus; crushing; disease च ca ind. also; and; as well as शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to
calumniate; to commend.

अनिभºिW लघु च तोयं कविथतशीतलम् । (१८.१)
anabhiṣyandi laghu ca toyaṃ kvathitaśītalam / (18.1)
8
anabhiṣyandin laghu ca toya kvath-śītala
अनिभºिWन् anabhiṣyandin adj. nicht abhiṣyandin लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief च
ca ind. also; and; as well as तोय toya n. water; !! कवथ् kvath 1.Ā. to be hot (as the heart); to boil; to
digest शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion.

िप7यु³े िहतं दो`षे ºुिषतं तत् ितदोषTत् ॥ (१८.२)
pittayukte hitaṃ doṣe vyuṣitaṃ tat tridoṣakṛt // (18.2)
pitta-yuj hita doṣa vyuṣita tad tridoṣa-kṛt
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction with
(instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to िहत hita adj.
agreeable; arranged; beneficial दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection ºुिषत vyuṣita adj.
abgestanden; absent from home; inhabited by (comp.) तद tad pron. this ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the
tridoṣa Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

नािरकेलोदकं िN^ं ¹ा§ वृºं िहमं लघु । (१९.१)
nārikelodakaṃ snigdhaṃ svādu vṛṣyaṃ himaṃ laghu / (19.1)
nārikela-udaka snigdha svādu vṛṣya hima laghu
नािरकेल nārikela mn. the cocoa-nut उदक udaka n. a particular metre; ablution (as a ceremony);
the ceremony of offering water to a dead person िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate;
agreeable ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour;
stimulating िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

तृºािप7ािनलहरं दीपनं विºशोधनम् ॥ (१९.२)
tṛṣṇāpittānilaharaṃ dīpanaṃ vastiśodhanam // (19.2)
tṛṣṇā-pitta-anila-hara dīpana vasti-śodhana
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire िप7 pitta n. bile; the
bilious humour अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of
a Rṣi and other persons हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing दीपन dīpana adj. digestive;
inflaming; kindling विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection
itself; the bladder शोधन śodhana adj. cleaning; cleansing; purgative.

वषारसु िदºना`देये परं तोये वराव`रे । (२०.१)
varṣāsu divyanādeye paraṃ toye varāvare / (20.1)
varṣā divya-nādeya para toya vara-avara
वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.) the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon िदº divya adj.
agreeable; beautiful; celestial ना`देय nādeya adj. aquatic; belonging to a river; coming from a river
पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than तोय toya n. water; !! वर vara adj. best; better;
better than अवर avara adj. below; hinder; last.

¹ा§पाकरसं िN^म् ओजºं धातुवधरनम् ॥ (२०.२)
svādupākarasaṃ snigdham ojasyaṃ dhātuvardhanam // (20.2)
svādu-pāka-rasa snigdha ojasya dhātu-vardhana
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable ओजº ojasya adj. powerful; vigorous
9
धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element
वधरन vardhana adj. (mostly ifc.) animating; (often ifc.) causing to increase; exhilarating.

वातिप7हरं वृºं HेPलं गु^ शीतलम् । (२१.१)
vātapittaharaṃ vṛṣyaṃ śleṣmalaṃ guru śītalam / (21.1)
vāta-pitta-hara vṛṣya śleṣmala guru śītala
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour हर hara adj. bearing;
destroying; ravishing वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating HेPल śleṣmala adj.
phlegmatic गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from
passion.

पायः पयो ऽत गºं तु जीवनीयं रसायनम् ॥ (२१.२)
prāyaḥ payo 'tra gavyaṃ tu jīvanīyaṃ rasāyanam // (21.2)
prāyas payas atra gavya tu jīvanīya rasāyana
पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital
spirit; a species of Andropogon अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place गº
gavya adj. coming from or belonging to a cow (as milk); consisting of cattle or cows; proper or fit
for cattle तु tu ind. and; but; do जीवनीय jīvanīya adj. prepared from Jīvanīya milk; vivifying (a
class of drugs) रसायन rasāyana n. rasāyanakhaṇḍa- the fourth part of the Rasaratnākara; a
medicine supposed to prevent old age and prolong life; an elixir.

कतकीणिहतं मेWं ब7ं º~करं सरम् । (२२.१)
kṣatakṣīṇahitaṃ medhyaṃ balyaṃ stanyakaraṃ saram / (22.1)
kṣan-kṣi-hita medhya balya stanya-kara sara
कन् kṣan 8.P. to break (a bow); to hurt; to injure िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to
decrease िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial मेW medhya adj. medhām arhati; clean; fit
for a sacrifice or oblation ब7 balya adj. giving strength; powerful; strengthening º~ stanya mn.
milk; dugdhapāṣāṇa कर kara adj. causing; helping; making सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

शमभममदालWीNासकासािततृटकुधः ॥ (२२.२)
śramabhramamadālakṣmīśvāsakāsātitṛṭkṣudhaḥ // (22.2)

.

िहतम् अ*ग~िनदे~ो गरीयो मािहषं िहमम् ॥ (२३.२)
hitam atyagnyanidrebhyo garīyo māhiṣaṃ himam // (23.2)
hita atyagni-anidrā garīyas māhiṣa hima
िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial अ*िV atyagni m. morbidly rapid digestion; too rapid
digestion अिनदा anidrā f. sleeplessness; [rel.] name of Devī गरीयस् garīyas adj. dearer; dearer than
(abl.); dearer than (abl.) मािहष māhiṣa adj. coming from or belonging to a buffalo or buffalo-cow
िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta.

अ7ा~ुपानºायामकटित³ाशनइर लघु । (२४.१)
alpāmbupānavyāyāmakaṭutiktāśanair laghu / (24.1)
alpa-ambu-pāna-vyāyāma-kaṭu-tikta-aśana laghu
10
अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre
(consisting of ninety syllables); the number four पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6
modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent अशन aśana n. eating; food लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief.

आजं शो`षैवरNासर³िप7ाितसा`रै इत् ॥ (२४.२)
ājaṃ śoṣajvaraśvāsaraktapittātisārajit // (24.2)
āja śoṣa-jvara-śvāsa-raktapitta-atisāra-jit
आज āja adj. coming from or belonging to goats; produced by goats शोष śoṣa m. desiccation;
dryness; pulmonary consumption 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the
different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul Nास
śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) र³िप7 raktapitta n.
a particular disturbance of the blood caused by bile; plethora; spontaneous hemorrhage from the
mouth or nose अितसार atisāra m. dysentery; name of a son of Nitantu; purging िजत् jit adj.
acquiring; ifc. winning.

ईषद ºकोºलवणम् औºरकं दीपनं लघु । (२५.१)
īṣad rūkṣoṣṇalavaṇam auṣṭrakaṃ dīpanaṃ laghu / (25.1)
īṣat rūkṣa-uṣṇa-lavaṇa auṣṭraka dīpana laghu
ईषत् īṣat ind. a little; little; slightly ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech)
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful औºरक auṣṭraka adj.
coming from a camel दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief.

शºं वातकफानाहTिमशोफोदराशर साम् ॥ (२५.२)
śastaṃ vātakaphānāhakṛmiśophodarārśasām // (25.2)
śaṃs vāta-kapha-ānāha-kṛmi-śopha-udara-arśas
शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout कफ kapha
m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general आनाह ānāha m.
constipation; epistasis; length Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid
swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid
abdominal affection (as of the liver) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a
disease of the eyelid.

मानुषं वातिप7ाVगिभघातािकरो`गै इत् । (२६.१)
mānuṣaṃ vātapittāsṛgabhighātākṣirogajit / (26.1)
mānuṣa vāta-pitta-asṛj-abhighāta-akṣi-roga-jit
मानुष mānuṣa adj. belonging to mankind; favourable or propitious to men; human वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अVज् asṛj n. blood; saffron अिभघात abhighāta
m. abrupt or vehement articulation (of Vedic text); attack; damage अिक akṣi n. the eye रोग roga
mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

तपरणाश¬ोतनइर नºइर अTNं तूºम् आिवकम् ॥ (२६.२)
tarpaṇāścyotanair nasyair ahṛdyaṃ tūṣṇam āvikam // (26.2)
tarpaṇa-āścyotana nasya ahṛdya tu-uṣṇa āvika
11
तपरण tarpaṇa n. a libation; filling the eyes; food आश¬ोतन āścyotana n. applying (ghee etc.) to the
eyelids; aspersion; sprinkling नº nasya n. a sternutatory; errhine; the hairs in the nose अTN
ahṛdya adj. not being to one's taste (as food); not pleasing तु tu ind. and; but; do उº uṣṇa adj.
acrid; active; hot आिवक āvika adj. relating to or coming from sheep; woollen.

वातºािधहरं िहWाNासिप7कफपदम् । (२७.१)
vātavyādhiharaṃ hidhmāśvāsapittakaphapradam / (27.1)
vāta-vyādhi-hara hidhmā-śvāsa-pitta-kapha-prada
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or
thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing िहWा hidhmā mf. a
kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath;
asthma (of which there are five kinds) िपत् त pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general पद prada adj. bestowing;
causing; effecting.

हिº~ाः WइयरTद बाढम् उºं ~् अइकशफं लघु ॥ (२७.२)
hastinyāḥ sthairyakṛd bāḍham uṣṇaṃ tv aikaśaphaṃ laghu // (27.2)
hastinī sthairya-kṛt bāḍha uṣṇa tu aikaśapha laghu
हिºनी hastinī f. a female elephant; a kind of drug and perfume; a woman of a particular class
(one of the 4 classes into which women are divided) Wइयर sthairya n. calmness; constancy;
constant delight in Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author बाढ bāḍha adj. excessive; strong
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तु tu ind. and; but; do अइकशफ aikaśapha adj. coming from or
relating to an animal with uncloven hoofs लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

शाखावातहरं सामललवणं जडताकरम् । (२८.१)
śākhāvātaharaṃ sāmlalavaṇaṃ jaḍatākaram / (28.1)
śākhā-vāta-hara sāmla-lavaṇa jaḍatā-kara
शाखा śākhā f. antika; pakṣāntara; a branch (lit. and fig.) वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout हर hara
adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing सामल sāmla adj. ein wenig amla लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful;
briny; graceful जडता jaḍatā f. jaḍabhāva; apathy; despair कर kara adj. causing; helping; making.

पयो ऽिभºिW गुव्र आमं युñा "ृतम् अतो ऽ~था ॥ (२८.२)
payo 'bhiṣyandi gurv āmaṃ yuktyā śṛtam ato 'nyathā // (28.2)
payas abhiṣyandin guru āma yukti śrī atas anyathā
पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital spirit; a species of Andropogon अिभºिWन् abhiṣyandin adj.
causing defluxions or serious effusions; laxative; oozing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy आम
āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces the
prepared milk) युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness शी śrī 9.P. to cook;
to mix अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason अ~था anyathā
ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

भ`वेद गरीयो ऽित"ृ तं धारोºम् अमृतोपमम् । (२९.१)
bhaved garīyo 'tiśṛtaṃ dhāroṣṇam amṛtopamam / (29.1)
bhū garīyas atiśṛta dhāroṣṇa amṛta-upama
भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being गरीयस् garīyas adj. dearer; dearer than (abl.);
dearer than (abl.) अित"ृत atiśṛta adj. zu lange gekocht धारोº dhāroṣṇa adj. warm from the cow
12
(milk) अमृत amṛta n. a particular poison; a pear; a ray of light उपम upama adj. equal; like;
resembling.

अमलपाकरसं गािह गुººं दिध वा`तै इत् ॥ (२९.२)
amlapākarasaṃ grāhi gurūṣṇaṃ dadhi vātajit // (29.2)
amla-pāka-rasa grāhin guru-uṣṇa dadhi vāta-jit
अमल amla adj. acid; sour पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre गािहन् grāhin
adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour milk (regarded
as a remedy) वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

मेदः"ुकबलHेPिप7र³ािVशोफTत् । (३०.१)
medaḥśukrabalaśleṣmapittaraktāgniśophakṛt / (30.1)
medas-śukra-bala-śleṣman-pittarakta-agni-śopha-kṛt
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness "ुक śukra n. a kind of
prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army;
expertness in HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िप7र³ pittarakta n. plethora अिV agni m.
bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema
(Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

रोिचºु शºम् अ^चौ शीतके िवषमैव`रे ॥ (३०.२)
rociṣṇu śastam arucau śītake viṣamajvare // (30.2)
rociṣṇu śaṃs aruci śītaka viṣamajvara
रोिचºु rociṣṇu adj. bright; brilliant; gay शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend
अ^िच aruci f. aversion; disgust; dislike शीतक śītaka adj. cool; healthy; lazy िवषमैवर viṣamajvara m.
irregular fever.

पीनसे मूतT½े च ºकं तु गहणीग`दे । (३१.१)
pīnase mūtrakṛcchre ca rūkṣaṃ tu grahaṇīgade / (31.1)
pīnasa mūtrakṛcchra ca rūkṣa tu grahaṇī-gada
पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose) मूतT½ mūtrakṛcchra mn. a class of urinary
affections (of which 8 kinds are enumerated); painful discharge of urine च ca ind. also; and; as
well as ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) तु tu ind. and; but; do गहणी
grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the small
intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from which
vital warmth is said to be diffused) गद gada m. a sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

नइवाNान् िनिश नइवोºं वस*ोºशरñु न ॥ (३१.२)
naivādyān niśi naivoṣṇaṃ vasantoṣṇaśaratsu na // (31.2)
na-eva-ad niś na-eva-uṣṇa vasanta-uṣṇa-śarad na
न na ind. neither; no; nor एव eva ind. alone; already; even अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to
eat िनश niś f. night न na ind. neither; no; nor एव eva ind. alone; already; even उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4 times); diarrhoea; name of a man उº uṣṇa mn.
any hot object; heat; name of a son of Dyutimat शरद śarad f. a year; autumn (as the time of
13
ripening); the autumnal season (the sultry season of two months succeeding the rains) न na ind.
neither; no; nor.

नामु7सूपं नाकौदं तन् नाघृतिसतोपलम् । (३२.१)
nāmudgasūpaṃ nākṣaudraṃ tan nāghṛtasitopalam / (32.1)
na-akṣaudra tad na-aghṛta-sitopalā
न na ind. neither; no; nor अकौद akṣaudra adj. without honey तद tad pron. this न na ind. neither;
no; nor अघृत aghṛta adj. without Ghee िसतोपला sitopalā f. sugar; white or refined sugar.

न चानामलकं नािप िन*ं नो मWम् अ~था ॥ (३२.२)
na cānāmalakaṃ nāpi nityaṃ no mandam anyathā // (32.2)
na na-api nityam no manda anyathā
न na ind. neither; no; nor न na ind. neither; no; nor अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides िन*म्
nityam ind. always नो no ind. na + u मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad
अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

7राVिकप7वीसपरक ºपा"भमपदम् । (३३.१)
jvarāsṛkpittavīsarpakuṣṭhapāṇḍubhramapradam / (33.1)
jvara-asṛkpitta-vīsarpa-kuṣṭha-pāṇḍu-bhrama-prada
7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body
supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul अVिकप7 asṛkpitta n. [medic.] raktapitta वीसपर
vīsarpa m. vi-sū कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub;
jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone पद prada
adj. bestowing; causing; effecting.

तकं लघु कषायामलं दीपनं कफवा`तै इत् ॥ (३३.२)
takraṃ laghu kaṣāyāmlaṃ dīpanaṃ kaphavātajit // (33.2)
takra laghu kaṣāya-amla dīpana kapha-vāta-jit
तक takra n. buttermilk mixed with water; buttermilk with a fourth part of water लघु laghu adj.
active; beautiful; causing relief कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant अमल amla adj. acid;
sour दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj. acquiring;
ifc. winning.

शोफोदराश¹गहणीदोषमूतगहा^चीः । (३४.१)
śophodarārśograhaṇīdoṣamūtragrahārucīḥ / (34.1)
śopha-udara-arśas-grahaṇī-doṣa-mūtragraha-aruci
शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) उदर udara n. a
cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids;
piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie
between the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal
where the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) दोष doṣa mn. a
calf; accusation; affection मूतगह mūtragraha m. [medic.] mūtrakṛcchra अ^िच aruci f. aversion;
disgust; dislike.

14
Nीहगु7घृतºाप7रपाणडवामयाञ् जयेत् ॥ (३४.२)
plīhagulmaghṛtavyāpadgarapāṇḍvāmayāñ jayet // (34.2)
plīhan-gulma-ghṛta-vyāpad-gara-pāṇḍu-āmaya ji
Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric
glands etc.); the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow)
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the abdomen
(as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of
fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven) ºापद vyāpad f.
calamity; death; derangement गर gara m. a factitious poison; a noxious or poisonous beverage;
any drink पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja आमय āmaya m. disease;
indigestion; sickness िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise.

त§न् मºु सरं सोतःशोिध िवº~ैइल् लघु । (३५.१)
tadvan mastu saraṃ srotaḥśodhi viṣṭambhajil laghu / (35.1)
tadvat mastu sara srotas-śodhin viṣṭambha-jit laghu
त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus मºु mastu n. sour cream; the watery
part of curds; whey सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the
human or animal body (reckoned to be 9 in men and 11 in women); an organ of sense शोिधन्
śodhin adj. cleansing; purifying; requiting िवº~ viṣṭambha m. a partic. disease of the fetus;
checking; constipation िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing
relief.

नवनीतं नवं वृºं शीतं वणरबलािVTत् ॥ (३५.२)
navanītaṃ navaṃ vṛṣyaṃ śītaṃ varṇabalāgnikṛt // (35.2)
navanīta nava vṛṣya śīta varṇa-bala-agni-kṛt
नवनीत navanīta n. fresh butter नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of
sexual vigour; stimulating शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover; a
covering बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive
faculty Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

संगािह वातिप7ाVककयाश¹ऽÍ`दतकासैइत् । (३६.१)
saṃgrāhi vātapittāsṛkkṣayārśo'rditakāsajit / (36.1)
saṃgrāhin vātapitta-asṛj-kṣaya-arśas-ardita-kāsa-jit
संगािहन् saṃgrāhin adj. accumulating; astringent; collecting वातिप7 vātapitta n. a form of
rheumatism अVज् asṛj n. blood; saffron कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction अशरस् arśas
mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid अÍ`दत ardita n. Gesichtslähmung;
[medic.] name of a disease (spasm of the jaw-bones) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem
nāvana behandeln िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

कीरोTवं तु संगािह र³िप7ािकरो`गैइत् ॥ (३६.२)
kṣīrodbhavaṃ tu saṃgrāhi raktapittākṣirogajit // (36.2)
kṣīra-udbhava tu saṃgrāhin raktapitta-akṣi-roga-jit
कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk उTव udbhava adj. produced or
coming from तु tu ind. and; but; do संगािहन् saṃgrāhin adj. accumulating; astringent; collecting
र³िप7 raktapitta n. a particular disturbance of the blood caused by bile; plethora; spontaneous
15
hemorrhage from the mouth or nose अिक akṣi n. the eye रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus; disease िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

शºं धीWृितमेधािVबलायुः"ुकचकुषाम् । (३७.१)
śastaṃ dhīsmṛtimedhāgnibalāyuḥśukracakṣuṣām / (37.1)
śaṃs dhī-smṛti-medhā-agni-bala-āyus-śukra-cakṣus
शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend धी dhī f. art; design; devotion Wृित smṛti f.
a kind of metre; calling to mind; desire मेधा medhā f. dhana; a form of Dākṣāyaṇī in Kaśmīra; a
form of Sarasvatī अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty बल bala mn. Balarāma; an
army; expertness in आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy "ुक śukra n. a kind of
prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of
seeing.

बालवृTपै आकाि*सौकमायर¹राÍथनाम् ॥ (३७.२)
bālavṛddhaprajākāntisaukumāryasvarārthinām // (37.2)
bāla-vṛddha-prajā-kānti-saukumārya-svara-arthin
बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased
(by Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged पैआ prajā f. a creature; aftergrowth (of plants); an era
काि* kānti f. a lovely colour; a lovely or desirable woman personified as wife of the moon; beauty
सौकमायर saukumārya n. delicate; tenderness ¹र svara m. a note of the musical scale (of which seven
[rarely six or eight] are enumerated); a symbolical expression for the number "seven"; a vowel
अÍथन् arthin adj. active; industrious; libidinous.

कतकीणपरीसपरशWािVगलिपताMनाम् । (३८.१)
kṣatakṣīṇaparīsarpaśastrāgniglapitātmanām / (38.1)
kṣan-kṣi-parīsarpa-śastra-agni-glapay-ātman
कन् kṣan 8.P. to break (a bow); to hurt; to injure िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to
decrease परीसपर parīsarpa m. a kind of leprosy; a species of worm causing leprosy शW śastra n. a
razor; an instrument for cutting or wounding; any instrument or tool अिV agni m. bile; Citrus
Acida; digestive faculty गलपय् glapay 10.P. to excel; to overcome; to subdue आMन् ātman m. a son;
abstract individual; Brahma.

वातिप7िवषोªादशोषालWी7रापहम् ॥ (३८.२)
vātapittaviṣonmādaśoṣālakṣmījvarāpaham // (38.2)
vātapitta-viṣa-unmāda-śoṣa-alakṣmī-jvara-apaha
वातिप7 vātapitta n. a form of rheumatism िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the
sound m; a particular vegetable poison उªाद unmāda m. insanity; intoxication; madness शोष śoṣa
m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption अलWी alakṣmī f. bad luck; distress; evil fortune
7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body
supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back;
removing.

Nेहानाम् उ7मं शीतं वयसः Wापनं परम् । (३९.१)
snehānām uttamaṃ śītaṃ vayasaḥ sthāpanaṃ param / (39.1)
sneha uttama śīta vayas sthāpana para
16
Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance उ7म uttama adj. best;
chief; excellent शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull वयस् vayas n. age; any period of life; degree Wापन
sthāpana adj. causing to stand; determining; fixing पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse
than.

सहसवीय िविधिभर घृतं कमरसहसTत् ॥ (३९.२)
sahasravīryaṃ vidhibhir ghṛtaṃ karmasahasrakṛt // (39.2)
sahasra-vīrya vidhi ghṛta karman-sahasra-kṛt
सहस sahasra mn. a thousandth; the thousandth वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of
medicine) िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician घृत ghṛta n. cream;
fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven)
कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of
the Nyāya philosophy) सहस sahasra mn. a thousandth; the thousandth Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author.

मदापWारमूछारयिशरःकणारिकयोिनजान् । (४०.१)
madāpasmāramūrchāyaśiraḥkarṇākṣiyonijān / (40.1)
mada-apasmāra-mūrchāya-śiras-karṇa-akṣi-yoni-ja
मद mada m. a river; any beautiful object; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink अपWार apasmāra
m. epilepsy; falling sickness मूछारय mūrchāya m. a swoon; faintness िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first
(of a class) कणर karṇa m. Calotropis Gigantea; Cassia Fistula; diameter of a circle अिक akṣi n. the
eye योिन yoni mf. a mine; a particular part of a fire-pit; abode ज ja adj. born or produced in or at
or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

पुराणं जयित ºाधीन् वणशोधनरोपणम् ॥ (४०.२)
purāṇaṃ jayati vyādhīn vraṇaśodhanaropaṇam // (40.2)
purāṇa ji vyādhi vraṇa-śodhana-ropaṇa
पुराण purāṇa adj. ancient; old; traditional िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise
ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish शोधन śodhana adj. cleaning; cleansing; purgative
रोपण ropaṇa adj. causing to grow; causing to grow over or cicatrize; healing.

ब7ाः िकलाटपीयूषक¸Íचकामोरणादयः । (४१.१)
balyāḥ kilāṭapīyūṣakūrcikāmoraṇādayaḥ / (41.1)
balya kilāṭa-pīyūṣa-kūrcikā-moraṇa-ādi
ब7 balya adj. giving strength; powerful; strengthening िकलाट kilāṭa m. inspissated milk पीयूष
pīyūṣa n. ambrosia क¸Íचका kūrcikā f. blossom; bud; inspissated milk मोरण moraṇa m. sour
buttermilk आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

"ुकिनदाकफकरा िवºि~गु^दोषलाः ॥ (४१.२)
śukranidrākaphakarā viṣṭambhigurudoṣalāḥ // (41.2)
śukra-nidrā-kapha-kara viṣṭambhin-guru-doṣala
"ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid िनदा nidrā f. a
mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one
of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general कर kara adj. causing; helping; making िवºि~न्
17
viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy दोषल
doṣala adj. corrupt; defective; increasing the tridoṣa.

गºे कीरघृ`ते शेºे िनिW`ते चािवसंभ`वे । (४२.१)
gavye kṣīraghṛte śreṣṭhe nindite cāvisaṃbhave / (42.1)
gavya kṣīra-ghṛta śreṣṭha nind ca-avi-sambhava
गº gavya adj. coming from or belonging to a cow (as milk); consisting of cattle or cows; proper
or fit for cattle कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk घृत ghṛta n.
cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from
heaven) शेº śreṣṭha adj. most beautiful of or among; most splendid or beautiful िनW

nind 1.Ā. to
blame; to censure; to despise च ca ind. also; and; as well as अिव avi mf. a sheep; a woollen Soma
strainer स~व sambhava m. ability; acquaintance; adequacy.

इकोः सरो गु^ः िN^ो बृंहणः कफमूतTत् ॥ (४२.२)
ikṣoḥ saro guruḥ snigdho bṛṃhaṇaḥ kaphamūtrakṛt // (42.2)
ikṣu sara guru snigdha bṛṃhaṇa kapha-mūtra-kṛt
इकु ikṣu m. eyelash; name of a king; name of a river सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going गु^ guru
adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj.
making big or fat or strong; nourishing कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas;
watery froth or foam in general मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author.

वृºः शीतो ऽसिप7Vः ¹ा§पाकरसो रसः । (४३.१)
vṛṣyaḥ śīto 'srapittaghnaḥ svādupākaraso rasaḥ / (43.1)
vṛṣya śīta asrapitta-ghna svādu-pāka-rasa rasa
वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull असिप7
asrapitta n. V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक
pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent
fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

सो ऽगे सलवणो द*पीिडतः शकर रासमः ॥ (४३.२)
so 'gre salavaṇo dantapīḍitaḥ śarkarāsamaḥ // (43.2)
tad agra danta-pīḍay śarkarā-sama
तद tad pron. this अग agra n. a measure of food given as alms; a weight equal to a pala; aim द*
danta mn. a pin used in playing a lute; a tooth; an arbour पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to cover
(esp. with something inauspicious); to break (a vow); to cause pain शकर रा śarkarā f. a fragment or
piece of broken earthenware; Gries; gravel सम sama pron. common; constant; easy.

मूलागैअ*ुज^ािदपीडनान् मलसंकरात् । (४४.१)
mūlāgrajantujagdhādipīḍanān malasaṃkarāt / (44.1)
mūla-agra-jantu-jakṣ-ādi-pīḍana mala-saṃkara
मूल mūla mn. a chief or principal city; a corpse; a king's original or proper territory अग agra n. a
measure of food given as alms; a weight equal to a pala; aim ज*ु jantu m. a child; a creature; a
kinsman जक् jakṣ 1.P. to consume; to eat; to wish to eat आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on;
beginning पीडन pīḍana n. afflicting; an instrument for pressing; calamity मल mala mn. dirt; dust;
18
filth संकर saṃkara m. any action similar to the intermixture of castes; anything that may be
defiled by the touch of any unclean thing; commingling.

Íकिचत् कालं िवधृ*ा च िवTÍ`त याित यािMकः ॥ (४४.२)
kiṃcit kālaṃ vidhṛtyā ca vikṛtiṃ yāti yāntrikaḥ // (44.2)
kaścid kāla vidhṛti ca vikṛti yā yāntrika
किVद kaścid pron. someone काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time
िवधृित vidhṛti f. a boundary-line; anything that separates or divides; arrangement च ca ind. also;
and; as well as िवTित vikṛti f. (in Sāṃkhya) vikāra; ḍimba; a verse changed in a particular
manner या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) यािMक yāntrika adj. mechanically
refined (said of sugar); relating to instruments or to (blunt) surgical instruments.

िवदाही गु^िवº~ी `तेनासौ तत पौ"रकः । (४५.१)
vidāhī guruviṣṭambhī tenāsau tatra pauṇḍrakaḥ / (45.1)
vidāhin guru-viṣṭambhin tad-adas tatra pauṇḍraka
िवदािहन् vidāhin adj. acrid; burning; pungent गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िवºि~न्
viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless तद tad pron. this अदस् adas pron. jener तत
tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place पौ"रक pauṇḍraka m. a prince or (pl.) the people of the
Pauṇḍras; name of a particular mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a Vaiśya by a
woman of the distiller class); the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane.

शइ*पसादमाधुयरइर वरस् तम् अनु वांिशकः ॥ (४५.२)
śaityaprasādamādhuryair varas tam anu vāṃśikaḥ // (45.2)
śaitya-prasāda-mādhurya vara tad anu vāṃśika
शइ* śaitya n. cold; coldness; frigidity पसाद prasāda m. a decoction; a propitiatory offering or gift
(of food); a residuum माधुयर mādhurya n. (with Vaiṣṇavas) a feeling of tender affection; charm;
exquisite beauty वर vara adj. best; better; better than तद tad pron. this अनु anu ind. danach;
dementsprechend वांिशक vāṃśika m. a bamboo-cutter; a flute-player; a kind of sugarcane.

शतपवरकका*ारनइपालाNास् ततः कमात् । (४६.१)
śataparvakakāntāranaipālādyās tataḥ kramāt / (46.1)
śataparvaka-kāntāra-naipāla-ādya tatas krama
शतपवरक śataparvaka mn. a kind of sugarcane; white-flowering Dūrvā grass का*ार kāntāra m. a
bamboo; a red variety of the sugar-cane; the mountain ebony (Bauhinia variegata) नइपाल naipāla
m. a species of Nimba tree; a species of sugar-cane आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier;
excellent ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason कम krama m. a particular śākta
tradition; a position taken (by an animal etc.) before making a spring or attacking; a step.

सकाराः सकषायाश च सोºाः Íकिचद िवदािहनः ॥ (४६.२)
sakṣārāḥ sakaṣāyāś ca soṣṇāḥ kiṃcid vidāhinaḥ // (46.2)
sakṣāra sakaṣāya ca soṣṇa kaścid vidāhin
सकार sakṣāra adj. acrid; caustic; pungent सकषाय sakaṣāya adj. dominated by passion; ein wenig
kaṣāya च ca ind. also; and; as well as सोº soṣṇa adj. ein wenig uṣṇa किVद kaścid pron. someone
िवदािहन् vidāhin adj. acrid; burning; pungent.

फािणतं गुव्र अिभºिW चयTन् मूतशोधनम् । (४७.१)
phāṇitaṃ gurv abhiṣyandi cayakṛn mūtraśodhanam / (47.1)
19
phāṇita guru abhiṣyandin caya-kṛt mūtra-śodhana
फािणत phāṇita mn. the inspissated juice of the sugar cane and other plants गु^ guru adj. difficult;
hard; heavy अिभºिWन् abhiṣyandin adj. causing defluxions or serious effusions; laxative; oozing
चय caya m. (in med.) accumulation of the humors; a cover; a heap Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine शोधन śodhana adj. cleaning;
cleansing; purgative.

नाितHेPकरो धौतः VºमूतशTद गुडः ॥ (४७.२)
nātiśleṣmakaro dhautaḥ sṛṣṭamūtraśakṛd guḍaḥ // (47.2)
na-ati-śleṣman-kara dhauta sṛj-mūtra-śakṛt guḍa
न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum
कर kara adj. causing; helping; making धौत dhauta adj. bright; cleansed; destroyed Vज् sṛj 1.P. to
acquire; to be let loose or emitted or created. etc.; to beget मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the
kidneys; urine शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name of a
people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a bit.

पभूतTिममैजाV_ेदोमांसकफो ऽपरः । (४८.१)
prabhūtakṛmimajjāsṛṅmedomāṃsakapho 'paraḥ / (48.1)
prabhūta-kṛmi-majjan-asṛj-medas-māṃsa-kapha apara
पभूत prabhūta adj. able to (inf.); abounding in (comp.); abundant Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac
मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones अVज् asṛj n. blood; saffron मेदस् medas n. a mystical term
for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat कफ kapha m. phlegm;
phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अपर apara pron. der andere.

TNः पुराणः पMश च नवः HेPािVसादTत् ॥ (४८.२)
hṛdyaḥ purāṇaḥ pathyaś ca navaḥ śleṣmāgnisādakṛt // (48.2)
hṛdya purāṇa pathya ca nava śleṣman-agnisāda-kṛt
TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming पुराण purāṇa adj. ancient; old; traditional
पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal च ca ind. also; and; as well as
नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum अिVसाद agnisāda m.
weakness of digestion Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

वृºाः कीणकतिहता र³िप7ािनलापहाः । (४९.१)
vṛṣyāḥ kṣīṇakṣatahitā raktapittānilāpahāḥ / (49.1)
vṛṣya kṣi-kṣan-hita raktapitta-anila-apaha
वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to
decrease कन् kṣan 8.P. to break (a bow); to hurt; to injure िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged;
beneficial र³िप7 raktapitta n. a particular disturbance of the blood caused by bile; plethora;
spontaneous hemorrhage from the mouth or nose अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection
referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons अपह apaha adj. destroying;
keeping back; removing.

मñि"काख"िसताः कमेण गुणव7माः ॥ (४९.२)
matsyaṇḍikākhaṇḍasitāḥ krameṇa guṇavattamāḥ // (49.2)
matsyaṇḍikā-khaṇḍa-sitā krameṇa guṇavattama
20
मñि"का matsyaṇḍikā f. inspissated juice of the sugar-cane ख" khaṇḍa mn. a continent; a party;
a piece िसता sitā f. Arabian jasmine; a handsome woman; a species of Aparājitā कमेण krameṇa
ind. successively गुणव7म guṇavattama adj. best; most serious.

त7

णा ित³मधुरा कषाया यासशकर रा । (५०.१)
tadguṇā tiktamadhurā kaṣāyā yāsaśarkarā / (50.1)
tad-guṇa tikta-madhura kaṣāya yāsa-śarkarā
तद tad pron. this गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-
string; a cook ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent मधुर
madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant यास
yāsa m. Alhagi Maurorum; a kind of sugar शकर रा śarkarā f. a fragment or piece of broken
earthenware; Gries; gravel.

दाहतृटछÍ`दमूछारVिकप7घ~ः सवरशकर राः ॥ (५०.२)
dāhatṛṭchardimūrchāsṛkpittaghnyaḥ sarvaśarkarāḥ // (50.2)
dāha-tṛṣ-chardi-mūrchā-asṛkpitta-ghna sarva-śarkarā
दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love;
strong desire; thirst छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness; vomiting मूछार mūrchā f.
(alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon अVिकप7 asṛkpitta n.
[medic.] raktapitta V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
शकर रा śarkarā f. a fragment or piece of broken earthenware; Gries; gravel.

शकर `रेकुिवकाराणां फािणतं च वराव`रे । (५१.१)
śarkarekṣuvikārāṇāṃ phāṇitaṃ ca varāvare / (51.1)
śarkarā-ikṣu-vikāra phāṇita ca vara-avara
शकर रा śarkarā f. a fragment or piece of broken earthenware; Gries; gravel इकु ikṣu m. eyelash;
name of a king; name of a river िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative from
Prakṛti; a product; agitation फािणत phāṇita mn. the inspissated juice of the sugar cane and other
plants च ca ind. also; and; as well as वर vara adj. best; better; better than अवर avara adj. below;
hinder; last.

चकुºं छेिद तृटHेPिवषिहWासिप7नुत् ॥ (५१.२)
cakṣuṣyaṃ chedi tṛṭśleṣmaviṣahidhmāsrapittanut // (51.2)
cakṣuṣya chedin tṛṣ-śleṣman-viṣa-hidhmā-asrapitta-nud
चकुº cakṣuṣya adj. agreeable to the eyes; beautiful; goodlooking छेिदन् chedin adj. ifc. cutting off;
removing; tearing asunder तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst HेPन्
śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the
sound m; a particular vegetable poison िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name
einer Krankheit!] असिप7 asrapitta n. नुद nud adj. driving away; impelling; removing.

मेहकºTिम½Í`दNासकासाितसा`रै इत् । (५२.१)
mehakuṣṭhakṛmicchardiśvāsakāsātisārajit / (52.1)
meha-kuṣṭha-kṛmi-chardi-śvāsa-kāsa-atisāra-jit
मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of urine कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy Tिम
kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness; vomiting Nास śvāsa m.
a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough;
21
[medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln अितसार atisāra m. dysentery; name of a son of Nitantu;
purging िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

वणशोधनसंधानरोपणं वातलं मधु ॥ (५२.२)
vraṇaśodhanasaṃdhānaropaṇaṃ vātalaṃ madhu // (52.2)
vraṇa-śodhana-saṃdhāna-ropaṇa vātala madhu
वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish शोधन śodhana mn. a means of purification; acquittance;
clearing up संधान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst; alliance रोपण ropaṇa
n. healing or a healing application (used for sores); raising; setting वातल vātala adj. flatulent;
stormy; windy मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if
liquid).

ºकं कषायमधुरं त7ु 7ा मधुशकर रा । (५३.१)
rūkṣaṃ kaṣāyamadhuraṃ tattulyā madhuśarkarā / (53.1)
rūkṣa kaṣāya-madhura tad-tulya madhuśarkarā
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull
red; fragrant मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous तद tad pron. this तु7 tulya adj.
comparable; equal to; even मधुशकर रा madhuśarkarā f. a kind of plant; honey-sugar.

उºम् उºातरम् उºे च यु³ं चोºइर िनहि* तत् ॥ (५३.२)
uṣṇam uṣṇārtam uṣṇe ca yuktaṃ coṣṇair nihanti tat // (53.2)
uṣṇa uṣṇa-ārta uṣṇa ca yuj ca-uṣṇa nihan tad
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot उº uṣṇa mn. any hot object; heat; name of a son of Dyutimat आतर
ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) उº uṣṇa mn. any hot object; heat; name of a
son of Dyutimat च ca ind. also; and; as well as युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction
with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to च ca ind.
also; and; as well as उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot िनहन् nihan 2.Ā. to afflict; to assail; to attach
to तद tad pron. this.

प½दर`ने िनº`हे च मधूºं न िनवायर`ते । (५४.१)
pracchardane nirūhe ca madhūṣṇaṃ na nivāryate / (54.1)
pracchardana nirūha ca madhu-uṣṇa na nivāray
प½दरन pracchardana n. emitting; exhaling; vomiting िनºह nirūha m. a purging clyster; an enema
not of an oily kind च ca ind. also; and; as well as मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet
intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot न na ind.
neither; no; nor िनवारय् nivāray 10.Ā. to destroy; to exclude or banish from (abl.); to forbid.

अल*पाकम् आNेव तयोर यWान् िनवतर`ते ॥ (५४.२)
alabdhapākam āśveva tayor yasmān nivartate // (54.2)
alabdha-pāka āśu-eva tad yad nivṛt
अल* alabdha adj. unobtained पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having
consequences आ"ु āśu ind. quickly एव eva ind. alone; already; even तद tad pron. this यद yad pron.
what; which िनवृत् nivṛt 1.Ā. to abstain or desist from; to be born again; to be ineffective or
useless.

तइलं ¹योिनवत् तत मुWं तीWं ºवािय च । (५५.१)
22
tailaṃ svayonivat tatra mukhyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ vyavāyi ca / (55.1)
taila sva-yoni-vat tatra mukhya tīkṣṇa vyavāyin ca
तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own योिन yoni mf. a mine; a
particular part of a fire-pit; abode वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) तत tatra ind. in that; in that
case; in that place मुW mukhya adj. being at the head or at the beginning; being in or coming
from or belonging to the mouth or face; chief तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot ºवाियन् vyavāyin adj.
intervening; lascivious; lustful च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

~गदोषTद अचकुºं सूWोºं कफTन् न च ॥ (५५.२)
tvagdoṣakṛd acakṣuṣyaṃ sūkṣmoṣṇaṃ kaphakṛn na ca // (55.2)
tvac-doṣa-kṛt acakṣuṣya sūkṣma-uṣṇa kapha-kṛt na ca
~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag दोष
doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author अचकुº acakṣuṣya
adj. nicht cakṣuṣya सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot कफ
kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

Tशानां बृंहणायालं Wूलानां कशरनाय च । (५६.१)
kṛśānāṃ bṛṃhaṇāyālaṃ sthūlānāṃ karśanāya ca / (56.1)
kṛśa bṛṃhaṇa-alam sthūla karśana ca
Tश kṛśa adj. emaciated; feeble; insignificant बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa n. a means for making strong or firm;
the act of making big अलम् alam ind. able; adequate; competent Wूल sthūla adj. big; coarse; dense
कशरन karśana n. causing emaciation; the act of rendering lean च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

बTिवटकं TिमVं च संWारात् सवररो`गैइत् ॥ (५६.२)
baddhaviṭkaṃ kṛmighnaṃ ca saṃskārāt sarvarogajit // (56.2)
bandh-viṭka kṛmi-ghna ca saṃskāra sarva-roga-jit
ब^् bandh 4.P. met. to attach to world or to sin; to arrest; to be affected by i.e. experience िवटक
viṭka m. feces Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing च ca ind. also;
and; as well as संWार saṃskāra m. (with Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the
mind (such as that of the external world); a polishing stone; a sacred or sanctifying ceremony
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus; disease िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

सित³ोषणम् अइर"ं तइलं ¹ा§ सरं गु^ । (५७.१)
satiktoṣaṇam airaṇḍaṃ tailaṃ svādu saraṃ guru / (57.1)
satikta-ūṣaṇa airaṇḍa taila svādu sara guru
सित³ satikta adj. ein wenig bitter ऊषण ūṣaṇa adj. kaṭuka अइर" airaṇḍa adj. vom eraṇḍa
stammend तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty
सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

वWरगु7ािनलकफान् उदरं िवषमैवरम् ॥ (५७.२)
vardhmagulmānilakaphān udaraṃ viṣamajvaram // (57.2)
vardhma-gulma-anila-kapha udara viṣamajvara
वWर vardhma mn. hernia; internal rupture गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or
any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the
spleen अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi
23
and other persons कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver)
िवषमैवर viṣamajvara m. irregular fever.

^कशोफौ च कटीगुQकोºपृºाशयौ जयेत् । (५८.१)
rukśophau ca kaṭīguhyakoṣṭhapṛṣṭhāśrayau jayet / (58.1)
ruj-śopha ca kaṭi-guhya-koṣṭha-pṛṣṭha-āśraya ji
^ज् ruj mf. Costus Speciosus; crushing; disease शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling;
oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) च ca ind. also; and; as well as किट kaṭi f. an elephant's cheek;
buttocks; entrance of a temple गुQ guhya n. a secret; mystery; the anus कोº koṣṭha mn. a kind of
pan; a surrounding wall; an inner apartment पृº pṛṣṭha n. a page of a book; height; name of
particular arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the
Rathaṃtara) आशय āśraya m. a plea; a recipient; appropriate act or one consistent with the
character of the agent िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise.

तीWोºं िपि½लं िवसं र³इर"ोTवं ~् अित ॥ (५८.२)
tīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ picchilaṃ visraṃ raktairaṇḍodbhavaṃ tv ati // (58.2)
tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa picchila visra raktairaṇḍa-udbhava tu ati
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot िपि½ल picchila adj. having a tail;
lubricous; slimy िवस visra adj. musty; smelling of raw meat र³इर" raktairaṇḍa m. the red Ricinus
or castor-oil plant उTव udbhava adj. produced or coming from तु tu ind. and; but; do अित ati ind.
extremely; very.

कट¸ºं साषरपं तीWं कफ"ुकािनलापहम् । (५९.१)
kaṭūṣṇaṃ sārṣapaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ kaphaśukrānilāpaham / (59.1)
kaṭu-uṣṇa sārṣapa tīkṣṇa kapha-śukra-anila-apaha
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot साषरप sārṣapa adj.
made of or derived from mustard तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as
one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid
affection of the iris; any clear liquid अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder
of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

लघु िप7ासTत् कोठकºाश¹वणैअ*ुिजत् ॥ (५९.२)
laghu pittāsrakṛt koṭhakuṣṭhārśovraṇajantujit // (59.2)
laghu pittāsra-kṛt koṭha-kuṣṭha-arśas-vraṇa-jantu-jit
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िप7ास pittāsra n. Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author कोठ koṭha m. a species of leprosy with large round spots (ringworm) कº kuṣṭha
mn. a sort of poison; leprosy अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the
eyelid वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish ज*ु jantu m. a child; a creature; a kinsman िजत् jit
adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

आकं ¹ा§ िहमं के¥ं गु^ िप7ािनलापहम् । (६०.१)
ākṣaṃ svādu himaṃ keśyaṃ guru pittānilāpaham / (60.1)
ākṣa svādu hima keśya guru pitta-anila-apaha
आक ākṣa adj. belonging or referring to terrestrial latitude; coming from the plant Akṣa ¹ा§
svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta के¥ keśya adj. being
in the hair; suitable to the hair गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
24
humour अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi
and other persons अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

ना*ुºं िन~ैअं ित³ं Tिमकºकफपणुत् ॥ (६०.२)
nātyuṣṇaṃ nimbajaṃ tiktaṃ kṛmikuṣṭhakaphapraṇut // (60.2)
nimba-ja tikta kṛmi-kuṣṭha-kapha-praṇud
िन~ nimba m. Azadirachta Indica (its fruit is bitter and its leaves are chewed at funeral
ceremonies); the Nimb or Neemb tree ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in;
ifc. born or descended from ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant;
pungent Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general पणुद praṇud adj. next;
who or what enjoins or commands.

उमाकसु~ैअं चोºं ~गदोषकफिप7Tत् । (६१.१)
umākusumbhajaṃ coṣṇaṃ tvagdoṣakaphapittakṛt / (61.1)
umā-kusumbha-ja ca-uṣṇa tvac-doṣa-kapha-pitta-kṛt
उमा umā f. fame; flax (Linum Usitatissimum); light कसु~ kusumbha mn. safflower- Carthamus
tinctorius Linn.; saffron ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or
descended from च ca ind. also; and; as well as उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot ~च् tvac f. a cover
(of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam
in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

वसा मैजा च वातVौ बलिप7कफपदौ ॥ (६१.२)
vasā majjā ca vātaghnau balapittakaphapradau // (61.2)
vasā majjan ca vāta-ghna bala-pitta-kapha-prada
वसा vasā f. a kind of prameha; any fatty or oily substance; fat मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow
of bones च ca ind. also; and; as well as वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying;
killer; killing बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general पद prada adj.
bestowing; causing; effecting.

मांसानुग¹ºपौ च िवNान् मेदो ऽिप ताव् इव । (६२.१)
māṃsānugasvarūpau ca vidyān medo 'pi tāv iva / (62.1)
māṃsa-anuga-svarūpa ca vid medas api tad iva
मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat अनुग anuga adj. adapted to; companion; followed by ¹ºप svarūpa n.
character; character; event च ca ind. also; and; as well as िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to
know; to learn मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness अिप
api ind. also; assuredly; besides तद tad pron. this इव iva ind. a little; about; almost.

दीपनं रोचनं मNं तीWोºं तुिºपुिºदम् ॥ (६२.२)
dīpanaṃ rocanaṃ madyaṃ tīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ tuṣṭipuṣṭidam // (62.2)
dīpana rocana madya tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa tuṣṭi-puṣṭi-da
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely
मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery;
25
hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तुिº tuṣṭi f. contentment; name of a Kalā of the moon;
satisfaction पुिº puṣṭi f. breeding; comfort; completeness द da adj. effecting; granting; offering.

स¹ा§ित³कटकम् अमलपाकरसं सरम् । (६३.१)
sasvādutiktakaṭukam amlapākarasaṃ saram / (63.1)
sasvādu-tikta-kaṭuka amla-pāka-rasa sara
स¹ा§ sasvādu adj. ein wenig svādu ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste);
fragrant; pungent कटक kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce अमल amla adj. acid; sour पाक pāka m. a
cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid
or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

सकषायं ¹रारो~पितभावणरTल् लघु ॥ (६३.२)
sakaṣāyaṃ svarārogyapratibhāvarṇakṛl laghu // (63.2)
sakaṣāya svara-ārogya-pratibhā-varṇa-kṛt laghu
सकषाय sakaṣāya adj. dominated by passion; ein wenig kaṣāya ¹र svara m. a note of the musical
scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated); a symbolical expression for the
number "seven"; a vowel आरो~ ārogya n. a particular ceremony; freedom from disease; health
पितभा pratibhā f. a founded supposition; a thought; an image वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover;
a covering Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing
relief.

नºिनदाितिनदे~ो िहतं िप7ास{षणम् । (६४.१)
naṣṭanidrātinidrebhyo hitaṃ pittāsradūṣaṇam / (64.1)
naṣṭanidra-atinidra hita pitta-asra-dūṣaṇa
नºिनद naṣṭanidra adj. sleepless अितिनद atinidra adj. given to excessive sleep िहत hita adj.
agreeable; arranged; beneficial िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अस asra n. a corner; a tear;
blood {षण dūṣaṇa adj. corrupting; counteracting; killing.

TशWूलिहतं ºकं सूWं सोतोिवशोधनम् ॥ (६४.२)
kṛśasthūlahitaṃ rūkṣaṃ sūkṣmaṃ srotoviśodhanam // (64.2)
kṛśa-sthūla-hita rūkṣa sūkṣma srotas-viśodhana
Tश kṛśa adj. emaciated; feeble; insignificant Wूल sthūla adj. big; coarse; dense िहत hita adj.
agreeable; arranged; beneficial ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) सूW
sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or animal
body (reckoned to be 9 in men and 11 in women); an organ of sense िवशोधन viśodhana adj.
cleansing; washing away.

वातHे Pहरं युñा पीतं िवषवद अ~था । (६५.१)
vātaśleṣmaharaṃ yuktyā pītaṃ viṣavad anyathā / (65.1)
vāta-śleṣman-hara yukti pā viṣa-vat anyathā
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum हर hara adj. bearing;
destroying; ravishing युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness पा pā 1.Ā. to
drink; to quaff; to suck िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a
particular vegetable poison वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously;
falsely; from another motive.

26
गु^ तद दो`षैअननं नवं जीणरम् अतो ऽ~था ॥ (६५.२)
guru tad doṣajananaṃ navaṃ jīrṇam ato 'nyathā // (65.2)
guru tad doṣa-janana nava jīrṇa atas anyathā
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy तद tad pron. this दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection जनन
janana adj. begetting; causing; generating नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new जीणर jīrṇa adj. ancient
(tradition); decayed; digested अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or
reason अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

`पेयं नोºोपचा`रेण न िविर³कुधातुरइः । (६६.१)
peyaṃ noṣṇopacāreṇa na viriktakṣudhāturaiḥ / (66.1)
pā na-uṣṇa-upacāra na viric-kṣudhā-ātura
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck न na ind. neither; no; nor उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot
उपचार upacāra m. a ceremony; a favourable circumstance; a kind of Sandhi (substitution of s and ṣ
in place of Visarga) न na ind. neither; no; nor िविरच् viric 7.P. to be emptied or purged; to reach or
extend beyond कुधा kṣudhā f. a mystical name of the letter y आतुर ātura adj. desirous of (Inf.);
diseased or pained by (in comp.); sick (in body or mind).

ना*थरतीWमृ§7सं भारं कलुषं न च ॥ (६६.२)
nātyarthatīkṣṇamṛdvalpasaṃbhāraṃ kaluṣaṃ na ca // (66.2)
na-atyartha-tīkṣṇa-mṛdu-alpa-sambhāra kaluṣa na ca
न na ind. neither; no; nor अ*थर atyartha adj. excessive; exorbitant तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot
मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild (Nahrung) अ7 alpa adj. little;
minute; small स~ार sambhāra mn. -yajus; bringing together; collecting कलुष kaluṣa adj. dirty (lit.
and fig.); foul; hoarse (as the voice) न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

गु7ोदराश¹गहणीशोषTत् Nेहनी गु^ः । (६७.१)
gulmodarārśograhaṇīśoṣahṛt snehanī guruḥ / (67.1)
gulma-udara-arśas-grahaṇī-śoṣa-hṛt snehana guru
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen;
any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.]
name of a disease of the eyelid गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the
stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the
bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) शोष śoṣa m. desiccation;
dryness; pulmonary consumption Tत् hṛt adj. (only ifc.) bringing; carrying; carrying away Nेहन
snehana adj. anointing; lubricating गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

सुरािनलVी मेदोऽVकº~मूतकफावहा ॥ (६७.२)
surānilaghnī medo'sṛkstanyamūtrakaphāvahā // (67.2)
surā-anila-ghna medas-asṛj-stanya-mūtra-kapha-āvaha
सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a snake; a tavern अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred
to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness अVज् asṛj n. blood;
saffron º~ stanya mn. milk; dugdhapāṣāṇa मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general आवह āvaha
adj. bringing; bringing to pass; producing.

27
त7

णा वा^णी TNा लघु स् तीWा िनहि* च । (६८.१)
tadguṇā vāruṇī hṛdyā laghus tīkṣṇā nihanti ca / (68.1)
tad-guṇa vāruṇī hṛdya laghu tīkṣṇa nihan ca
तद tad pron. this गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-
string; a cook वा^णी vāruṇī f. a particular fast-day on the thirteenth of the dark half of Caitra; a
particular kind of spirit (prepared from hogweed mixed with the juice of the date or palm and
distilled); any spirituous liquor TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming लघु laghu
adj. active; beautiful; causing relief तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot िनहन् nihan 2.Ā. to afflict; to
assail; to attach to च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

"ूलकासविमNासिवब^ाWानपीनसान् ॥ (६८.२)
śūlakāsavamiśvāsavibandhādhmānapīnasān // (68.2)
śūla-kāsa-vami-śvāsa-vibandha-ādhmāna-pīnasa
"ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals कास kāsa m. cough;
[medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln विम vami f. an emetic; nausea; qualmishness Nास śvāsa m.
a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) िवब^ vibandha m. a circular
bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction; constipation आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows;
blowing; boasting पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose).

नािततीवमदा लघवी पMा वइभीतकी सु रा । (६९.१)
nātitīvramadā laghvī pathyā vaibhītakī surā / (69.1)
laghu pathya vaibhītaka surā
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading
forms; fit; normal वइभीतक vaibhītaka adj. vom vibhītaka stammend सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a
snake; a tavern.

वणे पाणडवामये कºे न चा*थ िव^W`ते ॥ (६९.२)
vraṇe pāṇḍvāmaye kuṣṭhe na cātyarthaṃ virudhyate // (69.2)
vraṇa pāṇḍu-āmaya kuṣṭha na ca-atyartham virudh
वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja आमय āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy न
na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ*थरम् atyartham ind. excessively िव^ध्
virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or kept
back or withheld; to be opposed.

िवºि~नी यवसुरा गुवÌ ºका ितदोषला । (७०.१)
viṣṭambhinī yavasurā gurvī rūkṣā tridoṣalā / (70.1)
viṣṭambhin yava-surā guru rūkṣa tridoṣala
िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure
or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn
(either as a measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2
Guñjā); a double convex lens सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a snake; a tavern गु^ guru adj.
difficult; hard; heavy ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) ितदोषल
tridoṣala adj. auf die tridoṣas wirkend.

यथादºगुणो ऽिरºः सवरमNगुणािधकः ॥ (७०.२)
28
yathādravyaguṇo 'riṣṭaḥ sarvamadyaguṇādhikaḥ // (70.2)
yathā-dravya-guṇa ariṣṭa sarva-madya-guṇa-adhika
यथा yathā ind. according; as; as दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary
substance; a stake गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a
bow-string; a cook अिरº ariṣṭa m. Azadirachta Indica; a crow; a decoction सवर sarva pron. all;
completely; different मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine गुण
guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook अिधक
adhika adj. abundant; additional; excellent.

गहणीपा"कºाशरःशोफशोषोद`रैवरान् । (७१.१)
grahaṇīpāṇḍukuṣṭhārśaḥśophaśoṣodarajvarān / (71.1)
grahaṇī-pāṇḍu-kuṣṭha-arśas-śopha-śoṣa-udara-jvara
गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the
small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from
which vital warmth is said to be diffused) पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.]
name of a disease of the eyelid शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema
(Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption उदर udara
n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) 7र jvara m. affliction;
fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected
by it); fever of the soul.

हि* गु7TिमNी$ः कषायकटवातलः ॥ (७१.२)
hanti gulmakṛmiplīhnaḥ kaṣāyakaṭuvātalaḥ // (71.2)
han gulma-kṛmi-plīhan kaṣāya-kaṭu-vātala
हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to avert गु7 gulma mn. a chronic
enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the
mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of
the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen
(from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) कषाय kaṣāya adj.
astringent; dull red; fragrant कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) वातल vātala adj.
flatulent; stormy; windy.

मा§Ìकं लेखनं TNं ना*ुºं मधुरं सरम् । (७२.१)
mārdvīkaṃ lekhanaṃ hṛdyaṃ nātyuṣṇaṃ madhuraṃ saram / (72.1)
mārdvīka lekhana hṛdya madhura sara
मा§Ìक mārdvīka n. wine ले खन lekhana adj. attenuating; exciting; lancing TN hṛdya adj. being in
the heart; beloved; charming मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous सर sara adj.
cathartic; fluid; going.

अ7िप7ािनलं पा"मेहाशर ःTिमनाशनम् ॥ (७२.२)
alpapittānilaṃ pāṇḍumehārśaḥkṛmināśanam // (72.2)
alpa-pitta-anila pāṇḍu-meha-arśas-kṛmi-nāśana
अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अिनल anila m. air or wind;
any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons पा" pāṇḍu m. a
species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of
29
urine अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid Tिम kṛmi m. an
ant; insect; lac नाशन nāśana adj. destroying.

अWाद अ7ा*रगुणं खाजूररं वातलं गु^ । (७३.१)
asmād alpāntaraguṇaṃ khārjūraṃ vātalaṃ guru / (73.1)
idam alpa-antara-guṇa khārjūra vātala guru
इदम् idam pron. this अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small अ*र antara adj. being in the interior;
different from; distant गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a
bow-string; a cook खाजूरर khārjūra adj. coming from or made of Phoenix sylvestris वातल vātala adj.
flatulent; stormy; windy गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

शाकर रः सुरिभः ¹ा§TNो नाितमदो लघुः ॥ (७३.२)
śārkaraḥ surabhiḥ svāduhṛdyo nātimado laghuḥ // (73.2)
śārkara surabhi svādu-hṛdya na-atimada laghu
शाकर र śārkara adj. gravelly; made of sugar; stony सुरिभ surabhi adj. best; charming; famous ¹ा§
svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming न na
ind. neither; no; nor अितमद atimada adj. hochprozentig; stark berauschend लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief.

VºमूतशT§ातो गौडस् तपरणदीपनः । (७४.१)
sṛṣṭamūtraśakṛdvāto gauḍas tarpaṇadīpanaḥ / (74.1)
sṛj-mūtra-śakṛt-vāta gauḍa tarpaṇa-dīpana
Vज् sṛj 1.P. to acquire; to be let loose or emitted or created. etc.; to beget मूत mūtra n. the fluid
secreted by the kidneys; urine शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces वात vāta m.
air; flatulence; gout गौड gauḍa adj. prepared from sugar or molasses; relating or belonging to the
Gauḍas तपरण tarpaṇa adj. satisfying दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling.

वातिप7करः सीधुः NेहHेPिवकारहा ॥ (७४.२)
vātapittakaraḥ sīdhuḥ snehaśleṣmavikārahā // (74.2)
vāta-pitta-kara sīdhu sneha-śleṣman-vikāra-han
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर kara adj. causing;
helping; making सीधु sīdhu mfn. a kind of liquor Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent;
any oleaginous substance HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya)
a production or derivative from Prakṛti; a product; agitation हन् han adj. killing.

मेदःशोफोदराश¹Vस् तत पकवरसो वरः । (७५.१)
medaḥśophodarārśoghnas tatra pakvaraso varaḥ / (75.1)
medas-śopha-udara-arśas-ghna tatra pakva-rasa vara
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness शोफ śopha m.
intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) उदर udara n. a cavity;
abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles;
[medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing तत् र tatra ind. in
that; in that case; in that place पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or
earthenware pots) रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre वर vara adj. best; better; better than.

30
छेदी म¹ासवस् तीWो मेहपीनसकासैइत् ॥ (७५.२)
chedī madhvāsavas tīkṣṇo mehapīnasakāsajit // (75.2)
chedin madhvāsava tīkṣṇa meha-pīnasa-kāsa-jit
छेिदन् chedin adj. ifc. cutting off; removing; tearing asunder म¹ासव madhvāsava m. a decoction of
honey or of the blosoms of the Bassia Latifolia; sweet spirituous liquor तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery;
hot मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of urine पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting
the nose) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc.
winning.

र³िप7कफोत¥ेिद "ु ³ं वातानुलोमनम् । (७६.१)
raktapittakaphotkledi śuktaṃ vātānulomanam / (76.1)
rakta-pitta-kapha-utkledin śukta vāta-anulomana
र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general उत¥ेिदन्
utkledin adj. wet; wetting "ु³ śukta n. any sour liquor or gruel (esp. a kind of acid beverage
prepared from roots and fruits); anything fermented or become sour; flesh वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout अनुलोमन anulomana n. carrying off by the right channels; due regulation;
purging.

भृशोºतीWºकामलं TNं ^िचकरं सरम् ॥ (७६.२)
bhṛśoṣṇatīkṣṇarūkṣāmlaṃ hṛdyaṃ rucikaraṃ saram // (76.2)
bhṛśa-uṣṇa-tīkṣṇa-rūkṣa-amla hṛdya ruci-kara sara
भृश bhṛśa adj. abundant; frequent; mighty उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid;
fiery; hot ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) अमल amla adj. acid; sour
TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming ^िच ruci f. appetite; beauty; colour कर kara
adj. causing; helping; making सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

दीपनं िशिशरWश पा"[d

िमनाशनम् । (७७.१)
dīpanaṃ śiśirasparśaṃ pāṇḍudṛkkṛmināśanam / (77.1)
dīpana śiśira-sparśa pāṇḍu-dṛś-kṛmi-nāśana
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling िशिशर śiśira adj. chilly; cold; cool Wशर sparśa m. a
gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine Tिम kṛmi m. an
ant; insect; lac नाशन nāśana adj. destroying.

गुडेकुमNमा§Ìक"ु³ं लघु यथो7रम् ॥ (७७.२)
guḍekṣumadyamārdvīkaśuktaṃ laghu yathottaram // (77.2)
guḍa-ikṣu-madya-mārdvīka-śukta laghu yathottara
गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a bit इकु ikṣu m.
eyelash; name of a king; name of a river मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous
liquor; wine मा§Ìक mārdvīka n. wine "ु³ śukta n. any sour liquor or gruel (esp. a kind of acid
beverage prepared from roots and fruits); anything fermented or become sour; flesh लघु laghu
adj. active; beautiful; causing relief यथो7र yathottara adj. following in regular order; succeeding
one another.

कWमूलफलाNं च त§द िवNात् तदासुतम् । (७८.१)
31
kandamūlaphalādyaṃ ca tadvad vidyāt tadāsutam / (78.1)
kanda-mūla-phala-ādya ca tadvat vid tad-āsuta
कW kanda mn. an affection of the female organ; bulb; bulbous or tuberous root मूल mūla mn. a
chief or principal city; a corpse; a king's original or proper territory फल phala n. a blade (of a
sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent च ca
ind. also; and; as well as त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus िवद vid 1.P. to be
conscious of; to know; to learn तद tad pron. this आसुत āsuta n. a manner of pressing the Soma; a
mixture.

शा"ाकी चासुतं चा~त् कालामलं रोचनं लघु ॥ (७८.२)
śāṇḍākī cāsutaṃ cānyat kālāmlaṃ rocanaṃ laghu // (78.2)
śāṇḍākī ca-āsuta ca-anya kāla-amla rocana laghu
शा"ाकी śāṇḍākī f. a kind of animal च ca ind. also; and; as well as आसुत āsuta n. a manner of
pressing the Soma; a mixture च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ~ anya pron. anderer काल kāla m.
eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time अमल amla adj. acid; sour रोचन rocana adj.
bright; giving pleasure; lovely लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

धा~ामलं भेिद तीWोºं िप7Tत् Wशरशीतलम् । (७९.१)
dhānyāmlaṃ bhedi tīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ pittakṛt sparśaśītalam / (79.1)
dhānyāmla bhedin tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa pitta-kṛt sparśa-śītala
धा~ामल dhānyāmla n. sour rice-gruel भेिदन् bhedin adj. beating or knocking out; breaking;
breaking तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot िप7 pitta n. bile; the
bilious humour Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author Wशर sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual
union; a spy शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion.

शम¥महरं ^¬ं दीपनं विº"ूलनुत् ॥ (७९.२)
śramaklamaharaṃ rucyaṃ dīpanaṃ vastiśūlanut // (79.2)
śrama-klama-hara rucya dīpana vasti-śūla-nud
शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue;
languor हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing ^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an
appetite दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-
syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or
stake; a stake for impaling criminals नुद nud adj. driving away; impelling; removing.

शºम् आWाप`ने TNं लघु वातकफापहम् । (८०.१)
śastam āsthāpane hṛdyaṃ laghu vātakaphāpaham / (80.1)
śaṃs āsthāpana hṛdya laghu vāta-kapha-apaha
शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend आWापन āsthāpana n. a strengthening
remedy; an enema of oil; causing to stay or remain TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved;
charming लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout कफ
kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अपह apaha adj.
destroying; keeping back; removing.

एिभर एव गुणइर यु³े सौवीरकतु षोदके ॥ (८०.२)
ebhir eva guṇair yukte sauvīrakatuṣodake // (80.2)
idam eva guṇa yuj sauvīraka-tuṣodaka
32
इदम् idam pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an
ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into
conjunction with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to
सौवीरक sauvīraka n. sauvīrāñjana; Schwefelantimon; sour wheat gruel तुषोदक tuṣodaka n. sour rice-
or barley-gruel.

TिमTदोगगु7ाशरःपा"रोगिनबहरणे । (८१.१)
kṛmihṛdrogagulmārśaḥpāṇḍuroganibarhaṇe / (81.1)
kṛmi-hṛd-roga-gulma-arśas-pāṇḍu-roga-nibarhaṇa
Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior रोग roga mn. a diseased spot;
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any
glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen
अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid पा" pāṇḍu m. a
species of shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus; disease िनबहरण nibarhaṇa n. annihilation; destruction.

`ते कमाद िवतुषइर िवNात् सतुषइश च यवइः T`ते ॥ (८१.२)
te kramād vituṣair vidyāt satuṣaiś ca yavaiḥ kṛte // (81.2)
tad kramāt vituṣa vid satuṣa ca yava kṛ
तद tad pron. this कमात् kramāt ind. successively िवतुष vituṣa adj. unhusked िवद vid 1.P. to be
conscious of; to know; to learn सतुष satuṣa adj. having husk or chaff च ca ind. also; and; as well as
यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to
indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a
weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double convex lens T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act;
to cause to become.

मूतं गोऽजािवमिहषी`गैआNोºरखरोTवम् । (८२.१)
mūtraṃ go'jāvimahiṣīgajāśvoṣṭrakharodbhavam / (82.1)
mūtra go-aja-avi-mahiṣī-gaja-aśva-uṣṭra-khara-udbhava
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine गो go mf. a class of sunrays creating heat; a
herd of cattle; a kind of medicial plant ऐअ aja m. a goat; Brahmā; Kāma अिव avi mf. a sheep; a
woollen Soma strainer मिहषी mahiṣī f. a female buffalo; a species of plant; an unchaste woman or
money gained by a wife's prostitution `गैअ gaja m. a measure of length (commonly Gaś); a mound
of earth (sloping on both sides) on which a house may be erected; an elephant अN aśva m. a
horse; a particular kind of lover (horse-like in strength); horse (in the game of chess) उºर uṣṭra m.
a buffalo; a camel; a cart खर khara m. a crow; a Daitya or demon; a donkey (so called from his
cry) उTव udbhava adj. produced or coming from.

िप7लं ºकतीWोºं लवणानुरसं कट ॥ (८२.२)
pittalaṃ rūkṣatīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ lavaṇānurasaṃ kaṭu // (82.2)
pittala rūkṣa-tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa lavaṇa-anurasa kaṭu
िप7ल pittala adj. bilious; secreting bile ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or
speech) तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful;
briny; graceful अनुरस anurasa m. a secondary flavour (as a little sweetness in a sour fruit) कट
kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words).

33
Tिमशोफोदरानाह"ू लपा"कफािनलान् । (८३.१)
kṛmiśophodarānāhaśūlapāṇḍukaphānilān / (83.1)
kṛmi-śopha-udara-ānāha-śūla-pāṇḍu-kapha-anila
Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema
(Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as
of the liver) आनाह ānāha m. constipation; epistasis; length "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or
stake; a stake for impaling criminals पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons.

गु7ा^िचिवषिNतक ºाशािस जयेल् लघु ॥ (८३.२)
gulmāruciviṣaśvitrakuṣṭhārśāṃsi jayel laghu // (83.2)
gulma-aruci-viṣa-śvitra-kuṣṭha-arśas ji laghu
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen अ^िच aruci f. aversion; disgust;
dislike िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable
poison िNत śvitra mn. morbid whiteness of the skin; vitiligo; white leprosy कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of
poison; leprosy अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid िज ji
2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

तोयकी`रेकुतइलानां वगरइर मNº च कमात् । (८४.१)
toyakṣīrekṣutailānāṃ vargair madyasya ca kramāt / (84.1)
toya-kṣīra-ikṣu-taila varga madya ca kramāt
तोय toya n. water; !! कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk इकु ikṣu m.
eyelash; name of a king; name of a river तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil वगर varga m.
(esp.) a subdivision of an Adhy āya in the g
together; bala मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine च ca ind.
also; and; as well as कमात् kramāt ind. successively.

इित दवइक`देशो ऽयं यथाWूलम् उदाTतः ॥ (८४.२)
iti dravaikadeśo 'yaṃ yathāsthūlam udāhṛtaḥ // (84.2)
iti drava-ekadeśa idam yathāsthūlam udāhṛ
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) दव drava mn. (medic.) a kind of sveda; buttermilk (Takra); decoction एक`देश
ekadeśa m. a certain spot or passage; a part; one and the same place इदम् idam pron. this यथाWूलम्
yathāsthūlam ind. entsprechend der Konsistenz; gemäss der Festigkeit उदाT udāhṛ 2.P. to
announce; to call; to cite.

1
र³ो महान् सकलमस् तूणरकः शकनाTतः । (१.१)
rakto mahān sakalamas tūrṇakaḥ śakunāhṛtaḥ / (1.1)
rakta mahant tūrṇaka śakunāhṛta
र³ rakta m. a kind of rice; a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka); Barringtonia Acutangula मह*्
mahant m. a camel; a great or noble man (opp. to nīca); a particular class of deceased progenitors
तूणरक tūrṇaka m. a sort of rice शकनाTत śakunāhṛta m. a kind of rice.

सारामुखो दीघर"ूको लोध"ूकः सुगि^कः ॥ (१.२)
sārāmukho dīrghaśūko lodhraśūkaḥ sugandhikaḥ // (1.2)
sārāmukha dīrghaśūka lodhraśūka sugandhika
सारामुख sārāmukha m. a kind of rice दीघर "ूक dīrghaśūka m. a sort of rice लोध"ू क lodhraśūka m. a
kind of rice सुगि^क sugandhika m. a kind of grain; a lion; olibanum.

पु"रः पा"ः पु"रीकः पमोदो गौरसािरवौ । (२.१)
puṇḍraḥ pāṇḍuḥ puṇḍarīkaḥ pramodo gaurasārivau / (2.1)
puṇḍra pāṇḍu puṇḍarīka pramoda gaura-sāriva
पु"र puṇḍra mn. a kind of plant; a mark or line made on the forehead with ashes or colouring
substances to distinguish Vaiṣṇavas from Śaivas; a sectarian mark पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of
shrub; jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja पु"रीक puṇḍarīka mn. Artemisia Indica; a kind of bird; a
kind of fragrant mango पमोद pramoda m. (with Jainas) joy as exhibited in the virtuous; a kind of
rice; a strong perfume गौर gaura m. a kind of buffalo (Bos Gaurus); a kind of monkey; a species of
rice सािरव sāriva m. a kind of grain (reckoned among the śāli).

काBनो मिहषः "ूकः {षकः कसुमा"कः ॥ (२.२)
kāñcano mahiṣaḥ śūkaḥ dūṣakaḥ kusumāṇḍakaḥ // (2.2)
kāñcana mahiṣa śūka dūṣaka kusumāṇḍaka
काBन kāñcana m. a covenant binding for the whole life; a kind of rice; a particular form of
temple मिहष mahiṣa m. a buffalo (considered as the emblem of Yama and of a Jaina saint); a
great priest; a kind of fish "ूक śūka m. abhi-ṣava; a species of grain; grief {षक dūṣaka m. a kind of
rice; offender; seducer कसुमा"क kusumāṇḍaka m. a kind of rice.

ला§ला लोहवालाWाः कदरमाः शीतभी^काः । (३.१)
lāṅgalā lohavālākhyāḥ kardamāḥ śītabhīrukāḥ / (3.1)
lāṅgala lohavāla-ākhyā kardama śītabhīruka
ला§ल lāṅgala m. a kind of rice; name of a people; name of a school लोहवाल lohavāla m. a kind of
rice आWा ākhyā f. appearance; appellation; aspect कदरम kardama mn. a kind of poisonous bulb; a
kind of rice; clay शीतभी^क śītabhīruka m. a kind of rice.

पत§ास् तपनीयाश च ये चा~े शालयः "ुभाः ॥ (३.२)
pataṅgās tapanīyāś ca ye cānye śālayaḥ śubhāḥ // (3.2)
pataṃga tapanīya ca yad ca-anya śāli śubha
पतंग pataṃga m. a ball for playing with; a bee; a grasshopper तपनीय tapanīya m. a sort of rice च
ca ind. also; and; as well as यद yad pron. what; which च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ~ anya pron.
anderer शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who
was transformed into a lion) "ुभ śubha adj. agreeable; auspicious; beautiful.

2
¹ा§पाकरसाः िN^ा वृºा बTा7वचरसः । (४.१)
svādupākarasāḥ snigdhā vṛṣyā baddhālpavarcasaḥ / (4.1)
svādu-pāka-rasa snigdha vṛṣya
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual
vigour; stimulating.

कषायानुरसाः पMा लघवो मूतला िहमाः ॥ (४.२)
kaṣāyānurasāḥ pathyā laghavo mūtralā himāḥ // (4.2)
kaṣāya-anurasa pathya laghu mūtrala hima
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant अनुरस anurasa m. a secondary flavour (as a little
sweetness in a sour fruit) पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal लघु
laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief मूतल mūtrala adj. diuretic िहम hima adj. cold; cool;
[medic.] śīta.

"ूकैएषु वरस् तत र³स् तृºाितदोषहा । (५.१)
śūkajeṣu varas tatra raktas tṛṣṇātridoṣahā / (5.1)
śūkaja vara tatra rakta tṛṣṇā-tridoṣa-han
"ूकैअ śūkaja m. [medic.] yavakṣāra वर vara adj. best; better; better than तत tatra ind. in that; in
that case; in that place र³ rakta adj. affected with passion or love; attached or devoted to;
beloved तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire ितदोष tridoṣa mn.
the tridoṣa हन् han adj. killing.

महांस् तम् अनु कलमस् तं चाº् अनु ततः प`रे ॥ (५.२)
mahāṃs tam anu kalamas taṃ cāpy anu tataḥ pare // (5.2)
mahant tad anu kalama tad ca-api anu tatas para
मह*् mahant m. a camel; a great or noble man (opp. to nīca); a particular class of deceased
progenitors तद tad pron. this अनु anu ind. danach; dementsprechend कलम kalama m. a reed for
writing with; a sort of rice (sown in May and June and ripening in December or January); a thief
तद tad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides अनु anu ind.
danach; dementsprechend ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than.

यवका हायनाः पांसु बाºनइषधकादयः । (६.१)
yavakā hāyanāḥ pāṃsubāṣpanaiṣadhakādayaḥ / (6.1)
yavaka hāyana pāṃsu-bāṣpa-naiṣadhaka-ādi
यवक yavaka m. barley हायन hāyana m. a flame; a sort of red rice (its grains); ray पांसु pāṃsu m.
(prob.) the menses; a kind of camphor; a species of plant बाº bāṣpa mn. a kind of plant- bāṣpikā;
a kind of pot-herb; a tear नइषधक naiṣadhaka m. a kind of grain आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on;
beginning.

¹ा{ºा गुरवः िN^ाः पाके ऽमलाः HेPिप7लाः ॥ (६.२)
svādūṣṇā guravaḥ snigdhāḥ pāke 'mlāḥ śleṣmapittalāḥ // (6.2)
svādu-uṣṇa guru snigdha pāka amla śleṣman-pittala
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot गु^ guru adj. difficult;
hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil;
3
an abscess; any act having consequences अमल amla adj. acid; sour HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus;
phlegm; rheum िप7ल pittala adj. bilious; secreting bile.

Vºमूतपुरीषाश च पूव पूव च िनिWताः । (७.१)
sṛṣṭamūtrapurīṣāś ca pūrvaṃ pūrvaṃ ca ninditāḥ / (7.1)
ca pūrva pūrva ca
च ca ind. also; and; as well as पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient; attended with पूवर pūrva pron.
aforesaid; ancient; attended with च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

िN^ो गाही लघु ः ¹ा§स् ितदोषVः िWरो िहमः ॥ (७.२)
snigdho grāhī laghuḥ svādus tridoṣaghnaḥ sthiro himaḥ // (7.2)
snigdha grāhin laghu svādu tridoṣa-ghna sthira hima
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying
hold of लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty
ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing िWर sthira adj. ascertained;
calm; certain िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta.

षिºको वीिहषु शेºो गौरश चािसतगौरतः । (८.१)
ṣaṣṭiko vrīhiṣu śreṣṭho gauraś cāsitagaurataḥ / (8.1)
ṣaṣṭika vrīhi śreṣṭha gaura ca-asita-gaura
षिºक ṣaṣṭika mfn. a kind of rice of quick growth (ripening in about 60 days) वीिह vrīhi m. rice शेº
śreṣṭha adj. most beautiful of or among; most splendid or beautiful गौर gaura m. a kind of buffalo
(Bos Gaurus); a kind of monkey; a species of rice च ca ind. also; and; as well as अिसत asita m. a
black snake; a Mantra (saving from snakes); a poisonous animal (said to be a kind of mouse)
गौर gaura m. a kind of buffalo (Bos Gaurus); a kind of monkey; a species of rice.

ततः कमान् महावीिहTºवीिहजतूमुखाः ॥ (८.२)
tataḥ kramān mahāvrīhikṛṣṇavrīhijatūmukhāḥ // (8.2)
tatas krama mahāvrīhi-kṛṣṇavrīhi-jatūmukha
ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason कम krama m. a particular śākta tradition;
a position taken (by an animal etc.) before making a spring or attacking; a step महावीिह
mahāvrīhi m. large rice Tºवीिह kṛṣṇavrīhi m. a black sort of rice जतूमुख jatūmukha m. a kind of
plant.

कd

टा"कलावाWपारावतक"ूकराः । (९.१)
kukkuṭāṇḍakalāvākhyapārāvatakaśūkarāḥ / (9.1)

.

ग^नाः क^िवWाश च गुणइर अ7ा*राः Wृताः । (१०.१)
gandhanāḥ kuruvindāś ca guṇair alpāntarāḥ smṛtāḥ / (10.1)
gandhana kuruvinda ca guṇa alpa-antara smṛ
ग^न gandhana m. a kind of rice क^िवW kuruvinda m. a kind of barley; Cyperus rotundus;
Phaseolus roxburghii च ca ind. also; and; as well as गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an
ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small अ*र
4
antara adj. being in the interior; different from; distant Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in
mind; to hand down memoriter.

¹ा§र अमलिवपाको ऽ~ो वीिहः िप7करो गु^ः ॥ (१०.२)
svādur amlavipāko 'nyo vrīhiḥ pittakaro guruḥ // (10.2)
svādu amla-vipāka anya vrīhi pitta-kara guru
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour िवपाक vipāka m. any change
of form or state; bad digestion; calamity अ~ anya pron. anderer वीिह vrīhi m. rice िप7 pitta n.
bile; the bilious humour कर kara adj. causing; helping; making गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard;
heavy.

बVमूतपुरीषोPा ितदोषस् ~् एव पाटलः । (११.१)
bahumūtrapurīṣoṣmā tridoṣas tv eva pāṭalaḥ / (11.1)
bahu-mūtra-purīṣa-uṣman tridoṣa tu eva pāṭala
बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys;
urine पुरीष purīṣa n. (esp.) crumbling or loose earth; a disk; anything used to fill up interstices in
a wall उPन् uṣman m. anger; ardour; heat ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa तु tu ind. and; but; do एव
eva ind. alone; already; even पाटल pāṭala m. a pale red hue; a species of rice ripening in the rains;
Bignonia Suaveolens (the tree bearing the trumpet-flower).

क§ कोदवनीवार¥ामाकािद िहमं लघु ॥ (११.२)
kaṅgukodravanīvāraśyāmākādi himaṃ laghu // (11.2)
kaṅgu-kodrava-nīvāra-śyāmāka-ādi hima laghu
क§ kaṅgu f. a kind of Panic seed (several varieties are cultivated as food for the poor); Panicum
frumentaceum (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 533); Papaver dubium (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 533)
कोदव kodrava m. Paspalum scrobiculatum Linn.- a species of grain eaten by the poor नीवार nīvāra
m. Hygroryza aristata Nees (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 569); Oryza sativa Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld
(1974), 569); Setaria italica Beauv. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 569) ¥ामाक śyāmāka m. name of a
man; name of a people; Panicum Frumentaceum आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

तृणधा~ं पवनTल् लेखनं कफिप7Tत् । (१२.१)
tṛṇadhānyaṃ pavanakṛl lekhanaṃ kaphapittahṛt / (12.1)
tṛṇadhānya pavana-kṛt lekhana kapha-pitta-hṛd
तृणधा~ tṛṇadhānya n. a class of grain; wild rice पवन pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a
species of grass; air Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author लेखन lekhana adj. attenuating;
exciting; lancing कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior.

भVसंधानTत् तत िपय§ र बृंहणी गु^ः ॥ (१२.२)
bhagnasaṃdhānakṛt tatra priyaṅgur bṛṃhaṇī guruḥ // (12.2)
bhagna-saṃdhāna-kṛt tatra priyaṅgu bṛṃhaṇa guru
भV bhagna n. the fracture of a leg संधान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst;
alliance Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place
िपय§ priyaṅgu mf. Aglaia diepenhorstii Miq. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 578); Aglaia Odorata;
Aglaia odorata Lour. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 578) बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or strong;
nourishing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.
5

कोर{षः परं गाही Wशरः शीतो िवषापहः । (१३.१)
koradūṣaḥ paraṃ grāhī sparśaḥ śīto viṣāpahaḥ / (13.1)
koradūṣa para grāhin sparśa śīta viṣa-apaha
कोर{ष koradūṣa m. Paspalum scrobiculatum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 547) पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of Wशर
sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull िवष viṣa n. Aconitum
ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison अपह apaha adj.
destroying; keeping back; removing.

ºकः शीतो गु^ः ¹ा§ः सरो िवडवातTद यवः ॥ (१३.२)
rūkṣaḥ śīto guruḥ svāduḥ saro viḍvātakṛd yavaḥ // (13.2)
rūkṣa śīta guru svādu sara viṣ-vāta-kṛt yava
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull गु^
guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty सर sara adj. cathartic;
fluid; going िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand
resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure
of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double
convex lens.

वृºः Wइयरकरो मूतमेदःिप7कफाञ् जयेत् । (१४.१)
vṛṣyaḥ sthairyakaro mūtramedaḥpittakaphāñ jayet / (14.1)
vṛṣya sthairyakara mūtra-medas-pitta-kapha ji
वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating Wइयरकर sthairyakara adj. causing firmness
or hardness मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for
the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a
battle); to defeat; to exercise.

पीनसNासकासो^º~क"~गामयान् ॥ (१४.२)
pīnasaśvāsakāsorustambhakaṇṭhatvagāmayān // (14.2)
pīnasa-śvāsa-kāsa-ūru-stambha-kaṇṭha-tvagāmaya
पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose) Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath;
asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln
ऊ^ ūru mf. name of a son of Manu Cākṣuṣa; name of an Āṅgirasa and author of a Vedic hymn;
shank º~ stambha m. a post; arrogance; becoming hard or solid क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand;
immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi ~गामय tvagāmaya m. Hautkrankheit.

~ूनो यवाद अनुयवो ºकोºो वंशैओ यवः । (१५.१)
nyūno yavād anuyavo rūkṣoṣṇo vaṃśajo yavaḥ / (15.1)
nyūna yava anuyava rūkṣa-uṣṇa vaṃśaja yava
~ून nyūna adj. base; defective; deficient यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand
resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure
of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double
convex lens अनुयव anuyava m. a kind of barley ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person
6
or speech) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वंशैअ vaṃśaja adj. belonging to the family of; belonging
to the same family (plur. with prāktanāḥ forefathers); born in the family of यव yava mn. (in
palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good
fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or
12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double convex lens.

वृºः शीतो गु^ः िN^ो जीवनो वातिप7हा ॥ (१५.२)
vṛṣyaḥ śīto guruḥ snigdho jīvano vātapittahā // (15.2)
vṛṣya śīta guru snigdha jīvana vāta-pitta-han
वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull गु^ guru
adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable जीवन jīvana adj.
enlivening; giving life; vivifying वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
humour हन् han adj. killing.

संधानकारी मधुरो गोधूमः Wइयर Tत् सरः । (१६.१)
saṃdhānakārī madhuro godhūmaḥ sthairyakṛt saraḥ / (16.1)
saṃdhāna-kārin madhura godhūma sthairya-kṛt sara
संधान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst; alliance कािरन् kārin adj. acting;
an actor; doing मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of
Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree Wइयर sthairya n. calmness; constancy;
constant delight in Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

पMा नWीमुखी शीता कषायमधुरा लघुः ॥ (१६.२)
pathyā nandīmukhī śītā kaṣāyamadhurā laghuḥ // (16.2)
pathya nandīmukhī śīta kaṣāya-madhura laghu
पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal नWीमुखी nandīmukhī f. a kind of
plant; sleep शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant मधुर
madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

मु7ाढकीमसूरािद िश~ीधा~ं िवब^Tत् । (१७.१)
mudgāḍhakīmasūrādi śimbīdhānyaṃ vibandhakṛt / (17.1)
mudga-āḍhakī-masūrī-ādi śimbīdhānya vibandha-kṛt
मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering आढकी āḍhakī f. a kind of fragrant earth; a
measure of volume; the pulse Cajanus Indicus Spreng मसूरी masūrī mf. a kind of smallpox; Ervum
lens Linn.; Ipomoea Turpethum आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िश~ीधा~
śimbīdhānya n. leguminous grain िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting
obstruction; constipation Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

कषायं ¹ा§ संगािह कटपाकं िहमं लघु ॥ (१७.२)
kaṣāyaṃ svādu saṃgrāhi kaṭupākaṃ himaṃ laghu // (17.2)
kaṣāya svādu saṃgrāhin kaṭu-pāka hima laghu
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty
संगािहन् saṃgrāhin adj. accumulating; astringent; collecting कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as
words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences िहम hima adj.
cold; cool; [medic.] śīta लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

7
मेदःHेPासिप7ेषु िहतं लेपोपसेकयोः । (१८.१)
medaḥśleṣmāsrapitteṣu hitaṃ lepopasekayoḥ / (18.1)
medas-śleṣman-asrapitta hita lepa-upaseka
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness HेPन् śleṣman m.
mucus; phlegm; rheum असिप7 asrapitta n. िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial लेप lepa
m. (esp.) particles or remnants wiped from the hand after offering oblations to three ancestors; a
coating of paint; a kind of disease उपसेक upaseka m. infusion; sprinkling upon.

वरो ऽत मु7ो ऽ7चलः कलायस् ~् अितवातलः ॥ (१८.२)
varo 'tra mudgo 'lpacalaḥ kalāyas tv ativātalaḥ // (18.2)
vara atra mudga alpa-cala kalāya tu
वर vara adj. best; better; better than अत् र atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place
मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small चल cala m. a
sprout; quicksilver; shoot कलाय kalāya mn. a kind of plant with darkcoloured flowers; a sort of
pea or pulse; Lathyrus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 540) तु tu ind. and; but; do.

राजमाषो ऽिनलकरो ºको बVशTद गु^ः । (१९.१)
rājamāṣo 'nilakaro rūkṣo bahuśakṛd guruḥ / (19.1)
rājamāṣa anila-kara rūkṣa bahu-śakṛt guru
राजमाष rājamāṣa m. a kind of bean; Dolichos Catjang अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection
referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons कर kara adj. causing; helping;
making ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) बV bahu adj. abundant;
great in quantity; many शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces गु^ guru adj.
difficult; hard; heavy.

उºाः कलMाः पाके ऽमलाः "ुकाशमNासपीनसान् ॥ (१९.२)
uṣṇāḥ kulatthāḥ pāke 'mlāḥ śukrāśmaśvāsapīnasān // (19.2)
uṣṇa kulattha pāka amla śukra-aśman-śvāsa-pīnasa
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot कलM kulattha mn. Cassia absus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
545); Dolichos uniflorus Lam. (a kind of pulse); name of a people पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil;
an abscess; any act having consequences अमल amla adj. acid; sour "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha;
a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid अशमन् aśman mn. a precious stone; a stone; any
instrument made of stone (as a hammer etc.) Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma
(of which there are five kinds) पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose).

कासाशरःकफवातांश च Vि* िप7ासदाः परम् । (२०.१)
kāsārśaḥkaphavātāṃś ca ghnanti pittāsradāḥ param / (20.1)
kāsa-arśas-kapha-vāta ca han pittāsra-da para
कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles;
[medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas;
watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout च ca ind. also; and; as well as
हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to avert िप7ास pittāsra n. द da adj.
effecting; granting; offering पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than.

िनºावो वातिप7ासº~मूतकरो गु^ः ॥ (२०.२)
niṣpāvo vātapittāsrastanyamūtrakaro guruḥ // (20.2)
8
niṣpāva vāta-pittāsra-stanya-mūtra-kara guru
िनºाव niṣpāva m. a kind of weight unit; chaff; Dolichos lablab Linn. वात vāta m. air; flatulence;
gout िप7ास pittāsra n. º~ stanya mn. milk; dugdhapāṣāṇa मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the
kidneys; urine कर kara adj. causing; helping; making गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

सरो िवदाही [क"ुककफशोफिवषापहः । (२१.१)
saro vidāhī dṛkśukrakaphaśophaviṣāpahaḥ / (21.1)
sara vidāhin dṛś-śukra-kapha-śopha-viṣa-apaha
सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going िवदािहन् vidāhin adj. acrid; burning; pungent [श dṛś f. (astrol.)
the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha;
a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema
(Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a
particular vegetable poison अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

माषः िN^ो बलHे Pमलिप7करः सरः ॥ (२१.२)
māṣaḥ snigdho balaśleṣmamalapittakaraḥ saraḥ // (21.2)
māṣa snigdha bala-śleṣman-mala-pitta-kara sara
माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool िN^ snigdha adj.
adhesive; affectionate; agreeable बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in HेPन् śleṣman m.
mucus; phlegm; rheum मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर
kara adj. causing; helping; making सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

गुººो ऽिनलहा ¹ा§ः "ुकवृिTिव`रेकTत् । (२२.१)
gurūṣṇo 'nilahā svāduḥ śukravṛddhivirekakṛt / (22.1)
guru-uṣṇa anila-han svādu śukra-vṛddhi-vireka-kṛt
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot अिनल anila m. air or wind; any
affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons हन् han adj. killing
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of
the iris; any clear liquid वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) िव`रेक
vireka m. a purgative; cathartic; evacuation of the bowels Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting;
author.

फलािन माषवद िवNात् काका"ोलाMगुPयोः ॥ (२२.२)
phalāni māṣavad vidyāt kākāṇḍolātmaguptayoḥ // (22.2)
phala māṣavat vid kākāṇḍolā-ātmaguptā
फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift माषवत् māṣavat ind. wie bei
māṣa िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn काका"ोला kākāṇḍolā f. a plant similar to
the Carpopogon pruriens आMगुPा ātmaguptā f. the plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook.

उºस् ~¬ो िहमः W¯श के¥ो ब7स् ितलो गु^ः । (२३.१)
uṣṇas tvacyo himaḥ sparśe keśyo balyas tilo guruḥ / (23.1)
uṣṇa tvacya hima sparśa keśya balya tila guru
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot ~¬ tvacya adj. conducive to healthiness of skin िहम hima adj.
cold; cool; [medic.] śīta Wशर sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy के¥ keśya adj. being in
9
the hair; suitable to the hair ब7 balya adj. giving strength; powerful; strengthening ितल tila mn.
a mole; a small particle; name of a chapter of PSarv. गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

अ7मूतः कटः पाके मेधािVकफिप7Tत् ॥ (२३.२)
alpamūtraḥ kaṭuḥ pāke medhāgnikaphapittakṛt // (23.2)
alpa-mūtra kaṭu pāka medhā-agni-kapha-pitta-kṛt
अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine कट kaṭu
adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having
consequences मेधा medhā f. dhana; a form of Dākṣāyaṇī in Kaśmīra; a form of Sarasvatī अिV agni
m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas;
watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author.

िN^ोमा ¹ा§ित³ोºा कफिप7करी गु^ः । (२४.१)
snigdhomā svādutiktoṣṇā kaphapittakarī guruḥ / (24.1)
snigdha-umā svādu-tikta-uṣṇa kapha-pitta-kara guru
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable उमा umā f. fame; flax (Linum
Usitatissimum); light ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6
modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot कफ kapha m. phlegm;
phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
humour कर kara adj. causing; helping; making गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

[क"ुकTत् कटः पाके त§द बीजं कसु~ैअम् ॥ (२४.२)
dṛkśukrahṛt kaṭuḥ pāke tadvad bījaṃ kusumbhajam // (24.2)
dṛś-śukra-hṛt kaṭu pāka tadvat bīja kusumbha-ja
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine "ुक śukra n. a
kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid Tत् hṛt adj. (only ifc.) bringing;
carrying; carrying away कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) पाक pāka m. a cooking
utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of
yadvat); thus बीज bīja mn. (Trika:) Vokal (<-> yoni); a runner (of the Indian fig-tree); algebra
कसु~ kusumbha mn. safflower- Carthamus tinctorius Linn.; saffron ज ja adj. born or produced in or
at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

माषो ऽत स¯वM् अवरो यवकः "ूकैएषु च । (२५.१)
māṣo 'tra sarveṣv avaro yavakaḥ śūkajeṣu ca / (25.1)
māṣa atra sarva avara yavaka śūkaja ca
माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool अत atra ind. here
at this time; in this matter; in this place सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different अवर avara adj.
below; hinder; last यवक yavaka m. barley "ूकैअ śūkaja m. [medic.] yavakṣāra च ca ind. also; and;
as well as.

नवं धा~म् अिभºिW लघु संवñरोिषतम् ॥ (२५.२)
navaṃ dhānyam abhiṣyandi laghu saṃvatsaroṣitam // (25.2)
nava dhānya abhiṣyandin laghu saṃvatsara-uṣita
नव nava adj. fresh; modern; new धा~ dhānya n. a kind of house; a measure 4 sesamum seeds;
Cyperus Rotundus अिभºिWन् abhiṣyandin adj. causing defluxions or serious effusions; laxative;
oozing लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief संवñर saṃvatsara mn. a full year; a year; a
10
year of the the first in a cycle of five or six years उिषत uṣita adj. one who has fasted; one who has
had sexual intercourse with (saha); one who has halted or stayed (esp. "overnight") or has been
absent or lived or remained or waited in any place or for any time (acc. or comp.).

शीघैअª तथा सूºं िनºुषं युि³भÍजतम् । (२६.१)
śīghrajanma tathā sūpyaṃ nistuṣaṃ yuktibharjitam / (26.1)
śīghrajanman tathā sūpya nistuṣa yukti-bharjita
शीघैअªन् śīghrajanman n. a kind of plant तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so सूº
sūpya n. food consisting of soup िनºुष nistuṣa adj. freed from tusk or chaff; purified; simplified
युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness भÍजत bharjita adj. annihilated;
destroyed; fried.

म"`पेयािवलेपीनाम् ओदनº च लाघवम् ॥ (२६.२)
maṇḍapeyāvilepīnām odanasya ca lāghavam // (26.2)
maṇḍa-peyā-vilepī odana ca lāghava
म" maṇḍa mn. cream; essence; pith `पेया peyā f. a species of anise; rice gruel or any drink mixed
with a small quantity of boiled rice िवलेपी vilepī f. rice-gruel ओदन odana mn. any pap or pulpy
substance; boiled rice; grain mashed and cooked with milk च ca ind. also; and; as well as लाघव
lāghava n. alacrity; brevity; conciseness.

यथापूव िशवस् तत म"ो वातानुलोमनः । (२७.१)
yathāpūrvaṃ śivas tatra maṇḍo vātānulomanaḥ / (27.1)
yathāpūrva śiva tatra maṇḍa vāta-anulomana
यथापूवर yathāpūrva adj. being as before िशव śiva m. a kind of second Śiva; bdellium; final
emancipation तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place म" maṇḍa mn. cream; essence; pith
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout अनुलोमन anulomana n. carrying off by the right channels; due
regulation; purging.

तृडगलािनदोषशेषVः पाचनो धातुसाPTत् ॥ (२७.२)
tṛḍglānidoṣaśeṣaghnaḥ pācano dhātusāmyakṛt // (27.2)
tṛṣ-glāni-doṣa-śeṣa-ghna pācana dhātusāmya-kṛt
तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease;
depression of mind दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings;
remainder V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil;
digestive; softening धातुसाP dhātusāmya n. equilibrium of the bodily humours; good health Tत्
kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

सोतोमादरवTत् ¹ेदी संधुकयित चानलम् । (२८.१)
srotomārdavakṛt svedī saṃdhukṣayati cānalam / (28.1)
srotas-mārdava-kṛt svedin saṃdhukṣay ca-anala
सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or animal body (reckoned to be 9 in men and 11
in women); an organ of sense मादरव mārdava n. gentleness; kindness; leniency towards Tत् kṛt
adj. accomplishing; acting; author ¹ेिदन् svedin adj. perspiring; sweating संधु कय् saṃdhukṣay 10.P.
to animate; to inflame; to light up च ca ind. also; and; as well as अनल anala m. (in astron.) the
fiftieth year of; bile; digestive power.

कु7ृºागलािनदौबर7किकरो`गैवरापहा ॥ (२८.२)
11
kṣuttṛṣṇāglānidaurbalyakukṣirogajvarāpahā // (28.2)
kṣut-tṛṣṇā-glāni-daurbalya-kukṣi-roga-jvara-apaha
कुत् kṣut f. a sneeze तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire गलािन
glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind दौबर7 daurbalya n. impotence; weakness किक kukṣi
mf. a bay; a cavity in general; a valley रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus;
disease 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the
body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back;
removing.

मलानुलोमनी पMा `पेया दीपनपाचनी । (२९.१)
malānulomanī pathyā peyā dīpanapācanī / (29.1)
mala-anulomana pathya peya dīpana-pācana
मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth अनुलोमन anulomana adj. regulating पM pathya adj. containing
elements or leading forms; fit; normal `पेय peya adj. drinkable; tastable; to be drunk in or enjoyed
by दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil;
digestive; softening.

िवलेपी गािहणी TNा तृºाVी दीपनी िहता ॥ (२९.२)
vilepī grāhiṇī hṛdyā tṛṣṇāghnī dīpanī hitā // (29.2)
vilepī grāhin hṛdya tṛṣṇā-ghna dīpana hita
िवलेपी vilepī f. rice-gruel गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of TN hṛdya adj. being
in the heart; beloved; charming तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.);
desire घ्न ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling िहत
hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial.

वणािकरोगसं "ुT§बर लNेहपाियनाम् । (३०.१)
vraṇākṣirogasaṃśuddhadurbalasnehapāyinām / (30.1)

.

यश भृºत"लः । (३१.१)
yaś bhṛṣṭataṇḍulaḥ / (31.1)
yad
यद yad pron. what; which.

िवपरीतो गु^ः कीरमांसाNइर यश च सािधतः ॥ (३१.२)
viparīto guruḥ kṣīramāṃsādyair yaś ca sādhitaḥ // (31.2)
viparīta guru kṣīra-māṃsa-ādya yad ca
िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything गु^ guru
adj. difficult; hard; heavy कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk मांस
māṃsa n. flesh; meat आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent यद yad pron. what; which
च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

इित दºिकयायोगमानाNइः सवरम् आिदशेत् । (३२.१)
iti dravyakriyāyogamānādyaiḥ sarvam ādiśet / (32.1)
12
iti dravya-kriyāyoga-māna-ādya sarva ādiś
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake
िकयायोग kriyāyoga m. name of a work; the connection with an action or verb; the employment of
expedients or instruments मान māna n. a particular measure or weight; appearance; dimension
आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different आिदश
ādiś 6.Ā. to aim at; to announce; to assign.

बृंहणः पीणनो वृºश चकुºो वणहा रसः ॥ (३२.२)
bṛṃhaṇaḥ prīṇano vṛṣyaś cakṣuṣyo vraṇahā rasaḥ // (32.2)
bṛṃhaṇa prīṇana vṛṣya cakṣuṣya vraṇa-han rasa
बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or strong; nourishing पीणन prīṇana adj. appeasing;
gratifying; pleasing वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating चकुº cakṣuṣya adj.
agreeable to the eyes; beautiful; goodlooking वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish हन् han adj.
killing रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

मौ7स् तु पMः वातानुलोमी कौलMो गु7तूणीपतूिणिजत् ॥(३३.२)
maudgas tu pathyaḥ vātānulomī kaulattho gulmatūṇīpratūṇijit //(33.2)
maudga tu-kaulattha pathya-gulma-tūṇī-pratūṇī-jit
मौ7 maudga adj. consisting of beans; relating to a bean तु tu ind. and; but; do कौलM kaulattha adj.
made or prepared with Dolichos uniflorus पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms;
fit; normal गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in
the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen तूणी tūṇī f. a disease of the
anus and the bladder; a quiver; the Indigo plant पतूणी pratūṇī f. a kind of disease (causing pain of
the nerves extending from the rectum and generative organs to the bowels) िजत् jit adj. acquiring;
ifc. winning.

ितलिप"ाकिवTितः "ुMशाकं िवºढकम् । (३४.१)
tilapiṇyākavikṛtiḥ śuṣkaśākaṃ virūḍhakam / (34.1)
tila-piṇyāka-vikṛti śuṣka-śāka virūḍhaka
ितल tila mn. a mole; a small particle; name of a chapter of PSarv. िप"ाक piṇyāka mn. Asa Foetida;
incense; oil-cake िवTित vikṛti f. (in Sāṃkhya) vikāra; ḍimba; a verse changed in a particular
manner "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens
िवºढक virūḍhaka mn. grain that has begun to sprout.

शा"ाकीवटकं [गVं दोषलं गलपनं गु^ ॥ (३४.२)
śāṇḍākīvaṭakaṃ dṛgghnaṃ doṣalaṃ glapanaṃ guru // (34.2)
śāṇḍākī-vaṭaka dṛś-ghna doṣala glapana guru
शा"ाकी śāṇḍākī f. a kind of animal वटक vaṭaka mfn. a small lump or round mass; ball; globule [श
dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine V ghna adj.
destroying; killer; killing दोषल doṣala adj. corrupt; defective; increasing the tridoṣa गलपन glapana
n. fading; relaxation गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

रसाला बृंहणी वृºा िN^ा ब7ा ^िचपदा । (३५.१)
rasālā bṛṃhaṇī vṛṣyā snigdhā balyā rucipradā / (35.1)
rasālā bṛṃhaṇa vṛṣya snigdha balya ruci-prada
13
रसाला rasālā f. a vine or grape; curds mixed with sugar and spices; Desmodium Gangeticum
बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or strong; nourishing वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual
vigour; stimulating िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable ब7 balya adj. giving
strength; powerful; strengthening ^िच ruci f. appetite; beauty; colour पद prada adj. bestowing;
causing; effecting.

शमकु7ृट¥महरं पानकं पीणनं गु^ ॥ (३५.२)
śramakṣuttṛṭklamaharaṃ pānakaṃ prīṇanaṃ guru // (35.2)
śrama-kṣut-tṛṣ-klama-hara pānaka prīṇana guru
शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise कुत् kṣut f. a sneeze तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as
daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue; languor हर hara adj.
bearing; destroying; ravishing पानक pānaka mn. a draught; beverage; drink पीणन prīṇana adj.
appeasing; gratifying; pleasing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

िवºि~ मूतलं TNं यथादºगुणं च तत् । (३६.१)
viṣṭambhi mūtralaṃ hṛdyaṃ yathādravyaguṇaṃ ca tat / (36.1)
viṣṭambhin mūtrala hṛdya yathādravyaguṇa ca tad
िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless मूतल mūtrala adj. diuretic TN
hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming यथादºगुण yathādravyaguṇa adj. च ca ind. also;
and; as well as तद tad pron. this.

लाजास् तृटछNरतीसारमेहमेदःकफि½दः ॥ (३६.२)
lājās tṛṭchardyatīsāramehamedaḥkaphacchidaḥ // (36.2)
lāja tṛṣ-chardi-atīsāra-meha-medas-kapha-chid
लाज lāja mf. fried or parched grain (esp. rice grain) तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong
desire; thirst छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness; vomiting अतीसार atīsāra m.
dysentery; purging मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of urine मेदस् medas n. a mystical
term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िछद chid adj. annihilating; cutting off; cutting through.

कासिप7ोपशमना दीपना लघवो िहमाः । (३७.१)
kāsapittopaśamanā dīpanā laghavo himāḥ / (37.1)
kāsa-pitta-upaśamana dīpana laghu hima
कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour
उपशमन upaśamana n. an anodyne; appeasing; calming दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming;
kindling लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta.

पृथुका गुरवो ब7ाः कफिवº~कािरणः ॥ (३७.२)
pṛthukā guravo balyāḥ kaphaviṣṭambhakāriṇaḥ // (37.2)
pṛthukā guru balya kapha-viṣṭambha-kārin
पृथुका pṛthukā f. a girl; a species of plant गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy ब7 balya adj. giving
strength; powerful; strengthening कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery
froth or foam in general िवº~ viṣṭambha m. a partic. disease of the fetus; checking; constipation
कािरन् kārin adj. acting; an actor; doing.

धाना िवºि~नी ºका तपरणी लेखनी गु^ः । (३८.१)
14
dhānā viṣṭambhinī rūkṣā tarpaṇī lekhanī guruḥ / (38.1)
dhānā viṣṭambhin rūkṣa tarpaṇa lekhana guru
धाना dhānā f. bud; coriander; corn िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) तपरण tarpaṇa adj. satisfying लेखन
lekhana adj. attenuating; exciting; lancing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

स³वो लघवः कु7ृटशम`नेतामयवणान् ॥ (३८.२)
saktavo laghavaḥ kṣuttṛṭśramanetrāmayavraṇān // (38.2)
saktu laghu kṣut-tṛṣ-śrama-netrāmaya-vraṇa
स³ saktu m. coarsely ground meal; grit; groats (esp. of barley-meal) लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief कुत् kṣut f. a sneeze तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire;
thirst शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise `नेतामय netrāmaya m. ophthalmia
वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish.

Vि* संतपरणाः पानात् सN एव बलपदाः । (३९.१)
ghnanti saṃtarpaṇāḥ pānāt sadya eva balapradāḥ / (39.1)
han saṃtarpaṇa pāna sadyas eva
हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come in contact; to abandon; to avert संतपरण saṃtarpaṇa adj. invigorating
पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel सNस् sadyas ind. daily; every day; in the very
moment एव eva ind. alone; already; even.

नोदका*िरतान् न ि§र न िनशायां न केवलान् ॥ (३९.२)
nodakāntaritān na dvir na niśāyāṃ na kevalān // (39.2)
na-udaka-antarita na dvis na niśā na kevala
न na ind. neither; no; nor उदक udaka n. a particular metre; ablution (as a ceremony); the
ceremony of offering water to a dead person अ*िरत antarita adj. concealed; departed;
disappeared न na ind. neither; no; nor ि§स् dvis ind. twice न na ind. neither; no; nor िनशा niśā f.
(Haṭhayoga:) \=\= kumbhaka; a vision; Curcuma (of 2 species) न na ind. neither; no; nor केवल
kevala adj. absolute; alone; entire.

न भुMा न ि§जइश िछ*ा स³¸न् अNान् न वा ब7न् । (४०.१)
na bhuktvā na dvijaiś chittvā saktūn adyān na vā bahūn / (40.1)
na bhuj na dvija chid saktu ad na vā bahu
न na ind. neither; no; nor भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy न na ind. neither; no; nor
ि§ज dvija m. a Brāhman (re-born through investiture with the sacred thread); a bird or any
oviparous animal (appearing first as an egg); a man of any one of the first 3 classes िछद chid 1.P.
to amputate; to chop; to cut off स³ saktu m. coarsely ground meal; grit; groats (esp. of barley-
meal) अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to eat न na ind. neither; no; nor वा vā ind. either - or;
on the one side - on the other side; optionally बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many.

िप"ाको गलपनो ºको िवº~ी [िº{षणः ॥ (४०.२)
piṇyāko glapano rūkṣo viṣṭambhī dṛṣṭidūṣaṇaḥ // (40.2)
piṇyāka glapana rūkṣa viṣṭambhin dṛṣṭi-dūṣaṇa
िप"ाक piṇyāka mn. Asa Foetida; incense; oil-cake गलपन glapana adj. making tired; wearying ºक
rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling;
making motionless [िº dṛṣṭi f. beholding; consideration; intelligence {षण dūṣaṇa adj. corrupting;
counteracting; killing.
15

`वेसवारो गु^ः िN^ो बलोपचयवधरनः । (४१.१)
vesavāro guruḥ snigdho balopacayavardhanaḥ / (41.1)
vesavāra guru snigdha bala-upacaya-vardhana
`वेसवार vesavāra m. a condiment (in general); a particular condiment or kind of seasoning गु^
guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable बल bala mn.
Balarāma; an army; expertness in उपचय upacaya m. accumulation; addition; elevation वधरन
vardhana adj. (mostly ifc.) animating; (often ifc.) causing to increase; exhilarating.

मु7ािदजास् तु गुरवो यथादºगुणानुगाः ॥ (४१.२)
mudgādijās tu guravo yathādravyaguṇānugāḥ // (41.2)
mudga-ādi-ja tu guru yathādravyaguṇa-anuga
मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning ज
ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from तु tu ind. and;
but; do गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy यथादºगुण yathādravyaguṇa adj. अनुग anuga adj. adapted
to; companion; followed by.

एकयोनÌ लघून् िवNाद अपूपान् उ7रो7रम् ॥ (४२.२)
ekayonīṃ laghūn vidyād apūpān uttarottaram // (42.2)
laghu vid apūpa uttarottara
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn
अपूप apūpa mn. a kind of fine bread; cake of flour; honeycomb उ7रो7र uttarottara adj. always
following; always increasing; each following.

हिरणइणकर§करगोकणरमृगमातृकाः । (४३.१)
hariṇaiṇakuraṅgarkṣagokarṇamṛgamātṛkāḥ / (43.1)
hariṇa-eṇa-kuraṅga-ṛkṣa-gokarṇa-mṛgamātṛkā
हिरण hariṇa m. a deer; a goose; a minor division of the world एण eṇa mf. a species of deer or
antelope (described as being of a black colour with beautiful eyes and short legs) कर§ kuraṅga
m. a species of antelope; antelope or deer (in general); name of a mountain ऋक ṛkṣa m. a bear (as
a ravenous beast); a species of ape; Bignonia Indica गोकणर gokarṇa mn. aśvagandhā Physalis
flexuosa Roxb.; a cow's ear; a kind of plant- aśvagandhā or palāśa मृगमातृका mṛgamātṛkā f. a kind
of red-coloured hare like deer.

शशश~रचा^MशरभाNा मृगाः Wृताः ॥ (४३.२)
śaśaśambaracāruṣkaśarabhādyā mṛgāḥ smṛtāḥ // (43.2)
śaśa-śambara-cāruṣka-śarabha-ādi mṛga smṛ
शश śaśa m. a hare; a kind of meteor; a man of mild character and easily led (one of the four
classes into which men are divided by erotic writers) श~र śambara m. citraka; a fish or a kind of
fish; a kind of deer चा^M cāruṣka m. a kind of mṛga शरभ śarabha m. a camel; a grasshopper; a
kind of deer or (in later times) a fabulous animal (supposed to have eight legs and to inhabit the
snowy mountains) आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning मृग mṛga m. a deer; a forest
animal or wild beast; a large soaring bird Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand
down memoriter.

लाववातÌकवतÌरर³वMरककd

भाः । (४४.१)
16
lāvavārtīkavartīraraktavartmakakukkubhāḥ / (44.1)
lāva-vārtīka-vartīra-raktavartmaka-kukkubha
लाव lāva m. a kind of bird वातÌक vārtīka m. a kind of quail वतÌर vartīra m. a sort of quail or
partridge र³वMरक raktavartmaka m. a kind of bird कd

भ kukkubha m. oily gloss; the wild cock
(Phasianus gallus); varnish.

किपMलोपचकाWचकोरक^बाहवः ॥ (४४.२)
kapiñjalopacakrākhyacakorakurubāhavaḥ // (44.2)

.

तामचू डाWबकरगोनदरिगिरवÍ`तकाः ॥ (४५.२)
tāmracūḍākhyabakaragonardagirivartikāḥ // (45.2)

.

जीवMीवकदा*ू हभृ§ाJ"ुकसािरकाः ॥ (४६.२)
jīvañjīvakadātyūhabhṛṅgāhvaśukasārikāḥ // (46.2)
jīvañjīvaka-dātyūha-bhṛṅgāhva-śuka-sārika
जीवMीवक jīvañjīvaka m. a kind of bird दा*ूह dātyūha m. a gallinule; Cuculus Melanoleucus; cloud
भृ§ाJ bhṛṅgāhva m. a kind of bird; Eclipta Prostrata "ुक śuka m. Acacia Sirissa; a parrot; a poet
सािरक sārika m. name of a Muni; the bird Turdus Salica.

लटवाकोिकलहारीतकपोतचटकादयः । (४७.१)
laṭvākokilahārītakapotacaṭakādayaḥ / (47.1)
laṭvā-kokila-hārīta-kapota-caṭaka-ādi
लटवा laṭvā f. vādya; a curl on the forehead; a game कोिकल kokila m. a kind of mouse; a kind of
snake; a kind of sugar-cane हारीत hārīta m. harīta; name of a medical author; name of various
authors etc. (esp. of a lawyer often quoted) कपोत kapota mn. bird in general; cornice; dove चटक
caṭaka m. a nickname of Vaiśampāyana's school; a sparrow; name of a poet आिद ādi m. a firstling;
and so on; beginning.

पतुदा भेकगोधािहNािवदाNा िबले शयाः ॥ (४७.२)
pratudā bhekagodhāhiśvāvidādyā bileśayāḥ // (47.2)
pratuda bheka-godhā-ahi-śvāvidh-ādi bileśaya
पतुद pratuda m. eine bestimmte Klasse von Vögeln भेक bheka m. a frog; a timid man; cloud गोधा
godhā f. (term. techn. Haṭhayoga); a chord; a leathern fence wound round the left arm to prevent
injury from a bow-string अिह ahi m. a name of Rāhu; a snake; a traveller Nािवध् śvāvidh m. a kind
of porcupine; a porcupine आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िबलेशय bileśaya m. an
animal that lives in holes; name of a teacher of the Hathavidyā; nāga lead (Ḍhuṇḍhukanātha
2000: 43).

गोखराNतरोºराN§ीिपÍसहकरवानराः । (४८.१)
17
gokharāśvataroṣṭrāśvadvīpisiṃharkṣavānarāḥ / (48.1)

.

लोपाकैअ~ुक¥ेनचाषवा*ादवायसाः । (४९.१)
lopākajambukaśyenacāṣavāntādavāyasāḥ / (49.1)
lopāka-jambuka-śyena-cāṣa-vāntāda-vāyasa
लोपाक lopāka m. a kind of jackal ज~ुक jambuka m. a jackal; a kind of Bignonia; a low man ¥ेन
śyena m. a hawk; a horse; a kind of array (in battle) चाष cāṣa m. sugar-cane; the blue jay वा*ाद
vāntāda m. (prob.) a kind of bird; a dog वायस vāyasa m. (esp.) a large bird; Agallochum or fragrant
aloe; a bird.

शशVीभासकररगृ धोलूककिल§काः ॥ (४९.२)
śaśaghnībhāsakuraragṛdhrolūkakuliṅgakāḥ // (49.2)
śaśaghnī-bhāsa-kurara-gṛdhra-ulūka-kuliṅgaka
शशVी śaśaghnī f. a kind of animal भास bhāsa m. a bird of prey; a cow-shed; brightness (often ifc.)
करर kurara m. a species of eagle; an osprey; name of a mountain गृध gṛdhra m. a vulture; name of
a ṣi in the 14th Manvantara; name of a Rakṣas उलूक ulūka m. an owl; name of a king of the
Ulūkas; name of a Muni किल§क kuliṅgaka m. a sparrow; name of a bird of prey.

धूिमका मधुहा चेित पसहा मृगपिकणः । (५०.१)
dhūmikā madhuhā ceti prasahā mṛgapakṣiṇaḥ / (50.1)
dhūmikā madhuhan ca-iti prasaha mṛgapakṣin
धूिमका dhūmikā f. a kind of prasaha (\= dhūmyāṭa) मधुहन् madhuhan m. a kind of prasaha (
madhughātaka) च ca ind. also; and; as well as इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original
signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) पसह prasaha m. a beast or bird
of prey; endurance; resistance मृगपिकन् mṛgapakṣin m. a bird of prey; beasts and birds.

वराहमिहष~_ ^^रोिहतवारणाः ॥ (५०.२)
varāhamahiṣanyaṅkurururohitavāraṇāḥ // (50.2)
varāha-mahiṣa-nyaṅku-ruru-rohita-vāraṇa
वराह varāha m. a boar; a bull; a particular measure मिहष mahiṣa m. a buffalo (considered as the
emblem of Yama and of a Jaina saint); a great priest; a kind of fish ~_ nyaṅku m. a deer; a
particular part of a carriage; an antelope ^^ ruru m. a dog; a form of Bhairava; a kind of savage
animal रोिहत rohita m. Andersonia Rohitaka; a kind of deer; a kind of fish वारण vāraṇa m. a kind
of ornament on an arch; an elephant; an elephant-hook.

Vमरश चमरः खडगो गवयश च महामृगाः । (५१.१)
sṛmaraś camaraḥ khaḍgo gavayaś ca mahāmṛgāḥ / (51.1)
sṛmara camara khaḍga gavaya ca mahāmṛga
Vमर sṛmara m. a kind of animal frequenting damp places; name of an Asura चमर camara m. a
kind of ox called the Yak (Bos grunniens) खडग khaḍga mn. a large sacrificial knife; a Pratyeka-
Buddha; a rhinoceros गवय gavaya m. Bos gavaeus; name of a monkey-chief; the Gayal (a species
18
of ox) च ca ind. also; and; as well as महामृग mahāmṛga m. (esp.) any large wild animal; a large
animal; an elephant.

बलाकोतकोशचकाJम7

कौBादयो ऽपचराः । (५२.१)
balākotkrośacakrāhvamadgukrauñcādayo 'pcarāḥ / (52.1)
apcara
अपचर apcara m. an aquatic animal.

मñा रोिहतपाठीनक¸मरक~ीरककर टाः ॥ (५२.२)
matsyā rohitapāṭhīnakūrmakumbhīrakarkaṭāḥ // (52.2)
matsya rohita-pāṭhīna-kūrma-kumbhīra-karkaṭa
मñ matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a fish; a king of the Matsyas रोिहत rohita m.
Andersonia Rohitaka; a kind of deer; a kind of fish पाठीन pāṭhīna m. a species of Moringa with red
blossoms; Silurus Pelorius or Boalis (a kind of sheat-fish) क¸मर kūrma m. name of the fourteenth
Adhyāya of VarBЭS; one of the airs of the human body; the earth considered as a tortoise
swimming on the waters क~ीर kumbhīra m. a crocodile of the Ganges (the long-nosed alligator);
name of a plant; name of a Yakṣa ककर ट karkaṭa m. a kind of coitus; a kind of fever; a kind of
kandaviṣa.

"ुि³श]ोदश~ूकशफरीवÍमचि¶काः । (५३.१)
śuktiśaṅkhodraśambūkaśapharīvarmicandrikāḥ / (53.1)
śukti-śaṅkha-udra-śambūka-śapharī-varmi-candrikā
"ुि³ śukti f. a bone; a curl or feather on a horse's neck or breast; a measure of weight ( 1/2 Pala
or 4 Karshas) श] śaṅkha mn. a particular high number (said to a hundred billions); a shell; the
conch-shell (used for making libations of water or as an ornament for the arms or for the temples
of an elephant) उद udra m. a kind of aquatic animal श~ूक śambūka m. a bivalve shell; a kind of
animal; a snail शफरी śapharī f. a fish or a kind of fish; Cyprinus pausius [ein kleiner, in Bengalen
sehr populärer Karpfen] (Surapāla 1988: 209); ebony वÍम varmi m. a kind of fish (commonly
called vāmi) चि¶का candrikā f. candraśūra; a kind of white-blossoming Kaṇṭakāri; baldness.

चुलूकीनकमकरिश"ु मारितिमि§लाः ॥ (५३.२)
culūkīnakramakaraśiśumāratimiṅgilāḥ // (53.2)

.

योिनM् ऐआवी ºािमशगोचर~ाद अिनिV`ते ॥ (५४.२)
yoniṣv ajāvī vyāmiśragocaratvād aniścite // (54.2)
yoni aja-avi vyāmiśra-gocara-tva aniścita
योिन yoni mf. a mine; a particular part of a fire-pit; abode ऐअ aja m. a goat; Brahmā; Kāma अिव
avi m. a cover made of the skin of mice; a mountain; a protector ºािमश vyāmiśra adj. accompanied
by; distracted; inattentive गोचर gocara adj. attainable for; being within the range of; having the
meaning of ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) अिनिVत aniścita adj. not certain;
unascertained.

19
आNा7ा जा§लानूपा मWौ साधारणौ Wृतौ । (५५.१)
ādyāntyā jāṅgalānūpā madhyau sādhāraṇau smṛtau / (55.1)
ādya-antya jāṅgala-anūpa madhya sādhāraṇa smṛ
आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent अ7 antya adj. belonging to the lowest caste;
immediately following; inferior जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with
jungle अनूप anūpa adj. situated near the water; watery मW madhya adj. central; impartial;
intermediate साधारण sādhāraṇa adj. behaving alike; belonging to all; general Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be
mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

तत बTमलाः शीता लघवो जा§ला िहताः ॥ (५५.२)
tatra baddhamalāḥ śītā laghavo jāṅgalā hitāḥ // (55.2)
tatra śīta laghu jāṅgala hita
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull लघु laghu adj.
active; beautiful; causing relief जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with
jungle िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial.

वातिप7लः ॥ (९९.२)
vātapittalaḥ // (99.2)

.

Tिमकासकफोत¥ेदान् कासमद¹ जयेत् सरः ॥ (१००.२)
kṛmikāsakaphotkledān kāsamardo jayet saraḥ // (100.2)
kṛmi-kāsa-kapha-utkleda kāsamarda ji sara
Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln कफ
kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general उत¥ेद utkleda m.
the becoming wet or moist कासमदर kāsamarda mf. a remedy against cough (an acid preparation);
Cassia sophora Linn.; Senna sophora Roxb. िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to
exercise सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

ºकोºम् अमलं कौसु~ं गु^ िप7करं सरम् । (१०१.१)
rūkṣoṣṇam amlaṃ kausumbhaṃ guru pittakaraṃ saram / (101.1)
rūkṣa-uṣṇa amla kausumbha guru pitta-kara sara
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot अमल
amla adj. acid; sour कौसुम् भ kausumbha n. anything dyed with safflower; safflower prepared as a
potherb; puṣpāñjana गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर
kara adj. causing; helping; making सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

गुººं साषरपं बTिवणमूतं सवरदोषTत् ॥ (१०१.२)
gurūṣṇaṃ sārṣapaṃ baddhaviṇmūtraṃ sarvadoṣakṛt // (101.2)
guru-uṣṇa sārṣapa bandh-viṣ-mūtra sarva-doṣa-kṛt
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot साषरप sārṣapa adj. made of or
derived from mustard ब^् bandh 4.P. met. to attach to world or to sin; to arrest; to be affected by
i.e. experience िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys;
20
urine सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author.

यद बालम् अº³रसं Íकिचत् कारं सित³कम् । (१०२.१)
yad bālam avyaktarasaṃ kiṃcit kṣāraṃ satiktakam / (102.1)
yad bāla avyaktarasa kaścid kṣāra
यद yad pron. what; which बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish अº³रस
avyaktarasa adj. किVद kaścid pron. someone कार kṣāra adj. acrid; biting; caustic.

तन् मूलकं दोषहरं लघु सोºं िनय½ित ॥ (१०२.२)
tan mūlakaṃ doṣaharaṃ laghu soṣṇaṃ niyacchati // (102.2)
tad mūlaka doṣa-hara laghu soṣṇa niyam
तद tad pron. this मूलक mūlaka mn. a radish; a sort of yam; Raphanus sativus Linn. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 591) दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection हर hara adj. bearing;
destroying; ravishing लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief सोº soṣṇa adj. ein wenig
uṣṇa िनयम् niyam 1.Ā. to annihilate; to be wanting; to bestow.

गु7कासकयNासवण`नेतगलामयान् । (१०३.१)
gulmakāsakṣayaśvāsavraṇanetragalāmayān / (103.1)
gulma-kāsa-kṣaya-śvāsa-vraṇa-netra-gala-āmaya
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.]
mit einem nāvana behandeln कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction Nास śvāsa m. a sigh;
affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess;
blemish `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer गल gala m. neck; the throat आमय
āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness.

¹रािVसादोदावतर पीनसांश च महत् पुनः ॥ (१०३.२)
svarāgnisādodāvartapīnasāṃś ca mahat punaḥ // (103.2)
svara-agnisāda-udāvarta-pīnasa ca mahant punar
¹र svara m. a note of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated); a
symbolical expression for the number "seven"; a vowel अिVसाद agnisāda m. weakness of digestion
उदावतर udāvarta m. a class of diseases (marked by retention of the feces); a disease of the bowels;
iliac passion पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose) च ca ind. also; and; as well as मह*्
mahant adj. abounding on rich in (instr.); abundant; advanced (afternoon) पुनर punar ind. again
and again; back; besides.

रसे पाके च कटकम् उºवीय ितदोषTत् । (१०४.१)
rase pāke ca kaṭukam uṣṇavīryaṃ tridoṣakṛt / (104.1)
rasa pāka ca kaṭuka uṣṇa-vīrya tridoṣa-kṛt
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre पाक pāka m.
a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences च ca ind. also; and; as well as कटक
kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity;
efficacy (of medicine) ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

गुव्र अिभºिW च िN^िसTं तद अिप वा`तै इत् ॥ (१०४.२)
21
gurv abhiṣyandi ca snigdhasiddhaṃ tad api vātajit // (104.2)
guru abhiṣyandin ca snigdha-sidh tad api
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy अिभºिWन् abhiṣyandin adj. causing defluxions or serious
effusions; laxative; oozing च ca ind. also; and; as well as िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate;
agreeable िसध् sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise; to attain beatitude तद tad pron. this
अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

वातHे Pहरं "ुMं सवरम् आमं तु दोषलम् । (१०५.१)
vātaśleṣmaharaṃ śuṣkaṃ sarvam āmaṃ tu doṣalam / (105.1)
vāta-śleṣman-hara śuṣka sarva āma tu doṣala
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum हर hara adj. bearing;
destroying; ravishing "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces
the prepared milk) तु tu ind. and; but; do दोषल doṣala adj. corrupt; defective; increasing the
tridoṣa.

कट¸ºो वातकफहा िप"ालु ः िप7वधरनः ॥ (१०५.२)
kaṭūṣṇo vātakaphahā piṇḍāluḥ pittavardhanaḥ // (105.2)
kaṭu-uṣṇa vāta-kapha-han piṇḍālu pitta-vardhana
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general हन् han adj. killing िप"ालु piṇḍālu m. a species of Cocculus; Dioscorea Globosa िप7 pitta
n. bile; the bilious humour वधरन vardhana adj. (mostly ifc.) animating; (often ifc.) causing to
increase; exhilarating.

क`ठेरिशगुसु रससुमुखासुिरभूºृणम् । (१०६.१)
kuṭheraśigrusurasasumukhāsuribhūstṛṇam / (106.1)
kuṭhera-śigru-surasa-sumukha-āsuri-bhūstṛṇa
क`ठेर kuṭhera m. Cedrela toona Roxb. ex Rottl. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 544); fire; Ocimum
basilicum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 543) िशगु śigru n. any potherb or vegetable; the seed of
the above tree सुरस surasa m. Andropogon Schoenanthus Linn.; Cinnamomum tamala T. Nees et
Eberm. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 609); Cymbopogon citratus Stapf (?) (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
608) सुमुख sumukha m. a kind of herb; a learned man or teacher; a particular gregarious bird
आसुिर āsuri m. name of a teacher भूºृण bhūstṛṇa m. Andropogon schoenanthus Linn.; Cymbopogon
citratus Stapf (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 584); Cymbopogon flexuosus Stapf.

फिण7ाजरकैअ~ीरपभृित गािह शालनम् ॥ (१०६.२)
phaṇijjārjakajambīraprabhṛti grāhi śālanam // (106.2)
grāhin śālana
गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of शालन śālana n. the resin of Vatica Robusta.

िवदािह कट ºकोºं TNं दीपनरोचनम् । (१०७.१)
vidāhi kaṭu rūkṣoṣṇaṃ hṛdyaṃ dīpanarocanam / (107.1)
vidāhin kaṭu rūkṣa-uṣṇa hṛdya dīpana-rocana
िवदािहन् vidāhin adj. acrid; burning; pungent कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) ºक
rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot TN hṛdya
22
adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling रोचन
rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely.

[क"ुकTिमTत् तीWं दोषोत¥ेशकरं लघु ॥ (१०७.२)
dṛkśukrakṛmihṛt tīkṣṇaṃ doṣotkleśakaraṃ laghu // (107.2)
dṛś-śukra-kṛmi-hṛt tīkṣṇa doṣa-utkleśa-kara laghu
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine "ुक śukra n. a
kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac
Tत् hṛt adj. (only ifc.) bringing; carrying; carrying away तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot दोष doṣa
mn. a calf; accusation; affection उत¥ेश utkleśa m. disorder or corruption of the humors (of the
body); disquietude; excitement कर kara adj. causing; helping; making लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief.

िहWाकासिवषNासपाNर^कपूितग^हा । (१०८.१)
hidhmākāsaviṣaśvāsapārśvarukpūtigandhahā / (108.1)

.

आÍदका ित³मधुरा मूतला न च िप7Tत् । (१०९.१)
ārdrikā tiktamadhurā mūtralā na ca pittakṛt / (109.1)
ārdrikā tikta-madhura mūtrala na ca pitta-kṛt
आÍदका ārdrikā f. ginger in its undried state ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of
taste); fragrant; pungent मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous मूतल mūtrala adj.
diuretic न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
humour Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

ल"ुनो भृशतीWोºः कटपाकरसः सरः ॥ (१०९.२)
laśuno bhṛśatīkṣṇoṣṇaḥ kaṭupākarasaḥ saraḥ // (109.2)
laśuna bhṛśa-tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa kaṭu-pāka-rasa sara
ल"ुन laśuna mn. garlic; one of the 10 kinds of onion भृश bhṛśa adj. abundant; frequent; mighty
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as
words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences रस rasa mn.
amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre सर sara adj. cathartic;
fluid; going.

TNः के¥ो गु^र वृºः िN^ो रोचनदीपनः । (११०.१)
hṛdyaḥ keśyo gurur vṛṣyaḥ snigdho rocanadīpanaḥ / (110.1)
hṛdya keśya guru vṛṣya snigdha rocana-dīpana
TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming के¥ keśya adj. being in the hair; suitable to
the hair गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling.

भVसंधानTद ब7ो र³िप7प{षणः ॥ (११०.२)
bhagnasaṃdhānakṛd balyo raktapittapradūṣaṇaḥ // (110.2)
23
bhagna-saṃdhāna-kṛt balya rakta-pitta-pradūṣaṇa
भV bhagna n. the fracture of a leg संधान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst;
alliance Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author ब7 balya adj. giving strength; powerful;
strengthening र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood िप7 pitta n. bile; the
bilious humour प{षण pradūṣaṇa adj. corrupting; defiling; impairing.

िकलासकºगु7ाश¹मे हTिमकफािनलान् । (१११.१)
kilāsakuṣṭhagulmārśomehakṛmikaphānilān / (111.1)
kilāsa-kuṣṭha-gulma-arśas-meha-kṛmi-kapha-anila
िकलास kilāsa mn. a species of leprosy (resembling the so-called white leprosy in which the skin
becomes spotted without producing ulcers); a white leprous spot कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison;
leprosy गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids;
piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of
urine Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery
froth or foam in general अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind;
name of a Rṣi and other persons.

सिहWापीनसNासकासान् हि* रसायनम् ॥ (१११.२)
sahidhmāpīnasaśvāsakāsān hanti rasāyanam // (111.2)
sahidhma-apīnasa-śvāsa-kāsa han rasāyana
सिहW sahidhma adj. अपीनस apīnasa m. cold; dryness of the nose; want of the pituitary secretion
and loss of smell Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five
kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln हन् han 1.Ā. (astron.) to come
in contact; to abandon; to avert रसायन rasāyana adj. wie ein rasāyana wirkend.

पला" स् त7

ण~ूनः HेPलो नाितिप7लः । (११२.१)
palāṇḍus tadguṇanyūnaḥ śleṣmalo nātipittalaḥ / (112.1)
palāṇḍu tad-guṇa-nyūna śleṣmala na-ati-pittala
पला" palāṇḍu mn. an onion तद tad pron. this गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook ~ून nyūna adj. base; defective; deficient HेPल
śleṣmala adj. phlegmatic न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very िप7ल pittala adj.
bilious; secreting bile.

कफवाताशरसां पMः ¹े`दे ऽ~वTतौ तथा ॥ (११२.२)
kaphavātārśasāṃ pathyaḥ svede 'bhyavahṛtau tathā // (112.2)
kapha-vāta-arśas pathya sveda abhyavahṛti tathā
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m.
air; flatulence; gout अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid
पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat;
perspiration ("drops of perspiration") अ~वTित abhyavahṛti f. Speiseaufnahme तथा tathā ind. in
like manner; in that manner; so.

तीWो गृMनको गाही िपि7नां िहतTन् न सः । (११३.१)
tīkṣṇo gṛñjanako grāhī pittināṃ hitakṛn na saḥ / (113.1)
tīkṣṇa gṛñjanaka grāhin pittin hita-kṛt na tad
24
तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot गृMनक gṛñjanaka m. a kind of onion or garlic गािहन् grāhin adj.
holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of िपि7न् pittin adj. िहत hita n. advantage; anything useful or
salutary or suitable or proper; benefit Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author न na ind.
neither; no; nor तद tad pron. this.

दीपनः "ूरणो ^¬ः कफVो िवशदो लघु ः ॥ (११३.२)
dīpanaḥ śūraṇo rucyaḥ kaphaghno viśado laghuḥ // (113.2)
dīpana śūraṇa rucya kapha-ghna viśada laghu
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling "ूरण śūraṇa mn. Amorphophallus campanulatus
(Roxb.) Bl. ex Decne. (the Telinga potato); Arum campanulatum Roxb.; Bignonia Indica ^¬
rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an appetite कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing िवशद viśada adj.
bright; calm; cheerful लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

िवशेषाद अशरसां पMो भूकWस् ~् अितदोषलः । (११४.१)
viśeṣād arśasāṃ pathyo bhūkandas tv atidoṣalaḥ / (114.1)
viśeṣāt arśas pathya bhūkanda tu atidoṣala
िवशेषात् viśeṣāt ind. especially अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of
the eyelid पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal भूकW bhūkanda m.
(Hindī) zamīnkand (Sharma, P.V. 0: 85); a particular medicinal plant तु tu ind. and; but; do
अितदोषल atidoṣala adj. .

प7े पुºे फले नाले कWे च गु^ता कमात् ॥ (११४.२)
pattre puṣpe phale nāle kande ca gurutā kramāt // (114.2)
pattra puṣpa phala nāla kanda ca guru-tā kramāt
प7 pattra mn. a bird; a chariot; a knife पुº puṣpa n. a flower; a kind of perfume; a particular
disease of the eye फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift नाल nāla mfn.
a hollow stalk; any tube or tubular vessel or vein etc. of the body; the hollow stalk of the lotus
कW kanda mn. an affection of the female organ; bulb; bulbous or tuberous root च ca ind. also;
and; as well as गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy ता tā f. ifc. abstracta कमात् kramāt ind.
successively.

वरा शाकेषु जीव*ी साषरपं ~् अवरं परम् । (११५.१)
varā śākeṣu jīvantī sārṣapaṃ tv avaraṃ param / (115.1)
vara śāka jīvantī sārṣapa tu avara para
वर vara adj. best; better; better than शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens जीव*ी
jīvantī f. a parasitical plant; Cocculus cordifolius; Mimosa Suma साषरप sārṣapa n. mustard oil;
name of a poison तु tu ind. and; but; do अवर avara adj. below; hinder; last पर para pron. ancient;
best; better or worse than.

दाका फलो7मा वृºा चकुºा Vºमूतिवट ॥ (११५.२)
drākṣā phalottamā vṛṣyā cakṣuṣyā sṛṣṭamūtraviṭ // (115.2)
drākṣā phalottamā vṛṣya cakṣuṣya sṛj-mūtra-viṣ
दाका drākṣā f. grape; Vitis vinifera Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 564); vine फलो7मा phalottamā f.
a kind of grape without stones; a small sort of rope (?); the benefit arising from sacred study (?)
वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating चकुº cakṣuṣya adj. agreeable to the eyes;
25
beautiful; goodlooking Vज् sṛj 1.P. to acquire; to be let loose or emitted or created. etc.; to beget
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces.

¹ा§पाकरसा िN^ा सकषाया िहमा गु^ः । (११६.१)
svādupākarasā snigdhā sakaṣāyā himā guruḥ / (116.1)
svādu-pāka-rasa snigdha sa-kaṣāya hima guru
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable स sa ind. (ibc.) with कषाय kaṣāya adj.
astringent; dull red; fragrant िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard;
heavy.

िनह7् अिनलिप7ासित³ाº~मदा*यान् ॥ (११६.२)
nihanty anilapittāsratiktāsyatvamadātyayān // (116.2)
nihan anila-pittāsra-tikta-āsya-tva-madātyaya
िनहन् nihan 2.Ā. to afflict; to assail; to attach to अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred
to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons िप7ास pittāsra n. ित³ tikta adj. bitter
(one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth ~ tva n.
(Marker für abstrakte Nomina) मदात् यय madātyaya m. disorder resulting from intoxication (as
head-ache etc.).

तृºाकासशमNास¹रभेदकतकयान् । (११७.१)
tṛṣṇākāsaśramaśvāsasvarabhedakṣatakṣayān / (117.1)
tṛṣṇā-kāsa-śrama-śvāsa-svara-bheda-kṣata-kṣaya
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire कास kāsa m. cough;
[medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise
Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) ¹र svara m. a
note of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight] are enumerated); a symbolical
expression for the number "seven"; a vowel भेद bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or
conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration कत kṣata n. a hurt; contusion; murder कय kṣaya m.
consumption; decay; destruction.

उिद³िप7ाञ् जयित तीन् दोषान् ¹ा§ दािडमम् ॥ (११७.२)
udriktapittāñ jayati trīn doṣān svādu dāḍimam // (117.2)
udric-pitta ji tri doṣa svādu dāḍima
उिदच् udric 7.P. to abound in; to be prominent; to exceed िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour िज
ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise ित tri nr. 3 MW दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty दािडम dāḍima n. the fruit of the
pomegranate tree.

िप7ािवरोिध ना*ुºम् अमलं वातकफापहम् । (११८.१)
pittāvirodhi nātyuṣṇam amlaṃ vātakaphāpaham / (118.1)
pitta-avirodhin na-ati-uṣṇa amla vāta-kapha-apaha
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अिवरोिधन् avirodhin adj. not being obstructive to (gen. or in
comp.); not being out of harmony with न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very उº
uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot अमल amla adj. acid; sour वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout कफ kapha m.
26
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अपह apaha adj.
destroying; keeping back; removing.

सव TNं लघु िN^ं गािह रोचनदीपनम् ॥ (११८.२)
sarvaṃ hṛdyaṃ laghu snigdhaṃ grāhi rocanadīpanam // (118.2)
sarva hṛdya laghu snigdha grāhin rocana-dīpana
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming लघु
laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable
गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure;
lovely दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling.

मोचखजूररपनसनािरकेलपºषकम् । (११९.१)
mocakharjūrapanasanārikelaparūṣakam / (119.1)
moca-kharjūra-panasa-nārikela-parūṣaka
मोच moca n. a plantain; banana (the fruit) खजूरर kharjūra n. khala; silver; the fruit of Phoenix
sylvestris पनस panasa n. the bread-fruit नािरकेल nārikela mn. the cocoa-nut पºषक parūṣaka n. the
fruit of the tree Grewia Asiatica.

आमाततालकाशमयरराजादनमधूकैअम् ॥ (११९.२)
āmrātatālakāśmaryarājādanamadhūkajam // (119.2)

.

वातामािभषुकाकोटमु क¸लकिनकोचकम् ॥ (१२०.२)
vātāmābhiṣukākṣoṭamukūlakanikocakam // (120.2)
vātāma-abhiṣuka-akṣoṭa-mukūlaka-nikocaka
वाताम vātāma m. the almond-tree अिभषुक abhiṣuka m. name of a plant अकोट akṣoṭa m. a walnut
(Pistacio nut?); the tree Aleurites Triloba; the tree Pīlu मुक¸लक mukūlaka m. a species of plant
िनकोचक nikocaka m. Alangium Decapetalum.

उ^माणं िपयालं च बृंहणं गु^ शीतलम् । (१२१.१)
urumāṇaṃ priyālaṃ ca bṛṃhaṇaṃ guru śītalam / (121.1)
urumāṇa priyāla ca bṛṃhaṇa guru śītala
उ^माण urumāṇa m. Crataeva Religiosa िपयाल priyāla m. Buchanania Latifolia च ca ind. also; and;
as well as बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or strong; nourishing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard;
heavy शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion.

दाहकतकयहरं र³िप7पसादनम् ॥ (१२१.२)
dāhakṣatakṣayaharaṃ raktapittaprasādanam // (121.2)
dāha-kṣata-kṣaya-hara rakta-pitta-prasādana
दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) कत kṣata n. a hurt; contusion; murder
कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing र³
rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour
पसादन prasādana adj. calming; cheering; clearing.
27

¹ा§पाकरसं िN^ं िवºि~ कफ"ुकTत् । (१२२.१)
svādupākarasaṃ snigdhaṃ viṣṭambhi kaphaśukrakṛt / (122.1)
svādu-pāka-rasa snigdha viṣṭambhin kapha-śukra-kṛt
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin adj. checking;
chilling; making motionless कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or
foam in general "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid
Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

फलं तु िप7लं तालं सरं काशम¯यअं िहमम् ॥ (१२२.२)
phalaṃ tu pittalaṃ tālaṃ saraṃ kāśmaryajaṃ himam // (122.2)
phala tu pittala tāla sara kāśmarya-ja hima
फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift तु tu ind. and; but; do िप7ल
pittala adj. bilious; secreting bile ताल tāla n. the nut of the fan-palm; the throne of Durgā सर sara
adj. cathartic; fluid; going काशमयर kāśmarya mfn. Gmelina arborea Roxb.; Gmelina asiatica Linn.
(G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 543); Myrica nagi Thunb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 543) ज ja adj. born
or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from िहम hima adj. cold; cool;
[medic.] śīta.

शTªूतिवब^Vं के¥ं मेWं रसायनम् । (१२३.१)
śakṛnmūtravibandhaghnaṃ keśyaṃ medhyaṃ rasāyanam / (123.1)
śakṛt-mūtra-vibandha-ghna keśya medhya rasāyana
शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the
kidneys; urine िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction;
constipation V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing के¥ keśya adj. being in the hair; suitable to the
hair मेW medhya adj. medhām arhati; clean; fit for a sacrifice or oblation रसायन rasāyana adj. wie
ein rasāyana wirkend.

वातामाN् उºवीय तु कफिप7करं सरम् ॥ (१२३.२)
vātāmādy uṣṇavīryaṃ tu kaphapittakaraṃ saram // (123.2)
vātāma-ādi uṣṇa-vīrya tu kapha-pitta-kara sara
वाताम vātāma m. the almond-tree आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) तु tu ind. and; but; do कफ
kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile;
the bilious humour कर kara adj. causing; helping; making सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

परं वातहरं िN^म् अनुºं तु िपयालैअम् । (१२४.१)
paraṃ vātaharaṃ snigdham anuṣṇaṃ tu priyālajam / (124.1)
para vāta-hara snigdha anuṣṇa tu priyāla-ja
पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout हर hara adj.
bearing; destroying; ravishing िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable अनुº anuṣṇa
adj. apathetic; cold; lazy तु tu ind. and; but; do िपयाल priyāla m. Buchanania Latifolia ज ja adj.
born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

28
िपयालमैजा मधुरो वृºः िप7ािनलापहः ॥ (१२४.२)
priyālamajjā madhuro vṛṣyaḥ pittānilāpahaḥ // (124.2)
priyāla-majjan madhura vṛṣya pitta-anila-apaha
िपयाल priyāla m. Buchanania Latifolia मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones मधुर madhura
adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating िप7
pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of
the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

कोलमैजा गुणइस् त§त् तृटछÍ`दकासैइच् च सः । (१२५.१)
kolamajjā guṇais tadvat tṛṭchardikāsajic ca saḥ / (125.1)
kola-majjan guṇa tadvat tṛṣ-chardi-kāsa-jit ca tad
कोल kola n. black pepper; Name mehrerer Zizyphus-Arten (Surapāla 1988: 231); the fruit of the
jujube मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient
or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat);
thus तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the
breath); sickness; vomiting कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln िजत् jit adj.
acquiring; ifc. winning च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this.

पकवं सु§जररं िब7ं दोषलं पूितमा^तम् ॥ (१२५.२)
pakvaṃ sudurjaraṃ bilvaṃ doṣalaṃ pūtimārutam // (125.2)
pakva sudurjara bilva doṣala pūti-māruta
पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) सु§जरर
sudurjara adj. schwer zu erhitzen (? . der se pacnevālā hai) िब7 bilva n. a kind of vegetable; a
particular weight- 1 Pala; a small pond दोषल doṣala adj. corrupt; defective; increasing the tridoṣa
पूित pūti adj. fetid; foul-smelling; ill-smelling (after a finite verb expressive of blame or censure)
मा^त māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of the Maruts; air.

दीपनं कफवातVं बालं गाQ

उभयं च तत् । (१२६.१)
dīpanaṃ kaphavātaghnaṃ bālaṃ grāhy ubhayaṃ ca tat / (126.1)
dīpana kapha-vāta-ghna bāla grāhin ubhaya ca tad
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying;
killer; killing बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish गािहन् grāhin adj.
holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of उभय ubhaya adj. both; in both manners; in both ways च ca
ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this.

किपMम् आमं क"Vं दोषलं दोषघाित तु ॥ (१२६.२)
kapittham āmaṃ kaṇṭhaghnaṃ doṣalaṃ doṣaghāti tu // (126.2)
kapittha āma kaṇṭha-ghna doṣala doṣa-ghātin tu
किपM kapittha n. fruit of Feronia Elephantum आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow
(considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk) क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand;
immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing दोषल doṣala adj.
corrupt; defective; increasing the tridoṣa दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection घाितन् ghātin
adj. destroying; destructive; killing तु tu ind. and; but; do.

पकवं िहWावमथुिजत् सव गािह िवषापहम् । (१२७.१)
29
pakvaṃ hidhmāvamathujit sarvaṃ grāhi viṣāpaham / (127.1)
pakva hidhmā-vamathu-jit sarva grāhin viṣa-apaha
पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) िहWा
hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] वमथु vamathu m. a cough (?);
nausea; qualmishness िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical
name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back;
removing.

जा~वं गु^ िवºि~ शीतलं भृशवातलम् ॥ (१२७.२)
jāmbavaṃ guru viṣṭambhi śītalaṃ bhṛśavātalam // (127.2)
jāmbava guru viṣṭambhin śītala bhṛśa-vātala
जा~व jāmbava n. a Jambū fruit; gold; name of a town गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िवºि~न्
viṣṭambhin adj. checking; chilling; making motionless शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free
from passion भृश bhṛśa adj. abundant; frequent; mighty वातल vātala adj. flatulent; stormy; windy.

संगािह मूतशTतोर अकणठयं कफिप7ै इत् । (१२८.१)
saṃgrāhi mūtraśakṛtor akaṇṭhyaṃ kaphapittajit / (128.1)
saṃgrāhin mūtra-śakṛt akaṇṭhya kapha-pitta-jit
संगािहन् saṃgrāhin adj. accumulating; astringent; collecting मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the
kidneys; urine शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces अकणठय akaṇṭhya adj. कफ
kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile;
the bilious humour िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

वातिप7ासTद बालं बTािW कफिप7Tत् ॥ (१२८.२)
vātapittāsrakṛd bālaṃ baddhāsthi kaphapittakṛt // (128.2)
vāta-pitta-asra-kṛt bāla baddhāsthi kapha-pitta-kṛt
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अस asra n. a corner; a tear;
blood Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its
rays); foolish बTािW baddhāsthi adj. कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery
froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting;
author.

गुव्र आमं वा`तै इत् पकवं ¹ा§

अमलं कफ"ुकTत् । (१२९.१)
gurv āmraṃ vātajit pakvaṃ svādv amlaṃ kaphaśukrakṛt / (129.1)
guru āmra vāta-jit pakva svādu amla kapha-śukra-kṛt
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy आम āmra n. a particular weight; the fruit of the mango tree
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning पकव pakva adj. accomplished;
baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming;
dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth
or foam in general "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid
Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

वृकामलं गािह ºकोºं वातHेPहरं लघु ॥ (१२९.२)
vṛkṣāmlaṃ grāhi rūkṣoṣṇaṃ vātaśleṣmaharaṃ laghu // (129.2)
vṛkṣāmla grāhin rūkṣa-uṣṇa vāta-śleṣman-hara laghu
30
वृकामल vṛkṣāmla n. the fruit of the tamarind used as an acid seasoning गािहन् grāhin adj. holding;
ifc. seizing; laying hold of ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) उº uṣṇa
adj. acrid; active; hot वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum हर
hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

शPा गुººं केशVं ºकं पीलु तु िप7लम् । (१३०.१)
śamyā gurūṣṇaṃ keśaghnaṃ rūkṣaṃ pīlu tu pittalam / (130.1)
śamī guru-uṣṇa keśa-ghna rūkṣa pīlu tu pittala
शमी śamī f. Acacia suma Kurz ex Brandis Mimosa Suma Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 602);
Acacia sundra DC. (Surapāla 1988: 126); a legume गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उº uṣṇa
adj. acrid; active; hot केश keśa m. a kind of perfume; name of a Daitya; name of a mineral V ghna
adj. destroying; killer; killing ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) पीलु
pīlu n. the fruit of the Pilu tree तु tu ind. and; but; do िप7ल pittala adj. bilious; secreting bile.

कफवातहरं भेिद NीहाशरःTिमगु7नुत् ॥ (१३०.२)
kaphavātaharaṃ bhedi plīhārśaḥkṛmigulmanut // (130.2)
kapha-vāta-hara bhedin plīhan-arśas-kṛmi-gulma-nud
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m.
air; flatulence; gout हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing भेिदन् bhedin adj. beating or
knocking out; breaking; breaking Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied
to enlargement of the mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen (from which and from the liver the
Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease
of the eyelid Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or
any glandular enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the
spleen नुद nud adj. driving away; impelling; removing.

सित³ं ¹ा§ यत् पीलु ना*ुºं तत् ितदो`षैइत् । (१३१.१)
satiktaṃ svādu yat pīlu nātyuṣṇaṃ tat tridoṣajit / (131.1)
satikta svādu yad pīlu na-ati-uṣṇa tad tridoṣa-jit
सित³ satikta adj. ein wenig bitter ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty यद yad pron. what;
which पीलु pīlu n. the fruit of the Pilu tree न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तद tad pron. this ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa िजत् jit adj. acquiring;
ifc. winning.

~क ित³कटका िN^ा मातुलु§º वा`तै इत् ॥ (१३१.२)
tvak tiktakaṭukā snigdhā mātuluṅgasya vātajit // (131.2)
tvac tikta-kaṭuka snigdha mātuluṅga vāta-jit
~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag ित³
tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कटक kaṭuka adj. bad;
bitter; fierce िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable मातुलु§ mātuluṅga mn. a citron;
Citrus decumana Murr. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 589) वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj.
acquiring; ifc. winning.

बृंहणं मधुरं मांसं वातिप7हरं गु^ । (१३२.१)
bṛṃhaṇaṃ madhuraṃ māṃsaṃ vātapittaharaṃ guru / (132.1)
bṛṃhaṇa madhura māṃsa vāta-pitta-hara guru
31
बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or strong; nourishing मधुर madhura adj. charming;
delightful; mellifluous मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िप7 pitta n.
bile; the bilious humour हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard;
heavy.

लघु तWेसरं कासNासिहWामदा*यान् ॥ (१३२.२)
laghu tatkesaraṃ kāsaśvāsahidhmāmadātyayān // (132.2)
laghu tad-kesara kāsa-śvāsa-hidhmā-madātyaya
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief तद tad pron. this केसर kesara mn. a fibre (as of a
Mango fruit); a kind of poison; Mesua ferrea Linn. कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem
nāvana behandeln Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five
kinds) िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer Krankheit!] मदा*य madātyaya
m. disorder resulting from intoxication (as head-ache etc.).

आºशोषािनलHेPिवब^½Nर रोचकान् । (१३३.१)
āsyaśoṣānilaśleṣmavibandhacchardyarocakān / (133.1)
āsya-śoṣa-anila-śleṣman-vibandha-chardi-arocaka
आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption अिनल
anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy
for promoting obstruction; constipation छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness;
vomiting अरोचक arocaka m. disgust; indigestion; want or loss of appetite.

गु7ोदराशर ः"ू लािन मWािV~ं च नाशयेत् ॥ (१३३.२)
gulmodarārśaḥśūlāni mandāgnitvaṃ ca nāśayet // (133.2)
gulma-udara-arśas-śūla mandāgni-tva ca nāśay
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen;
any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.]
name of a disease of the eyelid "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling
criminals मWािV mandāgni m. auf kleiner Flamme (kochen, .); slowness of digestion ~ tva n.
(Marker für abstrakte Nomina) च ca ind. also; and; as well as नाशय् nāśay 10.Ā. to cause to be lost;
to destroy; to extinguish (a fire).

भ=ातकº ~_ांसं बृंहणं ¹ा§ शीतलम् । (१३४.१)
bhallātakasya tvaṅmāṃsaṃ bṛṃhaṇaṃ svādu śītalam / (134.1)
bhallātaka tvac-māṃsa bṛṃhaṇa svādu śītala
भ=ातक bhallātaka mfn. Semecarpus anacardium Linn. ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide
(used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj.
making big or fat or strong; nourishing ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty शीतल śītala
adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion.

तदसMिVसमं मेWं कफवातहरं परम् ॥ (१३४.२)
tadasthyagnisamaṃ medhyaṃ kaphavātaharaṃ param // (134.2)
tad-asthi-agni-sama medhya kapha-vāta-hara para
32
तद tad pron. this अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive
faculty सम sama pron. common; constant; easy मे W medhya adj. medhām arhati; clean; fit for a
sacrifice or oblation कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout हर hara adj. bearing; destroying; ravishing पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than.

¹ा§

अमलं शीतम् उºं च ि§धा पालेवतं गु^ । (१३५.१)
svādv amlaṃ śītam uṣṇaṃ ca dvidhā pālevataṃ guru / (135.1)
svādu amla śīta uṣṇa ca dvidhā guru
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty अमल amla adj. acid; sour शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold;
dull उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot च ca ind. also; and; as well as ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided; in 2
ways or parts; twofold गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

^¬म् अ*िVशमनं ^¬ं मधुरम् आ^कम् ॥ (१३५.२)
rucyam atyagniśamanaṃ rucyaṃ madhuram ārukam // (135.2)
rucya atyagni-śamana rucya madhura āruka
^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an appetite अ*िV atyagni m. morbidly rapid digestion; too
rapid digestion शमन śamana adj. allaying; calming; destroying ^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright;
giving an appetite मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous आ^क āruka n. the fruit of
a medicinal plant growing on the Himālaya mountains.

पकवम् आ"ु जरां याित ना*ुºगु^दोषलम् । (१३६.१)
pakvam āśu jarāṃ yāti nātyuṣṇagurudoṣalam / (136.1)
pakva āśu jarā yā na-ati-uṣṇa-guru-doṣala
पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) आ"ु āśu
adj. fast; going quickly; quick जरा jarā f. a kind of date-tree; decrepitude; digestion या yā 2.Ā. to
flee; to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy दोषल doṣala adj. corrupt;
defective; increasing the tridoṣa.

दाकापºषकं चादरम् अमलं िप7कफपदम् ॥ (१३६.२)
drākṣāparūṣakaṃ cārdram amlaṃ pittakaphapradam // (136.2)
drākṣā-parūṣaka ca-ārdra amla pitta-kapha-prada
दाका drākṣā f. grape; Vitis vinifera Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 564); vine पºषक parūṣaka n.
the fruit of the tree Grewia Asiatica च ca ind. also; and; as well as आदर ārdra adj. damp; flaccid;
fresh अमल amla adj. acid; sour िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm
as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general पद prada adj. bestowing; causing;
effecting.

गुººवीय वातVं सरं सकरमदरकम् । (१३७.१)
gurūṣṇavīryaṃ vātaghnaṃ saraṃ sakaramardakam / (137.1)
guru-uṣṇa-vīrya vāta-ghna sara sakaramardaka
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वीयर vīrya n. consequence;
dignity; efficacy (of medicine) वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying; killer;
killing सर sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going सकरमदरक sakaramardaka adj. along with karamardaka.

33
तथामलं कोलककर ^ुिलकचामातका^कम् ॥ (१३७.२)
tathāmlaṃ kolakarkandhulikucāmrātakārukam // (137.2)
tathā-amla kola-karkandhu-likuca-āmrātaka-āruka
तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so अमल amla adj. acid; sour कोल kola n. black
pepper; Name mehrerer Zizyphus-Arten (Surapāla 1988: 231); the fruit of the jujube ककर ^ु
karkandhu n. fruit of this tree; jujube berry िलकच likuca mn. lakuca; Artocarpus Lacucha आमातक
āmrātaka mn. Buchanania latifolia Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 527); inspissated mango juice;
name of a mountain आ^क āruka n. the fruit of a medicinal plant growing on the Himālaya
mountains.

अइरावतं द*शठं सतूदं मृगिलि"कम् । (१३८.१)
airāvataṃ dantaśaṭhaṃ satūdaṃ mṛgaliṇḍikam / (138.1)
dantaśaṭha satūda
द*शठ dantaśaṭha adj. acid सतूद satūda adj. together with tūda.

नाितिप7करं पकवं "ुMं च करमदरकम् ॥ (१३८.२)
nātipittakaraṃ pakvaṃ śuṣkaṃ ca karamardakam // (138.2)
na-ati-pitta-kara pakva śuṣka ca karamardaka
न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर
kara adj. causing; helping; making पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks
or earthenware pots) "ु M śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up च ca ind. also; and; as well as करमदरक
karamardaka n. fruit of Carissa Carandas.

दीपनं भेदनं "ुMम् अमलीकाकोलयोः फलम् । (१३९.१)
dīpanaṃ bhedanaṃ śuṣkam amlīkākolayoḥ phalam / (139.1)
dīpana bhedana śuṣka amlīkā-kola phala
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling भेदन bhedana adj. breaking; cathartic; causing
pain in the joints or limbs "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up अमलीका amlīkā mf. acidity of
stomach; Tamarindus indica Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 526); wood sorrel कोल kola n. black
pepper; Name mehrerer Zizyphus-Arten (Surapāla 1988: 231); the fruit of the jujube फल phala
n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift.

तृºाशम¥म½ेिद लघव् इºं कफवातयोः ॥ (१३९.२)
tṛṣṇāśramaklamacchedi laghv iṣṭaṃ kaphavātayoḥ // (139.2)
tṛṣṇā-śrama-klama-chedin laghu iṣ kapha-vāta
तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire शम śrama m. drill; effort
either bodily or mental; exercise ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue; languor छेिदन् chedin adj. ifc.
cutting off; removing; tearing asunder लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief इष् iṣ 1.P. to
assent; to choose; to concede कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth
or foam in general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout.

फलानाम् अवरं तत िलकचं सवरदोषTत् । (१४०.१)
phalānām avaraṃ tatra likucaṃ sarvadoṣakṛt / (140.1)
phala avara tatra likuca sarva-doṣa-kṛt
फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift अवर avara adj. below; hinder;
last तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place िलकच likuca mn. lakuca; Artocarpus Lacucha
34
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author.

िहमानलोº§वारतºाललालािद{िषतम् ॥ (१४०.२)
himānaloṣṇadurvātavyālalālādidūṣitam // (140.2)
hima-anala-uṣṇa-durvāta-vyāla-lālā-ādi-dūṣay
िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta अनल anala m. (in astron.) the fiftieth year of; bile;
digestive power उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot §वारत durvāta m. a fart; name of a plant ºाल vyāla
m. a beast of prey; a hunting leopard; a kind of metre लाला lālā f. a species of myrobolan; saliva;
slobber आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning {षय् dūṣay 10.Ā. (astrol.) to cause evil or
misfortune; to accuse; to adulterate.

ज*ुजुºं जले मVम् अभूिमजम् अनातरवम् । (१४१.१)
jantujuṣṭaṃ jale magnam abhūmijam anārtavam / (141.1)
jantu-juṣ jala majj abhūmija anārtava
ज*ु jantu m. a child; a creature; a kinsman जुष् juṣ 6.Ā. to approve of; to be fond of delight in (acc.
or gen.); to be pleased or satisfied or favourable जल jala n. a cow's embryo; a kind of
Andropogon; any fluid मैज् majj 1.Ā. to drown; to sink down अभूिमज abhūmija adj. produced in
unfit or unsuitable ground अनातरव anārtava adj. unseasonable.

अ~धा~युतं हीनवीय जीणरतयाित च ॥ (१४१.२)
anyadhānyayutaṃ hīnavīryaṃ jīrṇatayāti ca // (141.2)
anya-dhānya-yuta hā-vīrya jīrṇa-tā-ati ca
अ~ anya pron. anderer धा~ dhānya n. a kind of house; a measure 4 sesamum seeds; Cyperus
Rotundus युत yuta adj. (with instr.) occupied in; accompanied by; added हा hā 1.P. to abandon;
to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity;
efficacy (of medicine) जीणर jīrṇa adj. ancient (tradition); decayed; digested ता tā f. ifc. abstracta
अित ati ind. extremely; very च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

धा~ं *ैएत् तथा शाकं ºकिसTम् असंजातरसं त§च् छ

Mं चा~त मूलकात् ॥
(१४२.२)
dhānyaṃ tyajet tathā śākaṃ rūkṣasiddham asaṃjātarasaṃ tadvac chuṣkaṃ cānyatra mūlakāt
// (142.2)
dhānya tyaj-tadvat śuṣka-tathā ca-śāka-anyatra mūlaka-rūkṣa-sidh
धा~ dhānya n. a kind of house; a measure 4 sesamum seeds; Cyperus Rotundus *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to
abandon; to avoid; to discharge त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus "ुM
śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so च ca ind. also;
and; as well as शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens अ~त anyatra ind. at another
time than; elsewhere; except मूलक mūlaka mn. a radish; a sort of yam; Raphanus sativus Linn.
(G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 591) ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) िसध्
sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise; to attain beatitude.

पायेण फलम् अº् एवं तथामं िब7वÍजतम् । (१४३.१)
prāyeṇa phalam apy evaṃ tathāmaṃ bilvavarjitam / (143.1)
prāya phala api evam tathā-āma bilva-varjay
35
पाय prāya m. a stage of life; age; anything prominent फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife);
a gaming board; a gift अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in
this way; such तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so आम āma mn. constipation;
dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions िब7 bilva m. Aegle marmelos Correa; the
wood-apple tree (commonly called Bel); [rel.] a form of Śiva वजरय् varjay 10.Ā. to avoid.

िवºिW लवणं सव सूWं Vºमलं िव§ः ॥ (१४३.२)
viṣyandi lavaṇaṃ sarvaṃ sūkṣmaṃ sṛṣṭamalaṃ viduḥ // (143.2)
viṣyandin lavaṇa sarva sūkṣma sṛj-mala vid
िवºिWन् viṣyandin adj. liquid लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful सवर sarva pron. all;
completely; different सू W sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant Vज् sṛj 1.P. to acquire; to be let
loose or emitted or created. etc.; to beget मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious
of; to know; to learn.

वातVं पािक तीWोºं रोचनं कफिप7Tत् । (१४४.१)
vātaghnaṃ pāki tīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ rocanaṃ kaphapittakṛt / (144.1)
vāta-ghna pākin tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa rocana kapha-pitta-kṛt
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing पािकन् pākin adj. becoming
mature; being digested; promoting digestion तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one
of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author.

सइ^वं तत स¹ा§ वृºं TNं ितदोषनुत् ॥ (१४४.२)
saindhavaṃ tatra sasvādu vṛṣyaṃ hṛdyaṃ tridoṣanut // (144.2)
saindhava tatra sasvādu vṛṣya hṛdya tridoṣa-nud
सइ^व saindhava mn. a kind of rock-salt (found in Sindh); any salt तत tatra ind. in that; in that
case; in that place स¹ा§ sasvādu adj. ein wenig svādu वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour;
stimulating TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved; charming ितदोष tridoṣa mn. the tridoṣa नुद
nud adj. driving away; impelling; removing.

लघव् अनुºं [शः पMम् अिवदाQ

अिVदीपनम् । (१४५.१)
laghv anuṣṇaṃ dṛśaḥ pathyam avidāhy agnidīpanam / (145.1)
laghu anuṣṇa dṛś pathya avidāhin agni-dīpana
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief अनुº anuṣṇa adj. apathetic; cold; lazy [श dṛś f.
(astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine पM pathya adj.
containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal अिवदािहन् avidāhin adj. not producing heartburn
(on account of being imperfectly digested) अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty दीपन
dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling.

लघु सौवचरलं TNं सु गनW् उ7ारशोधनम् ॥ (१४५.२)
laghu sauvarcalaṃ hṛdyaṃ sugandhy udgāraśodhanam // (145.2)
laghu sauvarcala hṛdya sugandhi udgāra-śodhana
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief सौवचरल sauvarcala mn. alkali; natron; sochal salt
(prepared by boiling down soda with emblic myrobolan) TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart;
beloved; charming सुगि^ sugandhi adj. fragrant; pious; sweet-smelling उ7ार udgāra m. a loud
sound; belching; Erbrochenes शोधन śodhana adj. cleaning; cleansing; purgative.
36

कटपाकं िवब^Vं दीपनीयं ^िचपदम् । (१४६.१)
kaṭupākaṃ vibandhaghnaṃ dīpanīyaṃ rucipradam / (146.1)
kaṭu-pāka vibandha-ghna dīpanīya ruci-prada
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction;
constipation V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing दीपनीय dīpanīya adj. promoting digestion;
relating to tonic medicines; to be kindled or lighted or excited or stimulated ^िच ruci f. appetite;
beauty; colour पद prada adj. bestowing; causing; effecting.

ऊ¹ारधःकफवातानु लोमनं दीपनं िवडम् ॥ (१४६.२)
ūrdhvādhaḥkaphavātānulomanaṃ dīpanaṃ viḍam // (146.2)
ūrdhva-adhas-kapha-vāta-anulomana dīpana viḍa
ऊ¹र ūrdhva adj. above; elevated; erect अधस् adhas ind. below; beneath; down कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout अनुलोमन anulomana adj. regulating दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming;
kindling िवड viḍa mn. a collection of certain objects required in the calcination of mercury; a kind
of iron/steel; a kind of salt.

िवब^ानाहिवº~"ू लगौरवनाशनम् । (१४७.१)
vibandhānāhaviṣṭambhaśūlagauravanāśanam / (147.1)
vibandha-ānāha-viṣṭambha-śūla-gaurava-nāśana
िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction; constipation आनाह
ānāha m. constipation; epistasis; length िवº~ viṣṭambha m. a partic. disease of the fetus; checking;
constipation "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals गौरव
gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty; gravity नाशन nāśana adj. destroying.

िवपाके ¹ा§ सामुदं गु^ HेPिववधरनम् ॥ (१४७.२)
vipāke svādu sāmudraṃ guru śleṣmavivardhanam // (147.2)
vipāka svādu sāmudra guru śleṣman-vivardhana
िवपाक vipāka m. any change of form or state; bad digestion; calamity ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable;
chirming; dainty सामुद sāmudra n. a cuttle-fish bone; name of two Sāmans; sea-salt गु^ guru adj.
difficult; hard; heavy HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िववधरन vivardhana adj. augmenting;
increasing; promoting.

सित³कटककारं तीWम् उत¥ेिद चौिTदम् । (१४८.१)
satiktakaṭukakṣāraṃ tīkṣṇam utkledi caudbhidam / (148.1)
satikta-kaṭuka-kṣāra tīkṣṇa utkledin ca-audbhida
सित³ satikta adj. ein wenig bitter कटक kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce कार kṣāra adj. acrid; biting;
caustic तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उत¥ेिदन् utkledin adj. wet; wetting च ca ind. also; and; as
well as औिTद audbhida n. fossil salt; water breaking through (the earth and collecting in a mine);
romaka.

Tºे सौवचर लगुणा लवणे ग^वÍजताः ॥ (१४८.२)
kṛṣṇe sauvarcalaguṇā lavaṇe gandhavarjitāḥ // (148.2)
kṛṣṇa sauvarcala-guṇa lavaṇa gandha-varjay
37
Tº kṛṣṇa n. a kind of demon or spirit of darkness; antimony; black Agallochum सौवचरल
sauvarcala mn. alkali; natron; sochal salt (prepared by boiling down soda with emblic myrobolan)
गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook लवण
lavaṇa n. a kind of prameha; a particular mode of fighting; beauty ग^ gandha mn. a fragrant
substance; a neighbour; a sectarial mark on the forehead (called so in the south of India) वजरय्
varjay 10.Ā. to avoid.

रोमकं लघु पांसूMं सकारं HेPलं गु^ । (१४९.१)
romakaṃ laghu pāṃsūtthaṃ sakṣāraṃ śleṣmalaṃ guru / (149.1)
romaka laghu pāṃsu-uttha sakṣāra śleṣmala guru
रोमक romaka n. a kind of magnet; a kind of saline earth and the salt extracted from it; a kind of
kānta लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief पांसु pāṃsu m. (prob.) the menses; a kind of
camphor; a species of plant उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.) standing up; arising; coming forth
सकार sakṣāra adj. acrid; caustic; pungent HेPल śleṣmala adj. phlegmatic गु^ guru adj. difficult;
hard; heavy.

लवणानां पयो`गे तु सइ^वािद पयोजयेत् ॥ (१४९.२)
lavaṇānāṃ prayoge tu saindhavādi prayojayet // (149.2)
lavaṇa prayoga tu saindhava-ādi prayojay
लवण lavaṇa n. a kind of prameha; a particular mode of fighting; beauty पयोग prayoga m. a
design; addition (of a word); application तु tu ind. and; but; do सइ^व saindhava mn. a kind of
rock-salt (found in Sindh); any salt आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning पयोजय् prayojay
10.P. to aim at; to appoint to; to be applicable.

गु7Tदगहणीपा"Nीहानाहगलामयान् । (१५०.१)
gulmahṛdgrahaṇīpāṇḍuplīhānāhagalāmayān / (150.1)
gulma-hṛd-grahaṇī-pāṇḍu-plīhan-ānāha-gala-āmaya
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior
गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between the stomach and the intestines (the
small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where the bile assists digestion and from
which vital warmth is said to be diffused) पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the
mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood
to flow) आनाह ānāha m. constipation; epistasis; length गल gala m. neck; the throat आमय āmaya m.
disease; indigestion; sickness.

Nासाशर ःकफकासांश च शमयेद यव"ूकैअः ॥ (१५०.२)
śvāsārśaḥkaphakāsāṃś ca śamayed yavaśūkajaḥ // (150.2)
śvāsa-arśas-kapha-kāsa ca śamay yavaśūkaja
Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) अशरस् arśas
mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as
one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem
nāvana behandeln च ca ind. also; and; as well as शमय् śamay 10.Ā. to calm; to make quiet; to
pacify यव"ूकैअ yavaśūkaja m. [medic.] yavakṣāra.

38
कारः सवरश च परमं तीWोºः Tिमिजल् लघुः । (१५१.१)
kṣāraḥ sarvaś ca paramaṃ tīkṣṇoṣṇaḥ kṛmijil laghuḥ / (151.1)
kṣāra sarva ca parama tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa kṛmi-jit laghu
कार kṣāra adj. acrid; biting; caustic सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different च ca ind. also; and;
as well as परम parama adj. (with abl.) superior or inferior to; best; better or worse than तीW
tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac िजत् jit
adj. acquiring; ifc. winning लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

िप7ाVग{षणः पाकी छेN् अTNो िवदारणः ॥ (१५१.२)
pittāsṛgdūṣaṇaḥ pākī chedy ahṛdyo vidāraṇaḥ // (151.2)
pitta-asṛj-dūṣaṇa pākin chedin ahṛdya vidāraṇa
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अVज् asṛj n. blood; saffron {षण dūṣaṇa n. adverse argument;
detracting; dishonouring पािकन् pākin adj. becoming mature; being digested; promoting digestion
छेिदन् chedin adj. ifc. cutting off; removing; tearing asunder अTN ahṛdya adj. not being to one's
taste (as food); not pleasing िवदारण vidāraṇa adj. breaking; cleaving; lacerating.

अपMः कटलाव"ाच् छ

कौजःकेशचकुषाम् । (१५२.१)
apathyaḥ kaṭulāvaṇyāc chukraujaḥkeśacakṣuṣām / (152.1)
apathya kaṭu-lāvaṇya śukra-ojas-keśa-cakṣus
अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words)
लाव" lāvaṇya n. beauty; charm; loveliness "ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of
the iris; any clear liquid ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength केश keśa m. a kind of
perfume; name of a Daitya; name of a mineral चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of seeing.

िह§ वातकफानाह"ू लVं िप7कोपनम् ॥ (१५२.२)
hiṅgu vātakaphānāhaśūlaghnaṃ pittakopanam // (152.2)
hiṅgu vāta-kapha-ānāha-śūla-ghna pitta-kopana
िह§ hiṅgu n. Asa foetida; a fluid or resinous substance prepared from the roots of the Asa
Foitida (used as a medicine or for seasoning) वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general आनाह ānāha m.
constipation; epistasis; length "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling
criminals V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कोपन kopana
adj. angry; causing morbid irritation or disorder of the humors; inclined to passion.

कटपाकरसं ^¬ं दीपनं पाचनं लघु । (१५३.१)
kaṭupākarasaṃ rucyaṃ dīpanaṃ pācanaṃ laghu / (153.1)
kaṭu-pāka-rasa rucya dīpana pācana laghu
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre ^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an appetite दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming;
kindling पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil; digestive; softening लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief.

कषाया मधुरा पाके ºका िवलवणी लघुः ॥ (१५३.२)
kaṣāyā madhurā pāke rūkṣā vilavaṇī laghuḥ // (153.2)
kaṣāya madhura pāka rūkṣa laghu
39
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful;
mellifluous पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences ºक rūkṣa
adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

दीपनी पाचनी मेWा वयसः Wापनी परम् । (१५४.१)
dīpanī pācanī medhyā vayasaḥ sthāpanī param / (154.1)
dīpana pācana medhya vayas sthāpana para
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil;
digestive; softening मेW medhya adj. medhām arhati; clean; fit for a sacrifice or oblation वयस्
vayas n. age; any period of life; degree Wापन sthāpana adj. causing to stand; determining; fixing
पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than.

उºवीयार सरायुºा बुTीि¶यबलपदा ॥ (१५४.२)
uṣṇavīryā sarāyuṣyā buddhīndriyabalapradā // (154.2)
uṣṇa-vīrya sara-āyuṣya buddhīndriya-bala-prada
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) सर sara
adj. cathartic; fluid; going आयुº āyuṣya adj. for the sake of life; giving long life; preservative of life
बुTीि¶य buddhīndriya n. an organ of sense or perception बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army;
expertness in पद prada adj. bestowing; causing; effecting.

कºवइव"रवइ¹यरपुराणिवषमैवरान् । (१५५.१)
kuṣṭhavaivarṇyavaisvaryapurāṇaviṣamajvarān / (155.1)
kuṣṭha-vaivarṇya-vaisvarya-purāṇa-viṣama-jvara
कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy वइव"र vaivarṇya n. change of colour; diversity;
heterogeneousness वइ¹यर vaisvarya n. different accentuation; loss of voice or language पुराण
purāṇa adj. ancient; old; traditional िवषम viṣama adj. bad; coarse; dangerous 7र jvara m.
affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to
be affected by it); fever of the soul.

िशरोऽिकपा"Tदोगकामलागहणीगदान् ॥ (१५५.२)
śiro'kṣipāṇḍuhṛdrogakāmalāgrahaṇīgadān // (155.2)
śiras-akṣi-pāṇḍu-hṛd-roga-kāmalā-grahaṇī-gada
िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) अिक akṣi n. the eye पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub;
jaundice; name of a Nāgarāja Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior रोग roga mn. a diseased spot;
Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease कामला kāmalā mfn. excessive secretion or obstruction of
bile; [medic.] a kind of pāṇḍuroga गहणी grahaṇī f. an imaginary organ supposed to lie between
the stomach and the intestines (the small intestines or that part of the alimentary canal where
the bile assists digestion and from which vital warmth is said to be diffused) गद gada m. a
sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

सशोषशोफातीसारमे दमोहविमTमीन् । (१५६.१)
saśoṣaśophātīsāramedamohavamikṛmīn / (156.1)
saśoṣa-śopha-atīsāra-meda-moha-vami-kṛmi
सशोष saśoṣa adj. शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0:
101) अतीसार atīsāra m. dysentery; purging मेद meda m. a particular mixed caste (the son of a
40
Vaideha and a Kārāvara or a Nishāda female); a species of plant; fat मोह moha m. (with
Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an
enemy; a swoon विम vami f. an emetic; nausea; qualmishness Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect; lac.

NासकासपसेकाशरःNीहानाहगरोदरम् ॥ (१५६.२)
śvāsakāsaprasekārśaḥplīhānāhagarodaram // (156.2)

.

हरीतकी जयेद ºाधÌस् तांस् तांश च कफवा`तैआन् ॥ (१५७.२)
harītakī jayed vyādhīṃs tāṃs tāṃś ca kaphavātajān // (157.2)
harītakī ji vyādhi tad tad ca kapha-vāta-ja
हरीतकी harītakī f. Terminalia Chebula Retz.; Terminalia citrina Roxb. ex Flem. (G.J. Meulenbeld
1974: 611); the yellow Myrobalan tree िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise
ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus तद tad pron. this तद tad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as कफ kapha m. phlegm;
phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout ज
ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from.

त§द आमलकं शीतम् अमलं िप7कफापहम् । (१५८.१)
tadvad āmalakaṃ śītam amlaṃ pittakaphāpaham / (158.1)
tadvat āmalaka śīta amla pitta-kapha-apaha
त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus आमलक āmalaka n. the fruit of the Emblic
Myrobalan शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull अमल amla adj. acid; sour िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
humour कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general
अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

कट पाके िहमं के¥म् अकम् ईषच् च त7

णम् ॥ (१५८.२)
kaṭu pāke himaṃ keśyam akṣam īṣac ca tadguṇam // (158.2)
kaṭu pāka hima keśya akṣa īṣat ca tad-guṇa
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta के¥ keśya adj. being in the hair;
suitable to the hair अक akṣa n. blue vitriol (from its cube-like crystals); sochal salt; sauvarcala
ईषत् īṣat ind. a little; little; slightly च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this गुण guṇa mn. (in
Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook.

इयं रसायनवरा ितफलाWामयापहा । (१५९.१)
iyaṃ rasāyanavarā triphalākṣyāmayāpahā / (159.1)
idam rasāyana-vara triphalā-akṣi-āmaya-apaha
इदम् idam pron. this रसायन rasāyana n. rasāyanakhaṇḍa- the fourth part of the Rasaratnākara; a
medicine supposed to prevent old age and prolong life; an elixir वर vara adj. best; better; better
than ितफला triphalā mf. the 3 fragrant fruits; the 3 Myrobalans; the 3 sweet fruits अिक akṣi n. the
eye आमय āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back;
removing.

41
रोपणी ~ग् गद¥ेदमेदोमेहकफासैइत् ॥ (१५९.२)
ropaṇī tvag gadakledamedomehakaphāsrajit // (159.2)
ropaṇa tvac gada-kleda-medas-meha-kapha-asra-jit
रोपण ropaṇa adj. causing to grow; causing to grow over or cicatrize; healing ~च् tvac f. a cover
(of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag गद gada m. a sentence;
Costus speciosus Sm.; disease ¥ेद kleda m. dampness; discharge (from a sore); moisture मेदस्
medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness मेह meha m. a ram;
diabetes; excessive flow of urine कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery
froth or foam in general अस asra n. a corner; a tear; blood िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

सकेसरं चतुजारतं ~कप7इलं ितजातकम् । (१६०.१)
sakesaraṃ caturjātaṃ tvakpattrailaṃ trijātakam / (160.1)
sakesara caturjāta tvac-pattra-elā tri-jātaka
सकेसर sakesara adj. चतुजारत caturjāta n. ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in
pressing out the Soma); a leather bag प7 pattra mn. a bird; a chariot; a knife एला elā mf.
Amomum amarum F.P. Smith (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 532); Amomum aromaticum Roxb. (as a
substitute?) (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 532); Amomum kepulaga Sprague et Burkill (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 532) ित tri nr. 3 MW जातक jātaka n. an aggregate of similar things; astrological
calculation of a nativity; nativity.

िप7पकोिप तीWोºं ºकं रोचनदीपनम् ॥ (१६०.२)
pittaprakopi tīkṣṇoṣṇaṃ rūkṣaṃ rocanadīpanam // (160.2)
pitta-prakopin tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa rūkṣa rocana-dīpana
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour पकोिपन् prakopin adj. irritated; irritating; stimulating तीW
tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot ºकष rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as
a person or speech) रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely दीपन dīpana adj. digestive;
inflaming; kindling.

रसे पाके च कटकं कफVं मिरचं लघु । (१६१.१)
rase pāke ca kaṭukaṃ kaphaghnaṃ maricaṃ laghu / (161.1)
rasa pāka ca kaṭuka kapha-ghna marica laghu
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre पाक pāka m.
a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences च ca ind. also; and; as well as कटक
kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or
foam in general V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing मिरच marica n. a particular fragrant
substance; black pepper; Capsicum frutescens Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 588) लघु laghu adj.
active; beautiful; causing relief.

HेPला ¹ा§शीतादार गुवÌ िN^ा च िपपपली ॥ (१६१.२)
śleṣmalā svāduśītārdrā gurvī snigdhā ca pippalī // (161.2)
śleṣmala svādu-śīta-ārdra guru snigdha ca pippalī
HेPल śleṣmala adj. phlegmatic ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty शीत śīta adj. boiled;
cold; dull आदर ārdra adj. damp; flaccid; fresh गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj.
adhesive; affectionate; agreeable च ca ind. also; and; as well as िपपपली pippalī f. a berry; name of
a river flowing into the Narmadā; Piper longum Linn. (both plant and berry).

42
सा "ुMा िवपरीतातः िN^ा वृºा रसे कटः । (१६२.१)
sā śuṣkā viparītātaḥ snigdhā vṛṣyā rase kaṭuḥ / (162.1)
tad śuṣka viparīta-atas snigdha vṛṣya rasa kaṭu
तद tad pron. this "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary
manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this
or that cause or reason िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable वृº vṛṣya adj.
productive of sexual vigour; stimulating रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice
of the body; a kind of metre कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words).

¹ा§पाकािनलHेPNासकासापहा सरा ॥ (१६२.२)
svādupākānilaśleṣmaśvāsakāsāpahā sarā // (162.2)
svādu-pāka-anila-śleṣman-śvāsa-kāsa-apaha sara
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind;
name of a Rṣi and other persons HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum Nास śvāsa m. a sigh;
affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit
einem nāvana behandeln अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing सर sara adj.
cathartic; fluid; going.

न ताम् अ*् उपयुMीत रसायनिवÍध िवना । (१६३.१)
na tām aty upayuñjīta rasāyanavidhiṃ vinā / (163.1)
na tad ati upayuj rasāyana-vidhi vinā
न na ind. neither; no; nor तद tad pron. this अित ati ind. extremely; very उपयुज् upayuj 7.Ā. to
apply; to appropriate; to attach one's self to रसायन rasāyana n. rasāyanakhaṇḍa- the fourth part of
the Rasaratnākara; a medicine supposed to prevent old age and prolong life; an elixir िविध vidhi
m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician िवना vinā ind. except; short or exclusive of;
without.

नागरं दीपनं वृºं गािह TNं िवब^नुत् ॥ (१६३.२)
nāgaraṃ dīpanaṃ vṛṣyaṃ grāhi hṛdyaṃ vibandhanut // (163.2)
nāgara dīpana vṛṣya grāhin hṛdya vibandha-nud
नागर nāgara n. a kind of coitus; a particular written character; a rectangular building दीपन
dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling वृº vṛṣya adj. productive of sexual vigour; stimulating
गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of TN hṛdya adj. being in the heart; beloved;
charming िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction;
constipation नुद nud adj. driving away; impelling; removing.

^¬ं लघु ¹ा§पाकं िN^ोºं कफवा`तैइत् । (१६४.१)
rucyaṃ laghu svādupākaṃ snigdhoṣṇaṃ kaphavātajit / (164.1)
rucya laghu svādu-pāka snigdha-uṣṇa kapha-vāta-jit
^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an appetite लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

43
त§द आदरकम् एतच् च तयं ितकटकं जयेत् ॥ (१६४.२)
tadvad ārdrakam etac ca trayaṃ trikaṭukaṃ jayet // (164.2)
tadvat ārdraka etad ca traya trikaṭuka ji
त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus आदरक ārdraka n. ginger in its undried
state; Zingiber officinale Rosc. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 527) एतद etad pron. this च ca ind. also;
and; as well as तय traya n. a triad (chiefly ifc.); [medic.] saṃnipāta ितकटक trikaṭuka n. िज ji 2.P.
to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise.

Wौ7ािVसदनNासकासHीपदपीनसान् । (१६५.१)
sthaulyāgnisadanaśvāsakāsaślīpadapīnasān / (165.1)
sthaulya-agni-sadana-śvāsa-kāsa-ślīpada-pīnasa
Wौ7 sthaulya n. bigness; denseness (opp. to saukṣmya); density of intellect अिV agni m. bile;
Citrus Acida; digestive faculty सदन sadana n. a seat; coming to rest; dwelling Nास śvāsa m. a sigh;
affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit
einem nāvana behandeln Hीपद ślīpada n. elephantiasis; morbid enlargement of the leg; swelled
leg पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose).

चिवकािपपपलीमूलं मिरचा7ा*रं गुणइः ॥ (१६५.२)
cavikāpippalīmūlaṃ maricālpāntaraṃ guṇaiḥ // (165.2)
cavikā-pippalī-mūla marica-alpa-antara guṇa
चिवका cavikā f. Piper Chaba िपपपली pippalī f. a berry; name of a river flowing into the Narmadā;
Piper longum Linn. (both plant and berry) मूल mūla mn. a chief or principal city; a corpse; a
king's original or proper territory मिरच marica n. a particular fragrant substance; black pepper;
Capsicum frutescens Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 588) अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small अ*र
antara adj. being in the interior; different from; distant गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an
ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook.

िचतको ऽिVसमः पाके शोफाशरःTिमकºहा । (१६६.१)
citrako 'gnisamaḥ pāke śophārśaḥkṛmikuṣṭhahā / (166.1)
citraka agni-sama pāka śopha-arśas-kṛmi-kuṣṭha-han
िचतक citraka mn. Amorphophallus campanulatus Blum ex Decne (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 553); a
kind of coin or weight; a kind of snake अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty सम sama
pron. common; constant; easy पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having
consequences शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101)
अशरस् arśas mn. hemorrhoids; piles; [medic.] name of a disease of the eyelid Tिम kṛmi m. an ant;
insect; lac कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy हन् han adj. killing.

पBकोलकम् एतच् च मिरचेन िवना Wृतम् ॥ (१६६.२)
pañcakolakam etac ca maricena vinā smṛtam // (166.2)
pañcakolaka etad ca marica vinā smṛ
पBकोलक pañcakolaka n. the 5 spices एतद etad pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as मिरच
marica n. a particular fragrant substance; black pepper; Capsicum frutescens Linn. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 588) िवना vinā ind. except; short or exclusive of; without Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be
mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

गु7Nीहोदरानाह"ूलVं दीपनं परम् । (१६७.१)
44
gulmaplīhodarānāhaśūlaghnaṃ dīpanaṃ param / (167.1)
gulma-plīhan-udara-ānāha-śūla-ghna dīpana para
गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular enlargement in the
abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the
spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen
(from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) उदर udara n. a cavity;
abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) आनाह ānāha m. constipation;
epistasis; length "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals V
ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling पर para pron.
ancient; best; better or worse than.

िब7काशमयरतकाररीपाटलीट"कइर महत् ॥ (१६७.२)
bilvakāśmaryatarkārīpāṭalīṭuṇṭukair mahat // (167.2)
bilva-kāśmarya-tarkārī-pāṭalī-ṭuṇṭuka mahant
िब7 bilva m. Aegle marmelos Correa; the wood-apple tree (commonly called Bel); [rel.] a form
of Śiva काशमयर kāśmarya mfn. Gmelina arborea Roxb.; Gmelina asiatica Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld
(1974), 543); Myrica nagi Thunb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 543) तकाररी tarkārī f. a kind of gourd;
Premna spinosa; Sesbania aegyptiaca पाटली pāṭalī f. kaṭabhī and muṣkaka; Bignonia Suaveolens;
name of a city ट"क ṭuṇṭuka m. a kind of acacia; Calosanthes indica; the bird Sylvia sutoria मह*्
mahant adj. abounding on rich in (instr.); abundant; advanced (afternoon).

जयेत् कषायित³ोºं पBमूलं कफािनलौ । (१६८.१)
jayet kaṣāyatiktoṣṇaṃ pañcamūlaṃ kaphānilau / (168.1)
ji kaṣāya-tikta-uṣṇa pañcamūla kapha-anila
िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red;
fragrant ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent उº uṣṇa adj.
acrid; active; hot पBमूल pañcamūla fn. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अिनल anila m.
air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons.

ह¹ं बृह*ं"ुमती§यगोकुरकइः Wृतम् ॥ (१६८.२)
hrasvaṃ bṛhatyaṃśumatīdvayagokṣurakaiḥ smṛtam // (168.2)
hrasva bṛhatī-aṃśumatī-dvaya-gokṣuraka smṛ
ह¹ hrasva n. a kind of vegetable; a particular short measure; green or black sulphate of iron
बृहती bṛhatī f. (du.) heaven and earth; (pl.) name of particular bricks forming part of the sacrificial
fire-altar; a mantle अं"ुमती aṃśumatī f. Hedysarum Gangeticum; name of a river (YamunA?) §य
dvaya n. both; double; falsehood गोकुरक gokṣuraka mn. a cow's hoof; Barleria longifolia Linn.F.
(G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 551); Hygrophila spinosa T. Anders (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 551) Wृ
smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

¹ा§पाकरसं नाितशीतोºं सवरदो`षैइत् । (१६९.१)
svādupākarasaṃ nātiśītoṣṇaṃ sarvadoṣajit / (169.1)
svādu-pāka-rasa na-atiśīta-uṣṇa sarva-doṣa-jit
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act
having consequences रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre न na ind. neither; no; nor अितशीत atiśīta adj. sehr śīta उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot सवर
45
sarva pron. all; completely; different दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection िजत् jit adj.
acquiring; ifc. winning.

बलापुननरवइर""ूपर पण̧येन तु ॥ (१६९.२)
balāpunarnavairaṇḍaśūrpaparṇīdvayena tu // (169.2)
balā-punarnavā-eraṇḍa-śūrpaparṇī-dvaya tu
बला balā f. name of a daughter of Dakṣa; name of a daughter of Raudrāśva; name of a female
divinity who executes the orders of the 17th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī पुननरवा punarnavā mf.
Boerhaavia diffusa; Boerhavia Procumbens; hog-weed एर" eraṇḍa m. Palma Christi; Ricinus
communis Linn.; the castor-oil plant "ूपरपणÌ śūrpaparṇī f. a sort of bean; Phaseolus Trilobus §य
dvaya n. both; double; falsehood तु tu ind. and; but; do.

मWमं कफवातVं नाितिप7करं सरम् । (१७०.१)
madhyamaṃ kaphavātaghnaṃ nātipittakaraṃ saram / (170.1)
madhyama kapha-vāta-ghna na-ati-pitta-kara sara
मWम madhyama adj. (in astron.) mean; being or placed in the middle; central कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind.
extremely; very िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर kara adj. causing; helping; making सर
sara adj. cathartic; fluid; going.

अभी^वीराजीव*ीजीवकषरभकइः Wृतम् ॥ (१७०.२)
abhīruvīrājīvantījīvakarṣabhakaiḥ smṛtam // (170.2)
abhīru-vīrā-jīvantī-jīvaka-ṛṣabhaka smṛ
अभी^ abhīru f. the plant Asparagus Racemosus वीरा vīrā f. vīravallī; a particular śruti; a wife
जीव*ी jīvantī f. a parasitical plant; Cocculus cordifolius; Mimosa Suma जीवक jīvaka m. a beggar; a
living being; a servant ऋषभक ṛṣabhaka m. a bull; a kind of medicinal plant; name of a king Wृ
smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

जीवनाWं तु चकुºं वृºं िप7ािनलापहम् । (१७१.१)
jīvanākhyaṃ tu cakṣuṣyaṃ vṛṣyaṃ pittānilāpaham / (171.1)
jīvana-ākhyā tu cakṣuṣya vṛṣya pitta-anila-apaha
जीवन jīvana m. a horse; a living being; a son आWा ākhyā f. appearance; appellation; aspect तु tu
ind. and; but; do चकुº cakṣuṣya adj. agreeable to the eyes; beautiful; goodlooking वृº vṛṣya adj.
productive of sexual vigour; stimulating िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अिनल anila m. air or
wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons अपह apaha
adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

तृणाWं िप7ैइद दभरकाशेकुशरशािलिभः ॥ (१७१.२)
tṛṇākhyaṃ pittajid darbhakāśekṣuśaraśālibhiḥ // (171.2)
tṛṇa-ākhyā pitta-jit darbha-kāśa-ikṣu-śara-śāli
तृण tṛṇa n. any gramineous plant; blade of grass; grass आWा ākhyā f. appearance; appellation;
aspect िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning दभर darbha m. a tuft
or bunch of grass (esp. of Kuśa grass); Cynodon dactylon (Linn.) Pers. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
561); Imperata arundinacea काश kāśa m. appearance; name of a man; name of a prince (the son
of Suhotra and father of Kāsirāja) इकु ikṣu m. eyelash; name of a king; name of a river शर śara m.
(in astron.) the versed sine of an arc; a particular configuration of stars; a sort of reed or grass
46
शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was
transformed into a lion).

"ूकिश~ीजपकवा¤मांसशाकफलौषधइः । (१७२.१)
śūkaśimbījapakvānnamāṃsaśākaphalauṣadhaiḥ / (172.1)
śūkaśimbī-ja-pakva-anna-māṃsa-śāka-phala-auṣadha
"ूकिश~ी śūkaśimbī f. Mucuna Pruritus ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc.
born or descended from पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or
earthenware pots) अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat
शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a
gaming board; a gift औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively.

वÍ`गतइर अ¤ले शो ऽयम् उ³ो िन*ोपयोिगकः ॥ (१७२.२)
vargitair annaleśo 'yam ukto nityopayogikaḥ // (172.2)
anna-leśa idam vac nitya-upayogika
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice लेश leśa m. a figure of speech in which what
is usually considered as an advantage is represented as a disadvantage and vice versa; a kind of
song; a particular division or short space of time ( 2 or 12 Kalās) इदम् idam pron. this वच् vac 2.P.
to declare; to proclaim; to recite िन* nitya adj. continual; devoted or used to; eternal उपयोिगक
upayogika adj. .

1
राजा राजगृहास¤े पाणाचाय िन`वेशयेत् । (१.१)
rājā rājagṛhāsanne prāṇācāryaṃ niveśayet / (1.1)
rājan rājan-gṛha-āsanna prāṇācārya niveśay
राजन् rājan m. a Kṣatriya; a king; a man of the royal tribe or the military caste राजन् rājan m. a
Kṣatriya; a king; a man of the royal tribe or the military caste गृह gṛha mn. a house; a house as
containing several rooms; a wife आस¤ āsanna n. death; end; nearness पाणाचायर prāṇācārya m. a
physician to a king िन`वेशय् niveśay 10.Ā. to appoint to (an office); to bestow on; to build.

सवरदा स भव*् एवं सवरत पितजागृिवः ॥ (१.२)
sarvadā sa bhavaty evaṃ sarvatra pratijāgṛviḥ // (1.2)
sarvadā tad bhū evam sarvatra pratijāgṛvi
सवरदा sarvadā ind. always; at all times (often joined with sarvatra and sarvathā) तद tad pron. this
भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such
सवरत sarvatra ind. always; at all times; everywhere पितजागृिव pratijāgṛvi adj. attentive; watchful.

अ¤पानं िवषाद रकेद िवशे `षेण महीप`ते ः । (२.१)
annapānaṃ viṣād rakṣed viśeṣeṇa mahīpateḥ / (2.1)
anna-pāna viṣa rakṣ viśeṣa mahīpati
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-
vessel िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable
poison रक् rakṣ 1.Ā. to attend to; to beware of; to conceal िवशेष viśeṣa m. (pl.) various objects; a
kind; a species of tree महीपित mahīpati m. a kind of big lime; a king.

योगकेमौ तदाय7ौ धमारNा यि¤ब^नाः ॥ (२.२)
yogakṣemau tadāyattau dharmādyā yannibandhanāḥ // (2.2)
yoga-kṣema tadā-āyat dharma-ādya yat-nibandhana
योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10 Mūlikārthās or radical
facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism; a follower of the Yoga system
केम kṣema mn. any secure or easy or comfortable state; final emancipation; happiness तदा tadā ind.
at that time; in that case (often used redundantly); then आयत् āyat 1.Ā. to abide; to adhere; to
arrive धमर dharma mn. a bow; a particular ceremony; a Soma-drinker आN ādya adj. being at the
head; earlier; excellent यत् yat ind. as many as ( Lat. quot); as often; because िनब^न nibandhana n.
a commentary; a grant; a literary composition or treatise.

ओदनो िवषवान् सा¶ो या*् अिवसाºताम् इव । (३.१)
odano viṣavān sāndro yāty avisrāvyatām iva / (3.1)
odana viṣavant sāndra yā avisrāvyatā iva
ओदन odana mn. any pap or pulpy substance; boiled rice; grain mashed and cooked with milk
िवषव*् viṣavant adj. poisoned; poisonous सा¶ sāndra adj. bland; compact; dense या yā 2.Ā. to flee;
to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) अिवसाºता avisrāvyatā f. इव iva ind. a little; about; almost.

िच`रे ण प¬`ते पकवो भ`वेत् पयुरिषतोपमः ॥ (३.२)
cireṇa pacyate pakvo bhavet paryuṣitopamaḥ // (3.2)
cira pac pakva bhū paryuṣita-upama
िचर cira adj. existing from ancient times; lasting long time; long पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become
ripe; to boil पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots)
2
भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being पयुरिषत paryuṣita adj. a word that has not been
strictly kept; having passed the night; having stood for a time or in some place उपम upama adj.
equal; like; resembling.

मयूरक"तु7ोPा मोहमूछारपसेकTत् । (४.१)
mayūrakaṇṭhatulyoṣmā mohamūrchāprasekakṛt / (4.1)
mayūra-kaṇṭha-tulya-ūṣman moha-mūrchā-praseka-kṛt
मयूर mayūra m. Achyranthes aspera Linn.; a cock; a kind of gait क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand;
immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi तु7 tulya adj. comparable; equal to; even ऊPन् ūṣman
m. (medic.) a kind of sveda; ardour; glow मोह moha m. (with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the
three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an enemy; a swoon मूछार mūrchā f.
(alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon पसेक praseka m.
discharge; dropping; effusion Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

हीय`ते वणरग^ाNइः ि¥N`ते चि¶कािचतः ॥ (४.२)
hīyate varṇagandhādyaiḥ klidyate candrikācitaḥ // (4.2)
hā varṇa-gandha-ādya klid candrikā-ci
हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of वणर varṇa mn.
a co-efficient; a cover; a covering ग^ gandha mn. a fragrant substance; a neighbour; a sectarial
mark on the forehead (called so in the south of India) आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier;
excellent ि¥द klid 4.Ā. to be or become wet or damp; to putrefy; to rot चि¶का candrikā f.
candraśūra; a kind of white-blossoming Kaṇṭakāri; baldness िच ci 5.Ā. to accumulate; to acquire
for one's self; to arrange in order.

ºMना~् आ"ु "ुºि* Wामकवाथािन तत च । (५.१)
vyañjanāny āśu śuṣyanti dhyāmakvāthāni tatra ca / (5.1)
vyañjana āśu śuṣ dhyāma-kvātha tatra ca
ºMन vyañjana n. a consonant; a day; a fan आ"ु āśu adj. fast; going quickly; quick "ुष् śuṣ 1.P. to
become dry or withered; to decay; to dry Wाम dhyāma n. Artemisia Indica; any or a particular
fragrant grass कवाथ kvātha m. a decoction; any solution or infusion prepared with a continued or
gentle heat; boiling तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

हीनाितिर³ा िवTता छाया [¥ेत नइव वा ॥ (५.२)
hīnātiriktā vikṛtā chāyā dṛśyeta naiva vā // (5.2)
hā-atiric vikṛ chāyā dṛś na-eva vā
हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of अितिरच् atiric
4.Ā. to be left with a surplus; to be superior; to predominate िवT vikṛ 8.Ā. to act in a hostile or
unfriendly way towards (gen. or loc.); to act in various ways; to annihilate छाया chāyā f. (like
Saṃjñā) wife of the sun and mother of the planet Saturn; a bribe; a copy (of a Ms.) [श dṛś 4.Ā. to
appear; to appear as; to be seen न na ind. neither; no; nor एव eva ind. alone; already; even वा vā
ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally.

फेनो¹ररािजसीम*त*ुबु¶

दस~वः । (६.१)
phenordhvarājisīmantatantubudbudasambhavaḥ / (6.1)
phena-ūrdhva-rāji-sīmanta-tantu-budbuda-sambhava
3
फेन phena mn. a kind of prameha; foam; froth ऊ¹र ūrdhva adj. above; elevated; erect रािज rāji f. a
field; a line parting the hair; a streak सीम* sīmanta mn. a boundary; a line of separation on the
human body (14 are enumerated); limit त*ु tantu m. a cobweb; a line of descendants; a
succession of sacrificial performances बु¶ द budbuda mn. a bubble (often as a symbol of anything
transitory); an embryo five days old; an ornament or decoration resembling a bubble स~व
sambhava m. ability; acquaintance; adequacy.

िवि½¤िवरसाः रागाः खा"वाः शाकम् आिमषम् ॥ (६.२)
vicchinnavirasāḥ rāgāḥ khāṇḍavāḥ śākam āmiṣam // (6.2)
vicchid-virasa rāga khāṇḍava śāka āmiṣa
िवि½द vicchid 7.Ā. to be divided; to cut off; to cut or tear or cleave or break asunder िवरस virasa
adj. disagreeable; flavourless; having no taste for राग rāga m. a musical note; a particular process
in the preparation of quicksilver; a prince खा"व khāṇḍava mn. name of a forest in Kurukṣetra
(sacred to Indra and burnt by the god of fire aided by Arjuna and Kṛṣṇa); sugar-candy;
sugarplums शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens आिमष āmiṣa n. a gift; a pleasing
or beautiful object; an object of enjoyment.

नीला राजी रसे तामा की`रे दिधन [¥`ते । (७.१)
nīlā rājī rase tāmrā kṣīre dadhni dṛśyate / (7.1)
nīla rājī rasa tāmra kṣīra dadhi dṛś
नील nīla adj. black; dark-blue; dark-green राजी rājī f. rāji; a kind of fish; a streak रस rasa mn.
amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ताम tāmra adj. of a
coppery red colour कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk दिध dadhi
n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour milk (regarded as a remedy) [श dṛś
4.Ā. to appear; to appear as; to be seen.

¥ावा पीता िसता तके घृ`ते पानीयसंिनभा ॥ (७.२)
śyāvā pītā sitā takre ghṛte pānīyasaṃnibhā // (7.2)
śyāva pīta sita takra ghṛta pānīya-saṃnibha
¥ाव śyāva adj. brown; dark; darkbrown पीत pīta adj. yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas) िसत sita
adj. bright; candid; light (said of a day in the light half of a month and of the waxing moon) तक
takra n. buttermilk mixed with water; buttermilk with a fourth part of water घृत ghṛta n. cream;
fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which drops from heaven)
पानीय pānīya n. a beverage; drink; water संिनभ saṃnibha adj. like; resembling; similar.

मºुिन ºात् कपोताभा राजी Tºा तुषोदके । (८.१)
mastuni syāt kapotābhā rājī kṛṣṇā tuṣodake / (8.1)
mastu as kapota-ābha rājī kṛṣṇa tuṣodaka
मºु mastu n. sour cream; the watery part of curds; whey अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal
to (dat.) कपोत kapota mn. bird in general; cornice; dove आभ ābha adj. appearing; ifc. like;
resembling राजी rājī f. rāji; a kind of fish; a streak Tº kṛṣṇa adj. black; dark; dark-blue तुषोदक
tuṣodaka n. sour rice- or barley-gruel.

काली मNा~सोः कौदे हिरत् तइले ऽ^णोपमा ॥ (८.२)
kālī madyāmbhasoḥ kṣaudre harit taile 'ruṇopamā // (8.2)
kāla madya-ambhas kṣaudra harit taila aruṇa-upama
4
काल kāla adj. black; dark-blue; of a dark colour मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or
spiritous liquor; wine अ~स् ambhas n. collective name for gods, men, Manes, and Asuras; fruit
fulness; power कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness हिरत् harit adj. bay; fallow;
fawn-coloured तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil अ^ण aruṇa adj. dumb; perplexed; red
उपम upama adj. equal; like; resembling.

पाकः फलानाम् आमानां पकवानां पिरकोथनम् । (९.१)
pākaḥ phalānām āmānāṃ pakvānāṃ parikothanam / (9.1)
pāka phala āma pakva parikothana
पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences फल phala n. a blade (of
a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow
(considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk) पकव pakva adj.
accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) पिरकोथन parikothana n. .

दºाणाम् आदर"ुMाणां ºातां मलािनिववणर`ते ॥ (९.२)
dravyāṇām ārdraśuṣkāṇāṃ syātāṃ mlānivivarṇate // (9.2)
dravya ārdra-śuṣka as
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake आदर ārdra adj.
damp; flaccid; fresh "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to
(dat.).

मृ{नां किठनानां च भ`वेत् Wशरिवपयरयः । (१०.१)
mṛdūnāṃ kaṭhinānāṃ ca bhavet sparśaviparyayaḥ / (10.1)
mṛdu kaṭhina ca bhū sparśa-viparyaya
मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle; mild (Nahrung) किठन kaṭhina adj.
difficult; firm; hard च ca ind. also; and; as well as भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into
being Wशर sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding;
barter.

मा7º Wिटताग~ं मलािनर ग^ा*रोTवः ॥ (१०.२)
mālyasya sphuṭitāgratvaṃ mlānir gandhāntarodbhavaḥ // (10.2)
mālya sphuṭ-agra-tva mlāni gandha-antara-udbhava
मा7 mālya n. a flower; a wreath; chaplet Wट sphuṭ 6.Ā. to burst open or into view; to burst or
become suddenly rent asunder; to burst or split open अग agra n. a measure of food given as alms;
a weight equal to a pala; aim ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) मलािन mlāni f. blackness;
decay; depression ग^ gandha mn. a fragrant substance; a neighbour; a sectarial mark on the
forehead (called so in the south of India) अ*र antara adj. being in the interior; different from;
distant उTव udbhava adj. produced or coming from.

Wामम"लता वWे शदनं त*ुपWणाम् । (११.१)
dhyāmamaṇḍalatā vastre śadanaṃ tantupakṣmaṇām / (11.1)
dhyāma-maṇḍala-tā vastra śadana tantu-pakṣman
Wाम dhyāma adj. black; dark-coloured म"ल maṇḍala mfn. a circle; a circular array of troops; a
circular bandage ता tā f. ifc. abstracta वW vastra mn. cloth; clothes; cover शदन śadana n. falling
त*ु tantu m. a cobweb; a line of descendants; a succession of sacrificial performances पWन्
pakṣman n. a thin thread; a whisker; a wing.

5
धातुमौि³ककाºाशमरëािदषु मला³ता ॥ (११.२)
dhātumauktikakāṣṭhāśmaratnādiṣu malāktatā // (11.2)
dhātu-mauktika-kāṣṭha-aśman-ratna-ādi mala-añj-tā
धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part;
element मौि³क mauktika mn. a pearl (properly "a collection of properly") काº kāṣṭha n. a kind of
measure; a piece of wood or timber; an instrument for measuring lengths अशमन् aśman mn. a
precious stone; a stone; any instrument made of stone (as a hammer etc.) रë ratna mn. a gift; a
jewel; a magnet आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth अM् añj
7.Ā. (eine trockene Substanz mit einer Flüssigkeit) binden; to anoint; to apply an ointment or
pigment ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

NेहWशरपभाहािनः सपभ~ं तु मृªये । (१२.१)
snehasparśaprabhāhāniḥ saprabhatvaṃ tu mṛnmaye / (12.1)
sneha-sparśa-prabhā-hāni saprabha-tva tu mṛd-maya
Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance Wशर sparśa m. a gift; a
kind of sexual union; a spy पभा prabhā f. beautiful appearance; light; name of a daughter of
Svarbhānu and mother of Nahuṣa हािन hāni f. a minus; abandonment; damage सपभ saprabha adj.
brilliant; having the same lustre or appearance; possessing splendour ~ tva n. (Marker für
abstrakte Nomina) तु tu ind. and; but; do मृद mṛd f. clay; earth; loam मय maya adj. consisting or
made of.

िवषदः ¥ाव"ुMाºो िवलको वीक`ते िदशः ॥ (१२.२)
viṣadaḥ śyāvaśuṣkāsyo vilakṣo vīkṣate diśaḥ // (12.2)
viṣada śyāva-śuṣka-āsya vilakṣa vīkṣ diś
िवषद viṣada adj. poisonous; yielding poison ¥ाव śyāva adj. brown; dark; darkbrown "ुM śuṣka
adj. arid; dried; dried up आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth िवलक vilakṣa adj. abashed; ashamed;
astonished वीक् vīkṣ 1.P. to ascertain; to behold; to consider िदश diś f. a hint; abroad; cardinal
point (four in number).

¹ेद`वेपथुमांस् तºो भीतः सखलित जृ~`ते । (१३.१)
svedavepathumāṃs trasto bhītaḥ skhalati jṛmbhate / (13.1)
sveda-vepathumant tras bhī skhal jṛmbh
¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") `वेपथुम*् vepathumant adj.
possessed of tremor; trembling तस् tras 1.Ā. to be afraid of; to quiver; to tremble भी bhī 3.Ā. to be
afraid of; to fear सखल् skhal 1.P. to fluctuate; to stumble; to totter जृ~् jṛmbh 1.P. to expand; to
feel at ease; to fly back or recoil (as a bow when unstrung).

पाºा¤ं सिवषं ~् अिVर एकावतरः Wट*् अित ॥ (१३.२)
prāpyānnaṃ saviṣaṃ tv agnir ekāvartaḥ sphuṭaty ati // (13.2)
prāp-anna saviṣa tu agni eka-āvarta sphuṭ ati
पाप् prāp 1.P. to arrive at; to attain to; to be in force अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially
boiled rice सिवष saviṣa adj. poisoned; poisonous तु tu ind. and; but; do अिV agni m. bile; Citrus
Acida; digestive faculty एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once आवतर āvarta m. a
crowded place where many men live close together; a curl; a kind of jewel Wट sphuṭ 6.Ā. to burst
open or into view; to burst or become suddenly rent asunder; to burst or split open अित ati ind.
extremely; very.

6
िशिखक"ाभधूमाÍचर अनÍचर वोगग^वान् । (१४.१)
śikhikaṇṭhābhadhūmārcir anarcir vogragandhavān / (14.1)
śikhikaṇṭha-ābha-dhūma-arcis vā-ugra-gandhavant
िशिखक" śikhikaṇṭha n. blue vitriol; mayūratuttha; tuttha आभ ābha adj. appearing; ifc. like;
resembling धूम dhūma mn. a kind of incense; a saint; mist अÍचस् arcis n. flame; light; lustre वा vā
ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally उग ugra adj. acrid; angry; cruel
ग^व*् gandhavant adj. endowed with fragrance; endowed with the quality of smell; odoriferous.

िमय*े मिककाः पा¥ काकः काम¹रो भ`वेत् ॥ (१४.२)
mriyante makṣikāḥ prāśya kākaḥ kṣāmasvaro bhavet // (14.2)
mṛ makṣika prāś kāka kṣāma-svara bhū
मृ mṛ 4.Ā. to calcine; to decease; to die मिकक makṣika m. a fly पाश prāś 9.Ā. to consume; to
devour; to eat काक kāka m. a cripple; a crow; a lame man काम kṣāma adj. burning to ashes;
charring; debilitated ¹र svara m. a note of the musical scale (of which seven [rarely six or eight]
are enumerated); a symbolical expression for the number "seven"; a vowel भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to
become; to come into being.

उतकोशि* च [\इतच् छ

कदा*ूहसािरकाः । (१५.१)
utkrośanti ca dṛṣṭvaitac chukadātyūhasārikāḥ / (15.1)
utkruś ca dṛś-etad śuka-dātyūha-sārika
उतकश utkruś 1.Ā. to call to (with acc.); to cry out; to exclaim च ca ind. also; and; as well as [श
dṛś 4.Ā. to appear; to appear as; to be seen एतद etad pron. this "ुक śuka m. Acacia Sirissa; a parrot;
a poet दा*ूह dātyūha m. a gallinule; Cuculus Melanoleucus; cloud सािरक sārika m. name of a
Muni; the bird Turdus Salica.

हंसः पसखलित गलािनर जीवंजीवº जाय`ते ॥ (१५.२)
haṃsaḥ praskhalati glānir jīvaṃjīvasya jāyate // (15.2)
haṃsa praskhal glāni jīvaṃjīva jan
हंस haṃsa m. a goose; a horse; a kind of ascetic पसखल् praskhal 1.P. to reel; to stagger forwards;
to stumble गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind जीवंजीव jīvaṃjīva m. -jū; a
mythical bird with two heads; name of a tree जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be born again.

चकोरºािकवइरा~ं कौBº ºान् मदोदयः । (१६.१)
cakorasyākṣivairāgyaṃ krauñcasya syān madodayaḥ / (16.1)
cakora-akṣi-vairāgya krauñca as mada-udaya
चकोर cakora m. name of a people; name of a town; the Greek partridge (Perdix rufa) अिक akṣi n.
the eye वइरा~ vairāgya mn. asceticism; aversion; change or loss of colour कौञ् च krauñca m. a kind
of curlew; a patr. or metron. from kruñcā; an osprey अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to
(dat.) मद mada m. a river; any beautiful object; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink उदय udaya
m. a following word; appearance; becoming visible.

कपोतपरभृqकचकवाका जह*् असून् ॥ (१६.२)
kapotaparabhṛddakṣacakravākā jahaty asūn // (16.2)
kapota-parabhṛt-dakṣa-cakravāka asu
7
कपोत kapota mn. bird in general; cornice; dove परभृत् parabhṛt m. a crow दक dakṣa m. a cock; a
general lover; a law-giver चकवाक cakravāka m. the Cakra bird (Anas Casarca) असु asu m. (in
astron.) "respiration"; prajñā; animal life.

उ§ेगं याित माजाररः शTन् मुBित वानरः । (१७.१)
udvegaṃ yāti mārjāraḥ śakṛn muñcati vānaraḥ / (17.1)
udvega yā mārjāra śakṛt muc vānara
उ§ेग udvega m. admiration; agitation; anxiety या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose
(inf.) माजारर mārjāra m. Agati Grandiflora; a cat; a civet-cat शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung);
excrement; feces मुच् muc 6.Ā. to get rid of; to let loose; to liberate from वानर vānara m. a kind of
incense; a monkey; ape.

Tºेन् मयूरस् तq

Wा मW`तेजो भ`वेद िवषम् ॥ (१७.२)
hṛṣyen mayūras taddṛṣṭyā mandatejo bhaved viṣam // (17.2)
hṛṣ mayūra tad-dṛṣṭi manda-tejas bhū viṣa
Tष् hṛṣ 1.Ā. to be glad or pleased; to become erect or stiff or rigid; to become on edge (like the
teeth) मयूर mayūra m. Achyranthes aspera Linn.; a cock; a kind of gait तद tad pron. this [िº dṛṣṭi
f. beholding; consideration; intelligence मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad
`तेजस् tejas n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) rajas (passion); (opposed to kṣamā) impatience; a mystical name
of the letter r भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a
mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison.

इ*् अ¤ं िवष`वै जा~ा *ैएद एवं पयëतः । (१८.१)
ity annaṃ viṣavaj jñātvā tyajed evaṃ prayatnataḥ / (18.1)
iti anna viṣavant jñā tyaj evam prayatna
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice िवषव*् viṣavant adj.
poisoned; poisonous जा jñā 4.Ā. to apprehend; to ascertain; to become acquainted with *ै tyaj
1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such पयë
prayatna m. action; activity; caution.

यथा `तेन िवपNेर¤् अिप न कुदैअ*वः ॥ (१८.२)
yathā tena vipadyerann api na kṣudrajantavaḥ // (18.2)
yathā tad vipad api na kṣudrajantu
यथा yathā ind. according; as; as तद tad pron. this िवपद vipad 4.P. to come between; to fail; to fall
asunder अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides न na ind. neither; no; nor कुदैअ*ु kṣudrajantu m. a
kind of worm (Julus).

Wृºे तु क"¸दाहोषा7राÍ`तWोटसुPयः । (१९.१)
spṛṣṭe tu kaṇḍūdāhoṣājvarārtisphoṭasuptayaḥ / (19.1)
spṛś tu kaṇḍū-dāha-ūṣā-jvara-ārti-sphoṭa-supti
Wृश spṛś 6.Ā. to feel with the hand; to graze; to handle तु tu ind. and; but; do क"¸ kaṇḍū f. itch;
itching; scratching दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) ऊषा ūṣā f. name of a
daughter of Bāṇa and wife of Aniruddha 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the
different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul आÍ`त ārti
f. injury; mischief; pain Wोट sphoṭa m. a little bit or fragment; a swelling; boil सुिP supti f. (esp.)
deep sleep; carelessness; confidence.
8

नखरोम¬ुितः शोफः सेकाNा िवषनाशनाः ॥ (१९.२)
nakharomacyutiḥ śophaḥ sekādyā viṣanāśanāḥ // (19.2)
nakha-roman-cyuti śopha seka-ādya viṣa-nāśana
नख nakha mn. a finger-nail; claw; talon रोमन् roman n. (esp.) short hair; bristles; down ¬ुित cyuti
f. degeneration; deviation from (abl.); dying शोफ śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling;
oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) सेक seka m. a drop of anything; a libation; a shower-bath आN
ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of
the sound m; a particular vegetable poison नाशन nāśana adj. destroying.

शºास् तत पलेपाश च सेºचWनपTकइः । (२०.१)
śastās tatra pralepāś ca sevyacandanapadmakaiḥ / (20.1)
śaṃs tatra pralepa ca sevya-candana-padmaka
शंस् śaṃs 2.Ā. to approve; to calumniate; to commend तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that
place पलेप pralepa m. a hectic or slow fever; an unguent; cleaving to (comp.) च ca ind. also; and;
as well as सेº sevya n. red sandal-wood; sea-salt; the root of Andropogon Muricatus चWन
candana mn. Berberis asiatica Roxb. ex DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Caesalpinia sappan
Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Crocus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552) पTक
padmaka n. a particular posture in sitting; Costus Arabicus; Costus speciosus Sm.

ससोमव7तालीशप7कºामृतानतइः ॥ (२०.२)
sasomavalkatālīśapattrakuṣṭhāmṛtānataiḥ // (20.2)
sasomavalka-tālīśapattra-kuṣṭha-amṛtā-nata
ससोमव7 sasomavalka adj. with somavalka तालीशप7 tālīśapattra n. Pinus Webbiana; the leaf of
Flacourtia cataphracta क º kuṣṭha mn. Aplotaxis auriculata D.C.; Costus arabicus Linn.; Costus
speciosus Sm. अमृता amṛtā f. a class of sunrays; a goddess; Cardiospermum halicacabum Linn. नत
nata mn. Tabernaemontana Coronaria.

लाला िजJौºयोर जा7म् ऊषा िचिमिचमायनम् । (२१.१)
lālā jihvauṣṭhayor jāḍyam ūṣā cimicimāyanam / (21.1)
lālā jihvā-oṣṭha jāḍya ūṣā cimicimā-ayana
लाला lālā f. a species of myrobolan; saliva; slobber िजJा jihvā f. speech; the root of
Tabernaemontana coronaria; the tongue ओº oṣṭha m. the forepart of an Agnikuṇḍa; the lip
(generally du.) जा7 jāḍya n. absence of intellect or soul; absence of power of taste (in the
tongue); chilliness ऊषा ūṣā f. soil impregnated with saline particles; sterile soil; [medic.] lokales
Brennen िचिमिचमा cimicimā f. pricking अयन ayana n. (in astron.) advancing; a path; a road.

द*हष¹ रसाज~ं हनुº~श च व7`गे ॥ (२१.२)
dantaharṣo rasājñatvaṃ hanustambhaś ca vaktrage // (21.2)
dantaharṣa rasa-ajñatva hanustambha ca vaktra-ga
द*हषर dantaharṣa m. -ghū; morbid sensitiveness of the teeth; [medic.] a kind of disease of the
teeth रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ऐञ~
ajñatva n. ignorance हनुº~ hanustambha m. च ca ind. also; and; as well as व7 vaktra n. a sort of
garment; beginning; face ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping the fifth place; being.

सेºाNइस् तत ग"¸ षाः सव च िव`षैइिTतम् । (२२.१)
9
sevyādyais tatra gaṇḍūṣāḥ sarvaṃ ca viṣajiddhitam / (22.1)
sevya-ādya tatra gaṇḍūṣa sarva ca viṣa-jit-hita
सेº sevya n. red sandal-wood; sea-salt; the root of Andropogon Muricatus आN ādya adj. being at
the head; earlier; excellent तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place ग"¸ष gaṇḍūṣa mn. a
mouthful of water; draught; filling or rinsing the mouth सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
च ca ind. also; and; as well as िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a
particular vegetable poison िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged;
beneficial.

आमाशयग`ते ¹ेदमूछारWानमदभमाः ॥ (२२.२)
āmāśayagate svedamūrchādhmānamadabhramāḥ // (22.2)
āmāśaya-gam sveda-mūrchā-ādhmāna-mada-bhrama
आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.] the āmāśaya गम् gam 6.P. to approach; to go; to move ¹ेद sveda m. a
sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") मूछार mūrchā f. (alchemy) one of the
Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing;
boasting मद mada m. a river; any beautiful object; any exhilarating or intoxicating drink भम
bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone.

रोमहष¹ विमर दाहश चकुTरदयरोधनम् । (२३.१)
romaharṣo vamir dāhaś cakṣurhṛdayarodhanam / (23.1)
romaharṣa vami dāha cakṣus-hṛdaya-rodhana
रोमहषर romaharṣa m. the bristling of the hairs of the body; thrill (caused by joy) विम vami f. an
emetic; nausea; qualmishness दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) चकुस्
cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of seeing Tदय hṛdaya n. mind (as the seat of mental operations);
name of a Sāman; science रोधन rodhana n. checking; confinement; impeding.

िबW

िभश चाचयो ऽ§ानां पकवाशयग`ते पुनः ॥ (२३.२)
bindubhiś cācayo 'ṅgānāṃ pakvāśayagate punaḥ // (23.2)
bindu ca-ācaya aṅga pakvāśaya-gam punar
िबW

bindu mn. a coloured mark made on the forehead between the eyebrows; a detached
particle; a drop of water taken as a measure च ca ind. also; and; as well as आचय ācaya m.
collection; plenty अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or
counsel (said to be five) पकवाशय pakvāśaya m. [medic.] pakvāśaya गम् gam 6.P. to approach; to
go; to move पुनर punar ind. again and again; back; besides.

अ`नेकवण वमित मूतय*् अितसायर`ते । (२४.१)
anekavarṇaṃ vamati mūtrayaty atisāryate / (24.1)
aneka-varṇa vam mūtray atisāray
अ`नेक aneka adj. many; much; not one वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover; a covering वम् vam
1.Ā. to eject (lit. and fig.); to emit; to give out मूतय् mūtray Denom.Ā. to discharge urine; to make
water against (acc.) अितसारय् atisāray 10.P. to cause to pass through.

त¶ा पा"~म् उदरं बलसंकयः ॥ (२४.२)
tandrā pāṇḍutvam udaraṃ balasaṃkṣayaḥ // (24.2)
tandrā udara bala-saṃkṣaya
10
त¶ा tandrā f. exhaustion; lassitude; Mattigkeit उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid
abdominal affection (as of the liver) बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in संकय
saṃkṣaya m. complete destruction or consumption; decay; destruction of the world.

तयोर वा*िविर³º हिरदे कटभÌ गुडम् । (२५.१)
tayor vāntaviriktasya haridre kaṭabhīṃ guḍam / (25.1)
tad vam-viric haridrā kaṭabhī guḍa
तद tad pron. this वम् vam 1.Ā. to eject (lit. and fig.); to emit; to give out िविरच् viric 7.P. to be
emptied or purged; to reach or extend beyond हिरदा haridrā f. a kind of prameha; Curcuma
amada Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 610); Curcuma aromatica Salisb. (G.J. Meulenbeld
1974: 610) कटभी kaṭabhī f. Cardiospermum halicacabum; Clitoria ternatea Linn.; name of
several other plants गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a
bit.

िस^ुवािरतिनºावबािºकाशतपÍ`वकाः ॥ (२५.२)
sindhuvāritaniṣpāvabāṣpikāśataparvikāḥ // (25.2)
sindhuvārita-niṣpāva-bāṣpikā-śataparvikā
िस^ुवािरत sindhuvārita m. Vitex Negundo िनºाव niṣpāva m. a kind of weight unit; chaff; Dolichos
lablab Linn. बािºका bāṣpikā f. a kind of vegetable; Carum roxburghianum शतपÍ`वका śataparvikā f. a
kind of root; barley; Dūrvā grass.

त"लीयकमूलािन कd

टा"म् अव7ुजम् । (२६.१)
taṇḍulīyakamūlāni kukkuṭāṇḍam avalgujam / (26.1)
taṇḍulīyaka-mūla kukkuṭāṇḍa avalguja
त"लीयक taṇḍulīyaka mn. Embelia ribes Burm.; a kind of tāpya मूल mūla mn. a chief or principal
city; a corpse; a king's original or proper territory कd

टा" kukkuṭāṇḍa m. a species of rice अव7ुज
avalguja mfn. Serratula anthelmintica Roxb.; Vernonia anthelminthica Willd.

नावनाMनपा`नेषु योजयेद िवषशा*ये ॥ (२६.२)
nāvanāñjanapāneṣu yojayed viṣaśāntaye // (26.2)
nāvana-añjana-pāna yojay viṣa-śānti
नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory अMन añjana n. a special kind of this pigment; act of applying an
ointment or pigment; antimony पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel योजय् yojay 10.Ā. to
accomplish; to add; to adjust िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a
particular vegetable poison शाि* śānti f. a pause; abatement; absence of passion.

िवषभु³ाय दNाच् च "ुTायो¹रम् अधस् तथा । (२७.१)
viṣabhuktāya dadyāc ca śuddhāyordhvam adhas tathā / (27.1)
viṣa-bhuj dā ca śudh-ūrdhvam adhas tathā
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison
भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy दा dā 1.Ā. to answer; to give; to give (a daughter) in
marriage च ca ind. also; and; as well as "ुध् śudh 4.Ā. to be cleared or cleansed or purified; to be
cleared or excused from blame; to be excusable ऊ¹रम् ūrdhvam ind. after; furthermore; upward
अधस् adhas ind. below; beneath; down तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so.

सूWं ताम`रैअः काले सकौदं Tि§शोधनम् ॥ (२७.२)
11
sūkṣmaṃ tāmrarajaḥ kāle sakṣaudraṃ hṛdviśodhanam // (27.2)
sūkṣma tāmra-rajas kāla sa-kṣaudra hṛd-viśodhana
सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine; insignificant ताम tāmra n. tāmradru; a coppery receptacle; a variety
of brass `रैअस् rajas n. a kind of plant; a kind of weight; affection काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the
proper time or season for; time स sa ind. (ibc.) with कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey;
minuteness Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior िवशोधन viśodhana adj. cleansing; washing away.

"ुTे Tिद ततः शाणं `हेमचूणरº दापयेत् । (२८.१)
śuddhe hṛdi tataḥ śāṇaṃ hemacūrṇasya dāpayet / (28.1)
śuddha hṛd tatas śāṇa heman-cūrṇa dāpay
"ुT śuddha adj. admitted; authorised; clean Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior ततस् tatas ind. after
that; consequently; for that reason शाण śāṇa m. a weight of four Māṣas `हेमन् heman n. a gold
piece; gold; golden ornaments चूणर cūrṇa mn. a powder prepared by pounding dry substances in a
mortar with a pestle, and passing it through cloth; aromatic powder; flour दापय् dāpay 10.Ā. to
cause to advance; to cause to give; to cause to perform.

न सैज`ते `हेमपा§े पTप7े ऽ~ुवद िवषम् ॥ (२८.२)
na sajjate hemapāṅge padmapattre 'mbuvad viṣam // (28.2)
na sañj padma-pattra ambu-vat viṣa
न na ind. neither; no; nor सM् sañj 1.Ā. to adhere; to be attached or fastened; to be attached to or
engaged in or occupied with पT padma mn. a kind of coitus; a kind of temple; a lotus (esp. the
flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening) प7 pattra mn. a
bird; a chariot; a knife अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety
syllables); the number four वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a
mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison.

जाय`ते िवपु लं चायुर ग`रे ऽº् एष िविधः Wृतः । (२९.१)
jāyate vipulaṃ cāyur gare 'py eṣa vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ / (29.1)
jan vipula ca-āyus gara api etad vidhi smṛ
जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be born again िवपुल vipula adj. abundant; important; large च ca
ind. also; and; as well as आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy गर gara m. a
factitious poison; a noxious or poisonous beverage; any drink अिप api ind. also; assuredly;
besides एतद etad pron. this िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician Wृ
smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

िव^Tम् अिप चाहारं िवNाद िवषगरोपमम् ॥ (२९.२)
viruddham api cāhāraṃ vidyād viṣagaropamam // (29.2)
virudh api ca-āhāra vid viṣa-gara-upama
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca ind. also; and; as
well as आहार āhāra m. bringing near; employing; fetching िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to
know; to learn िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular
vegetable poison गर gara m. a factitious poison; a noxious or poisonous beverage; any drink उपम
upama adj. equal; like; resembling.

आनूपम् आिमषं माषकौदकीरिवºढकइः । (३०.१)
ānūpam āmiṣaṃ māṣakṣaudrakṣīravirūḍhakaiḥ / (30.1)
12
ānūpa āmiṣa māṣa-kṣaudra-kṣīra-virūḍhaka
आनूप ānūpa adj. belonging to a watery place; marshy; watery आिमष āmiṣa n. a gift; a pleasing or
beautiful object; an object of enjoyment माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption
resembling beans; a fool कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness कीर kṣīra n. milk;
the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk िवºढक virūḍhaka mn. grain that has begun to
sprout.

िव^W`ते सह िबसइर मूलकेन गुडेन वा ॥ (३०.२)
virudhyate saha bisair mūlakena guḍena vā // (30.2)
virudh saha bisa mūlaka guḍa vā
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed सह saha ind. along with; together with; with िबस bisa mn.
bisapakṣman- a kind of disease of the eye; a shoot or sucker; the film or fibre of the water-lily or
lotus मूलक mūlaka mn. a radish; a sort of yam; Raphanus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
591) गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a bit वा vā ind.
either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally.

िवशेषात् पयसा मñा मñेM् अिप िचलीिचमः । (३१.१)
viśeṣāt payasā matsyā matsyeṣv api cilīcimaḥ / (31.1)
viśeṣāt payas matsya matsya api cilīcima
िवशेषात् viśeṣāt ind. especially पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital spirit; a species of
Andropogon मñ matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a fish; a king of the Matsyas मñ
matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a fish; a king of the Matsyas अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides िचलीिचम cilīcima m. .

िव^Tम् अमलं पयसा सह सव फलं तथा ॥ (३१.२)
viruddham amlaṃ payasā saha sarvaṃ phalaṃ tathā // (31.2)
virudh amla payas saha sarva phala tathā
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed अमल amla n. acid; acid substance; buttermilk (Takra) पयस्
payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital spirit; a species of Andropogon सह saha ind. along with; together
with; with सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a
gaming board; a gift तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so.

त§त् कलMचणकक§ व=मकºकाः । (३२.१)
tadvat kulatthacaṇakakaṅguvallamakuṣṭakāḥ / (32.1)
tadvat kulattha-caṇaka-kaṅgu-valla-makuṣṭaka
त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus कलM kulattha mn. Cassia absus Linn.
(G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 545); Dolichos uniflorus Lam. (a kind of pulse); name of a people चणक
caṇaka m. Cicer arietinum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552); name of a village; the chick-pea
क§ kaṅgu f. a kind of Panic seed (several varieties are cultivated as food for the poor); Panicum
frumentaceum (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 533); Papaver dubium (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 533)
व= valla mn. a kind of wheat; a particular weight (3 or 2 or 1 1/2 Guñjas); covering मकºक
makuṣṭaka m. Phaseolus aconitifolius Jacq.

भकिय~ा हिरतकं मूलकािद पयस् *ैएत् ॥ (३२.२)
bhakṣayitvā haritakaṃ mūlakādi payas tyajet // (32.2)
13
bhakṣay haritaka mūlaka-ādi payas tyaj
भकय् bhakṣay 10.Ā. to eat; to feed someone; to make someone eat something हिरतक haritaka mn.
a green herb मूलक mūlaka mn. a radish; a sort of yam; Raphanus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld
1974: 591) आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital
spirit; a species of Andropogon *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

वाराहं Nािवधा नाNाद दधना पृषतकd

टौ । (३३.१)
vārāhaṃ śvāvidhā nādyād dadhnā pṛṣatakukkuṭau / (33.1)
vārāha śvāvidh na-ad dadhi pṛṣata-kukkuṭa
वाराह vārāha m. a banner with the representation of a boar; a kind of bulbous plant; Dioscorea
Nािवध् śvāvidh m. a kind of porcupine; a porcupine न na ind. neither; no; nor अद ad 2.Ā. to
consume; to devour; to eat दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour
milk (regarded as a remedy) पृषत pṛṣata m. a drop of water; a kind of snake; a spot कd

ट kukkuṭa
m. a cock; a firebrand; a whisp of lighted straw or grass.

आममांसािन िप7ेन माषसू`पेन मूलकम् ॥ (३३.२)
āmamāṃsāni pittena māṣasūpena mūlakam // (33.2)
āma-māṃsa pitta māṣa-sūpa mūlaka
आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces
the prepared milk) मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour माष māṣa m. a
bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool सूप sūpa m. a cook; a vessel; an
arrow मूलक mūlaka mn. a radish; a sort of yam; Raphanus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
591).

अÍ`व कसु~शाकेन िबसइः सह िवºढकम् । (३४.१)
aviṃ kusumbhaśākena bisaiḥ saha virūḍhakam / (34.1)
avi kusumbha-śāka bisa saha virūḍhaka
अिव avi mf. a sheep; a woollen Soma strainer कसु~ kusumbha mn. safflower- Carthamus
tinctorius Linn.; saffron शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens िबस bisa mn.
bisapakṣman- a kind of disease of the eye; a shoot or sucker; the film or fibre of the water-lily or
lotus सह saha ind. along with; together with; with िवºढक virūḍhaka mn. grain that has begun to
sprout.

माषसूपगुडकीरदWाWइर लाकचं फलम् ॥ (३४.२)
māṣasūpaguḍakṣīradadhyājyair lākucaṃ phalam // (34.2)
māṣa-sūpa-guḍa-kṣīra-dadhi-ājya lākuca phala
माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool सूप sūpa m. a
cook; a vessel; an arrow गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with;
a bit कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk दिध dadhi n. coagulated
milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour milk (regarded as a remedy) आW ājya n. (in a wider
sense) oil and milk used instead of clarified butter at a sacrifice; melted or clarified butter; name
of a sort of chant (śastra) connected with the morning sacrifice लाकच lākuca adj. belonging or
relating to the tree Arhocarpus Locucha फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming
board; a gift.

फलं कद7ास् तकेण दधना तालफलेन वा । (३५.१)
phalaṃ kadalyās takreṇa dadhnā tālaphalena vā / (35.1)
14
phala kadala takra dadhi tāla-phala vā
फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift कदल kadala mf. Musa
sapientum Linn.; plantain or banana tree तक takra n. buttermilk mixed with water; buttermilk
with a fourth part of water दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour
milk (regarded as a remedy) ताल tāla m. a cymbal; a dance; a goldsmith फल phala n. a blade (of a
sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally.

कणोषणा~ां मधुना काकमाचÌ गुडेन वा ॥ (३५.२)
kaṇoṣaṇābhyāṃ madhunā kākamācīṃ guḍena vā // (35.2)
kaṇā-uṣaṇā madhu kākamācī guḍa vā
कणा kaṇā f. atom; cummin seed; drop उषणा uṣaṇā f. dried ginger; Piper Chaba; Piper Longum
मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid)
काकमाची kākamācī f. Solanum indicum (commonly Gūrkamai); Solanum nigrum Linn. गुड guḍa
mn. (pl.) name of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a bit वा vā ind. either - or; on the
one side - on the other side; optionally.

िसTां वा मñपच`ने पच`ने नागरº वा । (३६.१)
siddhāṃ vā matsyapacane pacane nāgarasya vā / (36.1)
siddhā vā matsya-pacana pacana nāgara vā
िसTा siddhā f. vijayā ( cannabis); a bottle; a kind of medicinal plant or root वा vā ind. either - or;
on the one side - on the other side; optionally मñ matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a
fish; a king of the Matsyas पचन pacana adj. cooking; maturing पचन pacana n. a means or
instrument for cooking; becoming cooked or ripe; cooking नागर nāgara n. a kind of coitus; a
particular written character; a rectangular building वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the
other side; optionally.

िसTाम् अ~त वा पाते कामात् ताम् उिषतां िनशाम् ॥ (३६.२)
siddhām anyatra vā pātre kāmāt tām uṣitāṃ niśām // (36.2)
sidh anyatra vā pātra kāma tad vas niśā
िसध् sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise; to attain beatitude अ~त anyatra ind. at
another time than; elsewhere; except वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally पात pātra n. (met.) a capable or competent person; a drinking-vessel; a leaf काम kāma
m. Artemisia vulgaris Linn.; a kind of bean; a particular form of temple तद tad pron. this वस् vas
2.P. to abide with or in; to be dwelt; to dwell िनशा niśā f. (Haṭhayoga:) \=\= kumbhaka; a vision;
Curcuma (of 2 species).

मñिनºलनNे`हे सािधताः िपपपलीस् *ै एत् । (३७.१)
matsyanistalanasnehe sādhitāḥ pippalīs tyajet / (37.1)
matsya-nistala-na-sneha sādhay pippalī tyaj
मñ matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a fish; a king of the Matsyas िनºल nistala adj.
below; down; globular न na ind. neither; no; nor Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent;
any oleaginous substance साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to acquire; to attain one's object
िपपपली pippalī f. a berry; name of a river flowing into the Narmadā; Piper longum Linn. (both
plant and berry) *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

कांºे दशाहम् उिषतं सÍ`पर उºं ~् अ^M`रे ॥ (३७.२)
15
kāṃsye daśāham uṣitaṃ sarpir uṣṇaṃ tv aruṣkare // (37.2)
kāṃsya daśan-aha vas sarpis uṣṇa tu aruṣkara
कांº kāṃsya n. a drinking vessel of brass; a kind of musical instrument (a sort of gong or plate of
bell-metal struck with a stick or rod); a particular measure of capacity दशन् daśan adj. ten अह aha
mn. (ifc.) day (e.g. tryaham) वस् vas 2.P. to abide with or in; to be dwelt; to dwell सÍ`पस् sarpis n. a
kind of prameha; clarified butter उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तु tu ind. and; but; do अ^Mर
aruṣkara n. the nut of the tree Semecarpus Anacardium.

भासो िव^W`ते "ू7ः कि°=स् तकसािधतः । (३८.१)
bhāso virudhyate śūlyaḥ kampillas takrasādhitaḥ / (38.1)
bhāsa virudh śūlī kampilla takra-sādhay
भास bhāsa m. a bird of prey; a cow-shed; brightness (often ifc.) िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance
with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or kept back or withheld; to be
opposed "ूली śūlī f. a kind of grass कि°= kampilla m. Mallotus philippinesis (Somadeva (1999),
190); the red mealy powder covering the capsules of Rottleria tinctoria (Dutt, Udoy Chand 1877:
232); name of a sādhāraṇarasa तक takra n. buttermilk mixed with water; buttermilk with a
fourth part of water साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to acquire; to attain one's object.

अइकWं पायससुराTसराः पिरवजरयेत् ॥ (३८.२)
aikadhyaṃ pāyasasurākṛsarāḥ parivarjayet // (38.2)
aikadhya pāyasa-surā-kṛsarā parivarjay
अइकW aikadhya n. singleness of time or occurrence पायस pāyasa mn. an oblation of milk and rice
and sugar; food prepared with milk; rice boiled in made सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a snake; a
tavern Tसरा kṛsarā f. पिरवजरय् parivarjay 10.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to disregard.

मधुसÍ`पवरसातइलपानीयािन ि§शस् ितशः । (३९.१)
madhusarpirvasātailapānīyāni dviśas triśaḥ / (39.1)
madhu-sarpis-vasā-taila-pānīya dviśas triśas
मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) सÍ`पस्
sarpis n. a kind of prameha; clarified butter वसा vasā f. a kind of prameha; any fatty or oily
substance; fat तइल taila n. oil; olibanum; sesamum oil पानीय pānīya n. a beverage; drink; water
ि§शस् dviśas ind. in pairs ितशस् triśas ind. by threes.

एकत वा समांशािन िव^W*े परWरम् ॥ (३९.२)
ekatra vā samāṃśāni virudhyante parasparam // (39.2)
ekatra vā samāṃśa virudh paraspara
एकत ekatra ind. in a single spot (with the force of the locative); in one; in one and the same वा
vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally समांश samāṃśa adj. containing
equal parts; entitled to or obtaining an equal share िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or
contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or kept back or withheld; to be opposed
परWर paraspara adj. each other's; like one another; mutual.

िभ¤ांशे अिप म¹ाWे िदºवाय्र अनुपानतः । (४०.१)
bhinnāṃśe api madhvājye divyavāry anupānataḥ / (40.1)
bhid-aṃśa api madhu-ājya divya-vāri anupāna
िभद bhid 6.P. to be changed or altered (in mind); to be disclosed or betrayed; to be distinguished
अंश aṃśa m. day; degree of latitude or longitude; denominator of a fraction अिप api ind. also;
16
assuredly; besides मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet
(esp. if liquid) आW ājya n. (in a wider sense) oil and milk used instead of clarified butter at a
sacrifice; melted or clarified butter; name of a sort of chant (śastra) connected with the morning
sacrifice िदº divya adj. agreeable; beautiful; celestial वािर vāri n. pond; water; ???? अनुपान
anupāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine; drink after eating; drink taken with or after medicine.

मधुपुMरबीजं च मधुमइ`रेयशाकर रम् ॥ (४०.२)
madhupuṣkarabījaṃ ca madhumaireyaśārkaram // (40.2)
madhu-puṣkara-bīja ca madhumaireya-śārkara
मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) पुMर
puṣkara n. a blue lotus-flower; a cage; a kind of cloud बीज bīja mn. (Trika:) Vokal (<-> yoni); a
runner (of the Indian fig-tree); algebra च ca ind. also; and; as well as मधुमइ`रेय madhumaireya m.
an intoxicating drink made of honey शाकर र śārkara m. a kind of Maireya (liquor); a stony or
gravelly place; the froth or skim of milk.

म*ानुपानः कइ`रेयो हािरदः कटतइलवान् । (४१.१)
manthānupānaḥ kṣaireyo hāridraḥ kaṭutailavān / (41.1)
mantha-anupāna kṣaireya hāridra kaṭu-tailavant
म* mantha m. a churning-stick; a drink in which other ingredients are mixed by stirring; a kind
of antelope अनुपान anupāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine; drink after eating; drink taken with or
after medicine कइ`रेय kṣaireya adj. milky; prepared with milk हािरद hāridra adj. coloured with
turmeric; yellow कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) तइलव*् tailavant adj. .

उपोदकाितसाराय ितलक7ेन सािधता ॥ (४१.२)
upodakātisārāya tilakalkena sādhitā // (41.2)
upodakī-atisāra tila-kalka sādhay
उपोदकी upodakī fn. Basella Cordifolia अितसार atisāra m. dysentery; name of a son of Nitantu;
purging ितल tila mn. a mole; a small particle; name of a chapter of PSarv. क7 kalka mn.
(architect.) a kind of mortar/coating; a kind of tenacious paste; a viscous sediment deposited by
oily substances when ground साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to acquire; to attain one's object.

बलाका वा^णीयु³ा क7ाषइश च िव^W`ते । (४२.१)
balākā vāruṇīyuktā kulmāṣaiś ca virudhyate / (42.1)
balākā vāruṇī-yuj kulmāṣa ca virudh
बलाका balākā f. a crane; a mistress; loved woman वा^णी vāruṇī f. a particular fast-day on the
thirteenth of the dark half of Caitra; a particular kind of spirit (prepared from hogweed mixed
with the juice of the date or palm and distilled); any spirituous liquor युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to
come into conjunction with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.);
to accrue to क7ाष kulmāṣa m. a kind of disease; an inferior kind of grain; half-ripe barley च ca
ind. also; and; as well as िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be
impeded or checked or kept back or withheld; to be opposed.

भृºा वराहवसया सइव सNो िनह7् असून् ॥ (४२.२)
bhṛṣṭā varāhavasayā saiva sadyo nihanty asūn // (42.2)
bhraṃś varāha-vasā tad-eva sadyas nihan asu
भंश bhraṃś 4.Ā. to abandon (abl.); to be ruined or lost; to be separated from or deprived of वराह
varāha m. a boar; a bull; a particular measure वसा vasā f. a kind of prameha; any fatty or oily
17
substance; fat तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even सNस् sadyas ind. daily; every day;
in the very moment िनहन् nihan 2.Ā. to afflict; to assail; to attach to असु asu m. (in astron.)
"respiration"; prajñā; animal life.

त§त् िति7िरप7ाढयगोधालावकिपMलाः । (४३.१)
tadvat tittiripattrāḍhyagodhālāvakapiñjalāḥ / (43.1)
tadvat tittiri-pattrāḍhya-godhā-lāva-kapiñjala
त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus िति7िर tittiri m. a kind of step (in
dancing); a partrigde; name of a Nāga प7ाढय pattrāḍhya m. a peacock गोधा godhā f. (term. techn.
Haṭhayoga); a chord; a leathern fence wound round the left arm to prevent injury from a bow-
string लाव lāva m. a kind of bird किपMल kapiñjala m. Cuculus Melanoleucus; francoline partridge;
heathcock.

अइर"ेनािVना िसTास् त7इलेन िवमूÍछताः ॥ (४३.२)
airaṇḍenāgninā siddhās tattailena vimūrchitāḥ // (43.2)
airaṇḍa-agni sidh tad-taila vimūrchita
अइर" airaṇḍa adj. vom eraṇḍa stammend अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty िसध्
sidh 4.Ā. to (esp.) be healed or cured; to arise; to attain beatitude तद tad pron. this तइल taila n. oil;
olibanum; sesamum oil िवमूÍछत vimūrchita adj. become solid; coagulated; full of.

हारीतमांसं हािरद"ू लकपोतपािचतम् । (४४.१)
hārītamāṃsaṃ hāridraśūlakaprotapācitam / (44.1)
hārīta-māṃsa hāridra-śūlaka-prota-pācay
हारीत hārīta m. harīta; name of a medical author; name of various authors etc. (esp. of a lawyer
often quoted) मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat हािरद hāridra mn. a kind of fever; a kind of onion; a
yellow colour "ूलक śūlaka m. a restive horse पोत prota adj. contained in; fixed; fixed on or in
पाचय् pācay 10.Ā. to bring to completion or to an end; to cause to cook or be cooked; to cause to
ripen.

हिरदावि$ना सNो ºापादयित जीिवतम् ॥ (४४.२)
haridrāvahninā sadyo vyāpādayati jīvitam // (44.2)
haridrā-vahni sadyas vyāpāday jīvita
हिरदा haridrā f. a kind of prameha; Curcuma amada Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 610);
Curcuma aromatica Salisb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 610) वि$ vahni m. a draught animal; a
mystical name of the letter r; any animal that draws or bears along सNस् sadyas ind. daily; every
day; in the very moment ºापादय् vyāpāday 10.P. to cause to perish; to destroy; to hurt जीिवत jīvita
n. a living being; duration of life; life.

भWपांसुपिर¹ºं तद एव च समािककम् । (४५.१)
bhasmapāṃsuparidhvastaṃ tad eva ca samākṣikam / (45.1)
bhasman-pāṃsu-paridhvaṃs tad eva ca sa-mākṣika
भWन् bhasman n. ashes; sacred ashes (smeared on the body); one of the five effects of fixation of
mercury पां सु pāṃsu m. (prob.) the menses; a kind of camphor; a species of plant पिर¹ंस्
paridhvaṃs 1.P. तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even च ca ind. also; and; as well as
स sa ind. (ibc.) with मािकक mākṣika mfn. a kind of honey-like mineral substance or pyrites; copper
pyrites (Ray, Mira 1991: 134); honey.

18
यत् Íकिचद दोषम् उत¥े¥ न ह`रे त् तत् समासतः ॥ (४५.२)
yat kiṃcid doṣam utkleśya na haret tat samāsataḥ // (45.2)
yad kaścid doṣa utkleśay na hṛ tad samāsatas
यद yad pron. what; which किVद kaścid pron. someone दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection
उत¥ेशय् utkleśay 10.P. न na ind. neither; no; nor T hṛ 2.P. to annihilate; to appropriate (in a
legitimate way); to avert (the face) तद tad pron. this समासतस् samāsatas ind. concisely; in a
summary manner; succinctly.

िव^Tं "ुिTर अतेºा शमो वा ति§रोिधिभः । (४६.१)
viruddhaṃ śuddhir atreṣṭā śamo vā tadvirodhibhiḥ / (46.1)
virudh śuddhi atra-iṣ śama vā tad-virodhin
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed "ुिT śuddhi f. accuracy; accurate knowledge regarding;
acquittal अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place इष् iṣ 1.P. to assent; to choose;
to concede शम śama m. abstraction; apathy; convalescence वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side
- on the other side; optionally तद tad pron. this िवरोिधन् virodhin adj. besieging; blockading;
dispelling.

दºइस् तइर एव वा पूव शरीरºािभसं Wितः ॥ (४६.२)
dravyais tair eva vā pūrvaṃ śarīrasyābhisaṃskṛtiḥ // (46.2)
dravya tad eva vā pūrvam śarīra-abhisaṃskṛti
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake तद tad pron.
this एव eva ind. alone; already; even वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally पूवरम् pūrvam ind. before; formerly; hitherto शरीर śarīra n. a dead body; any solid body
(opp. to udaka etc.); bodily frame अिभसंWित abhisaṃskṛti f. .

ºायामिN^दीPािVवयःWबलशािलनाम् । (४७.१)
vyāyāmasnigdhadīptāgnivayaḥsthabalaśālinām / (47.1)
vyāyāma-snigdha-dīp-agni-vayas-stha-bala-śālin
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length िNग्ध snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable दीप् dīp 4.P. to be luminous
or illustrious; to blaze; to burn अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty वयस् vayas n. age;
any period of life; degree W stha adj. a place; abiding; being situated in बल bala mn. Balarāma; an
army; expertness in शािलन् śālin adj. abounding in; amply provided or furnished with; conversant
with.

िवरोW् अिप न पीडायइ सातPम् अ7ं च भोजनम् ॥ (४७.२)
virodhy api na pīḍāyai sātmyam alpaṃ ca bhojanam // (47.2)
virodhin api na pīḍā sātmya alpa ca bhojana
िवरोिधन् virodhin adj. besieging; blockading; dispelling अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides न na
ind. neither; no; nor पीडा pīḍā f. a basket; a chaplet or garland for the head; annoyance सातP
sātmya mn. community of essence or nature with (instr. or gen.); habit; habituation अ7 alpa adj.
little; minute; small च ca ind. also; and; as well as भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of
enjoyment or the pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed or used.

पा`देनापMम् अ~ºं पादपा`देन वा *ैएत् । (४८.१)
19
pādenāpathyam abhyastaṃ pādapādena vā tyajet / (48.1)
pāda-apathya abhyas pāda-pāda vā tyaj
पाद pāda m. a foot as a measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being
one out of 4); a quarter अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable अ~स् abhyas 1.Ā. to
concentrate one's attention; to multiply; to practice पाद pāda m. a foot as a measure ( 12
Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4); a quarter पाद pāda m. a
foot as a measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4); a
quarter वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to
abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

िन`षे`वे त िहतं त§द एकि§=*रीTतम् ॥ (४८.२)
niṣeveta hitaṃ tadvad ekadvitryantarīkṛtam // (48.2)
niṣev hita tadvat eka-dvi-tri-antarīkṛ
िन`षेव् niṣev 1.Ā. (with acc.) to frequent; to abide or have intercourse with; to approach िहत hita n.
advantage; anything useful or salutary or suitable or proper; benefit त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so
(correlative of yadvat); thus एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once ि§ dvi nr. two ित
tri nr. 3 MW अ*रीT antarīkṛ 8.P. .

अपMम् अिप िह *³ं शीिलतं पMम् एव वा । (४९.१)
apathyam api hi tyaktaṃ śīlitaṃ pathyam eva vā / (49.1)
apathya api hi tyaj śīlay pathya eva vā
अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides िह hi ind.
because; for; on account of *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to
be intent upon; to cultivate; to do पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit;
normal एव eva ind. alone; already; even वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally.

सातPासातPिवकाराय जाय`ते सहसा~था ॥ (४९.२)
sātmyāsātmyavikārāya jāyate sahasānyathā // (49.2)
sātmya-asātmya-vikāra jan sahas-anyathā
सातP sātmya mn. community of essence or nature with (instr. or gen.); habit; habituation असातP
asātmya n. non-sātmya िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative from Prakṛti; a
product; agitation जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be born again सहस् sahas n. force; power;
strength अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive.

कमेणापिचता दोषाः कमेणोपिचता गुणाः । (५०.१)
krameṇāpacitā doṣāḥ krameṇopacitā guṇāḥ / (50.1)
krameṇa-apaci doṣa krameṇa-upaci guṇa
कमेण krameṇa ind. successively अपिच apaci 5.Ā. to collect; to extract; to gather दोष doṣa mn. a
calf; accusation; affection कमेण krameṇa ind. successively उपिच upaci 5.Ā. to accumulate; to
collect; to cover गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-
string; a cook.

स*ो या7् अपुनभारवम् अपकमºा भवि* च ॥ (५०.२)
santo yānty apunarbhāvam aprakampyā bhavanti ca // (50.2)
as yā apunarbhāva aprakampya bhū ca
20
अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose
(inf.) अपुनभारव apunarbhāva m. disappearance; final beatitude; nirutthāna ? अपकमº aprakampya
adj. भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अ**संिनधानानां दोषाणां {षणाMनाम् । (५१.१)
atyantasaṃnidhānānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ dūṣaṇātmanām / (51.1)
atyanta-saṃnidhāna doṣa dūṣaṇa-ātman
अ** atyanta adj. absolute; beyond the proper end or limit; endless संिनधान saṃnidhāna n. a place
of deposit; depositing; gathering-place दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection {षण dūṣaṇa n.
adverse argument; detracting; dishonouring आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma.

अिहतइर {षणं भूयो न िव§ान् कतुरम् अहरित ॥ (५१.२)
ahitair dūṣaṇaṃ bhūyo na vidvān kartum arhati // (51.2)
ahita dūṣaṇa bhūyas na vidvas kṛ arh
अिहत ahita adj. hostile; improper; noxious {षण dūṣaṇa n. adverse argument; detracting;
dishonouring भूयस् bhūyas ind. again; further; furthermore न na ind. neither; no; nor िव§स्
vidvas adj. familiar with; knowing; learned T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become
अहर arh 1.Ā. to be able; to be allowed to; to be worthy of.

आहारशयनबQचयरइर युñा पयोिजतइः । (५२.१)
āhāraśayanabrahmacaryair yuktyā prayojitaiḥ / (52.1)
āhāra-śayana-brahmacarya yukti prayojay
आहार āhāra m. bringing near; employing; fetching शयन śayana n. a bed; copulation; couch बQचयर
brahmacarya n. a state of continence and chastity; study of the Veda; the state of an unmarried
religious student युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness पयोजय् prayojay
10.P. to aim at; to appoint to; to be applicable.

शरीरं धायर`ते िन*म् आगारम् इव धारणइः ॥ (५२.२)
śarīraṃ dhāryate nityam āgāram iva dhāraṇaiḥ // (52.2)
śarīra dhāray nityam āgāra iva dhāraṇa
शरीर śarīra n. a dead body; any solid body (opp. to udaka etc.); bodily frame धारय् dhāray 10.Ā.
to hold; to keep; to possess िन*म् nityam ind. always आगार āgāra n. apartment; dwelling; house
इव iva ind. a little; about; almost धारण dhāraṇa n. (Trika:) Name der vier Halbvokale (Vāc, 310); a
kind of opium; bearing.

आहारो वÍणतस् तत तत तत च वW`ते । (५३.१)
āhāro varṇitas tatra tatra tatra ca vakṣyate / (53.1)
āhāra varṇay tatra tatra tatra ca vac
आहार āhāra m. bringing near; employing; fetching वणरय् varṇay Denom.Ā. to be coloured or
described; to colour; to consider तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place तत tatra ind. in
that; in that case; in that place तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place च ca ind. also; and;
as well as वच् vac 2.P. to declare; to proclaim; to recite.

िनदाय7ं सुखं §ःखं पुिºः का¥ बलाबलम् ॥ (५३.२)
nidrāyattaṃ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ puṣṭiḥ kārśyaṃ balābalam // (53.2)
nidrā-āyat sukha duḥkha puṣṭi kārśya balābala
21
िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep आयत् āyat 1.Ā. to
abide; to adhere; to arrive सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in §ःख duḥkha n. difficulty
(personified as the son of Naraka and Vedanā); pain; sorrow पुिº puṣṭi f. breeding; comfort;
completeness का¥र kārśya n. thinness बलाबल balābala n. relative strength or power or weight or
highness or dignity or importance; strength and weakness.

वृषता ¥ीबता जानम् ऐञानं जीिवतं न च । (५४.१)
vṛṣatā klībatā jñānam ajñānaṃ jīvitaṃ na ca / (54.1)
vṛṣatā klība-tā jñāna ajñāna jīvita na ca
वृषता vṛṣatā f. virility generative power ¥ीब klība adj. a coward; a eunuch; having no water (as a
cloud) ता tā f. ifc. abstracta जान jñāna n. (esp.) the higher knowledge (derived from meditation
on the one Universal spirit); becoming acquainted with; conscience ऐञान ajñāna n. (in
philosophy) spiritual ignorance; Illusion; ignorance जीिवत jīvita n. a living being; duration of life;
life न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अकाले ऽितपस§ाच् च न च िनदा िन`षे िवता ॥ (५४.२)
akāle 'tiprasaṅgāc ca na ca nidrā niṣevitā // (54.2)
akāla atiprasaṅga ca na ca nidrā niṣev
अकाल akāla m. a wrong or bad time अितपस§ atiprasaṅga m. excessive attachment;
unwarrantable stretch of a rule च ca ind. also; and; as well as न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind.
also; and; as well as िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep
िन`षेव् niṣev 1.Ā. (with acc.) to frequent; to abide or have intercourse with; to approach.

सुखायुषी पराकयारत् कालराितर इवापरा । (५५.१)
sukhāyuṣī parākuryāt kālarātrir ivāparā / (55.1)
sukha-āyus parākṛ kālarātri iva-apara
सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy
पराT parākṛ 8.P. to disregard; to reject; to set aside कालराित kālarātri f. a dark night; a particular
night in the life of a man (on the seventh day of the seventh month of the seventy-seventh year);
name of a Brāhman woman (skilled in magic) इव iva ind. a little; about; almost अपर apara pron.
der andere.

रातौ जागरणं ºकं िN^ं प¹पनं िदवा ॥ (५५.२)
rātrau jāgaraṇaṃ rūkṣaṃ snigdhaṃ prasvapanaṃ divā // (55.2)
rātri jāgaraṇa rūkṣa snigdha prasvapana div
राित rātri f. name of a river in Krauñcadvīpa; night; the darkness or stillness of night (often
personified) जागरण jāgaraṇa n. (said of fire) going on burning; keeping watch; waking ºक rūkṣa
adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate;
agreeable प¹पन prasvapana n. sleeping िदव् div m. heaven; the sky.

अºकम् अनिभºिW ~् आसीनपचलाियतम् । (५६.१)
arūkṣam anabhiṣyandi tv āsīnapracalāyitam / (56.1)
arūkṣa anabhiṣyandin tu āsīnapracalāyita
अºक arūkṣa adj. soft अनिभºिWन् anabhiṣyandin adj. nicht abhiṣyandin तु tu ind. and; but; do
आसीनपचलाियत āsīnapracalāyita n. falling asleep on a seat; nodding when seated.

22
गीPे वायुचयादानरौWरा=7भावतः ॥ (५६.२)
grīṣme vāyucayādānaraukṣyarātryalpabhāvataḥ // (56.2)
grīṣma
गीP grīṣma m. the hot season.

िदवा¹Pो िहतो ऽ~िWन् कफिप7करो िह सः । (५७.१)
divāsvapno hito 'nyasmin kaphapittakaro hi saḥ / (57.1)
divāsvapna hita anya kapha-pitta-kara hi tad
िदवा¹P divāsvapna mn. (n. only) sleep by day िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial अ~
anya pron. anderer कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कर kara adj. causing; helping; making िह hi ind.
because; for; on account of तद tad pron. this.

मुMा तु भाºयाना¹मNWीभारकमरिभः ॥ (५७.२)
muktvā tu bhāṣyayānādhvamadyastrībhārakarmabhiḥ // (57.2)
muc tu bhāṣya-yāna-adhvan-madya-strī-bhāra-karman
मुच् muc 6.Ā. to get rid of; to let loose; to liberate from तु tu ind. and; but; do भाº bhāṣya n. a sort
of house or building; an explanatory work; any work in the common or vernacular speech यान
yāna n. (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of arriving at knowledge; a journey; a vehicle of
any kind अ¹न् adhvan m. a journey; a place; a recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it
मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a
white ant; a woman भार bhāra m. a burden; a large quantity; a particular manner of beating a
drum कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven
categories of the Nyāya philosophy).

कोधशोकभयइः ¥ा*ान् NासिहWाितसािरणः । (५८.१)
krodhaśokabhayaiḥ klāntān śvāsahidhmātisāriṇaḥ / (58.1)
krodha-śoka-bhaya klam śvāsa-hidhmā-atisārin
कोध krodha m. Anger (personified as a child of Lobha and Nikṛti); anger; name of a Dānava शोक
śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame भय bhaya n. alarm; apprehension; danger ¥म् klam 4.P. to be or
become fatigued; to be weary or exhausted Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma
(of which there are five kinds) िहWा hidhmā mf. a kind of disease; Schlick [als Name einer
Krankheit!] अितसािरन् atisārin adj. afflicted with purging or dysentery.

वृTबालाबलकीणकततृट"ूलपीिडतान् ॥ (५८.२)
vṛddhabālābalakṣīṇakṣatatṛṭśūlapīḍitān // (58.2)
vṛddha-bāla-abala-kṣi-kṣan-tṛṣ-śūla-pīḍay
वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased (by Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged बाल bāla adj. childish;
early (as the sun or its rays); foolish अबल abala adj. weak िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt;
to decrease कन् kṣan 8.P. to break (a bow); to hurt; to injure तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love;
strong desire; thirst "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals
पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something inauspicious); to break (a vow); to
cause pain.

ऐई"रिभहतोª7ान् िदवा¹Pोिचतान् अिप । (५९.१)
23
ajīrṇyabhihatonmattān divāsvapnocitān api / (59.1)
ajīrṇin-abhihan-unmad divāsvapna-ucita api
ऐईÍणन् ajīrṇin adj. suffering from indigestion अिभहन् abhihan 4.P. to afflict; to beat (as a drum); to
kill उªद unmad 4.Ā. to be or become mad or furious; to become disordered in intellect or
distracted; to rut िदवा¹P divāsvapna mn. (n. only) sleep by day उिचत ucita adj. acceptable;
accurate; adjusted अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

धातुसाPं तथा Q

एषां HेPा चा§ािन पुºित ॥ (५९.२)
dhātusāmyaṃ tathā hy eṣāṃ śleṣmā cāṅgāni puṣyati // (59.2)
dhātusāmya tathā hi idam śleṣman ca-aṅga puṣ
धातुसाP dhātusāmya n. equilibrium of the bodily humours; good health तथा tathā ind. in like
manner; in that manner; so िह hi ind. because; for; on account of इदम् idam pron. this HेPन्
śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the
body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) पुष् puṣ 1.P. to augment; to be
nourished; to cause to thrive or prosper.

बVमेदःकफाः ¹ºु ः Nेहिन*ाश च नाहिन । (६०.१)
bahumedaḥkaphāḥ svapyuḥ snehanityāś ca nāhani / (60.1)
bahu-medas-kapha svap sneha-nitya ca
बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v;
corpulence; excessive fatness कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth
or foam in general ¹प् svap 1.Ā. to rest; to sleep Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent;
any oleaginous substance िन* nitya adj. continual; devoted or used to; eternal च ca ind. also;
and; as well as.

िवषातर ः क"रोगी च नइव जातु िनशा¹् अिप ॥ (६०.२)
viṣārtaḥ kaṇṭharogī ca naiva jātu niśāsv api // (60.2)
viṣa-ārta kaṇṭha-rogin ca na-eva jātu niśā api
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison
आतर ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand; immediate
proximity; name of a Maharshi रोिगन् rogin adj. diseased; ill; sick च ca ind. also; and; as well as न
na ind. neither; no; nor एव eva ind. alone; already; even जातु jātu ind. at all; ever िनशा niśā f.
(Haṭhayoga:) \=\= kumbhaka; a vision; Curcuma (of 2 species) अिप api ind. also; assuredly;
besides.

अकालशयनान् मो`है वरºइिम*पीनसाः । (६१.१)
akālaśayanān mohajvarastaimityapīnasāḥ / (61.1)
akāla-śayana moha-jvara-staimitya-pīnasa
अकाल akāla m. a wrong or bad time शयन śayana n. a bed; copulation; couch मोह moha m. (with
Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder an
enemy; a swoon 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the different Doshas or
humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul ºइिम* staimitya n. fixedness;
immobility; numbness पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the nose).

िशरो^कशोफT=ाससोतोरोधािVमWताः ॥ (६१.२)
śirorukśophahṛllāsasrotorodhāgnimandatāḥ // (61.2)
śiras-ruj-śopha-hṛllāsa-srotas-rodha-agni-manda-tā
24
िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) ^ज् ruj mf. Costus Speciosus; crushing; disease शोफ
śopha m. intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) T=ास hṛllāsa m.
Herzklopfen; palpitation of heart सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or animal body
(reckoned to be 9 in men and 11 in women); an organ of sense रोध rodha m. a dam; a particular
hell; an arrow अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty मW manda adj. addicted to
intoxication; apathetic; bad ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

ततोपवासवमन¹ेदनावनम् औषधम् । (६२.१)
tatropavāsavamanasvedanāvanam auṣadham / (62.1)
tatra-upavāsa-vamana-sveda-nāvana auṣadha
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place उपवास upavāsa m. a fast; a fire altar; abstinence
from food etc. in general वमन vamana n. an emetic; emission; emitting ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific;
heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory औषध auṣadha n. drug;
herb; herbs collectively.

योजयेद अितिनदायां तीWं प½दरनाMनम् ॥ (६२.२)
yojayed atinidrāyāṃ tīkṣṇaṃ pracchardanāñjanam // (62.2)
yojay atinidrā tīkṣṇa pracchardana-añjana
योजय् yojay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to add; to adjust अितिनदा atinidrā f. excessive sleep तीW tīkṣṇa
adj. acid; fiery; hot प½दरन pracchardana n. emitting; exhaling; vomiting अMन añjana n. a special
kind of this pigment; act of applying an ointment or pigment; antimony.

नावनं लङघनं िच*ां ºवायं शोकभीकधः । (६३.१)
nāvanaṃ laṅghanaṃ cintāṃ vyavāyaṃ śokabhīkrudhaḥ / (63.1)
nāvana laṅghana cintā vyavāya śoka-bhī-krudh
नावन nāvana n. a sternutatory लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining िच*ा cintā f.
anxiety; anxious thought about; care ºवाय vyavāya m. an obstacle; being separated by (instr. or
comp.); change शोक śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame भी bhī f. alarm; apprehension; dread of
कध् krudh f. anger; wrath.

एिभर एव च िनदाया नाशः HेPाितसंकयात् ॥ (६३.२)
ebhir eva ca nidrāyā nāśaḥ śleṣmātisaṃkṣayāt // (63.2)
idam eva ca nidrā nāśa śleṣman-ati-saṃkṣaya
इदम् idam pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even च ca ind. also; and; as well as िनदा nidrā f. a
mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep नाश nāśa m. (arithm.) elimination;
annihilation; death HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum अित ati ind. extremely; very संकय
saṃkṣaya m. complete destruction or consumption; decay; destruction of the world.

िनदानाशाद अ§मदरिशरोगौर`वैऋि~काः । (६४.१)
nidrānāśād aṅgamardaśirogauravajṛmbhikāḥ / (64.1)
nidrā-nāśa aṅgamarda-śirogaurava-jṛmbhikā
िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep नाश nāśa m. (arithm.)
elimination; annihilation; death अ§मदर aṅgamarda m. a servant who shampoos his master's body;
massage; rheumatism िशरोगौरव śirogaurava n. heaviness of head जृि~का jṛmbhikā f. yawning.

जा7गलािनभमापि³त¶ा रोगाश च वा`तैआः ॥ (६४.२)
25
jāḍyaglānibhramāpaktitandrā rogāś ca vātajāḥ // (64.2)
jāḍya-glāni-bhrama-apakti-tandrā roga ca vāta-ja
जा7 jāḍya n. absence of intellect or soul; absence of power of taste (in the tongue); chilliness
गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a
grindstone अपि³ apakti f. immaturity; indigestion त¶ा tandrā f. exhaustion; lassitude; Mattigkeit
रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease च ca ind. also; and; as well as
वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born
or descended from.

कफो ऽ7ो वायुनोT

तो धमनीः संिन^W तु । (६५.१)
kapho 'lpo vāyunoddhūto dhamanīḥ saṃnirudhya tu / (65.1)
kapha alpa vāyu-uddhū dhamani saṃnirudh tu
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अ7 alpa
adj. little; minute; small वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of
the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) उT

uddhū 5.P. to cause to rise (dust); to
disturb; to excite धमिन dhamani f. (esp.) a canal of the human body; a bellows; a pipe or tube
संिन^ध् saṃnirudh 7.Ā. to check; to confine; to hinder तु tu ind. and; but; do.

कयारत् संजापहां त¶ां दा^णां मोहकािरणीम् ॥ (६५.२)
kuryāt saṃjñāpahāṃ tandrāṃ dāruṇāṃ mohakāriṇīm // (65.2)
kṛ saṃjñā-apaha tandrā dāruṇa moha-kārin
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become संजा saṃjñā f. (with Buddhists) perception
(one of the 5 Skandhas); a name; a sign अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing त¶ा
tandrā f. exhaustion; lassitude; Mattigkeit दा^ण dāruṇa adj. cruel; dreadful; hard मोह moha m.
(with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder
an enemy; a swoon कािरन् kārin adj. acting; an actor; doing.

उªीिलतिविनभुरVे पिरवÍ`तततारके । (६६.१)
unmīlitavinirbhugne parivartitatārake / (66.1)
unmīl-vinirbhuj parivartay-tāraka
उªील् unmīl 1.P. to appear; to become visible; to come forth िविनभुरज् vinirbhuj 6.P. to bend or turn
on one side पिरवतरय् parivartay 10.Ā. to annihilate; to barter; to cause one's self to be turned round
(in having one's head shaved all round) तारक tāraka n. tāra silver; a metre of 4x13 syllables; a
star.

भवतस् तत नय`ने सु`ते लुिलतपWणी ॥ (६६.२)
bhavatas tatra nayane srute lulitapakṣmaṇī // (66.2)
bhū tatra nayana sru
भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place
नयन nayana n. (kālasya) fixing; bringing; carrying सु sru 1.Ā. to arise from; to disappear; to drop.

यथाकालम् अतो िनदां रातौ से`वेत सातPतः । (६७.१)
yathākālam ato nidrāṃ rātrau seveta sātmyataḥ / (67.1)
yathākāla atas nidrā rātri sev sātmya
यथाकाल yathākāla m. suitable moment; the proper time अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this;
from this or that cause or reason िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood
vessel; sleep राित rātri f. name of a river in Krauñcadvīpa; night; the darkness or stillness of night
26
(often personified) सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to devote or apply one's self to सातP
sātmya mn. community of essence or nature with (instr. or gen.); habit; habituation.

असातPाज् जागराद अध पातः ¹ºाद अभु³वान् ॥ (६७.२)
asātmyāj jāgarād ardhaṃ prātaḥ svapyād abhuktavān // (67.2)
asātmya jāgara ardha prātar svap abhuktavant
असातP asātmya n. non-sātmya जागर jāgara m. vision in a waking state; wakefulness; waking अधर
ardha mn. the half; [rel.] ardhāsana पातर prātar ind. at dawn; in the early morning; Morning
personified ¹प् svap 1.Ā. to rest; to sleep अभु³व*् abhuktavant adj. one who has not eaten.

शीलयेन् मWिनदस् तु कीरमNरसान् दिध । (६८.१)
śīlayen mandanidras tu kṣīramadyarasān dadhi / (68.1)
śīlay manda-nidrā tu kṣīra-madya-rasa dadhi
शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to cultivate; to do मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication;
apathetic; bad िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep तु tu
ind. and; but; do कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk मN madya n.
any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea
robusta; thick sour milk (regarded as a remedy).

अ~§ो§तरनNानमूधरकणारिकतपरणम् ॥ (६८.२)
abhyaṅgodvartanasnānamūrdhakarṇākṣitarpaṇam // (68.2)
abhyaṅga-udvartana-snāna-mūrdhan-karṇa-akṣi-tarpaṇa
अ~ङ ग abhyaṅga m. inunction; rubbing with unctuous substances; unguent उ§तरन udvartana n.
ascending; bad behaviour; bad conduct Nान snāna n. ablution; anything used in ablution (e.g.
water); bathing मूधरन् mūrdhan m. (fig.) the highest or first part of anything; beginning; chief
(applied to persons) कणर karṇa m. Calotropis Gigantea; Cassia Fistula; diameter of a circle अिक
akṣi n. the eye तपरण tarpaṇa n. a libation; filling the eyes; food.

का*ाबाVलताHेषो िनवृरितः TतT*ता । (६९.१)
kāntābāhulatāśleṣo nirvṛtiḥ kṛtakṛtyatā / (69.1)
kāntā-bāhu-latā-āśleṣa nirvṛti kṛtakṛtyatā
का*ा kāntā f. Aglaia roxburghiana; a beloved or lovely woman; a charming wife बाV bāhu mf. the
arm; the arm as a measure of length ( 12 Aṅgulas); the arm between the elbow and the wrist
(opp. to pra-gaṇḍa) लता latā f. \= bhūlatā; a creeper; a kind of metre आHेष āśleṣa m. adherence;
clinging to; contact िनवृरित nirvṛti f. attainment of rest; bliss; complete satisfaction or happiness
TतT*ता kṛtakṛtyatā f. accomplishment; full discharge of any duty or realisation of any object;
success.

मनोऽनुक¸ला िवषयाः कामं िनदासुखपदाः ॥ (६९.२)
mano'nukūlā viṣayāḥ kāmaṃ nidrāsukhapradāḥ // (69.2)
manas-anukūla viṣaya kāmam nidrā-sukha-prada
मनस् manas n. affection; conscience; desire अनुक¸ल anukūla adj. according to the current;
favourable; friendly िवषय viṣaya mn. (pl.) sensual enjoyments; a country with more than 100
villages; a fit or suitable object कामम् kāmam ind. (as a particle of assent) well; according to
27
inclination; admitted that िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel;
sleep सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in पद prada adj. bestowing; causing; effecting.

बQचयरर`ते र गाPसु खिनःWृहचे तसः । (७०.१)
brahmacaryarater grāmyasukhaniḥspṛhacetasaḥ / (70.1)
brahmacarya-rati grāmya-sukha-niḥspṛha-cetas
बQचयर brahmacarya n. a state of continence and chastity; study of the Veda; the state of an
unmarried religious student रित rati f. amorous enjoyment (often personified as one of the two
wives of Kāmadeva); delight in; enjoyment गाP grāmya n. food prepared in a village; rustic or
homely speech; sensual pleasure सुख sukha n. atmosphere; comfort; delight in िनःWृह niḥspṛha
adj. free from desire; not longing for चेतस् cetas n. consciousness; heart; intelligence.

िनदा संतोषतृPº ¹ं कालं नाितवतर`ते ॥ (७०.२)
nidrā saṃtoṣatṛptasya svaṃ kālaṃ nātivartate // (70.2)
nidrā saṃtoṣa-tṛp sva kāla na-ativṛt
िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name of a blood vessel; sleep संतोष saṃtoṣa m.
Content (personified as a son of Dharma and Tuṣṭi and reckoned among the Tuṣitas);
contentedness with; satisfaction तृप् tṛp 4.Ā. to be pleased with; to become satiated or satisfied; to
enjoy ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for;
time न na ind. neither; no; nor अितवृत् ativṛt 1.Ā. to cross; to delay; to get over.

गाPध¯म *ैएन् नारीम् अनु7ानां `रैअ¹लाम् । (७१.१)
grāmyadharme tyajen nārīm anuttānāṃ rajasvalām / (71.1)
grāmya-dharma tyaj nārī anuttāna rajasvalā
गाP grāmya n. food prepared in a village; rustic or homely speech; sensual pleasure धमर dharma
mn. a bow; a particular ceremony; a Soma-drinker *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge
नारी nārī f. a female or any object regarded as feminine; a wife; a woman अनु7ान anuttāna adj.
lying with the face towards; not flat; not supine `रै अ¹ला rajasvalā f. a menstruating or
marriageable woman.

अिपयाम् अिपयाचारां §ºसंकीणरमेहनाम् ॥ (७१.२)
apriyām apriyācārāṃ duṣṭasaṃkīrṇamehanām // (71.2)
apriya apriya-ācāra duṣ-saṃkṛ-mehana
अिपय apriya adj. disagreeable; disliked; unfriendly अिपय apriya adj. disagreeable; disliked;
unfriendly आचार ācāra m. a rule or line; an established rule of conduct; behaviour §ष् duṣ 4.Ā. to
be defiled or impure; to be ruined; to be wrong सं T saṃkṛ 6.P. to bestow liberally or abundantly;
to commingle; to mix or pour together मेहन mehana n. copulation; membrum virile; the act of
passing urine.

अितWू लTशाम् सूतां गÍभणीम् अ~योिषतम् । (७२.१)
atisthūlakṛśām sūtāṃ garbhiṇīm anyayoṣitam / (72.1)
atisthūla-kṛśa sū garbhiṇī anya-yoṣit
अितWूल atisthūla adj. excessively big or clumsy; excessively stupid Tश kṛśa adj. emaciated; feeble;
insignificant सू sū 1.Ā. to appoint or consecrate to; to bestow (esp. said of Savitṛ); to create
गÍभणी garbhiṇī f. a pregnant woman अ~ anya pron. anderer योिषत् yoṣit f. girl; maiden; wife.

28
वÍणनीम् अ~योÍ`न च गु^`देवनृपालयम् ॥ (७२.२)
varṇinīm anyayoniṃ ca gurudevanṛpālayam // (72.2)
varṇin anya-yoni ca guru-deva-nṛpa-ālaya
वÍणन् varṇin adj. belonging to the caste of; having a particular colour; having the appearance of
अ~ anya pron. anderer योिन yoni mf. a mine; a particular part of a fire-pit; abode च ca ind. also;
and; as well as गु^ guru m. a spiritual parent or preceptor (from whom a youth receives the
initiatory Mantra or prayer); any venerable or respectable person; the chief of (gen. or in comp.)
`देव deva m. (rarely applied to) evil demons; a child; a deity नृप nṛpa m. a Kṣatriya; king; name of
the numeral 16 आलय ālaya mn. a house; a receptacle; asylum.

चइ*शमशानायतनच~रा~ुचतुºथम् । (७३.१)
caityaśmaśānāyatanacatvarāmbucatuṣpatham / (73.1)

.

अ*ािशतो ऽधृितः कु§ान् §ःिWता§ः िपपािसतः । (७४.१)
atyāśito 'dhṛtiḥ kṣudvān duḥsthitāṅgaḥ pipāsitaḥ / (74.1)
atyāśita adhṛti kṣudvant duḥsthita-aṅga pipāsita
अ*ािशत atyāśita adj. too satiate अधृित adhṛti adj. unsteady कु§*् kṣudvant adj. hungry §ःिWत
duḥsthita adj. अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel
(said to be five) िपपािसत pipāsita adj. thirsty.

बालो वृTो ऽ~`वेगातरस् *ैएद रोगी च मइथुनम् ॥ (७४.२)
bālo vṛddho 'nyavegārtas tyajed rogī ca maithunam // (74.2)
bāla vṛddha anya-vega-ārta tyaj rogin ca maithuna
बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased
(by Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged अ~ anya pron. anderer `वेग vega m. a stream; agitation;
attack आतर ārta adj. afflicted; disturbed; fallen into (misfortune) *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid;
to discharge रोिगन् rogin adj. diseased; ill; sick च ca ind. also; and; as well as मइथुन maithuna n.
connection; copulation; marriage.

से`वे त कामतः कामं तृPो वाजीTताम् िहमे । (७५.१)
seveta kāmataḥ kāmaṃ tṛpto vājīkṛtām hime / (75.1)
sev kāmatas kāma tṛp vājīkṛ hima
सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to devote or apply one's self to कामतस् kāmatas ind. according
to wish or affection; by consent; from passion or feeling (opposed to dharma-tas) काम kāma m.
Artemisia vulgaris Linn.; a kind of bean; a particular form of temple तृप् tṛp 4.Ā. to be pleased
with; to become satiated or satisfied; to enjoy वाजीT vājīkṛ 8.P. िहम hima n. a lotus; a pearl; fresh
butter.

=हाद वस*शरदोः पकाद वषारिनदाघयोः ॥ (७५.२)
tryahād vasantaśaradoḥ pakṣād varṣānidāghayoḥ // (75.2)
tri-aha vasanta-śarad pakṣa varṣā-nidāgha
ित tri nr. 3 MW अह aha mn. (ifc.) day (e.g. tryaham) वस* vasanta m. a particular metre (4
times); diarrhoea; name of a man शरद śarad f. a year; autumn (as the time of ripening); the
29
autumnal season (the sultry season of two months succeeding the rains) पक pakṣa m. (in logic)
the proposition to be proved in a syllogism; a bracelet; a feather वषार varṣā f. (exceptionally sg.)
the rains; Medicago Esculenta; monsoon िनदाघ nidāgha m. heat; internal heat; name of a man (of
his descendants).

भम¥मो^दौबर7बलधाि~ि¶यकयाः । (७६.१)
bhramaklamorudaurbalyabaladhātvindriyakṣayāḥ / (76.1)
bhrama-klama-ūru-daurbalya-bala-dhātu-indriya-kṣaya
भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone ¥म klama m. exhaustion; fatigue; languor
ऊ^ ūru mf. name of a son of Manu Cākṣuṣa; name of an Āṅgirasa and author of a Vedic hymn;
shank दौबर7 daurbalya n. impotence; weakness बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in
धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element
इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense कय kṣaya m. consumption;
decay; destruction.

अपवरमरणं च ºाद अ~था ग½तः िWयम् ॥ (७६.२)
aparvamaraṇaṃ ca syād anyathā gacchataḥ striyam // (76.2)
aparvan-maraṇa ca as anyathā gam strī
अपवरन् aparvan n. a day which is not a parvan; not a point of junction मरण maraṇa n. (in astrol.)
the 8th mansion; a kind of poison; a refuge च ca ind. also; and; as well as अस् as 2.P. to abide; to
be; to be equal to (dat.) अ~था anyathā ind. erroneously; falsely; from another motive गम् gam
6.P. to approach; to go; to move Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a white ant; a woman.

Wृितमेधायुरारो~पुºीि¶ययशोबलइः । (७७.१)
smṛtimedhāyurārogyapuṣṭīndriyayaśobalaiḥ / (77.1)
smṛti-medhā-āyus-ārogya-puṣṭi-indriya-yaśas-bala
Wृित smṛti f. a kind of metre; calling to mind; desire मेधा medhā f. dhana; a form of Dākṣāyaṇī in
Kaśmīra; a form of Sarasvatī आयुस् āyus n. active power; duration of life; efficacy आरो~ ārogya n.
a particular ceremony; freedom from disease; health पुिº puṣṭi f. breeding; comfort;
completeness इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense यशस् yaśas n. a
person of respectability; an object of honour; beautiful appearance बल bala mn. Balarāma; an
army; expertness in.

अिधका मWैअरसो भवि* Wीषु संयताः ॥ (७७.२)
adhikā mandajaraso bhavanti strīṣu saṃyatāḥ // (77.2)
adhika mandajaras bhū strī saṃyam
अिधक adhika adj. abundant; additional; excellent मWैअरस् mandajaras adj. slowly growing old भू
bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a white ant; a woman
संयम् saṃyam 6.P. to bind together (hair or a garment); to close (a door); to control.

Nानानुलेपनिहमािनलख"खाNशीता~ु§^रसयूषसुरापस¤ाः। (७८.१)
snānānulepanahimānilakhaṇḍakhādyaśītāmbudugdharasayūṣasurāprasannāḥ/ (78.1)

.

30
शुतचिरतसमृTे कमरदके दयालौ िभ`षैइ िनरनुब^ं `देहरकां िन`वे¥ । (७९.१)
śrutacaritasamṛddhe karmadakṣe dayālau bhiṣaji niranubandhaṃ deharakṣāṃ niveśya /
(79.1)
śruta-carita-samṛdh karman-dakṣa dayālu bhiṣaj niranubandha deha-rakṣā niveśay
शुत śruta n. anything heard; instruction; knowledge as heard by holy men and transmitted from
generation to generation चिरत carita n. a Māhātmya; acting; acts समृध् samṛdh 4.Ā. to be amply
furnished with (instr.); to flourish; to increase or grow greatly कमरन् karman n. act; action; action
consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) दक
dakṣa m. a cock; a general lover; a law-giver दयालु dayālu adj. dayāvat; miserable िभ`षै bhiṣaj m. a
healer; a remedy; medicine िनरनुब^ niranubandha adj. showing no secondary or symptomatic
affection `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form रका rakṣā f. (esp.) a sort of bracelet
or amulet; a guard; a tutelary divinity िन`वेशय् niveśay 10.Ā. to appoint to (an office); to bestow on;
to build.

भवित िवपुल`तेजः¹ासMकीÍ`तपभावः ¹कशलफलभोगी
bhavati vipulatejaḥsvāsthyakīrtiprabhāvaḥ svakuśalaphalabhogī

.

१००६७४,भू,१३२५२२,िवपु ल-,६१७३९,`ते जस्-,१६९९८५,¹ासM-
,३८७७२,कीÍ`त-,९३०३४,पभाव,१६८७२७,¹-,४०३९७,कशल-,९६९८२,फल-
,१०३४२६,भोिगन्,१०४०३४,भूिमपाल,५३८०७,िचर-,२२३८६,आयुस्
100674,bhū,132522,vipula-,61739,tejas-,169985,svāsthya-,38772,kīrti-
,93034,prabhāva,168727,sva-,40397,kuśala-,96982,phala-
,103426,bhogin,104034,bhūmipāla,53807,cira-,22386,āyus

.

1
माताशी सवरकालं ºान् माता Q

अVेः पवÍ`तका । (१.१)
mātrāśī sarvakālaṃ syān mātrā hy agneḥ pravartikā / (1.1)
mātrā-āśin sarvakālam as mātrā hi agni pravartaka
माता mātrā f. a minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant आिशन् āśin adj. consuming;
ifc. eating सवरकालम् sarvakālam ind. always अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) माता
mātrā f. a minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant िह hi ind. because; for; on account
of अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty पवतरक pravartaka adj. acting; advancing;
causing.

मातां दºा"् अ`पेक*े गुº"् अिप लघू ~् अिप ॥ (१.२)
mātrāṃ dravyāṇy apekṣante gurūṇy api laghūny api // (1.2)
mātrā dravya apekṣ guru api laghu api
माता mātrā f. a minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant दº dravya n. (Gr.) single
object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake अ`पेक् apekṣ 1.Ā. to expect; to have an eye
to; to have regard to गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides लघु
laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

गुºणाम् अधरसौिह*ं लघूनां नािततृPता । (२.१)
gurūṇām ardhasauhityaṃ laghūnāṃ nātitṛptatā / (2.1)
guru ardha-sauhitya laghu na-ati-tṛp-tā
गु^ guru m. a spiritual parent or preceptor (from whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or
prayer); any venerable or respectable person; the chief of (gen. or in comp.) अधर ardha mn. the
half; [rel.] ardhāsana सौिह* sauhitya n. amiableness; completion; fulness लघु laghu adj. active;
beautiful; causing relief न na ind. neither; no; nor अित ati ind. extremely; very तृप् tṛp 4.Ā. to be
pleased with; to become satiated or satisfied; to enjoy ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

मातापमाणं िनÍ`दºं सुखं यावद िवजीयरित ॥ (२.२)
mātrāpramāṇaṃ nirdiṣṭaṃ sukhaṃ yāvad vijīryati // (2.2)
mātrā-pramāṇa nirdiś sukha yāvat vijṛ
माता mātrā f. a minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant पमाण pramāṇa mn. nitya; a
correct notion; a means of acquiring Pramā or certain knowledge िनÍ`दश nirdiś 6.Ā. to advise; to
announce; to assign anything to सुख sukha adj. agreeable; comfortable; easy यावत् yāvat ind. as
far as; as greatly as; as long as िवजृ vijṛ 4.P. to digest; to grow old.

भोजनं हीनमातं तु न बलोपचयौजसे । (३.१)
bhojanaṃ hīnamātraṃ tu na balopacayaujase / (3.1)
bhojana hā-mātrā tu na bala-upacaya-ojas
भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed
or used हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of माता
mātrā f. a minute portion; a mirror; a mora or prosodial instant तु tu ind. and; but; do न na ind.
neither; no; nor बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in उपचय upacaya m. accumulation;
addition; elevation ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength.

स¯वषां वातरोगाणां `हेतुतां च पपN`ते ॥ (३.२)
sarveṣāṃ vātarogāṇāṃ hetutāṃ ca prapadyate // (3.2)
sarva vāta-roga hetutā ca prapad
2
सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout रोग roga mn. a diseased
spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease `हेतु ता hetutā f. causation; causativeness; existence of
cause or motive च ca ind. also; and; as well as पपद prapad 4.P. to admit (a claim); to adopt or
embrace (a doctrine); to appear.

अितमातं पुनः सवार न् आ"ु दोषान् पकोपयेत् । (४.१)
atimātraṃ punaḥ sarvān āśu doṣān prakopayet / (4.1)
atimātra punar sarva āśu doṣa prakopay
अितमात atimātra adj. exceeding the proper measure पुनर punar ind. again and again; back;
besides सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different आ"ु āśu adj. fast; going quickly; quick दोष doṣa
mn. a calf; accusation; affection पकोपय् prakopay 10.P. to agitate; to excite; to provoke to anger.

पी7माना िह वाताNा युगपत् `तेन कोिपताः ॥ (४.२)
pīḍyamānā hi vātādyā yugapat tena kopitāḥ // (4.2)
pīḍay hi vāta-ādya yugapad tad kopay
पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something inauspicious); to break (a vow); to
cause pain िह hi ind. because; for; on account of वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout आN ādya adj.
being at the head; earlier; excellent युगपद yugapad ind. at the same time; simultaneously;
together तद tad pron. this कोपय् kopay 10.Ā. to make angry.

आमेना¤ेन §ºेन तद एवािव¥ कवर`ते । (५.१)
āmenānnena duṣṭena tad evāviśya kurvate / (5.1)
āma-anna duṣ tad eva-āviś kṛ
आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces
the prepared milk) अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice §ष् duṣ 4.Ā. to be defiled
or impure; to be ruined; to be wrong तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even आिवश āviś
6.Ā. to approach; to become; to enter T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become.

िवº~य*ो ऽलसकं ¬ावय*ो िवषूिचकाम् ॥ (५.२)
viṣṭambhayanto 'lasakaṃ cyāvayanto viṣūcikām // (5.2)
viṣṭambhay alasaka cyāvay viṣūcikā
िवº~य् viṣṭambhay 10.P. to fix; to paralyse अलसक alasaka mn. flatulence; tympanitis ¬ावय् cyāvay
10.P. to agitate; to cause to fall; to cause to move िवषूिचका viṣūcikā f. a particular disease
(indigestion attended with evacuation in both directions- Brechdurchfall!! aber Beschreibung in
Suśr., Utt. 56: versetzte Blähungen!); wiederholte Entleerung nach oben und unten.

अधरो7रमागार~ां सहसइवािजताMनः । (६.१)
adharottaramārgābhyāṃ sahasaivājitātmanaḥ / (6.1)
adhara-uttara-mārga sahas-eva-ajitātman
अधर adhara adj. inferior; low; lower उ7र uttara adj. better; chief; concluding मागर mārga m. (in
astrol.) the 7th mansion; (in medic.) a way; a channel सहस् sahas n. force; power; strength एव
eva ind. alone; already; even ऐइताMन् ajitātman adj. having an unsubdued self or spirit.

पयाित नो¹ नाधºाद आहारो न च प¬`ते ॥ (६.२)
prayāti nordhvaṃ nādhastād āhāro na ca pacyate // (6.2)
prayā na-ūrdhvam na-adhastāt āhāra na ca pac
3
पया prayā 2.Ā. to advance towards or against; to be dispersed; to cause to go i.e. to lead into
(acc.) न na ind. neither; no; nor ऊ¹रम् ūrdhvam ind. after; furthermore; upward न na ind. neither;
no; nor अधºात् adhastāt ind. below आहार āhāra m. bringing near; employing; fetching न na ind.
neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become ripe; to boil.

आमाशये ऽलसीभू तस् `तेन सो ऽलसकः Wृ तः । (७.१)
āmāśaye 'lasībhūtas tena so 'lasakaḥ smṛtaḥ / (7.1)
āmāśaya alasībhū tad tad alasaka smṛ
आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.] the āmāśaya अलसीभू alasībhū 1.P. to become tired; [medic.] to show
the symptoms of alasaka तद tad pron. this तद tad pron. this अलसक alasaka mn. flatulence;
tympanitis Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

िविवधइर `वेदनोTेदइर वायवािदभृशकोपतः ॥ (७.२)
vividhair vedanodbhedair vāyvādibhṛśakopataḥ // (7.2)
vividha vedanā-udbheda vāyu-ādi-bhṛśa-kopa
िविवध vividha adj. divers; manifold; of various sorts `वेदना vedanā f. feeling; pain; sensation उTेद
udbheda m. a spring; a sprout or shoot of a plant; appearing वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the
fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) आिद ādi m.
a firstling; and so on; beginning भृश bhṛśa adj. abundant; frequent; mighty कोप kopa m. anger;
fury (of fire); incompatibleness with.

सूचीिभर इव गातािण िवWतीित िवषूिचका । (८.१)
sūcībhir iva gātrāṇi vidhyatīti viṣūcikā / (8.1)
sūci iva gātra vyadh-iti viṣūcikā
सूिच sūci f. (in astron) the earth's disc in computing eclipses (or "the corrected diameter of the
earth"); a cone; a kind of coitus इव iva ind. a little; about; almost गात gātra n. a limb or member
of the body; the body; the forequarter of an elephant ºध् vyadh 4.Ā. (in astron.) to fix the
position of a heavenly body; to affect with (acc. of pers. and instr. of thing); to attach to इित iti
ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or
thought) िवषूिचका viṣūcikā f. a particular disease (indigestion attended with evacuation in both
directions- Brechdurchfall!! aber Beschreibung in Suśr., Utt. 56: versetzte Blähungen!);
wiederholte Entleerung nach oben und unten.

तत "ूलभमानाहक°º~ादयो ऽिनलात् ॥ (८.२)
tatra śūlabhramānāhakampastambhādayo 'nilāt // (8.2)
tatra śūla-bhrama-ānāha-kampa-stambha-ādi anila
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a
stake for impaling criminals भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone आनाह ānāha
m. constipation; epistasis; length क° kampa m. a dwarf-rafter; a pillar; a roofing strip º~
stambha m. a post; arrogance; becoming hard or solid आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons.

िप7ाज् 7राितसारा*दारहतृटपलयादयः । (९.१)
pittāj jvarātisārāntardāhatṛṭpralayādayaḥ / (9.1)
pitta jvara-atisāra-antardāha-tṛṣ-pralaya-ādi
4
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the
different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul अितसार
atisāra m. dysentery; name of a son of Nitantu; purging अ*दारह antardāha m. fever; internal heat
तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst पलय pralaya m. annihilation; cause of
dissolution; death आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

कफाच् छNर§गु^तावाकस§ºीवनादयः ॥ (९.२)
kaphāc chardyaṅgagurutāvāksaṅgaṣṭhīvanādayaḥ // (9.2)
kapha chardi-aṅga-gurutā-vāksaṅga-ṣṭhīvana-ādi
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general छÍ`द chardi
f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness; vomiting अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or
subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) गु^ता gurutā f. heaviness and "dignity"; burden;
heaviness वाकस§ vāksaṅga m. impeded or slow speech (of aged persons); paralysis of speech;
sticking fast or impediment in speech ºीवन ṣṭhīvana n. ejecting saliva; expectoration; saliva आिद
ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

िवशेषाद §बरलºा7व$ेर `वेगिवधािरणः । (१०.१)
viśeṣād durbalasyālpavahner vegavidhāriṇaḥ / (10.1)
viśeṣāt durbala-alpa-vahni vega-vidhārin
िवशेषात् viśeṣāt ind. especially §बरल durbala adj. emaciated; feeble; lean (cow) अ7 alpa adj. little;
minute; small वि$ vahni m. a draught animal; a mystical name of the letter r; any animal that
draws or bears along `वेग vega m. a stream; agitation; attack िवधािरन् vidhārin adj. checking;
restraining.

पीिडतं मा^`तेना¤ं HेPणा ^Tम् अ*रा ॥ (१०.२)
pīḍitaṃ mārutenānnaṃ śleṣmaṇā ruddham antarā // (10.2)
pīḍay māruta-anna śleṣman rudh antarā
पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something inauspicious); to break (a vow); to
cause pain मा^त māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of the Maruts; air अ¤ anna n. bread corn;
earth; especially boiled rice HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum ^ध् rudh 1.Ā. to arrest; to
avert; to besiege अ*रा antarā ind. (with acc. and loc.) between; almost; among.

अलसं कोिभतं दोषइः श7~ेनइव संिWतम् । (११.१)
alasaṃ kṣobhitaṃ doṣaiḥ śalyatvenaiva saṃsthitam / (11.1)
alasa kṣobhay doṣa śalya-tva-eva saṃsthā
अलस alasa m. a sore or ulcer between the toes; name of a small poisonous animal; tympanitis
कोभय् kṣobhay 10.Ā. to agitate; to shake दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection श7 śalya mn. (in
med.) any extraneous substance lodged in the body and causing pain; a dart; a fault ~ tva n.
(Marker für abstrakte Nomina) एव eva ind. alone; already; even संWा saṃsthā 1.Ā. to abide; to be
accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites); to be lost.

"ूलादीन् क^`ते तीवांश छNरतीसारवÍजतान् ॥ (११.२)
śūlādīn kurute tīvrāṃś chardyatīsāravarjitān // (11.2)
śūla-ādi kṛ tīvra chardi-atīsāra-varjay
"ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals आिद ādi m. a firstling;
and so on; beginning T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become तीव tīvra adj. acute;
5
ardent; excessive छÍ`द chardi f. expulsion (of the breath); sickness; vomiting अतीसार atīsāra m.
dysentery; purging वजरय् varjay 10.Ā. to avoid.

सो ऽलसो ऽ*थर§ºास् तु दोषा §ºामबTखाः । (१२.१)
so 'laso 'tyarthaduṣṭās tu doṣā duṣṭāmabaddhakhāḥ / (12.1)
tad alasa atyartha-duṣ tu doṣa duṣ-āma-bandh-kha
तद tad pron. this अलस alasa m. a sore or ulcer between the toes; name of a small poisonous
animal; tympanitis अ*थर atyartha adj. excessive; exorbitant §ष् duṣ 4.Ā. to be defiled or impure; to
be ruined; to be wrong तु tu ind. and; but; do दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection §ष् duṣ
4.Ā. to be defiled or impure; to be ruined; to be wrong आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie;
passing hard and unhealthy excretions ब^् bandh 4.P. met. to attach to world or to sin; to arrest;
to be affected by i.e. experience ख kha n. (in anat.) the glottis; a cavity; a city.

या*स् ितयरक तनुं सवा द"वत् º~यि* चेत् ॥ (१२.२)
yāntas tiryak tanuṃ sarvāṃ daṇḍavat stambhayanti cet // (12.2)
yā tiryañc tanu sarva daṇḍa-vat stambhay ced
या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) ितयरB् tiryañc adj. animal; horizontal तनु
tanu f. tanū; form; life सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different द" daṇḍa mn. (arch.) the width of
the top of a pillar (measurement for the elements of a building); a churning-stick; a form of
military array वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) º~य् stambhay 10.Ā. to arrest; to arrest; to check
चेद ced ind. (never found at the beginning of a sentence or verse) ca; when.

द"कालसकं नाम तं *ैएद आ"ुकािरणम् । (१३.१)
daṇḍakālasakaṃ nāma taṃ tyajed āśukāriṇam / (13.1)
daṇḍakālasaka nāma tad tyaj āśu-kārin
द"कालसक daṇḍakālasaka m. a kind of dysentery नाम nāma ind. by name i.e. named; called;
certainly तद tad pron. this *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge आ"ु āśu adj. fast; going
quickly; quick कािरन् kārin adj. acting; an actor; doing.

िव^TाWशनाजीणरशीिलनो िवषलकणम् ॥ (१३.२)
viruddhādhyaśanājīrṇaśīlino viṣalakṣaṇam // (13.2)
virudh-adhyaśana-ajīrṇa-śīlin viṣa-lakṣaṇa
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed अWशन adhyaśana n. eating too soon after a meal (before the
last meal is digested) ऐईणर ajīrṇa n. indigestion शीिलन् śīlin adj. habituated or used to; having the
custom of; honest िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular
vegetable poison लकण lakṣaṇa n. a designation; a form; a lucky mark.

आमदोषं महाघोरं वजरयेद िवषसं जकम् । (१४.१)
āmadoṣaṃ mahāghoraṃ varjayed viṣasaṃjñakam / (14.1)
āma-doṣa mahā-ghora varjay viṣa-saṃjñaka
आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions दोष doṣa mn. a
calf; accusation; affection महा mahā ind. (irreg.- *mahant) -> gross घोर ghora adj. awful;
dreadful; terrific वजरय् varjay 10.Ā. to avoid िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of
the sound m; a particular vegetable poison संजक saṃjñaka adj. . Namen besitzend; benannt nach.

6
िवषºपा"ुकािर~ाद िव^Tोपकम~तः ॥ (१४.२)
viṣarūpāśukāritvād viruddhopakramatvataḥ // (14.2)
viṣa-rūpa-āśukārin-tva virudh-upakrama-tva
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison
ºप rūpa n. a particular coin; a show; a single specimen आ"ुकािरन् āśukārin adj. (in med.) operating
speedily; active; doing anything quickly ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā.
to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or kept back or
withheld; to be opposed उपकम upakrama m. a means; a particular ceremony preparatory to
reading the Vedas; anything leading to a result ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina).

अथामम् अलसीभू तं साWं ~िरतम् उि=खेत् । (१५.१)
athāmam alasībhūtaṃ sādhyaṃ tvaritam ullikhet / (15.1)
atha-āma alasībhū sādhay tvarita ullikh
अथ atha ind. an auspicious and inceptive particle (not easily expressed in English); but; certainly
आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions अलसीभू alasībhū 1.P.
to become tired; [medic.] to show the symptoms of alasaka साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to
acquire; to attain one's object ~िरत tvarita adj. expeditious; hasty; quick उि=ख् ullikh 6.Ā. sich
erbrechen; to chip; to chisel.

पी~ा सोगापट फलं वाय्र उºं योजयेत् ततः ॥ (१५.२)
pītvā sogrāpaṭuphalaṃ vāry uṣṇaṃ yojayet tataḥ // (15.2)
pā tad-ugrā-paṭu-phala vāri uṣṇa yojay tatas
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck तद tad pron. this उगा ugrā f. Artemisia Sternutatoria; a form
of Devī; a woman of the caste of Ugra पट paṭu m. a kind of perfume; a species of camphor; dhak
फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a gaming board; a gift वािर vāri n. pond; water; ????
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot योजय् yojay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to add; to adjust ततस् tatas ind. after
that; consequently; for that reason.

¹ेदनं फलवÍ`त च मलवातानु लोमनीम् । (१६.१)
svedanaṃ phalavartiṃ ca malavātānulomanīm / (16.1)
svedana phalavarti ca mala-vāta-anulomana
¹ेदन svedana mn. a diaphoretic; any instrument or remedy for causing perspiration; fomenting
फलवÍ`त phalavarti f. (in med.) a suppository च ca ind. also; and; as well as मल mala mn. dirt; dust;
filth वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout अनुलोमन anulomana adj. regulating.

नाPमानािन चा§ािन भृशं ि¹¤ािन `वेºयेत् ॥ (१६.२)
nāmyamānāni cāṅgāni bhṛśaṃ svinnāni veṣṭayet // (16.2)
nāmay ca-aṅga bhṛśam svid veṣṭay
नामय् nāmay 10.P. to aim at (gen.); to bend a bow; to cause to bow or sink च ca ind. also; and; as
well as अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to
be five) भृशम् bhṛśam ind. very ि¹द svid 4.P. to sweat `वेºय् veṣṭay 10.Ā. to beset; to cause to shrink
up; to cover.

िवषू¬ाम् अितवृ Tायां पाष"¹र दाहः पशº`ते । (१७.१)
viṣūcyām ativṛddhāyāṃ pārṣṇyor dāhaḥ praśasyate / (17.1)
viṣūci ativṛddha pārṣṇi dāha praśaṃs
7
िवषूिच viṣūci mf. manas अितवृT ativṛddha adj. very large; very old पाͺ pārṣṇi mf. a foolish or
licentious woman; a kick; asking दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) पशंस्
praśaṃs 1.Ā. to approve; to declare; to esteem.

तदहश चोपवाºइनं िविर³वद उपाच`रेत् ॥ (१७.२)
tadahaś copavāsyainaṃ viriktavad upācaret // (17.2)
tad-ahar ca-upavāsay-enad viric-vat upācar
तद tad pron. this अहर ahar n. a day च ca ind. also; and; as well as उपवासय् upavāsay 10.P. to cause
to fast एनद enad pron. this िविरच् viric 7.P. to be emptied or purged; to reach or extend beyond वत्
vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel) उपाचर upācar 1.Ā. to approach; to attend upon; to be obedient.

तीवाÍ`तर अिप नाजीणÌ िप`बे च् छ

लVम् औषधम् । (१८.१)
tīvrārtir api nājīrṇī pibec chūlaghnam auṣadham / (18.1)
tīvra-ārti api na-ajīrṇin pā śūla-ghna auṣadha
तीव tīvra adj. acute; ardent; excessive आÍ`त ārti f. injury; mischief; pain अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides न na ind. neither; no; nor ऐईÍणन् ajīrṇin adj. suffering from indigestion पा pā
1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron pin or stake; a stake for impaling
criminals V ghna adj. destroying; killer; killing औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively.

आमस¤ो ऽनलो नालं प³ ं दोषौषधाशनम् ॥ (१८.२)
āmasanno 'nalo nālaṃ paktuṃ doṣauṣadhāśanam // (18.2)
āma-sad anala na-alam pac doṣa-auṣadha-aśana
आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions सद sad 1.Ā. to
become faint or wearied or dejected or low-spirited; to besiege; to despair अनल anala m. (in
astron.) the fiftieth year of; bile; digestive power न na ind. neither; no; nor अलम् alam ind. able;
adequate; competent पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become ripe; to boil दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation;
affection औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively अशन aśana n. eating; food.

िनह~ाद अिप चइ`ते षां िवभमः सहसातुरम् । (१९.१)
nihanyād api caiteṣāṃ vibhramaḥ sahasāturam / (19.1)
nihan api ca-etad vibhrama sahas-ātura
िनहन् nihan 2.Ā. to afflict; to assail; to attach to अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca ind.
also; and; as well as एतद etad pron. this िवभम vibhrama m. agitation; blunder; confusion सहस्
sahas n. force; power; strength आतुर ātura adj. desirous of (Inf.); diseased or pained by (in comp.);
sick (in body or mind).

जीणारश`ने तु भइ`षैयं युञWात् º*गुºद`रे ॥ (१९.२)
jīrṇāśane tu bhaiṣajyaṃ yuñjyāt stabdhagurūdare // (19.2)
jṛ-aśana tu bhaiṣajya yuj stambh-guru-udara
जृ jṛ 4.Ā. to be dissolved or digested; to decay; to grow old अशन aśana n. eating; food तु tu ind.
and; but; do भइ`षैय bhaiṣajya n. a particular ceremony performed as a remedy for sickness; any
remedy; curativeness युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction with (instr.); (in astron.)
to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to º~् stambh 9.Ā. to arrest; to be firmly
fixed or supported or propped; to become solid गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy उदर udara n. a
cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver).

8
दोषशेषº पाकाथरम् अVेः संधुकणाय च । (२०.१)
doṣaśeṣasya pākārtham agneḥ saṃdhukṣaṇāya ca / (20.1)
doṣa-śeṣa pāka-artha agni saṃdhukṣaṇa ca
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings; remainder पाक pāka m. a
cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the
second mansion; action; advantage अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty संधुकण
saṃdhukṣaṇa n. inflammation; the act of kindling च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

शाि*र आमिवकाराणां भवित ~् अपतपरणात् ॥ (२०.२)
śāntir āmavikārāṇāṃ bhavati tv apatarpaṇāt // (20.2)
śānti āma-vikāra bhū tu apatarpaṇa
शाि* śānti f. a pause; abatement; absence of passion आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie;
passing hard and unhealthy excretions िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative
from Prakṛti; a product; agitation भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being तु tu ind. and;
but; do अपतपरण apatarpaṇa n. fasting.

ितिवधं ितिवधे दो`षे तत् समीW पयोजयेत् । (२१.१)
trividhaṃ trividhe doṣe tat samīkṣya prayojayet / (21.1)
trividha trividha doṣa tad samīkṣ prayojay
ितिवध trividha adj. of 3 kinds; threefold; triple ितिवध trividha adj. of 3 kinds; threefold; triple दोष
doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection तद tad pron. this समीक् samīkṣ 1.Ā. to aim at; to bear in mind;
to become aware of पयोजय् prayojay 10.P. to aim at; to appoint to; to be applicable.

तता7े लङघनं पMं मWे लङघनपाचनम् ॥ (२१.२)
tatrālpe laṅghanaṃ pathyaṃ madhye laṅghanapācanam // (21.2)
tatra-alpa laṅghana pathya madhya laṅghana-pācana
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small लङघन laṅghana
n. ascending; attack; attaining पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal
मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining
पाचन pācana n. a cataplasm; a dissolvent; a sort of drink.

पभू`ते शोधनं तिT मूलाद उªूलयेन् मलान् । (२२.१)
prabhūte śodhanaṃ taddhi mūlād unmūlayen malān / (22.1)
prabhū śodhana mūla unmūlay mala
पभू prabhū 1.Ā. to appear; to arise or originate from (abl.); to be before शोधन śodhana mn. a
means of purification; acquittance; clearing up मू ल mūla mn. a chief or principal city; a corpse; a
king's original or proper territory उªूलय् unmūlay 10.P. to destroy; to eradicate; to extirpate मल
mala mn. dirt; dust; filth.

एवम् अ~ान् अिप ºाधीन् ¹िनदानिवपयरयात् ॥ (२२.२)
evam anyān api vyādhīn svanidānaviparyayāt // (22.2)
evam anya api vyādhi sva-nidāna-viparyaya
एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such अ~ anya pron. anderer अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus
Speciosus or Arabicus ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own िनदान nidāna n. a band; a first or primary
cause; any cause or motive िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.
9

िचिकñेद अनुब^े तु सित `हेतुिवपयरयम् । (२३.१)
cikitsed anubandhe tu sati hetuviparyayam / (23.1)
anubandha tu as hetu-viparyaya
अनुब^ anubandha m. a child or pupil who imitates an example set by a parent or preceptor; a
part; a small part तु tu ind. and; but; do अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) `हेतु hetu
m. (with Buddhists) primary cause (as opp. to pratyaya); (with Paśupatas) that which causes the
bondage of the soul; a logical reason or dedaction or argument िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration;
avoiding; barter.

*Mा यथायथं वइNो युञWाद ºािधिवपयरयम् ॥ (२३.२)
tyaktvā yathāyathaṃ vaidyo yuñjyād vyādhiviparyayam // (23.2)
tyaj yathāyatham vaidya yuj vyādhi-viparyaya
*ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge यथायथम् yathāyatham ind. as is fit or proper; by
degrees; fitly वइN vaidya m. a learned man; a physician (accounted a mixed caste); an expert
(versed in his own profession) युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction with (instr.); (in
astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any
tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus िवपयरय viparyaya m.
alteration; avoiding; barter.

तदथरकािर वा पक`वे दो`षे ~् इTे च पावके । (२४.१)
tadarthakāri vā pakve doṣe tv iddhe ca pāvake / (24.1)
tad-artha-kārin vā pakva doṣa tu indh ca pāvaka
तद tad pron. this अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage कािरन्
kārin adj. acting; an actor; doing वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots)
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection तु tu ind. and; but; do इ^् indh 2.Ā. to kindle; to light; to
set on fire च ca ind. also; and; as well as पावक pāvaka m. a saint; fire; name of a particular Agni
(in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Antardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī).

िहतम् अ~MनNेहपानवस*ािद युि³तः ॥ (२४.२)
hitam abhyañjanasnehapānavastyādi yuktitaḥ // (24.2)
hita abhyañjana-sneha-pāna-vasti-ādi yukti
िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial अ~Mन abhyañjana n. embellishment; inunction
(especially of the feet); ornament Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous
substance पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-
syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on;
beginning युि³ yukti f. (in astron.) conjunction; a sentence; adaptedness.

ऐईण च कफाद आमं तत शोफो ऽिकग"योः । (२५.१)
ajīrṇaṃ ca kaphād āmaṃ tatra śopho 'kṣigaṇḍayoḥ / (25.1)
ajīrṇa ca kapha āma tatra śopha akṣi-gaṇḍa
ऐईणर ajīrṇa n. indigestion च ca ind. also; and; as well as कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of
the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard
and unhealthy excretions तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place शोफ śopha m.
intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) अिक akṣi n. the eye ग"
gaṇḍa mn. a bubble; a goitre or any other excrescence of the neck; a hero.
10

सNोभु³ इवो7ारः पसेकोत¥ेशगौरवम् ॥ (२५.२)
sadyobhukta ivodgāraḥ prasekotkleśagauravam // (25.2)
sadyas-bhuj iva-udgāra praseka-utkleśa-gaurava
सNस् sadyas ind. daily; every day; in the very moment भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy
इव iva ind. a little; about; almost उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes पसेक
praseka m. discharge; dropping; effusion उत¥ेश utkleśa m. disorder or corruption of the humors (of
the body); disquietude; excitement गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty; gravity.

िवº*म् अिनलाच् छ

लिवब^ाWानसादTत् । (२६.१)
viṣṭabdham anilāc chūlavibandhādhmānasādakṛt / (26.1)
viṣṭambh anila śūla-vibandha-ādhmāna-sāda-kṛt
िवº~् viṣṭambh 1.Ā. to ascertain; to check; to encourage अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection
referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons "ूल śūla mn. a flag; a sharp iron
pin or stake; a stake for impaling criminals िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for
promoting obstruction; constipation आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing; boasting साद sāda m.
cleanness; clearness; decay Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

िप7ाद िवद^ं तृणमोहभमामलो7ारदाहवत् ॥ (२६.२)
pittād vidagdhaṃ tṛṇmohabhramāmlodgāradāhavat // (26.2)
pitta vidah tṛṣ-moha-bhrama-amla-udgāra-dāhavant
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour िवदह vidah 4.Ā. to be consumed by grief; to be inflamed (as
a wound); to be puffed up तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst मोह moha m.
(with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder
an enemy; a swoon भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone अमल amla adj. acid;
sour उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes दाहव*् dāhavant adj. heated.

लङघनं कायरम् आमे तु िवº*े ¹ेदनं भृशम् । (२७.१)
laṅghanaṃ kāryam āme tu viṣṭabdhe svedanaṃ bhṛśam / (27.1)
laṅghana kṛ āma tu viṣṭambh svedana bhṛśa
लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to
become आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions तु tu ind.
and; but; do िवº~् viṣṭambh 1.Ā. to ascertain; to check; to encourage ¹ेदन svedana mn. a
diaphoretic; any instrument or remedy for causing perspiration; fomenting भृश bhṛśa adj.
abundant; frequent; mighty.

िवद^े वमनं यद वा यथावWं िहतं भ`वेत् ॥ (२७.२)
vidagdhe vamanaṃ yad vā yathāvasthaṃ hitaṃ bhavet // (27.2)
vidagdha vamana yad vā yathāvastham hita bhū
िवद^ vidagdha adj. artful; burnt up; clever वमन vamana n. an emetic; emission; emitting यद yad
pron. what; which वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally यथावWम्
yathāvastham ind. according to state or condition; whenever the same circumstances occur िहत
hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to come into being.

गरीयसो भ`वेल् लीनाद आमाद एव िवलि~का । (२८.१)
garīyaso bhavel līnād āmād eva vilambikā / (28.1)
11
garīyas bhū lī āma eva vilambikā
गरीयस् garīyas adj. dearer; dearer than (abl.); dearer than (abl.) भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to become; to
come into being ली lī 1.P. to alight or settle on; to cling or press closely; to disappear आम āma
mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions एव eva ind. alone; already;
even िवलि~का vilambikā f. a particular form of indigestion (with retardation of the feces).

कफवातानुबTामिल§ा तñमसाधना ॥ (२८.२)
kaphavātānubaddhāmaliṅgā tatsamasādhanā // (28.2)
kapha-vāta-anubandh-āma-liṅga tad-sama-sādhana
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general वात vāta m.
air; flatulence; gout अनुब^् anubandh 9.P. to adhere; to attach; to be followed by आम āma mn.
constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions िल§ liṅga mn. (in logic) vyāpya;
(in Sāṃkhya) prakṛti or pradhāna; prātipadika तद tad pron. this सम sama pron. common;
constant; easy साधन sādhana adj. denoting; designating; effective.

अशTा THथा "ुTे ऽº् उ7ा`रे रसशेषतः । (२९.१)
aśraddhā hṛdvyathā śuddhe 'py udgāre rasaśeṣataḥ / (29.1)
aśraddhā hṛd-vyathā śuddha api udgāra rasa-śeṣa
अशTा aśraddhā f. unbelief; want of trust Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior ºथा vyathā f. agitation;
alarm; anguish "ुT śuddha adj. admitted; authorised; clean अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides
उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings; remainder.

शयीत Íकिचद एवात सवरश चानािशतो िदवा ॥ (२९.२)
śayīta kiṃcid evātra sarvaś cānāśito divā // (29.2)
śī kaścid eva-atra sarva ca-anāśita div
शी śī 1.P. to fall asleep; to lay down किVद kaścid pron. someone एव eva ind. alone; already; even
अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different
च ca ind. also; and; as well as अनािशत anāśita adj. hungry िदव् div m. heaven; the sky.

¹ºाद ऐईणÌ संजातबुभुको ऽNान् िमतं लघु । (३०.१)
svapyād ajīrṇī saṃjātabubhukṣo 'dyān mitaṃ laghu / (30.1)
svap ajīrṇin saṃjan-bubhukṣā ad mita laghu
¹प् svap 1.Ā. to rest; to sleep ऐईÍणन् ajīrṇin adj. suffering from indigestion संजन् saṃjan 4.Ā. to
appear; to arise or come forth from (abl.); to be बुभुका bubhukṣā f. appetise; desire of enjoying
anything; hunger अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to eat िमत mita adj. brief; consisting of
(acc.); containing a particular measure लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief.

िवब^ो ऽितपवृि7र वा गलािनर मा^तमूढता ॥ (३०.२)
vibandho 'tipravṛttir vā glānir mārutamūḍhatā // (30.2)
vibandha atipravṛtti vā glāni māruta-muh-tā
िवब^ vibandha m. a circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction; constipation
अितपवृि7 atipravṛtti f. issuing abundantly वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side;
optionally गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind मा^त māruta m. a chief of the
Maruts; a son of the Maruts; air मुह muh 4.Ā. to be bewildered or perplexed; to be mistaken; to
become confused ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

12
ऐईणरिल§ं सामा~ं िवº~ो गौरवं भमः । (३१.१)
ajīrṇaliṅgaṃ sāmānyaṃ viṣṭambho gauravaṃ bhramaḥ / (31.1)
ajīrṇa-liṅga sāmānya viṣṭambha gaurava bhrama
ऐईणर ajīrṇa n. indigestion िल§ liṅga mn. (in logic) vyāpya; (in Sāṃkhya) prakṛti or pradhāna;
prātipadika सामा~ sāmānya adj. alike; common; common to (instr with and without saha) िवº~
viṣṭambha m. a partic. disease of the fetus; checking; constipation गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness;
difficulty; gravity भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone.

न चाितमातम् एवा¤म् आमदोषाय केवलम् ॥ (३१.२)
na cātimātram evānnam āmadoṣāya kevalam // (31.2)
na ca-atimātra eva-anna āma-doṣa kevala
न na ind. neither; no; nor च ca ind. also; and; as well as अितमात atimātra adj. exceeding the
proper measure एव eva ind. alone; already; even अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled
rice आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions दोष doṣa mn. a
calf; accusation; affection केवल kevala adj. absolute; alone; entire.

ि§ºिवºि~द^ामगु^ºकिहमा"ुिच । (३२.१)
dviṣṭaviṣṭambhidagdhāmagururūkṣahimāśuci / (32.1)
dviṣ-viṣṭambhin-dah-āma-guru-rūkṣa-hima-aśuci
ि§ष् dviṣ 6.Ā. to be a rival or a match for; to be hostile or unfriendly; to hate िवºि~न् viṣṭambhin
adj. checking; chilling; making motionless दह dah 1.Ā. to be in flames; to burn; to cauterise आम
āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces the
prepared milk) गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a
person or speech) िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta अ"ुिच aśuci adj. foul; impure.

िवदािह "ुMम् अ*~ुNुतं चा¤ं न जीयरित ॥ (३२.२)
vidāhi śuṣkam atyambuplutaṃ cānnaṃ na jīryati // (32.2)
vidāhin śuṣka ati-ambu-plu ca-anna na jṛ
िवदािहन् vidāhin adj. acrid; burning; pungent "ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up अित ati ind.
extremely; very अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety
syllables); the number four Nु plu 1.P. to bathe; to blow (as the wind); to float च ca ind. also;
and; as well as अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice न na ind. neither; no; nor जृ
jṛ 4.Ā. to be dissolved or digested; to decay; to grow old.

उपतPेन भु³ं च शोककोधकुदािदिभः । (३३.१)
upataptena bhuktaṃ ca śokakrodhakṣudādibhiḥ / (33.1)
upatap bhuj ca śoka-krodha-kṣudh-ādi
उपतप् upatap 4.Ā. to afflict (as an illness); to become sick; to feel pain भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume;
to eat; to enjoy च ca ind. also; and; as well as शोक śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame कोध krodha
m. Anger (personified as a child of Lobha and Nikṛti); anger; name of a Dānava कुध् kṣudh f.
hunger आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

िमशं पMम् अपMं च भु³ं समशनं मतम् ॥ (३३.२)
miśraṃ pathyam apathyaṃ ca bhuktaṃ samaśanaṃ matam // (33.2)
miśra pathya apathya ca bhuj samaśana man
13
िमश miśra adj. adulterating; connected with; diverse पM pathya adj. containing elements or
leading forms; fit; normal अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable च ca ind. also; and; as
well as भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy समशन samaśana n. eating in general; eating
promiscuously; eating together मन् man 8.P. to be of opinion; to believe; to conjecture.

िवNाद अWशनं भूयो भु³ºोपिर भोजनम् । (३४.१)
vidyād adhyaśanaṃ bhūyo bhuktasyopari bhojanam / (34.1)
vid adhyaśana bhūyas bhuj-upari bhojana
िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn अWशन adhyaśana n. eating too soon after a
meal (before the last meal is digested) भूयस् bhūyas ind. again; further; furthermore भुज् bhuj 1.P.
to consume; to eat; to enjoy उपिर upari ind. (as a separable adverb) above; on; towards the upper
side of (opposed to adhas) भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the pleasure
caused by it; anything enjoyed or used.

अकाले बV चा7ं वा भु³ं तु िवषमाशनम् ॥ (३४.२)
akāle bahu cālpaṃ vā bhuktaṃ tu viṣamāśanam // (34.2)
akāla bahu ca-alpa vā bhuj tu viṣama-aśana
अकाल akāla m. a wrong or bad time बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many च ca ind.
also; and; as well as अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on
the other side; optionally भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy तु tu ind. and; but; do िवषम
viṣama adj. bad; coarse; dangerous अशन aśana n. eating; food.

ती"् अº् एतािन मृ*ुं वा घोरान् ºाधीन् Vजि* वा । (३५.१)
trīṇy apy etāni mṛtyuṃ vā ghorān vyādhīn sṛjanti vā / (35.1)
tri api etad mṛtyu vā ghora vyādhi sṛj vā
ित tri nr. 3 MW अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides एतद etad pron. this मृ*ु mṛtyu m. Death
personified; death; dying वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally घोर
ghora adj. awful; dreadful; terrific ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or
thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus Vज् sṛj 1.P. to acquire; to be let loose or emitted or created.
etc.; to beget वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side - on the other side; optionally.

काले सातPं "ुिच िहतं िN^ोºं लघु तªनाः ॥ (३५.२)
kāle sātmyaṃ śuci hitaṃ snigdhoṣṇaṃ laghu tanmanāḥ // (35.2)
kāla sātmya śuci hita snigdha-uṣṇa laghu tanmanas
काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time सातP sātmya adj. agreeable to
nature or natural constitution; wholesome "ुिच śuci adj. bright; brilliantly white; clean िहत hita
adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable उº uṣṇa
adj. acrid; active; hot लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief तªनस् tanmanas adj. absorbed
in mind by that.

षडरसं मधुरपायं नाितद

तिवलि~तम् । (३६.१)
ṣaḍrasaṃ madhuraprāyaṃ nātidrutavilambitam / (36.1)
ṣaṣ-rasa madhura-prāya na-atidru-vilamb
षष् ṣaṣ adj. six रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous पाय prāya m. a stage of life; age;
14
anything prominent न na ind. neither; no; nor अितद

atidru 1.P. to pass hastily; to pass over; to run
by िवल~् vilamb 1.P. to be attached to; to continue hanging; to decline.

Nातः कु§ान् िविव³Wो धौतपादकराननः ॥ (३६.२)
snātaḥ kṣudvān viviktastho dhautapādakarānanaḥ // (36.2)
snā kṣudvant vivikta-stha dhāv-pāda-kara-ānana
Nा snā 2.Ā. to bathe; to perform the ceremony of bathing or certain prescribed oblations (esp. on
returning home from the house of a religious preceptor); to smear one's self with (instr.) कु§*्
kṣudvant adj. hungry िविव³ vivikta n. a lonely place; clearness; purity W stha adj. a place; abiding;
being situated in धाव् dhāv 1.Ā. to cleanse; to make bright; to polish पाद pāda m. a foot as a
measure ( 12 Aṅgulas); a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4); a quarter
कर kara m. act of doing; an elephant's trunk; claws of a crab आनन ānana n. door; entrance; the
face.

तपरिय~ा िपतॄन् `देवान् अितथीन् बालकान् गुºन् । (३७.१)
tarpayitvā pitṝn devān atithīn bālakān gurūn / (37.1)
tarpay pitṛ deva atithi bālaka guru
तपरय् tarpay 10.Ā. to become satiated or satisfied; to gladden; to kindle िपतृ pitṛ m. (esp.) the Pitṛs
or deceased ancestors; a father; a father and his brothers `देव deva m. (rarely applied to) evil
demons; a child; a deity अितिथ atithi m. a guest; a person entitled to hospitality; name of Agni
बालक bālaka m. a child; a fool; a kind of fish गु^ guru m. a spiritual parent or preceptor (from
whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer); any venerable or respectable person; the
chief of (gen. or in comp.).

प*`वेW ितरVो ऽिप पितप¤पिरगहान् ॥ (३७.२)
pratyavekṣya tiraśco 'pi pratipannaparigrahān // (37.2)
pratyavekṣ api pratipad-parigraha
प*`वेक् pratyavekṣ 4.P. to consider; to examine; to have regard for (acc.) अिप api ind. also;
assuredly; besides पितपद pratipad 4.P. to accomplish; to acknowledge; to act or proceed or behave
towards or against पिरगह parigraha m. a curse; a house; a wife.

समीW सPग् आMानम् अिनW¤् अबुवन् दवम् । (३८.१)
samīkṣya samyag ātmānam anindann abruvan dravam / (38.1)
samīkṣ samyak ātman anindant abruvant drava
समीक् samīkṣ 1.Ā. to aim at; to bear in mind; to become aware of सPक samyak ind. angemessen;
richtig आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma अिनW*् anindant adj. without reproach
अबुव*् abruvant adj. not talking दव drava adj. liquid.

इºम् इºइः सहाHीयाच् छ

िचभ³ैअनाTतम् ॥ (३८.२)
iṣṭam iṣṭaiḥ sahāśnīyāc chucibhaktajanāhṛtam // (38.2)
iṣ iṣ saha-aś śuci-bhakta-jana-āhṛ
इष् iṣ 1.P. to assent; to choose; to concede इष् iṣ 1.P. to assent; to choose; to concede सह saha ind.
along with; together with; with अश aś 9.Ā. to consume; to eat "ुिच śuci adj. bright; brilliantly
white; clean भ³ bhakta m. a worshipper; votary (esp. as name of a division of the Śāktas) जन
jana m. a common person; living being; man आT āhṛ 1.Ā. to bring; to bring home (a bride); to
bring near.

15
भोजनं तृणकेशािदजुºम् उºीTतं पुनः । (३९.१)
bhojanaṃ tṛṇakeśādijuṣṭam uṣṇīkṛtaṃ punaḥ / (39.1)
bhojana tṛṇa-keśa-ādi-juṣ uṣṇīkṛta punar
भोजन bhojana n. a meal; any object of enjoyment or the pleasure caused by it; anything enjoyed
or used तृण tṛṇa n. any gramineous plant; blade of grass; grass केश keśa m. a kind of perfume;
name of a Daitya; name of a mineral आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning जुष् juṣ 6.Ā. to
approve of; to be fond of delight in (acc. or gen.); to be pleased or satisfied or favourable उºीTत
uṣṇīkṛta adj. boiled; heated; hot पुनर punar ind. again and again; back; besides.

शाकावरा¤भूियºम् अ*ुºलवणं *ैएत् ॥ (३९.२)
śākāvarānnabhūyiṣṭham atyuṣṇalavaṇaṃ tyajet // (39.2)
śāka-avara-anna-bhūyiṣṭha ati-uṣṇa-lavaṇa tyaj
शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens अवर avara adj. below; hinder; last अ¤ anna n.
bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice भूियº bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous or abundant
or great or important; principal अित ati ind. extremely; very उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot लवण
lavaṇa n. a kind of prameha; a particular mode of fighting; beauty *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to
avoid; to discharge.

िकलाटदिधक¸चीकाकार"ु³ाममूलकम् । (४०.१)
kilāṭadadhikūcīkākṣāraśuktāmamūlakam / (40.1)

.

माषिनºावशालूकिबसिपºिवºढकम् । (४१.१)
māṣaniṣpāvaśālūkabisapiṣṭavirūḍhakam / (41.1)
māṣa-niṣpāva-śālūka-bisa-piṣṭa-virūḍhaka
माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool िनºाव niṣpāva m.
a kind of weight unit; chaff; Dolichos lablab Linn. शालूक śālūka n. a nut-meg; a tumour in the
throat; name of a poet िबस bisa mn. bisapakṣman- a kind of disease of the eye; a shoot or sucker;
the film or fibre of the water-lily or lotus िपº piṣṭa n. a kind of prameha; anything ground; flour
िवºढक virūḍhaka mn. grain that has begun to sprout.

"ुMशाकािन यवकान् फािणतं च न शीलयेत् ॥ (४१.२)
śuṣkaśākāni yavakān phāṇitaṃ ca na śīlayet // (41.2)
śuṣka-śāka yavaka phāṇita ca na śīlay
"ुM śuṣka adj. arid; dried; dried up शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens यवक
yavaka m. barley फािणत phāṇita mn. the inspissated juice of the sugar cane and other plants च ca
ind. also; and; as well as न na ind. neither; no; nor शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to
cultivate; to do.

शीलयेच् छािलगोधूमयवषिºकैआ§लम् । (४२.१)
śīlayec chāligodhūmayavaṣaṣṭikajāṅgalam / (42.1)
śīlay śāli-godhūma-yava-ṣaṣṭika-jāṅgala
शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to cultivate; to do शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar
character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who was transformed into a lion) गोधूम
16
godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree यव yava mn. (in
palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good
fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or
12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double convex lens षिºक ṣaṣṭika mfn. a kind of rice of quick
growth (ripening in about 60 days) जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming from wild deer; covered with
jungle.

सुिनषHकैईव*ीबालमूलकवाºुकम् ॥ (४२.२)
suniṣaṇṇakajīvantībālamūlakavāstukam // (42.2)
suniṣaṇṇaka-jīvantī-bālamūlaka-vāstuka
सुिनषHक suniṣaṇṇaka mn. Marsilea minuta Linn. (Sharma, P.V. 0: 84); Marsilea quadrifolia Linn.
जीव*ी jīvantī f. a parasitical plant; Cocculus cordifolius; Mimosa Suma बालमूलक bālamūlaka m. a
species of plant वाºुक vāstuka mn. a house; a palace; Chenopodium album.

पMामलकमृ§ीकापटोलीमु7शकर राः । (४३.१)
pathyāmalakamṛdvīkāpaṭolīmudgaśarkarāḥ / (43.1)
pathyā-āmalaka-mṛdvīkā-paṭolī-mudga-śarkarā
पMा pathyā f. a path; name of a woman; name of several metres आमलक āmalaka mf. Adhatoda
vasica Nees (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 527); Emblic Myrobalan- Phyllanthus emblica Linn.;
Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. मृ§ीका mṛdvīkā f. a bunch of grapes (esp. a reddish one); a vine; the
fruit of Vitis vinifera Linn. (grapes) (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 591) पटोली paṭolī f. a species of small
cucumber; Trichosanthes dioica Roxb. मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering शकर रा
śarkarā f. a fragment or piece of broken earthenware; Gries; gravel.

घृतिदºोदककीरकौददािडमसइ^वम् ॥ (४३.२)
ghṛtadivyodakakṣīrakṣaudradāḍimasaindhavam // (43.2)
ghṛta-divyodaka-kṣīra-kṣaudra-dāḍima-saindhava
घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which
drops from heaven) िदºोदक divyodaka n. rainwater कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of
plants; thickened milk कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness दािडम dāḍima mfn.
Punica granatum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 562); small cardamoms; the pomegranate tree
सइ^व saindhava mn. a kind of rock-salt (found in Sindh); any salt.

ितफलां मधुसÍ`प~ा िनिश `नेतबलाय च । (४४.१)
triphalāṃ madhusarpirbhyāṃ niśi netrabalāya ca / (44.1)
triphalā madhu-sarpis niś netra-bala ca
ितफला triphalā mf. the 3 fragrant fruits; the 3 Myrobalans; the 3 sweet fruits मधु madhu n. a kind
of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything sweet (esp. if liquid) सÍ`पस् sarpis n. a kind of
prameha; clarified butter िनश niś f. night `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer
बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

¹ासMानुवृ ि7Tद यच् च रोगो½ेदकरं च यत् ॥ (४४.२)
svāsthyānuvṛttikṛd yac ca rogocchedakaraṃ ca yat // (44.2)
svāsthya-anuvṛtti-kṛt yad ca roga-uccheda-kara ca yad
17
¹ासM svāsthya n. comfort; contentment; ease अनुवृि7 anuvṛtti f. acting suitably to; complying
with; continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author यद yad pron. what; which च ca ind. also; and; as well as रोग roga
mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease उ½ेद uccheda m. cutting off or out;
cutting short; destruction कर kara adj. causing; helping; making च ca ind. also; and; as well as
यद yad pron. what; which.

िबसेकुमोचचोचाममोदकोWािरकािदकम् । (४५.१)
bisekṣumocacocāmramodakotkārikādikam / (45.1)
bisa-ikṣu-moca-coca-āmra-modaka-utkārikā-ādika
िबस bisa mn. bisapakṣman- a kind of disease of the eye; a shoot or sucker; the film or fibre of the
water-lily or lotus इकु ikṣu m. eyelash; name of a king; name of a river मोच moca n. a plantain;
banana (the fruit) चोच coca mn. a banana; a clove (the dried flower) (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
554); bark आम āmra m. Mangifera Indica Linn.; the mango tree मोदक modaka mn. (in medicine) a
kind of pill; a small round sweetmeat; any sweetmeat उWािरका utkārikā f. a poultice आिदक ādika
adj. and so on; beginning with.

अNाद दºं गु^ िN^ं ¹ा§ मWं िWरं पुरः ॥ (४५.२)
adyād dravyaṃ guru snigdhaṃ svādu mandaṃ sthiraṃ puraḥ // (45.2)
ad dravya guru snigdha svādu manda sthira puras
अद ad 2.Ā. to consume; to devour; to eat दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.)
elementary substance; a stake गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive;
affectionate; agreeable ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty मW manda adj. addicted to
intoxication; apathetic; bad िWर sthira adj. ascertained; calm; certain पुरस् puras ind. (as prep.)
before (of place and time); eastward; first.

िवपरीतम् अतश चा*े मWे ऽमललवणोWटम् । (४६.१)
viparītam ataś cānte madhye 'mlalavaṇotkaṭam / (46.1)
viparīta atas ca-anta madhya amla-lavaṇotkaṭa
िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything अतस् atas
ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason च ca ind. also; and; as well as अ*
anta m. a final syllable; a shore; border मW madhya n. abdomen; centre; cessation अमल amla adj.
acid; sour लवणोWट lavaṇotkaṭa mfn. oversalted food.

अ¤ेन ककेर §ाव् अंशौ पा`नेनइकं पपूरयेत् ॥ (४६.२)
annena kukṣer dvāv aṃśau pānenaikaṃ prapūrayet // (46.2)
anna kukṣi dvi aṃśa pāna-eka prapūray
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice किक kukṣi mf. a bay; a cavity in general; a
valley ि§ dvi nr. two अंश aṃśa m. day; degree of latitude or longitude; denominator of a fraction
पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once
पपूरय् prapūray 10.P. to fill up; to make rich.

आशयं पवनादीनां चतुथरम् अवशेषयेत् । (४७.१)
āśrayaṃ pavanādīnāṃ caturtham avaśeṣayet / (47.1)
āśraya pavana-ādi caturtha avaśeṣay
18
आशय āśraya m. a plea; a recipient; appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the
agent पवन pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air आिद ādi m. a firstling; and
so on; beginning चतुथर caturtha adj. the fourth अवशेषय् avaśeṣay 10.P. to leave as a remnant.

अनुपानं िहमं वािर यवगोधूमयोर िहतम् ॥ (४७.२)
anupānaṃ himaṃ vāri yavagodhūmayor hitam // (47.2)
anupāna hima vāri yava-godhūma hita
अनुपान anupāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine; drink after eating; drink taken with or after
medicine िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta वािर vāri n. pond; water; ???? यव yava mn. (in
palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good
fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or
12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double convex lens गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma;
name of a medicinal plant; the orange tree िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial.

दिधन मNे िव`षे कौदे कोºं िपºमयेषु तु । (४८.१)
dadhni madye viṣe kṣaudre koṣṇaṃ piṣṭamayeṣu tu / (48.1)
dadhi madya viṣa kṣaudra koṣṇa piṣṭamaya tu
दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of Shorea robusta; thick sour milk (regarded as a
remedy) मN madya n. any intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine िवष viṣa n.
Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison कौद
kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness कोº koṣṇa adj. moderately warm; tepid िपºमय
piṣṭamaya n. water sprinkled with flour तु tu ind. and; but; do.

शाकमु7ािदिवTतौ मºुतकामलकािMकम् ॥ (४८.२)
śākamudgādivikṛtau mastutakrāmlakāñjikam // (48.2)
śāka-mudga-ādi-vikṛti mastu-takra-amla-kāñjika
शाक śāka mn. a potherb; any vegetable food; greens मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird;
covering आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िवTित vikṛti f. (in Sāṃkhya) vikāra; ḍimba;
a verse changed in a particular manner मºु mastu n. sour cream; the watery part of curds; whey
तक takra n. buttermilk mixed with water; buttermilk with a fourth part of water अमल amla adj.
acid; sour कािMक kāñjika n. a sour gruel prepared from the acetous fermentation of powdered
paddy and other substances; sour gruel; water of boiled rice in a state of spontaneous
fermentation.

सुरा Tशानां पुWथ Wूलानां तु मधूदकम् । (४९.१)
surā kṛśānāṃ puṣṭyarthaṃ sthūlānāṃ tu madhūdakam / (49.1)
surā kṛśa puṣṭi-artha sthūla tu madhūdaka
सुरा surā f. a drinking vessel; a snake; a tavern Tश kṛśa adj. emaciated; feeble; insignificant पुिº
puṣṭi f. breeding; comfort; completeness अथर artha mn. (in astron.) name of the second mansion;
action; advantage Wूल sthūla adj. big; coarse; dense तु tu ind. and; but; do मधूदक madhūdaka n.
honey diluted in water.

शो`षे मांसरसो मNं मांसे ¹7े च पावके ॥ (४९.२)
śoṣe māṃsaraso madyaṃ māṃse svalpe ca pāvake // (49.2)
śoṣa māṃsa-rasa madya māṃsa su-alpa ca pāvaka
शोष śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat रस rasa
mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre मN madya n. any
19
intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat सु su ind. quite;
[ibc.] good-; [ibc.] very अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small च ca ind. also; and; as well as पावक
pāvaka m. a saint; fire; name of a particular Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni
Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Antardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī).

ºाWौषधा¹भाºWीलङघनातपकमरिभः । (५०.१)
vyādhyauṣadhādhvabhāṣyastrīlaṅghanātapakarmabhiḥ / (50.1)
vyādhi-auṣadha-adhvan-bhāṣya-strī-laṅghana-ātapa-karman
ºािध vyādhi m. ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or
Arabicus औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb; herbs collectively अ¹न् adhvan m. a journey; a place; a
recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it भाº bhāṣya n. a sort of house or building; an
explanatory work; any work in the common or vernacular speech Wी strī f. a kind of metre; a
white ant; a woman लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining आतप ātapa m. heat (especially
of the sun); sunshine कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third among
the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy).

कीणे वृTे च बाले च पयः पMं यथामृतम् ॥ (५०.२)
kṣīṇe vṛddhe ca bāle ca payaḥ pathyaṃ yathāmṛtam // (50.2)
kṣi vṛddha ca bāla ca payas pathya yathā-amṛta
िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased (by
Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged च ca ind. also; and; as well as बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as
the sun or its rays); foolish च ca ind. also; and; as well as पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital
spirit; a species of Andropogon पM pathya adj. containing elements or leading forms; fit; normal
यथा yathā ind. according; as; as अमृत amṛta n. a particular poison; a pear; a ray of light.

िवपरीतं यद अ¤º गुणइः ºाद अिवरोिध च । (५१.१)
viparītaṃ yad annasya guṇaiḥ syād avirodhi ca / (51.1)
viparīta yad anna guṇa as avirodhin ca
िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything यद yad
pron. what; which अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya
phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to
be equal to (dat.) अिवरोिधन् avirodhin adj. not being obstructive to (gen. or in comp.); not being
out of harmony with च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अनुपानं समासेन सवरदा तत् पशº`ते ॥ (५१.२)
anupānaṃ samāsena sarvadā tat praśasyate // (51.2)
anupāna samāsa sarvadā tad praśaṃs
अनुपान anupāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine; drink after eating; drink taken with or after
medicine समास samāsa m. (in astron.) a particular circle; a compound word; aggregation सवरदा
sarvadā ind. always; at all times (often joined with sarvatra and sarvathā) तद tad pron. this पशंस्
praśaṃs 1.Ā. to approve; to declare; to esteem.

अनुपानं करो*् ऊजा तृÍP ºाÍP [ढा§ताम् । (५२.१)
anupānaṃ karoty ūrjāṃ tṛptiṃ vyāptiṃ dṛḍhāṅgatām / (52.1)
anupāna kṛ ūrjā tṛpti vyāpti dṛḍha-aṅgatā
20
अनुपान anupāna n. a fluid vehicle in medicine; drink after eating; drink taken with or after
medicine T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become ऊजार ūrjā f. name of a daughter of
Dakṣa and wife of Vasiṣṭha; sap; strength तृिP tṛpti f. disgust; satisfaction ºािP vyāpti f.
accomplishment; acquisition; attainment [ढ dṛḍha adj. certain; close (e.g. ship); complete (opp.
to bhinna) अ§ता aṅgatā f. a state of subordination or dependance; the being of secondary
importance; the being unessential.

अ¤संघातशइिथ7िवि¥ि7जरणािन च ॥ (५२.२)
annasaṃghātaśaithilyaviklittijaraṇāni ca // (52.2)
anna-saṃghāta-śaithilya-viklitti-jaraṇa ca
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice संघात saṃghāta mn. a bone; a collection of
mucus; a company of fellow-travellers शइिथ7 śaithilya n. decrease; depression (of the mind);
dilatoriness िवि¥ि7 viklitti f. becoming soft or moist जरण jaraṇa mn. Asa foetida; a kind of salt;
cumin च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

नो¹अतुगदNासकासोरःकतपीनसे । (५३.१)
nordhvajatrugadaśvāsakāsoraḥkṣatapīnase / (53.1)
na-ūrdhvajatru-gada-śvāsa-kāsa-uraḥkṣata-pīnasa
न na ind. neither; no; nor ऊ¹अतु ūrdhvajatru adj. being above the collar-bone गद gada m. a
sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of
which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough; [medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln उरःकत
uraḥkṣata adj. suffering from disease of the lungs पीनस pīnasa m. catarrh; cold (affecting the
nose).

गीतभाºपस§े च ¹रभे`दे च तिTतम् ॥ (५३.२)
gītabhāṣyaprasaṅge ca svarabhede ca taddhitam // (53.2)
gīta-bhāṣya-prasaṅga ca svarabheda ca tad-hita
गीत gīta n. name of four hymns addressed to Kṛṣṇa; singing; song भाº bhāṣya n. a sort of house
or building; an explanatory work; any work in the common or vernacular speech पस§ prasaṅga
m. (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything; adherence; an occasion च ca ind. also;
and; as well as ¹रभेद svarabheda m. difference of accent; difference of musical tones; hoarseness
च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial.

पि¥¤`देहमेहािकगलरोगवणातुराः । (५४.१)
praklinnadehamehākṣigalarogavraṇāturāḥ / (54.1)
praklid-deha-meha-akṣi-gala-roga-vraṇa-ātura
पि¥द praklid 4.Ā. to become moist or humid; to become wet `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of
a cloud); form मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of urine अिक akṣi n. the eye गल gala m.
neck; the throat रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease वण vraṇa mn.
a flaw; abscess; blemish आतुर ātura adj. desirous of (Inf.); diseased or pained by (in comp.); sick
(in body or mind).

पानं *ैएयुः सवरश च भाºा¹शयनं *ैएत् ॥ (५४.२)
pānaṃ tyajeyuḥ sarvaś ca bhāṣyādhvaśayanaṃ tyajet // (54.2)
pāna tyaj sarva ca bhāṣya-adhvan-śayana tyaj
21
पान pāna n. a canal; a drink; a drinking-vessel *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge सवर
sarva pron. all; completely; different च ca ind. also; and; as well as भाº bhāṣya n. a sort of house or
building; an explanatory work; any work in the common or vernacular speech अ¹न् adhvan m. a
journey; a place; a recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it शयन śayana n. a bed;
copulation; couch *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge.

पी~ा भुMातपं वÍ$ यानं Nवनवाहनम् । (५५.१)
pītvā bhuktvātapaṃ vahniṃ yānaṃ plavanavāhanam / (55.1)
pā bhuj-ātapa vahni yāna plavana-vāhana
पा pā 1.Ā. to drink; to quaff; to suck भुज् bhuj 1.P. to consume; to eat; to enjoy आतप ātapa m. heat
(especially of the sun); sunshine वि$ vahni m. a draught animal; a mystical name of the letter r;
any animal that draws or bears along यान yāna n. (with Buddhists) the vehicle or method of
arriving at knowledge; a journey; a vehicle of any kind Nवन plavana n. a kind of water Cyperus;
capering (one of a horse's paces); flying वाहन vāhana n. any animal; any vehicle or conveyance or
draught-animal; bearing.

पVºे िवणमूते Tिद सुिवमले दो`षे ¹पथ`गे । (५५.२)
prasṛṣṭe viṇmūtre hṛdi suvimale doṣe svapathage / (55.2)
prasṛṣṭa viṣ-mūtra hṛd suvimala doṣa sva-patha-ga
पVº prasṛṣṭa adj. dismissed; given up; having free course िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces मूत
mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior सुिवमल suvimala
adj. perfectly clear or pure दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own;
own पथ patha m. a way; course; path ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping the fifth place;
being.

िव"ुTे चो7ा`रे कु§पगम`ने वा`ते ऽनुसरित । (५५.३)
viśuddhe codgāre kṣudupagamane vāte 'nusarati / (55.3)
viśudh ca-udgāra kṣudh-upagamana vāta anusṛ
िव"ुध् viśudh 4.P. to become clear (said of the senses); to become perfectly pure (esp. in ritual
sense) च ca ind. also; and; as well as उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes कुध्
kṣudh f. hunger उपगमन upagamana n. addicting one's self to; approaching; attaining वात vāta m.
air; flatulence; gout अनुV anusṛ 1.Ā. to conform to; to follow; to go after.

तथाVाव् उिद³े िवशदकरणे `दे`हे च सु लघौ ॥ (५५.४)
tathāgnāv udrikte viśadakaraṇe dehe ca sulaghau // (55.4)
tathā-agni udric viśada-karaṇa deha ca sulaghu
तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty
उिदच् udric 7.P. to abound in; to be prominent; to exceed िवशद viśada adj. bright; calm; cheerful
करण karaṇa n. a sound or word as an independent part of speech; act of making; an act `दे ह deha
mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form च ca ind. also; and; as well as सु लघु sulaghu adj. .

पयुMीताहारं िविधिनयिमतं कालः स िह मतः ॥ (५६.१)
prayuñjītāhāraṃ vidhiniyamitaṃ kālaḥ sa hi mataḥ // (56.1)
prayuj-āhāra vidhi-niyam kāla tad hi man
पयुज् prayuj 7.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to begin आहार āhāra m. bringing near; employing; fetching
िविध vidhi m. a grammatical rule or precept; a means; a physician िनयम् niyam 1.Ā. to annihilate; to
22
be wanting; to bestow काल kāla m. eine Essenszeit; the proper time or season for; time तद tad
pron. this िह hi ind. because; for; on account of मन् man 8.P. to be of opinion; to believe; to
conjecture.

1
दºम् एव रसादीनां शेºं `ते िह तदाशयाः । (१.१)
dravyam eva rasādīnāṃ śreṣṭhaṃ te hi tadāśrayāḥ / (1.1)
dravya eva rasa-ādi śreṣṭha tad hi tad-āśraya
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake एव eva ind.
alone; already; even रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind
of metre आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning शेº śreṣṭha adj. most beautiful of or among;
most splendid or beautiful तद tad pron. this िह hi ind. because; for; on account of तद tad pron. this
आशय āśraya m. a plea; a recipient; appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the
agent.

पBभूताMकं तत् तु Wाम् अिधºाय जाय`ते ॥ (१.२)
pañcabhūtātmakaṃ tat tu kṣmām adhiṣṭhāya jāyate // (1.2)
pañcan-bhūta-ātmaka tad tu kṣmā adhiṣṭhā jan
पBन् pañcan adj. fünf भूत bhūta mn. a demon; a spirit (good or evil); an element आMक ātmaka adj.
(ifc.) having the nature of तद tad pron. this तु tu ind. and; but; do Wा kṣmā f. the earth अिधºा
adhiṣṭhā 1.Ā. to abide; to arrive at; to ascend जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be born again.

अ~ुयो~िVपवननभसाम् समवायतः । (२.१)
ambuyonyagnipavananabhasām samavāyataḥ / (2.1)
ambu-yoni-agni-pavana-nabhas samavāya
अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number
four योिन yoni mf. a mine; a particular part of a fire-pit; abode अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida;
digestive faculty पवन pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air नभस् nabhas n.
age; clouds; ether (as an element) समवाय samavāya m. aggregate; assemblage; collection.

ति¤वृर ि7र िवशेषश च ºप`देशस् तु भूयसा ॥ (२.२)
tannirvṛttir viśeṣaś ca vyapadeśas tu bhūyasā // (2.2)
tad-nirvṛtti viśeṣa ca vyapadeśa tu bhūyas
तद tad pron. this िनवृरि7 nirvṛtti f. completion; development; growth िवशेष viśeṣa m. (pl.) various
objects; a kind; a species of tree च ca ind. also; and; as well as ºप`देश vyapadeśa m. a family; a
name; a particular form of speech तु tu ind. and; but; do भूयस् bhūyas adj. abounding in;
abundantly furnished with (instr. or comp.); becoming (n. the act of becoming).

तWान् नइकरसं दºं भूतसं घातस~वात् । (३.१)
tasmān naikarasaṃ dravyaṃ bhūtasaṃghātasambhavāt / (3.1)
tasmāt na-eka-rasa dravya bhūta-saṃghāta-sambhava
तWात् tasmāt ind. therefore न na ind. neither; no; nor एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening
only once रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake भूत bhūta mn. a
demon; a spirit (good or evil); an element संघात saṃghāta mn. a bone; a collection of mucus; a
company of fellow-travellers स~व sambhava m. ability; acquaintance; adequacy.

नइकदोषास् ततो रोगास् तत º³ो रसः Wृतः ॥ (३.२)
naikadoṣās tato rogās tatra vyakto rasaḥ smṛtaḥ // (3.2)
na-eka-doṣa tatas roga tatra vyakta rasa smṛ
2
न na ind. neither; no; nor एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection ततस् tatas ind. after that; consequently; for that reason रोग roga mn. a
diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that
place º³ vyakta adj. adorned; apparent; beautiful रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand
down memoriter.

अº³ो ऽनुरसः Íकिचद अ*े º³ो ऽिप चेº`ते । (४.१)
avyakto 'nurasaḥ kiṃcid ante vyakto 'pi ceṣyate / (4.1)
avyakta anurasa kaścid anta vyakta api ca-iṣ
अº³ avyakta adj. imperceptible; indistinct; invisible अनुरस anurasa m. a secondary flavour (as a
little sweetness in a sour fruit) किVद kaścid pron. someone अ* anta m. a final syllable; a shore;
border º³ vyakta adj. adorned; apparent; beautiful अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca ind.
also; and; as well as इष् iṣ 1.P. to assent; to choose; to concede.

गुवारदयो गुणा दºे पृिथºादौ रसाशये ॥ (४.२)
gurvādayo guṇā dravye pṛthivyādau rasāśraye // (4.2)
guru-ādi guṇa dravya pṛthivī-ādi rasa-āśraya
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning गुण guṇa mn. (in
Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook दº dravya n. (Gr.)
single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake पृिथवी pṛthivī f. earth regarded as
one of the elements; ground; land आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning रस rasa mn.
amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre आशय āśraya m. a plea; a
recipient; appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the agent.

रसेषु ºपिद¥*े साहचय¹पचारतः । (५.१)
raseṣu vyapadiśyante sāhacaryopacārataḥ / (5.1)
rasa vyapadiś sāhacarya-upacāra
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ºपिदश
vyapadiś 6.Ā. to designate; to feign; to indicate साहचयर sāhacarya n. association with (instr. or
comp.); companionship; fellowship उपचार upacāra m. a ceremony; a favourable circumstance; a
kind of Sandhi (substitution of s and ṣ in place of Visarga).

तत दºं गु^WूलिWरग^गुणोलबणम् ॥ (५.२)
tatra dravyaṃ gurusthūlasthiragandhaguṇolbaṇam // (5.2)
tatra dravya guru-sthūla-sthira-gandha-guṇa-ulbaṇa
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.)
elementary substance; a stake गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy Wूल sthūla adj. big; coarse;
dense िWर sthira adj. ascertained; calm; certain ग^ gandha mn. a fragrant substance; a
neighbour; a sectarial mark on the forehead (called so in the south of India) गुण guṇa mn. (in
Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उलबण ulbaṇa adj.
reich an (??); strong (a poison).

पाÍथवं गौरवWइयरसं घातोपचयावहम् । (६.१)
pārthivaṃ gauravasthairyasaṃghātopacayāvaham / (6.1)
pārthiva gaurava-sthairya-saṃghāta-upacaya-āvaha
3
पाÍथव pārthiva adj. earthen; earthly; earthy गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty; gravity
Wइयर sthairya n. calmness; constancy; constant delight in संघात saṃghāta mn. a bone; a collection of
mucus; a company of fellow-travellers उपचय upacaya m. accumulation; addition; elevation आवह
āvaha adj. bringing; bringing to pass; producing.

दवशीतगु^िN^मWसा¶रसोलबणम् ॥ (६.२)
dravaśītagurusnigdhamandasāndrarasolbaṇam // (6.2)
drava-śīta-guru-snigdha-manda-sāndra-rasa-ulbaṇa
दव drava adj. liquid शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^
snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic;
bad सा¶ sāndra adj. bland; compact; dense रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential
juice of the body; a kind of metre उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong (a poison).

आºं NेहनिवºW¥े दप@ादब^Tत् । (७.१)
āpyaṃ snehanaviṣyandakledaprahlādabandhakṛt / (7.1)
āpya snehana-viṣyanda-kleda-prahlāda-bandha-kṛt
आº āpya adj. belonging or relating to water; consisting of water; liquid Nेहन snehana n. being or
becoming oily; feeling affection; lubrication िवºW viṣyanda m. a drop; flowing; issuing forth ¥ेद
kleda m. dampness; discharge (from a sore); moisture प@ाद prahlāda m. a species of rice; delight;
happiness ब^ bandha m. a bond; a border; a collar beam Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting;
author.

ºकतीWोºिवशदसू Wºपगुणोलबणम् ॥ (७.२)
rūkṣatīkṣṇoṣṇaviśadasūkṣmarūpaguṇolbaṇam // (7.2)
rūkṣa-tīkṣṇa-uṣṇa-viśada-sūkṣma-rūpa-guṇa-ulbaṇa
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot उº
uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot िवशद viśada adj. bright; calm; cheerful सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine;
insignificant ºप rūpa n. a particular coin; a show; a single specimen गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya
phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??);
strong (a poison).

आVेयं दाहभावणरपकाशपवनाMकम् । (८.१)
āgneyaṃ dāhabhāvarṇaprakāśapavanātmakam / (8.1)
āgneya dāha-bhā-varṇa-prakāśa-pavana-ātmaka
आVेय āgneya adj. belonging or consecrated to Agnāyī (wife of Agni); belonging or relating or
consecrated to fire or its deity Agni; south-eastern दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a
wound) भा bhā f. appearance; beauty; looks वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover; a covering
पकाश prakāśa m. (fig.) light; (pl.) the messengers of Viṣṇu; a chapter पवन pavana m. a
householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air आMक ātmaka adj. (ifc.) having the nature of.

वायºं ºकिवशदलघु Wशरगुणोलबणम् ॥ (८.२)
vāyavyaṃ rūkṣaviśadalaghusparśaguṇolbaṇam // (8.2)
vāyavya rūkṣa-viśada-laghu-sparśa-guṇa-ulbaṇa
वायº vāyavya adj. belonging to Vāyu; windy ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or
speech) िवशद viśada adj. bright; calm; cheerful लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief Wशर
4
sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong (a poison).

रौWलाघववइशNिवचारगलािनकारकम् । (९.१)
raukṣyalāghavavaiśadyavicāraglānikārakam / (9.1)
raukṣya-lāghava-vaiśadya-vicāra-glāni-kāraka
रौW raukṣya n. aridity; cruelty; dryness लाघव lāghava n. alacrity; brevity; conciseness वइशN
vaiśadya n. brightness; clearness; distinctness िवचार vicāra m. a probable conjecture; change of
place; consideration गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind कारक kāraka adj.
intending to act or do; making.

नाभसं सूWिवशदलघुश¬गुणोलबणम् ॥ (९.२)
nābhasaṃ sūkṣmaviśadalaghuśabdaguṇolbaṇam // (9.2)
nābhasa sūkṣma-viśada-laghu-śabda-guṇa-ulbaṇa
नाभस nābhasa adj. appearing in the sky; celestial; heavenly सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine;
insignificant िवशद viśada adj. bright; calm; cheerful लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief
श¬ śabda m. a name; a sound; a technical term गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong (a poison).

सौिषयरलाघवकरं जग*् एवम् अनौषधम् । (१०.१)
sauṣiryalāghavakaraṃ jagaty evam anauṣadham / (10.1)
sauṣirya-lāghava-kara jagant evam anauṣadha
सौिषयर sauṣirya n. hollowness; porosity लाघव lāghava n. alacrity; brevity; conciseness कर kara adj.
causing; helping; making जग*् jagant n. men and animals; people; that which is alive एवम् evam
ind. in such a manner; in this way; such अनौषध anauṣadha n. not a medicine.

न Íकिचद िवN`ते दºं वशान् नानाथरयोगयोः ॥ (१०.२)
na kiṃcid vidyate dravyaṃ vaśān nānārthayogayoḥ // (10.2)
na kaścid vid dravya vaśa nānā-artha-yoga
न na ind. neither; no; nor किVद kaścid pron. someone िवद vid 6.Ā. to acquire; to discover; to find
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake वश vaśa m. a
brothel; authority; birth नाना nānā ind. differently; distinctly; separately अथर artha mn. (in astron.)
name of the second mansion; action; advantage योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with
matter (one of the 10 Mūlikārthās or radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical
rule or aphorism; a follower of the Yoga system.

दºम् ऊ¹रगमं तत पायो ऽिVपवनोWटम् । (११.१)
dravyam ūrdhvagamaṃ tatra prāyo 'gnipavanotkaṭam / (11.1)
dravya ūrdhva-gama tatra prāyas agni-pavana-utkaṭa
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake ऊ¹र ūrdhva adj.
above; elevated; erect गम gama adj. ifc. going; riding on (in comp.) तत tatra ind. in that; in that
case; in that place पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly अिV agni m. bile;
Citrus Acida; digestive faculty पवन pavana m. a householder's sacred fire; a species of grass; air
उWट utkaṭa adj. abounding in; difficult; drunk.

अधोगािम च भूियºं भूिमतोयगुणािधकम् ॥ (११.२)
5
adhogāmi ca bhūyiṣṭhaṃ bhūmitoyaguṇādhikam // (11.2)
adhas-gāmin ca bhūyiṣṭha bhūmi-toya-guṇa-adhika
अधस् adhas ind. below; beneath; down गािमन् gāmin adj. going anywhere च ca ind. also; and; as
well as भूियº bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous or abundant or great or important; principal
भूिम bhūmi f. attitude; country; degree तोय toya n. water; !! गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an
ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook अिधक adhika adj. abundant; additional;
excellent.

इित दºं रसान् भेदइर उ7रतोप`देW`ते । (१२.१)
iti dravyaṃ rasān bhedair uttaratropadekṣyate / (12.1)
iti dravya rasa bheda uttaratra-upadiś
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre भेद bheda m.
(in astron.) a particular crossing or conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration उ7रत uttaratra
ind. after; below (in a work); beyond उपिदश upadiś 6.Ā. to admonish; to advise; to call.

वीय पुनर वद7् एके गु^ िN^ं िहमं मृ§ ॥ (१२.२)
vīryaṃ punar vadanty eke guru snigdhaṃ himaṃ mṛdu // (12.2)
vīrya punar vad eka guru snigdha hima mṛdu
वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) पुनर punar ind. again and again; back;
besides वद vad 1.Ā. to address; to adjudge; to affirm एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening
only once गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable
िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta मृ§ mṛdu adj. (in astron.) situated in the upper apsis; gentle;
mild (Nahrung).

लघु ºकोºतीWं च तद एवं मतम् अºधा । (१३.१)
laghu rūkṣoṣṇatīkṣṇaṃ ca tad evaṃ matam aṣṭadhā / (13.1)
laghu rūkṣa-uṣṇa-tīkṣṇa ca tad evam man aṣṭadhā
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or
speech) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot च ca ind. also; and; as well
as तद tad pron. this एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such मन् man 8.P. to be of
opinion; to believe; to conjecture अºधा aṣṭadhā ind. eight-fold; in eight parts or sections.

चरकस् ~् आह वीय तत् िकय`ते येन या िकया ॥ (१३.२)
carakas tv āha vīryaṃ tat kriyate yena yā kriyā // (13.2)
caraka tu ah vīrya tad kṛ yad yad kriyā
चरक caraka m. a kind of ascetic; a kind of medicinal plant; a spy तु tu ind. and; but; do अह ah
1.P. to acknowledge; to adjugde anything; to call वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of
medicine) तद tad pron. this T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become यद yad pron.
what; which यद yad pron. what; which िकया kriyā f. a literary work; a noun of action; a religious
rite or ceremony.

नावीय क^`ते Íकिचत् सवार वीयरTता िह सा । (१४.१)
nāvīryaṃ kurute kiṃcit sarvā vīryakṛtā hi sā / (14.1)
na-avīrya kṛ kaścid sarva vīrya-kṛ hi tad
6
न na ind. neither; no; nor अवीयर avīrya adj. ineffective; weak T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to
cause to become किVद kaścid pron. someone सवर sarva pron. all; completely; different वीयर vīrya n.
consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become
िह hi ind. because; for; on account of तद tad pron. this.

गुवारिदM् एव वीयारWा `तेना~¯थित व"र`ते ॥ (१४.२)
gurvādiṣv eva vīryākhyā tenānvartheti varṇyate // (14.2)
guru-ādi eva vīrya-ākhyā tad-anvartha-iti varṇay
गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning एव eva ind. alone;
already; even वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) आWा ākhyā f.
appearance; appellation; aspect तद tad pron. this अ~थर anvartha adj. agreeing with the true
meaning; clear; conformable to the meaning इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original
signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) वणरय् varṇay Denom.Ā. to be
coloured or described; to colour; to consider.

समगगुणसा`रेषु शñु WषरिववÍ`तषु । (१५.१)
samagraguṇasāreṣu śaktyutkarṣavivartiṣu / (15.1)
samagra-guṇa-sāra śakti-utkarṣa-vivartin
समग samagra adj. all; complete; each गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook सार sāra mn. Acacia Catechu; a chief constituent of
the body; a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka) शि³ śakti f. (prob.) a flag-staff; a particular
configuration of stars and planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th
astrological house); a spear उWषर utkarṣa m. abundance; boasting; delaying िववÍ`तन् vivartin adj.
abiding; changing; dwelling.

ºवहाराय मुW~ाद बJगगहणाद अिप ॥ (१५.२)
vyavahārāya mukhyatvād bahvagragrahaṇād api // (15.2)
vyavahāra mukhya-tva bahu-agra-grahaṇa api
ºवहार vyavahāra m. (fig.) punishment; a contract; a sort of tree मुW mukhya adj. being at the
head or at the beginning; being in or coming from or belonging to the mouth or face; chief ~ tva
n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) बV bahu adj. abundant; great in quantity; many अग agra n. a
measure of food given as alms; a weight equal to a pala; aim गहण grahaṇa n. a prisoner; a word
mentioned or employed; acceptance अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

अतश च िवपरीत~ात् स~व*् अिप नइव सा । (१६.१)
ataś ca viparītatvāt sambhavaty api naiva sā / (16.1)
atas ca viparīta-tva sambhū api na-eva tad
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason च ca ind. also; and; as
well as िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything ~
tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) स~ू sambhū 1.Ā. to accrue to; to arise; to assemble अिप api
ind. also; assuredly; besides न na ind. neither; no; nor एव eva ind. alone; already; even तद tad pron.
this.

िववW`ते रसाNेषु वीय गुवारदयो Q

अतः ॥ (१६.२)
vivakṣyate rasādyeṣu vīryaṃ gurvādayo hy ataḥ // (16.2)
vivac rasa-ādya vīrya guru-ādi hi atas
7
िववच् vivac 3.Ā. to announce; to decide; to declare रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent वीयर
vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy आिद ādi
m. a firstling; and so on; beginning िह hi ind. because; for; on account of अतस् atas ind. from that
time; from this; from this or that cause or reason.

उºं शीतं ि§धइवा~े वीयरम् आचक`ते ऽिप च । (१७.१)
uṣṇaṃ śītaṃ dvidhaivānye vīryam ācakṣate 'pi ca / (17.1)
uṣṇa śīta dvidhā-eva-anya vīrya ācakṣ api ca
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull ि§धा dvidhā ind. divided; in 2 ways
or parts; twofold एव eva ind. alone; already; even अ~ anya pron. anderer वीयर vīrya n.
consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) आचक् ācakṣ 1.P. to acquaint; to address any one
(acc.); to announce अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

नानाMकम् अिप दºम् अVीषोमौ महाबलौ ॥ (१७.२)
nānātmakam api dravyam agnīṣomau mahābalau // (17.2)
nānā-ātmaka api dravya agnīṣoma mahā-bala
नाना nānā ind. differently; distinctly; separately आMक ātmaka adj. (ifc.) having the nature of अिप
api ind. also; assuredly; besides दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary
substance; a stake अVीषोम agnīṣoma m. a kind of alchemical apparatus महा mahā ind. (irreg.-
*mahant) -> gross बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in.

º³ाº³ं जगद इव नाितकामित जातुिचत् । (१८.१)
vyaktāvyaktaṃ jagad iva nātikrāmati jātucit / (18.1)
vyakta-avyakta jagant iva na-atikram jātucit
º³ vyakta adj. adorned; apparent; beautiful अº³ avyakta adj. imperceptible; indistinct; invisible
जग*् jagant n. men and animals; people; that which is alive इव iva ind. a little; about; almost न na
ind. neither; no; nor अितकम् atikram 4.P. to cross; to excel; to lose जातुिचत् jātucit ind. ever.

ततोºं भमतृडगलािन¹ेददाहा"ुपािकताः ॥ (१८.२)
tatroṣṇaṃ bhramatṛḍglānisvedadāhāśupākitāḥ // (18.2)
tatra-uṣṇa bhrama-tṛṣ-glāni-sveda-dāha-āśu-pākin-tā
तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot भम bhrama m. a
circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst
गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration
("drops of perspiration") दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) आ"ु āśu adj.
fast; going quickly; quick पािकन् pākin adj. becoming mature; being digested; promoting digestion
ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

शमं च वातकफयोः करोित िशिशरं पुनः । (१९.१)
śamaṃ ca vātakaphayoḥ karoti śiśiraṃ punaḥ / (19.1)
śama ca vāta-kapha kṛ śiśira punar
शम śama m. abstraction; apathy; convalescence च ca ind. also; and; as well as वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in
general T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become िशिशर śiśira adj. chilly; cold; cool पुनर
punar ind. again and again; back; besides.

8
@ादनं जीवनं º~ं पसादं र³िप7योः ॥ (१९.२)
hlādanaṃ jīvanaṃ stambhaṃ prasādaṃ raktapittayoḥ // (19.2)
hlādana jīvana stambha prasāda rakta-pitta
@ादन hlādana adj. rich in refreshments or enjoyments जीवन jīvana adj. enlivening; giving life;
vivifying º~ stambha m. a post; arrogance; becoming hard or solid पसाद prasāda m. a decoction;
a propitiatory offering or gift (of food); a residuum र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of
the eyes; blood िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour.

जाठ`रेणािVना योगाद यद उ`देित रसा*रम् । (२०.१)
jāṭhareṇāgninā yogād yad udeti rasāntaram / (20.1)
jāṭhara-agni yoga yad udi rasa-antara
जाठर jāṭhara adj. being on or in or relating to the stomach or womb अिV agni m. bile; Citrus
Acida; digestive faculty योग yoga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the union of soul with matter (one of the 10
Mūlikārthās or radical facts); a combined or concentrated grammatical rule or aphorism; a
follower of the Yoga system यद yad pron. what; which उिद udi 1.P. to be conceited or proud; to be
enhanced; to come out or arise from रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of
the body; a kind of metre अ*र antara adj. being in the interior; different from; distant.

रसानां पिरणामा*े स िवपाक इित Wृतः ॥ (२०.२)
rasānāṃ pariṇāmānte sa vipāka iti smṛtaḥ // (20.2)
rasa pariṇāma-anta tad vipāka iti smṛ
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre पिरणाम
pariṇāma m. a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with
which it is compared; alteration; alteration of food अ* anta m. a final syllable; a shore; border
तद tad pron. this िवपाक vipāka m. any change of form or state; bad digestion; calamity इित iti ind. in
this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or
thought) Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

¹ा§ः पटश च मधुरम् अमलो ऽमलं प¬`ते रसः । (२१.१)
svāduḥ paṭuś ca madhuram amlo 'mlaṃ pacyate rasaḥ / (21.1)
svādu paṭu ca madhura amla amla pac rasa
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty पट paṭu adj. acrid; clear; cruel च ca ind. also; and; as
well as मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous अमल amla adj. acid; sour अमल amla
adj. acid; sour पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become ripe; to boil रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid
or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

ित³ोºकषायाणां िवपाकः पायशः कटः ॥ (२१.२)
tiktoṣṇakaṣāyāṇāṃ vipākaḥ prāyaśaḥ kaṭuḥ // (21.2)
tikta-uṣṇa-kaṣāya vipāka prāyaśas kaṭu
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant िवपाक vipāka m. any change of form or
state; bad digestion; calamity पायशस् prāyaśas ind. as a rule; for the most part; generally कट kaṭu
adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words).

रसइर असौ तु7फलस् तत दºं "ुभा"ुभम् । (२२.१)
rasair asau tulyaphalas tatra dravyaṃ śubhāśubham / (22.1)
rasa adas tulya-phala tatra dravya śubha-aśubha
9
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre अदस् adas
pron. jener तु7 tulya adj. comparable; equal to; even फल phala n. a blade (of a sword or knife); a
gaming board; a gift तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place दº dravya n. (Gr.) single
object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake "ुभ śubha adj. agreeable; auspicious;
beautiful अ"ुभ aśubha adj. bad; disagreeable; inauspicious.

Íकिचद रसेन क^`ते कमर पाकेन चापरम् ॥ (२२.२)
kiṃcid rasena kurute karma pākena cāparam // (22.2)
kaścid rasa kṛ karman pāka ca-apara
किVद kaścid pron. someone रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a
kind of metre T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become कमरन् karman n. act; action;
action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy)
पाक pāka m. a cooking utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences च ca ind. also; and; as
well as अपर apara pron. der andere.

गुणा*`रे ण वी¯यण पभा`वेणइव Íकचन । (२३.१)
guṇāntareṇa vīryeṇa prabhāveṇaiva kiṃcana / (23.1)
guṇa-antara vīrya prabhāva-eva kaścana
गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook
अ*र antara adj. being in the interior; different from; distant वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity;
efficacy (of medicine) पभाव prabhāva m. beauty; conciliation (?); dignity एव eva ind. alone;
already; even कVन kaścana pron. anything; something.

यद यद दºे रसादीनां बलव*ेन वतर`ते ॥ (२३.२)
yad yad dravye rasādīnāṃ balavattvena vartate // (23.2)
yad yad dravya rasa-ādi balavant-tva vṛt
यद yad pron. what; which यद yad pron. what; which दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person;
(phil.) elementary substance; a stake रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of
the body; a kind of metre आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning बलव*् balavant adj.
accompanied by an army; dense (as darkness); intense ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina)
वृत् vṛt 1.P. to act in any way (instr. or acc.) towards; to advance; to be alive or present.

अिभभूयेतरांस् तत् तत् कारण~ं पपN`ते । (२४.१)
abhibhūyetarāṃs tat tat kāraṇatvaṃ prapadyate / (24.1)
abhibhū-itara tad tad kāraṇa-tva prapad
अिभभू abhibhū 1.P. to approach; to attack; to be victorious or prospering in इतर itara pron.
another; the other (of two) तद tad pron. this तद tad pron. this कारण kāraṇa n. a cause; a deity; a
father ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) पपद prapad 4.P. to admit (a claim); to adopt or
embrace (a doctrine); to appear.

िव^Tगुणसंयो`गे भूयसा7ं िह जीय`ते ॥ (२४.२)
viruddhaguṇasaṃyoge bhūyasālpaṃ hi jīyate // (24.2)
virudh-guṇa-saṃyoga bhūyas-alpa hi ji
िव^ध् virudh 7.Ā. to be at variance with or contradictory to (instr.); to be impeded or checked or
kept back or withheld; to be opposed गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook संयोग saṃyoga m. a kind of alliance or peace made
10
between two kings with a common object; absorption; being engaged in भूयस् bhūyas adj.
abounding in; abundantly furnished with (instr. or comp.); becoming (n. the act of becoming)
अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small िह hi ind. because; for; on account of िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a
battle); to defeat; to exercise.

रसं िवपाकस् तौ वीय पभावस् ता~् अपोहित । (२५.१)
rasaṃ vipākas tau vīryaṃ prabhāvas tāny apohati / (25.1)
rasa vipāka tad vīrya prabhāva tad apoh
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre िवपाक
vipāka m. any change of form or state; bad digestion; calamity तद tad pron. this वीयर vīrya n.
consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) पभाव prabhāva m. beauty; conciliation (?); dignity
तद tad pron. this अपोह apoh 1.Ā. (in disputation) to object; to avoid; to deny.

बलसाPे रसादीनाम् इित नइसÍ`गकं बलम् ॥ (२५.२)
balasāmye rasādīnām iti naisargikaṃ balam // (25.2)
bala-sāmya rasa-ādi iti naisargika bala
बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in साP sāmya n. equability towards; equal or normal
state; equality रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original
signification iti refers to something that has been said or thought) नइसÍ`गक naisargika adj. natural
बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in.

रसािदसाPे यत् कमर िविशºं तत् पभा`वै अम् । (२६.१)
rasādisāmye yat karma viśiṣṭaṃ tat prabhāvajam / (26.1)
rasa-ādi-sāmya yad karman viśiṣ tad prabhāva-ja
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre आिद ādi m. a
firstling; and so on; beginning साP sāmya n. equability towards; equal or normal state; equality
यद yad pron. what; which कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third
among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) िविशष् viśiṣ 7.P. to augment; to be better
than (abl. or instr.) or best among (gen. or loc.); to be pre-eminent तद tad pron. this पभाव
prabhāva m. beauty; conciliation (?); dignity ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing
in; ifc. born or descended from.

द*ी रसाNइस् तु7ािप िचतकº िव`रेचनी ॥ (२६.२)
dantī rasādyais tulyāpi citrakasya virecanī // (26.2)
dantī rasa-ādya tulya-api citraka virecana
द*ी dantī f. Baliospermum axillare Blume (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 561); Baliospermum
montanum Muell. Arg.; Croton polyandrum Roxb. रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent तु7
tulya adj. comparable; equal to; even अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides िचतक citraka mn.
Amorphophallus campanulatus Blum ex Decne (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 553); a kind of coin or
weight; a kind of snake िव`रेचन virecana adj. abführend; opening.

मधुकº च मृ§ीका घृतं कीरº दीपनम् । (२७.१)
madhukasya ca mṛdvīkā ghṛtaṃ kṣīrasya dīpanam / (27.1)
madhuka ca mṛdvīkā ghṛta kṣīra dīpana
11
मधुक madhuka n. Bassia latifolia Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 587); beeswax; Cynometra
ramiflora Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 587) च ca ind. also; and; as well as मृ§ीका mṛdvīkā f. a
bunch of grapes (esp. a reddish one); a vine; the fruit of Vitis vinifera Linn. (grapes) (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 591) घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain
(considered as the fat which drops from heaven) कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of
plants; thickened milk दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling.

इित सामा~तः कमर दºादीनां पुनश च तत् ॥ (२७.२)
iti sāmānyataḥ karma dravyādīnāṃ punaś ca tat // (27.2)
iti sāmānyatas karman dravya-ādi punar ca tad
इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been
said or thought) सामा~तस् sāmānyatas ind. according to analogy; equally; generally कमरन् karman
n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya
philosophy) दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake
आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning पुनर punar ind. again and again; back; besides च ca
ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this.

िविचतप*यार*दºभे`देन िभN`ते । (२८.१)
vicitrapratyayārabdhadravyabhedena bhidyate / (28.1)
vicitra-pratyaya-ārabh-dravya-bheda bhid
िविचत vicitra adj. amusing; beautiful; charming प*य pratyaya m. analysis; ascertainment;
assumption आरभ् ārabh 1.P. to attain; to begin; to cling to दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or
person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake भेद bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or
conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration िभद bhid 6.P. to be changed or altered (in mind); to
be disclosed or betrayed; to be distinguished.

¹ा§र गु^श च गोधूमो वा`तैइद वातTद यवः ॥ (२८.२)
svādur guruś ca godhūmo vātajid vātakṛd yavaḥ // (28.2)
svādu guru ca godhūma vāta-jit vāta-kṛt yava
¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy च ca ind. also;
and; as well as गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name of a medicinal plant; the orange
tree वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning वात vāta m. air; flatulence;
gout Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the
hand resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a
measure of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a
double convex lens.

उºा मñाः पयः शीतं कटः Íसहो न "ूकरः ॥ (२९.०)
uṣṇā matsyāḥ payaḥ śītaṃ kaṭuḥ siṃho na śūkaraḥ // (29.0)
uṣṇa matsya payas śīta kaṭu siṃha na śūkara
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot मñ matsya m. (in astron.) the figure of a figure; a fish; a king of
the Matsyas पयस् payas n. (esp.) milk; (met.) vital spirit; a species of Andropogon शीत śīta adj.
boiled; cold; dull कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) Íसह siṃha m. a hero or eminent
person; a lion; a Moringa with red flowers न na ind. neither; no; nor "ूकर śūkara m. a boar; hog;
vārāhapuṭa.

1
Wा~ोऽिVWा~ु`तेजःखवायवग~िनलगोऽिनलइः । (१.१)
kṣmāmbho'gnikṣmāmbutejaḥkhavāyvagnyanilago'nilaiḥ / (1.1)
kṣmā-ambhas-agni-kṣmā-ambu-tejas-kha-vāyu-agni-anila-ga-anila
Wा kṣmā f. the earth अ~स् ambhas n. collective name for gods, men, Manes, and Asuras; fruit
fulness; power अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty Wा kṣmā f. the earth अ~ु ambu n.
a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables); the number four `तेजस्
tejas n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) rajas (passion); (opposed to kṣamā) impatience; a mystical name of
the letter r ख kha n. (in anat.) the glottis; a cavity; a city वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the
fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) अिV agni
m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to
disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping
the fifth place; being अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind;
name of a Rṣi and other persons.

§योलबणइः कमाद भूतइर मधुरािदरसोTवः ॥ (१.२)
dvayolbaṇaiḥ kramād bhūtair madhurādirasodbhavaḥ // (1.2)
dvaya-ulbaṇa kramāt bhūta madhura-ādi-rasa-udbhava
§य dvaya n. both; double; falsehood उलबण ulbaṇa adj. reich an (??); strong (a poison) कमात्
kramāt ind. successively भू त bhūta mn. a demon; a spirit (good or evil); an element मधुर madhura
adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning रस rasa mn.
amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre उTव udbhava m. a sort of
salt; becoming visible; birth.

`तेषां िवNाद रसं ¹ा§ं यो व7म् अनुिल°ित । (२.१)
teṣāṃ vidyād rasaṃ svāduṃ yo vaktram anulimpati / (2.1)
tad vid rasa svādu yad vaktra anulip
तद tad pron. this िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable;
chirming; dainty यद yad pron. what; which व7 vaktra n. a sort of garment; beginning; face
अनुिलप् anulip 6.Ā. to anoint; to anoint one's self after (bathing); to besmear.

आ¹ाNमानो `देहº @ादनो ऽकपसादनः ॥ (२.२)
āsvādyamāno dehasya hlādano 'kṣaprasādanaḥ // (2.2)
āsvāday deha hlādana akṣa-prasādana
आ¹ादय् āsvāday 10.Ā. to eat with a relish; to taste `दे ह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud);
form @ादन hlādana adj. rich in refreshments or enjoyments अक akṣa n. the eye पसादन prasādana
adj. calming; cheering; clearing.

िपयः िपपीिलकादीनाम् अमलः कालय`ते मुखम् । (३.१)
priyaḥ pipīlikādīnām amlaḥ kṣālayate mukham / (3.1)
priya pipīlika-ādi amla kṣālay mukha
िपय priya adj. beloved; dear to; favourite िपपीिलक pipīlika m. an ant आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so
on; beginning अमल amla adj. acid; sour कालय् kṣālay 10.Ā. to clean; to cleanse; to purify मुख
mukha n. a direction; beginning; best.

हषरणो रोमद*ानाम् अिकभुविनकोचनः ॥ (३.२)
2
harṣaṇo romadantānām akṣibhruvanikocanaḥ // (3.2)
harṣaṇa roman-danta akṣibhruva-nikocana
हषरण harṣaṇa adj. causing the hair of the body to stand erect; delightful; gladdening रोमन् roman
n. (esp.) short hair; bristles; down द* danta mn. a pin used in playing a lute; a tooth; an arbour
अिकभुव akṣibhruva n. the eyes and eyebrows together िनकोचन nikocana adj. .

लवणः ºWय*् आºं कपोलगलदाहTत् । (४.१)
lavaṇaḥ syandayaty āsyaṃ kapolagaladāhakṛt / (4.1)
lavaṇa syanday āsya kapola-gala-dāha-kṛt
लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful ºWय् syanday 10.P. आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth
कपोल kapola mn. cheek; name of a school belonging to the white Yajurveda; kaṭhinī, khaṭī गल gala
m. neck; the throat दाह dāha m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) Tत् kṛt adj.
accomplishing; acting; author.

ित³ो िवशदय*् आºं रसनं पितहि* च ॥ (४.२)
tikto viśadayaty āsyaṃ rasanaṃ pratihanti ca // (4.2)
tikta viśaday āsya rasana pratihan ca
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent िवशदय् viśaday
Denom.P. to clarify; to describe आº āsya n. face; jaws; mouth रसन rasana n. apprehension;
flavour; perception पितहन् pratihan 4.Ā. to assail; to attack; to beat against (gen.) च ca ind. also;
and; as well as.

उ§ेजयित िजJागं कवश िचिमिचमां कटः । (५.१)
udvejayati jihvāgraṃ kurvaṃś cimicimāṃ kaṭuḥ / (5.1)
udvejay jihvā-agra kṛ cimicimā kaṭu
उ§ेजय् udvejay 10.P. to cause to shudder; to molest; to revive a fainting person (by sprinkling
water) िजJा jihvā f. speech; the root of Tabernaemontana coronaria; the tongue अग agra n. a
measure of food given as alms; a weight equal to a pala; aim T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to
cause to become िचिमिचमा cimicimā f. pricking कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words).

सावय*् अिकनासाºं कपोलं दहतीव च ॥ (५.२)
srāvayaty akṣināsāsyaṃ kapolaṃ dahatīva ca // (5.2)
srāvay akṣi-nāsā-āsya kapola dah-iva ca
सावय् srāvay 10.Ā. अिक akṣi n. the eye नासा nāsā f. Gendarussa Vulgaris; proboscis; the nose आº
āsya n. face; jaws; mouth कपोल kapola mn. cheek; name of a school belonging to the white
Yajurveda; kaṭhinī, khaṭī दह dah 1.Ā. to be in flames; to burn; to cauterise इव iva ind. a little;
about; almost च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

कषायो जडयेज् िजJां क"सोतोिवब^Tत् । (६.१)
kaṣāyo jaḍayej jihvāṃ kaṇṭhasrotovibandhakṛt / (6.1)
kaṣāya jaḍay jihvā kaṇṭha-srotas-vibandha-kṛt
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant जडय् jaḍay Denom.P. to render lifeless िजJा jihvā f.
speech; the root of Tabernaemontana coronaria; the tongue क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand;
immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or
animal body (reckoned to be 9 in men and 11 in women); an organ of sense िवब^ vibandha m. a
circular bandage; a remedy for promoting obstruction; constipation Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author.
3

रसानाम् इित ºपािण कमारिण मधुरो रसः ॥ (६.२)
rasānām iti rūpāṇi karmāṇi madhuro rasaḥ // (6.2)
rasa iti rūpa karman madhura rasa
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre इित iti ind.
in this manner; thus (in its original signification iti refers to something that has been said or
thought) ºप rūpa n. a particular coin; a show; a single specimen कमरन् karman n. act; action;
action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy)
मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

आजªसातPात् क^`ते धातूनां पबलं बलम् । (७.१)
ājanmasātmyāt kurute dhātūnāṃ prabalaṃ balam / (7.1)
ājanma-sātmya kṛ dhātu prabala bala
आजª ājanma ind. (generally in comp.) from birth; since birth सातP sātmya mn. community of
essence or nature with (instr. or gen.); habit; habituation T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to
cause to become धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body;
constituent part; element पबल prabala adj. abounding in; dangerous; great बल bala mn.
Balarāma; an army; expertness in.

बालवृTकतकीणवणर केशेि¶यौजसाम् ॥ (७.२)
bālavṛddhakṣatakṣīṇavarṇakeśendriyaujasām // (7.2)
bāla-vṛddha-kṣan-kṣi-varṇa-keśa-indriya-ojas
बाल bāla adj. childish; early (as the sun or its rays); foolish वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased
(by Vṛddhi); advanced in years; aged कन् kṣan 8.P. to break (a bow); to hurt; to injure िक kṣi 9.Ā.
to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient; a cover; a covering केश keśa
m. a kind of perfume; name of a Daitya; name of a mineral इि¶य indriya n. bodily power;
exhibition of power; faculty of sense ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength.

पशºो बृंहणः कणठयः º~संधानTद गु^ः । (८.१)
praśasto bṛṃhaṇaḥ kaṇṭhyaḥ stanyasaṃdhānakṛd guruḥ / (8.1)
praśaṃs bṛṃhaṇa kaṇṭhya stanya-saṃdhāna-kṛt guru
पशंस् praśaṃs 1.Ā. to approve; to declare; to esteem बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa adj. making big or fat or
strong; nourishing कणठय kaṇṭhya adj. being at or in the throat; belonging to the throat; guttural
(as sounds) º~ stanya mn. milk; dugdhapāṣāṇa सं धान saṃdhāna n. a joint; a kind of relish eaten
to excite thirst; alliance Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author गु^ guru m. a spiritual parent
or preceptor (from whom a youth receives the initiatory Mantra or prayer); any venerable or
respectable person; the chief of (gen. or in comp.).

आयुºो जीवनः िN^ः िप7ािनलिवषापहः ॥ (८.२)
āyuṣyo jīvanaḥ snigdhaḥ pittānilaviṣāpahaḥ // (8.2)
āyuṣya jīvana snigdha pitta-anila-viṣa-apaha
आयुº āyuṣya adj. for the sake of life; giving long life; preservative of life जीवन jīvana adj.
enlivening; giving life; vivifying िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable िप7 pitta n.
bile; the bilious humour अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind;
4
name of a Rṣi and other persons िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound
m; a particular vegetable poison अपह apaha adj. destroying; keeping back; removing.

क^`ते ऽ*ुपयो`गेन स मेदःHेPै आन् गदान् । (९.१)
kurute 'tyupayogena sa medaḥśleṣmajān gadān / (9.1)
kṛ ati-upayoga tad medas-śleṣman-ja gada
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become अित ati ind. extremely; very उपयोग upayoga m.
acquisition (of knowledge); agreement; an engagement तद tad pron. this मेदस् medas n. a mystical
term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum ज ja
adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from गद gada m. a
sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

Wौ7ािVसादसं~ासमेहग"ाबुरदािदकान् ॥ (९.२)
sthaulyāgnisādasaṃnyāsamehagaṇḍārbudādikān // (9.2)
sthaulya-agnisāda-saṃnyāsa-meha-gaṇḍa-arbuda-ādika
Wौ7 sthaulya n. bigness; denseness (opp. to saukṣmya); density of intellect अिVसाद agnisāda m.
weakness of digestion सं ~ास saṃnyāsa m. abandonment of (gen. or comp.); abstinence from
food; agreement मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes; excessive flow of urine ग" gaṇḍa mn. a bubble; a
goitre or any other excrescence of the neck; a hero अबुरद arbuda mn. a long round mass (said
especially of the shape of the foetus in the second half of the first month); a really large number;
a swelling आिदक ādika adj. and so on; beginning with.

अमलो ऽिVदीिPTत् िN^ो TNः पाचनरोचनः । (१०.१)
amlo 'gnidīptikṛt snigdho hṛdyaḥ pācanarocanaḥ / (10.1)
amla agnidīpti-kṛt snigdha hṛdya pācana-rocana
अमल amla adj. acid; sour अिVदीिP agnidīpti f. active state of digestion Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing;
acting; author िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable TN hṛdya adj. being in the
heart; beloved; charming पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil; digestive; softening रोचन
rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure; lovely.

उºवीय¹ िहमWशरः पीणनः ¥ेदनो लघु ः ॥ (१०.२)
uṣṇavīryo himasparśaḥ prīṇanaḥ kledano laghuḥ // (10.2)
uṣṇa-vīrya hima-sparśa prīṇana kledana laghu
उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) िहम
hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta Wशर sparśa m. a gift; a kind of sexual union; a spy पीणन prīṇana
adj. appeasing; gratifying; pleasing ¥ेदन kledana adj. making wet; moistening लघु laghu adj.
active; beautiful; causing relief.

करोित कफिप7ासं मूढवातानुलोमनः । (११.१)
karoti kaphapittāsraṃ mūḍhavātānulomanaḥ / (11.1)
kṛ kapha-pitta-asra muh-vāta-anulomana
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the
tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour अस asra n. a
corner; a tear; blood मुह muh 4.Ā. to be bewildered or perplexed; to be mistaken; to become
confused वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout अनुलोमन anulomana adj. regulating.

5
सो ऽ*~ºस् तनोः कयारच् छइिथ7ं ितिमरं भमम् ॥(११.२)
so 'tyabhyastas tanoḥ kuryāc chaithilyaṃ timiraṃ bhramam //(11.2)
tad ati-abhyas tanu kṛ śaithilya timira bhrama
तद tad pron. this अित ati ind. extremely; very अ~स् abhyas 1.Ā. to concentrate one's attention; to
multiply; to practice तनु tanu f. tanū; form; life T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to
become शइिथ7 śaithilya n. decrease; depression (of the mind); dilatoriness ितिमर timira n.
darkness; darkness of the eyes; iron-rust भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone.

क"¸पा"~वीसपरशोफिवWोटतृड7रान् । (१२.१)
kaṇḍūpāṇḍutvavīsarpaśophavisphoṭatṛḍjvarān / (12.1)
kaṇḍū-pāṇḍu-tva-vīsarpa-śopha-visphoṭa-tṛṣ-jvara
क"¸ kaṇḍū f. itch; itching; scratching पा" pāṇḍu m. a species of shrub; jaundice; name of a
Nāgarāja ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) वीसपर vīsarpa m. vi-sū शोफ śopha m.
intumescence; morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) िवWोट visphoṭa m. a blister;
boil; cracking तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst 7र jvara m. affliction;
fever (differing according to the different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected
by it); fever of the soul.

लवणः º~संघातब^िवWापनो ऽिVTत् ॥ (१२.२)
lavaṇaḥ stambhasaṃghātabandhavidhmāpano 'gnikṛt // (12.2)
lavaṇa stambha-saṃghāta-bandha-vidhmāpana agni-kṛt
लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful º~ stambha m. a post; arrogance; becoming hard or
solid संघात saṃghāta mn. a bone; a collection of mucus; a company of fellow-travellers ब^
bandha m. a bond; a border; a collar beam िवWापन vidhmāpana adj. dispersing; scattering अिV
agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

Nेहनः ¹ेदनस् तीWो रोचनश छेदभेदTत् । (१३.१)
snehanaḥ svedanas tīkṣṇo rocanaś chedabhedakṛt / (13.1)
snehana svedana tīkṣṇa rocana cheda-bheda-kṛt
Nेहन snehana adj. anointing; lubricating ¹ेदन svedana adj. causing to perspire; inclined to
perspire; perspiring तीW tīkṣṇa adj. acid; fiery; hot रोचन rocana adj. bright; giving pleasure;
lovely छेद cheda m. a cut; an incision; cessation भेद bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or
conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

सो ऽितयु³ो ऽसपवनं खलÍ`त पिलतं वलीम् ॥ (१३.२)
so 'tiyukto 'srapavanaṃ khalatiṃ palitaṃ valīm // (13.2)
tad ati-yuj asra-pavana khalati palita valī
तद tad pron. this अित ati ind. extremely; very युज् yuj 4.P. (in astron.) to come into conjunction
with (instr.); (in astron.) to come into union or conjunction with (acc.); to accrue to अस asra n. a
corner; a tear; blood पवन pavana n. an instrument for purifying grain; blowing; sieve खलित
khalati m. baldness पिलत palita n. a tuft of hair; benzoin; burning वली valī f. vali; a fold; a wave.

तृटकºिवषवीसपारन् जनयेत् कपयेद बलम् । (१४.१)
tṛṭkuṣṭhaviṣavīsarpān janayet kṣapayed balam / (14.1)
tṛṣ-kuṣṭha-viṣa-vīsarpa janay kṣapay bala
6
तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy
िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison
वीसपर vīsarpa m. vi-sū जनय् janay 10.Ā. to create; to generate; to produce कपय् kṣapay 10.Ā. to
destroy; to make an end of; to ruin बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in.

ित³ः ¹यम् अरोिचºुर अ^Íच Tिमतृिडवषम् ॥ (१४.२)
tiktaḥ svayam arociṣṇur aruciṃ kṛmitṛḍviṣam // (14.2)
tikta svayam arociṣṇu aruci kṛmi-tṛṣ-viṣa
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent ¹यम् svayam ind. of
one's own accord; of or by one's self spontaneously; one's self (applicable to all persons) अरोिचºु
arociṣṇu adj. dark; disagreeable अ^िच aruci f. aversion; disgust; dislike Tिम kṛmi m. an ant; insect;
lac तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst िवष viṣa n. Aconitum ferox Wall.; a
mystical name of the sound m; a particular vegetable poison.

कºमूछार7रोत¥ेशदाहिप7कफाञ् जयेत् । (१५.१)
kuṣṭhamūrchājvarotkleśadāhapittakaphāñ jayet / (15.1)
kuṣṭha-mūrchā-jvara-utkleśa-dāha-pitta-kapha ji
कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy मूछार mūrchā f. (alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of
mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon 7र jvara m. affliction; fever (differing according to the
different Doshas or humors of the body supposed to be affected by it); fever of the soul उत¥ेश
utkleśa m. disorder or corruption of the humors (of the body); disquietude; excitement दाह dāha
m. burning; cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) िपत् त pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a
battle); to defeat; to exercise.

¥ेदमेदोवसामैजशTªूतोपशोषणः ॥ (१५.२)
kledamedovasāmajjaśakṛnmūtropaśoṣaṇaḥ // (15.2)
kleda-medas-vasā-majjan-śakṛt-mūtra-upaśoṣaṇa
¥ेद kleda m. dampness; discharge (from a sore); moisture मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the
letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness वसा vasā f. a kind of prameha; any fatty or oily substance;
fat मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement;
feces मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine उपशोषण upaśoṣaṇa adj. the act of
causing to dry up or shrink.

लघुर मेWो िहमो ºकः º~क"िवशोधनः । (१६.१)
laghur medhyo himo rūkṣaḥ stanyakaṇṭhaviśodhanaḥ / (16.1)
laghu medhya hima rūkṣa stanya-kaṇṭha-viśodhana
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief मेW medhya adj. medhām arhati; clean; fit for a
sacrifice or oblation िहम hima adj. cold; cool; [medic.] śīta ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel
(as a person or speech) º~ stanya mn. milk; dugdhapāṣāṇa क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand;
immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi िवशोधन viśodhana adj. cleansing; washing away.

धातुकयािनलºाधीन् अितयोगात् करोित सः ॥ (१६.२)
dhātukṣayānilavyādhīn atiyogāt karoti saḥ // (16.2)
dhātukṣaya-anila-vyādhi atiyoga kṛ tad
7
धातुकय dhātukṣaya m. consumption; waste of the humours अिनल anila m. air or wind; any
affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons ºािध vyādhi m.
ailment; any tormenting or vexatious person or thing; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus अितयोग
atiyoga m. excess; excessive union T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become तद tad pron.
this.

कटर गलामयोददरकºालसकशोफैइत् । (१७.१)
kaṭur galāmayodardakuṣṭhālasakaśophajit / (17.1)
kaṭu gala-āmaya-udarda-kuṣṭha-alasaka-śopha-jit
कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) गल gala m. neck; the throat आमय āmaya m. disease;
indigestion; sickness उददर udarda m. (in medic.) erysipelas; Rotlauf; Wundrose कº kuṣṭha mn. a
sort of poison; leprosy अलसक alasaka mn. flatulence; tympanitis शोफ śopha m. intumescence;
morbid swelling; oedema (Meulenbeld, G.J. 0: 101) िजत् jit adj. acquiring; ifc. winning.

वणावसादनः Nेहमेदः¥ेदोपशोषणः ॥ (१७.२)
vraṇāvasādanaḥ snehamedaḥkledopaśoṣaṇaḥ // (17.2)
vraṇa-avasādana sneha-medas-kleda-upaśoṣaṇa
वण vraṇa mn. a flaw; abscess; blemish अवसादन avasādana n. an escharotic; disheartening;
oppressing Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an unguent; any oleaginous substance मेदस् medas
n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness ¥ेद kleda m. dampness; discharge
(from a sore); moisture उपशोषण upaśoṣaṇa adj. the act of causing to dry up or shrink.

दीपनः पाचनो ^¬ः शोधनो ऽ¤º शोषणः । (१८.१)
dīpanaḥ pācano rucyaḥ śodhano 'nnasya śoṣaṇaḥ / (18.1)
dīpana pācana rucya śodhana anna śoṣaṇa
दीपन dīpana adj. digestive; inflaming; kindling पाचन pācana adj. causing to cook or boil;
digestive; softening ^¬ rucya adj. beautiful; bright; giving an appetite शोधन śodhana adj.
cleaning; cleansing; purgative अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice शोषण śoṣaṇa
adj. destroying; draining; drying up.

िछनि7 ब^ान् सोतांिस िववृणोित कफापहः ॥ (१८.२)
chinatti bandhān srotāṃsi vivṛṇoti kaphāpahaḥ // (18.2)
chid bandha srotas vivṛ kapha-apaha
िछद chid 1.P. to amputate; to chop; to cut off ब^ bandha m. a bond; a border; a collar beam
सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or animal body (reckoned to be 9 in men and 11
in women); an organ of sense िववृ vivṛ 9.P. to comb (hair); to comment upon; to cover कफ kapha
m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general अपह apaha adj.
destroying; keeping back; removing.

क^`ते सो ऽितयो`गेन तृºां "ुकबलकयम् । (१९.१)
kurute so 'tiyogena tṛṣṇāṃ śukrabalakṣayam / (19.1)
kṛ tad atiyoga tṛṣṇā śukra-bala-kṣaya
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become तद tad pron. this अितयोग atiyoga m. excess;
excessive union तृºा tṛṣṇā f. Avidity as mother of Dambha; avidity (chiefly ifc.); desire "ुक śukra
n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid बल bala mn. Balarāma; an
army; expertness in कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction.

8
मूछारम् आकBनं क°ं कटीपृºािदषु ºथाम् ॥ (१९.२)
mūrchām ākuñcanaṃ kampaṃ kaṭīpṛṣṭhādiṣu vyathām // (19.2)
mūrchā ākuñcana kampa kaṭi-pṛṣṭha-ādi vyathā
मूछार mūrchā f. (alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of mercury; a kind of kumbhaka; a swoon आकBन
ākuñcana n. bending (of a limb) क° kampa m. a dwarf-rafter; a pillar; a roofing strip किट kaṭi f.
an elephant's cheek; buttocks; entrance of a temple पृº pṛṣṭha n. a page of a book; height; name
of particular arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the
Rathaṃtara) आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning ºथा vyathā f. agitation; alarm; anguish.

कषायः िप7कफहा गु^र असिवशोधनः । (२०.१)
kaṣāyaḥ pittakaphahā gurur asraviśodhanaḥ / (20.1)
kaṣāya pitta-kapha-han guru asra-viśodhana
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour कफ kapha m.
phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general हन् han adj. killing गु^
guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy अस asra n. a corner; a tear; blood िवशोधन viśodhana adj. cleansing;
washing away.

पीडनो रोपणः शीतः ¥ेदमेदोिवशोषणः ॥ (२०.२)
pīḍano ropaṇaḥ śītaḥ kledamedoviśoṣaṇaḥ // (20.2)
pīḍana ropaṇa śīta kleda-medas-viśoṣaṇa
पीडन pīḍana adj. afflicting; molesting; paining रोपण ropaṇa adj. causing to grow; causing to grow
over or cicatrize; healing शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull ¥ेद kleda m. dampness; discharge (from a
sore); moisture मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness
िवशोषण viśoṣaṇa adj. desiccative; drying; healing (a wound).

आमसंº~नो गाही ºको ऽित ~कपसादनः । (२१.१)
āmasaṃstambhano grāhī rūkṣo 'ti tvakprasādanaḥ / (21.1)
āma-saṃstambhana grāhin rūkṣa ati tvac-prasādana
आम āma mn. constipation; dysenterie; passing hard and unhealthy excretions संº~न
saṃstambhana adj. constipating; obstructive गािहन् grāhin adj. holding; ifc. seizing; laying hold of
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) अित ati ind. extremely; very ~च् tvac f.
a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag पसादन prasādana
adj. calming; cheering; clearing.

करोित शीिलतः सो ऽित िवº~ाWानTद

जः ॥ (२१.२)
karoti śīlitaḥ so 'ti viṣṭambhādhmānahṛdrujaḥ // (21.2)
kṛ śīlay tad ati viṣṭambha-ādhmāna-hṛdruj
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become शीलय् śīlay Denom.Ā. to be intent upon; to
cultivate; to do तद tad pron. this अित ati ind. extremely; very िवº~ viṣṭambha m. a partic. disease
of the fetus; checking; constipation आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing; boasting Tद

ज् hṛdruj f.
a kind of disease; grief; heart-ache (lit. and fig.).

तृटका¥रपौ^षभंशसोतोरोधमलगहान् । (२२.१)
tṛṭkārśyapauruṣabhraṃśasrotorodhamalagrahān / (22.1)
tṛṣ-kārśya-pauruṣa-bhraṃśa-srotas-rodha-mala-graha
9
तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst का¥र kārśya n. thinness पौ^ष pauruṣa n. a
generation; a man's length; a sun-dial भंश bhraṃśa m. abandonment of (abl. or comp.);
cessation; decay सोतस् srotas n. a river; an aperture in the human or animal body (reckoned to be
9 in men and 11 in women); an organ of sense रोध rodha m. a dam; a particular hell; an arrow
मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth गह graha mn. a crocodile; a house; a planet (as seizing or influencing
the destinies of men in a supernatural manner).

घृत`हेमगुडाकोटमोचचोचपºषकम् ॥ (२२.२)
ghṛtahemaguḍākṣoṭamocacocaparūṣakam // (22.2)
ghṛta-heman-guḍa-akṣoṭa-moca-coca-parūṣaka
घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as the fat which
drops from heaven) `हेमन् heman n. a gold piece; gold; golden ornaments गुड guḍa mn. (pl.) name
of a people (in Madhyadeśa); a ball to play with; a bit अकोट akṣoṭa m. a walnut (Pistacio nut?);
the tree Aleurites Triloba; the tree Pīlu मोच moca n. a plantain; banana (the fruit) चोच coca mn. a
banana; a clove (the dried flower) (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 554); bark पºषक parūṣaka n. the fruit
of the tree Grewia Asiatica.

अभी^वीरापनसराजादनबलातयम् । (२३.१)
abhīruvīrāpanasarājādanabalātrayam / (23.1)

.

मधूकं मधुकं िब~ी िवदारी शावणीयुगम् । (२४.१)
madhūkaṃ madhukaṃ bimbī vidārī śrāvaṇīyugam / (24.1)
madhūka madhuka bimbī vidārī śrāvaṇā-yuga
मधूक madhūka n. bees-wax; liquorice; the blossoms or fruit of Bassia Latifolia मधुक madhuka n.
Bassia latifolia Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 587); beeswax; Cynometra ramiflora Linn. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 587) िब~ी bimbī f. a kind of rice; Cephalandra indica Naud.; Momordica
monadelpha Roxb. िवदारी vidārī f. vidārīgandhā or vidārīgandhikā; Adenia hondala (Gaertn.) de
Wilde (Surapāla (1988), 452); Adenia palmata Engl. (Surapāla 1988: 451) शावणा śrāvaṇā f.
name of various plants; Sphaeranthus hirtus युग yuga mn. a lustrum (esp. in the cycle of Jupiter);
a measure of length 86 Aṅgulas; a name for the number "twelve".

कीर"ु¥ा तुगाकीरी कीिर"ौ काशमरी स`हे ॥ (२४.२)
kṣīraśuklā tugākṣīrī kṣīriṇyau kāśmarī sahe // (24.2)
kṣīraśuklā tugākṣīrī kṣīriṇī kāśmarī sahā
कीर"ु¥ा kṣīraśuklā f. तुगाकीरी tugākṣīrī f. Tabāshīr (bamboo manna) कीिरणी kṣīriṇī f. gāmbhārī-
Beng. gāmār, khirui-plant; snuhī Euphorbia neriifolia L.; a dish prepared with milk काशमरी
kāśmarī f. Gmelina arborea Roxb. (Gambhārī); Gmelina asiatica Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974),
543); Myrica nagi Thunb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 543) सहा sahā f. (with Buddhists) name of a
division of the world; daṇḍopatā; Aloe Perfoliata.

की`रेकुगोकुरकौददाकािदर मधुरो गणः । (२५.१)
kṣīrekṣugokṣurakṣaudradrākṣādir madhuro gaṇaḥ / (25.1)
kṣīra-ikṣu-gokṣura-kṣaudra-drākṣā-ādi madhura gaṇa
10
कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk इकु ikṣu m. eyelash; name of a
king; name of a river गोकुर gokṣura m. Asteracantha longifolia; Barleria longifolia Linn.F. (G.J.
Meulenbeld (1974), 551); Hygrophila spinosa T. Anders (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 551) कौद
kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness दाका drākṣā f. grape; Vitis vinifera Linn. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 564); vine आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning मधुर madhura adj.
charming; delightful; mellifluous गण gaṇa m. (in metre) a foot or four instants; vāc; a company.

अमलो धातीफलामलीकामातुलु§ामल`वेतसम् ॥ (२५.२)
amlo dhātrīphalāmlīkāmātuluṅgāmlavetasam // (25.2)
amla
अमल amla adj. acid; sour.

दािडमं `रैअतं तकं चुकं पालेवतं दिध । (२६.१)
dāḍimaṃ rajataṃ takraṃ cukraṃ pālevataṃ dadhi / (26.1)
dāḍima rajata takra cukra dadhi
दािडम dāḍima mfn. Punica granatum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 562); small cardamoms; the
pomegranate tree `रैअत rajata n. a pearl ornament; an asterism; blood तक takra n. buttermilk
mixed with water; buttermilk with a fourth part of water चुक cukra mn. Chenopodium album
Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 554); Oxalis corniculata Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 554);
Rumex acetosella Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 554) दिध dadhi n. coagulated milk; the resin of
Shorea robusta; thick sour milk (regarded as a remedy).

आमम् आमातकं भºं किपMं करमदरकम् ॥ (२६.२)
āmram āmrātakaṃ bhavyaṃ kapitthaṃ karamardakam // (26.2)
āmra āmrātaka bhavya kapittha karamardaka
आम āmra n. a particular weight; the fruit of the mango tree आमातक āmrātaka mn. Buchanania
latifolia Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 527); inspissated mango juice; name of a mountain भº
bhavya n. a bone; being; existing किपM kapittha n. fruit of Feronia Elephantum करमदरक
karamardaka n. fruit of Carissa Carandas.

वरं सौवचर लं Tºं िवडं सामुदम् औिTदम् । (२७.१)
varaṃ sauvarcalaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ viḍaṃ sāmudram audbhidam / (27.1)
vara sauvarcala kṛṣṇa viḍa sāmudra audbhida
वर vara n. green ginger; saffron; saindhava सौवचरल sauvarcala mn. alkali; natron; sochal salt
(prepared by boiling down soda with emblic myrobolan) Tº kṛṣṇa n. a kind of demon or spirit
of darkness; antimony; black Agallochum िवड viḍa mn. a collection of certain objects required in
the calcination of mercury; a kind of iron/steel; a kind of salt सामुद sāmudra n. a cuttle-fish bone;
name of two Sāmans; sea-salt औिTद audbhida n. fossil salt; water breaking through (the earth
and collecting in a mine); romaka.

रोमकं पांसुजं सीसं कारश च लवणो गणः ॥ (२७.२)
romakaṃ pāṃsujaṃ sīsaṃ kṣāraś ca lavaṇo gaṇaḥ // (27.2)
romaka pāṃsuja sīsa kṣāra ca lavaṇa gaṇa
रोमक romaka n. a kind of magnet; a kind of saline earth and the salt extracted from it; a kind of
kānta पांसुज pāṃsuja n. rock or fossil salt सीस sīsa n. lead; the leaden weight used by weavers
कार kṣāra m. a kind of prameha; alkali; any corrosive or acrid or saline substance (esp. an alkali
11
such as soda or potash) च ca ind. also; and; as well as लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful
गण gaṇa m. (in metre) a foot or four instants; vāc; a company.

ित³ः पटोली ताय*ी वालकोशीरचWनम् । (२८.१)
tiktaḥ paṭolī trāyantī vālakośīracandanam / (28.1)
tikta paṭolī trāyantī vālaka-uśīra-candana
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent पटोली paṭolī f. a
species of small cucumber; Trichosanthes dioica Roxb. ताय*ी trāyantī f. Ficus heterophylla वालक
vālaka mn. a bracelet; a kind of Andropogon उशीर uśīra mn. the fragrant root of the plant
Andropogon Muricatus; Vetiveria zizanioides Nash. (Surapāla 1988: 241) चWन candana mn.
Berberis asiatica Roxb. ex DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Caesalpinia sappan Linn. (G.J.
Meulenbeld (1974), 552); Crocus sativus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 552).

भूिन~िन~कटकातगरागु^वñकम् ॥ (२८.२)
bhūnimbanimbakaṭukātagarāguruvatsakam // (28.2)
bhūnimba-nimba-kaṭukā-tagara-aguru-vatsaka
भूिन~ bhūnimba mn. Gentiana Chirata िन~ nimba m. Azadirachta Indica (its fruit is bitter and its
leaves are chewed at funeral ceremonies); the Nimb or Neemb tree कटका kaṭukā f. Coccinia
indica Wight et Arn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 534); Corchorus antichorus Raeusch. (G.J.
Meulenbeld (1974), 534); Gentiana kurroo Royle (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 534) तगर tagara mn.
Ervatamia coronaria Stapf; Ervatamia divaricata Burkill (Surapāla (1988), 137); Ervatamia
heyneana Cooke (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 557) अगु^ aguru mn. Amyris agallocha Roxb. (G.J.
Meulenbeld (1974), 522); Aquilaria Agallocha Roxb.; Aquilaria malaccensis Lam. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 522) वñक vatsaka m. a little calf; any calf or young animal (in voc. as a term
of endearment); name of a son of Sūra.

न³मालि§`रैअनीमुºमूवारटºषकम् । (२९.१)
naktamāladvirajanīmustamūrvāṭarūṣakam / (29.1)
naktamāla-dvi-rajanī-mustā-mūrvā-āṭarūṣaka
न³माल naktamāla m. Galedupa indica Lamp.; Pongamia glabra Vent. ि§ dvi nr. two `रैअनी rajanī f.
a grape or lac (drākṣā or lākṣā); Curcuma longa Roxb. ( -dvaya); name of a particular
personification मुºा mustā fn. a species of grass; Cyperus Rotundus Linn.; Cyperus scariosus R.
Br. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 590) मूवार mūrvā f. Bauhinia vahlii Wight et Arn. (G.J. Meulenbeld
(1974), 591); Chonemorpha macrophylla G. Don (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 591); Clematis
gouriana Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 591) आटºषक āṭarūṣaka m. a walnut; Justicia adhatoda.

पाठापामागरकांºायोगुड¸चीध~यासकम् ॥ (२९.२)
pāṭhāpāmārgakāṃsyāyoguḍūcīdhanvayāsakam // (29.2)
pāṭhā-apāmārga-kāṃsya-ayas-guḍūcī-dhanvayāsaka
पाठा pāṭhā f. Cisampelos hernandifolia Willd.; Clypea hernandifolia W. & A.; Stephania
hernandifolia Walp. अपामागर apāmārga m. Achyranthes aspera Linn.; Achyranthes bidentata
Blume (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 525); Achyranthes heptapetalum Roxb. कांº kāṃsya n. a drinking
vessel of brass; a kind of musical instrument (a sort of gong or plate of bell-metal struck with a
stick or rod); a particular measure of capacity अयस् ayas n. an iron weapon (as an axe); gold; iron
गुड¸ची guḍūcī f. Cocculus cordifolius DC.; Menispermum cordifolium Willd.; Tinospora cordifolia
Miers ध~यासक dhanvayāsaka m. dhanvayāsa.
12

पBमूलं महद ºा¶यौ िवशालाितिवषा वचा । (३०.१)
pañcamūlaṃ mahad vyāghryau viśālātiviṣā vacā / (30.1)
pañcamūla mahant vyāghrī viśālā-ativiṣā vacā
पBमूल pañcamūla fn. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots मह*् mahant adj.
abounding on rich in (instr.); abundant; advanced (afternoon) ºाघी vyāghrī f. (with Buddhists)
name of a goddess; a tigress; Solanum jacquini िवशाला viśālā f. Basella Cordifolia; Citrullus
colocynthis Schrad.; Cucumis colocynthis Linn. अितिवषा ativiṣā f. Aconitum heterophyllum Wall.
(Surapāla 1988: 295); the plant Aconitum Ferox वचा vacā f. Acorus calamus Linn.; a kind of
aromatic root; Turdus salica.

कटको िह§ मिरचTिमिज~Bकोलकम् ॥ (३०.२)
kaṭuko hiṅgumaricakṛmijitpañcakolakam // (30.2)
kaṭuka hiṅgu-marica-kṛmijit-pañcakolaka
कटक kaṭuka adj. bad; bitter; fierce िह§ hiṅgu n. Asa foetida; a fluid or resinous substance
prepared from the roots of the Asa Foitida (used as a medicine or for seasoning) मिरच marica n. a
particular fragrant substance; black pepper; Capsicum frutescens Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974:
588) Tिमिजत् kṛmijit n. Embelia Ribes पBकोलक pañcakolaka n. the 5 spices.

क`ठेराNा हिरतकाः िप7ं मूतम् अ^Mरम् । (३१.१)
kuṭherādyā haritakāḥ pittaṃ mūtram aruṣkaram / (31.1)
kuṭhera-ādya haritaka pitta mūtra aruṣkara
क`ठेर kuṭhera m. Cedrela toona Roxb. ex Rottl. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 544); fire; Ocimum
basilicum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 543) आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier; excellent
हिरतक haritaka mn. a green herb िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour मूत mūtra n. the fluid
secreted by the kidneys; urine अ^Mर aruṣkara n. the nut of the tree Semecarpus Anacardium.

वगरः कषायः पMाकं िशरीषः खिदरो मधु ॥ (३१.२)
vargaḥ kaṣāyaḥ pathyākṣaṃ śirīṣaḥ khadiro madhu // (31.2)
varga kaṣāya pathyā-akṣa śirīṣa khadira madhu
वगर varga m. (esp.) a subdivision of an Adhy āya in th
classified together; bala कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant पMा pathyā f. a path; name
of a woman; name of several metres अक akṣa m. a cube; a die for gambling; a name of the
number िशरीष śirīṣa mn. Acacia sirissa Buch.-Ham.; Albizzia odoratissima Benth. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 603); name of a village खिदर khadira mn. Acacia catechu Willd. (having very
hard wood); Acacia pennata Willd. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 548); Acacia senegal Willd. (G.J.
Meulenbeld 1974: 548) मधु madhu n. a kind of metre; any sweet intoxicating drink; anything
sweet (esp. if liquid).

कद~ो§~रं मु³ापवालाMनगइिरकम् । (३२.१)
kadambodumbaraṃ muktāpravālāñjanagairikam / (32.1)
kadamba-udumbara muktā-pravāla-añjana-gairika
कद~ kadamba mn. Adina cordifolia Benth. et Hook.F. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 535);
Andropogon caricosus Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 536); Andropogon Serratus उ§~र
udumbara mn. 1 karṣa; a kind of mahākuṣṭha; copper मु³ा muktā f. a pearl पवाल pravāla mn. a
young shoot; coral; new leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) अMन añjana
n. a special kind of this pigment; act of applying an ointment or pigment; antimony गइिरक gairika
13
mfn. chalk of reddish brown colour (Kumar, Damodaran Suresh (0), 55); gelber Ocker (Garbe,
Richard 1974: 47); gold.

बालं किपMं खजूररं िबसपTो~लािद च ॥ (३२.२)
bālaṃ kapitthaṃ kharjūraṃ bisapadmotpalādi ca // (32.2)
bāla kapittha kharjūra bisa-padma-utpala-ādi ca
बाल bāla n. Andropogon Muricatus; childhood; heat किपM kapittha n. fruit of Feronia
Elephantum खजूरर kharjūra n. khala; silver; the fruit of Phoenix sylvestris िबस bisa mn.
bisapakṣman- a kind of disease of the eye; a shoot or sucker; the film or fibre of the water-lily or
lotus पT padma mn. a kind of coitus; a kind of temple; a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant
Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening) उ~ल utpala mn. a particular hell; a seed of
the Nymphaea; any flower आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning च ca ind. also; and; as
well as.

मधुरं HेPलं पायो जीणारच् छािलयवाद ऋ`ते । (३३.१)
madhuraṃ śleṣmalaṃ prāyo jīrṇāc chāliyavād ṛte / (33.1)
madhura śleṣmala prāyas jṛ śāli-yava ṛte
मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous HेPल śleṣmala adj. phlegmatic पायस् prāyas
ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly जृ jṛ 4.Ā. to be dissolved or digested; to decay; to
grow old शािल śāli m. any grain of a similar character to rice; grains of rice; name of a Yakṣa (who
was transformed into a lion) यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand resembling
a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure of length
1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double convex lens
ऋ`ते ṛte ind. besides; excepting; under pain of.

मु7ाद गोधूमतः कौदात् िसताया जा§लािमषात् ॥ (३३.२)
mudgād godhūmataḥ kṣaudrāt sitāyā jāṅgalāmiṣāt // (33.2)
mudga godhūma kṣaudra sitā jāṅgala-āmiṣa
मु7 mudga m. a cover; a kind of seabird; covering गोधूम godhūma mn. a kind of Godhūma; name
of a medicinal plant; the orange tree कौद kṣaudra n. a kind of prameha; honey; minuteness िसता
sitā f. Arabian jasmine; a handsome woman; a species of Aparājitā जा§ल jāṅgala adj. arid; coming
from wild deer; covered with jungle आिमष āmiṣa n. a gift; a pleasing or beautiful object; an object
of enjoyment.

पायो ऽमलं िप7ैअननं दािडमामलकाद ऋ`ते । (३४.१)
prāyo 'mlaṃ pittajananaṃ dāḍimāmalakād ṛte / (34.1)
prāyas amla pitta-janana dāḍima-āmalaka ṛte
पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly अमल amla adj. acid; sour िप7 pitta n.
bile; the bilious humour जनन janana adj. begetting; causing; generating दािडम dāḍima mfn. Punica
granatum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 562); small cardamoms; the pomegranate tree आमलक
āmalaka mf. Adhatoda vasica Nees (G.J. Meulenbeld 1974: 527); Emblic Myrobalan- Phyllanthus
emblica Linn.; Emblica Officinalis Gaertn. ऋ`ते ṛte ind. besides; excepting; under pain of.

अपMं लवणं पायश चकुषो ऽ~त सइ^वात् ॥ (३४.२)
apathyaṃ lavaṇaṃ prāyaś cakṣuṣo 'nyatra saindhavāt // (34.2)
apathya lavaṇa prāyas cakṣus anyatra saindhava
14
अपM apathya adj. inconsistent; unfit; unsuitable लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny; graceful पायस्
prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly चकुस् cakṣus n. a look; aspect; faculty of
seeing अ~त anyatra ind. at another time than; elsewhere; except सइ^व saindhava mn. a kind of
rock-salt (found in Sindh); any salt.

ित³ं कट च भूियºम् अवृºं वातकोपनम् । (३५.१)
tiktaṃ kaṭu ca bhūyiṣṭham avṛṣyaṃ vātakopanam / (35.1)
tikta kaṭu ca bhūyiṣṭha avṛṣya vāta-kopana
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कट kaṭu adj. acrid;
bitter; caustic (as words) च ca ind. also; and; as well as भूियº bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous
or abundant or great or important; principal अवृº avṛṣya adj. nicht vṛṣya वात vāta m. air;
flatulence; gout कोपन kopana adj. angry; causing morbid irritation or disorder of the humors;
inclined to passion.

ऋ`ते ऽमृतापटोली~ां "ु"ीTºारसोनतः ॥ (३५.२)
ṛte 'mṛtāpaṭolībhyāṃ śuṇṭhīkṛṣṇārasonataḥ // (35.2)
ṛte amṛtā-paṭolī śuṇṭhī-kṛṣṇā-rasona
ऋ`ते ṛte ind. besides; excepting; under pain of अमृता amṛtā f. a class of sunrays; a goddess;
Cardiospermum halicacabum Linn. पटोली paṭolī f. a species of small cucumber; Trichosanthes
dioica Roxb. "ु"ी śuṇṭhī f. dry ginger Tºा kṛṣṇā f. a kind of leech; a kind of perfume; a kind of
venomous insect रसोन rasona mn. Allium Ascalonicum; Allium sativum Linn.; garlic.

कषायं पायशः शीतं º~नं चाभयां िवना । (३६.१)
kaṣāyaṃ prāyaśaḥ śītaṃ stambhanaṃ cābhayāṃ vinā / (36.1)
kaṣāya prāyaśas śīta stambhana ca-abhayā vinā
कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant पायशस् prāyaśas ind. as a rule; for the most part;
generally शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull º~न stambhana adj. arresting; astringent; checking च ca
ind. also; and; as well as अभया abhayā f. name of Devī at Uṣṇatīrtha; Terminalia Chebula Retz.
िवना vinā ind. except; short or exclusive of; without.

रसाः कटवमललवणा वी¯यणोºा यथो7रम् ॥ (३६.२)
rasāḥ kaṭvamlalavaṇā vīryeṇoṣṇā yathottaram // (36.2)
rasa kaṭu-amla-lavaṇa vīrya-uṣṇa yathottara
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre कट kaṭu adj.
acrid; bitter; caustic (as words) अमल amla adj. acid; sour लवण lavaṇa adj. beautiful; briny;
graceful वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine) उº uṣṇa adj. acrid; active; hot
यथो7र yathottara adj. following in regular order; succeeding one another.

ित³ः कषायो मधुरस् त§द एव च शीतलाः । (३७.१)
tiktaḥ kaṣāyo madhuras tadvad eva ca śītalāḥ / (37.1)
tikta kaṣāya madhura tadvat eva ca śītala
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कषाय kaṣāya adj.
astringent; dull red; fragrant मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous त§त् tadvat ind.
like that; so (correlative of yadvat); thus एव eva ind. alone; already; even च ca ind. also; and; as
well as शीतल śītala adj. calm; cold; cold i.e. free from passion.

15
ित³ः कटः कषायश च ºका बTमलास् तथा ॥ (३७.२)
tiktaḥ kaṭuḥ kaṣāyaś ca rūkṣā baddhamalās tathā // (37.2)
tikta kaṭu kaṣāya ca rūkṣa bandh-mala tathā
ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste); fragrant; pungent कट kaṭu adj. acrid;
bitter; caustic (as words) कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant च ca ind. also; and; as
well as ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) ब^् bandh 4.P. met. to attach
to world or to sin; to arrest; to be affected by i.e. experience मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth तथा
tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so.

पटवमलमधुराः िN^ाः Vºिवणमूतमा^ताः । (३८.१)
paṭvamlamadhurāḥ snigdhāḥ sṛṣṭaviṇmūtramārutāḥ / (38.1)
paṭu-amla-madhura snigdha sṛj-viṣ-mūtra-māruta
पट paṭu m. a kind of perfume; a species of camphor; dhak अमल amla adj. acid; sour मधुर madhura
adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous िNग्ध snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable Vज् sṛj
1.P. to acquire; to be let loose or emitted or created. etc.; to beget िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine मा^त māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of
the Maruts; air.

पटोः कषायस् तWाच् च मधुरः परमं गु^ः ॥ (३८.२)
paṭoḥ kaṣāyas tasmāc ca madhuraḥ paramaṃ guruḥ // (38.2)
paṭu kaṣāya tad ca madhura parama guru
पट paṭu adj. acrid; clear; cruel कषाय kaṣāya adj. astringent; dull red; fragrant तद tad pron. this च
ca ind. also; and; as well as मधुर madhura adj. charming; delightful; mellifluous परम parama adj.
(with abl.) superior or inferior to; best; better or worse than गु^ guru adj. difficult; hard; heavy.

लघुर अमलः कटस् तWात् तWाद अिप च ित³कः । (३९.१)
laghur amlaḥ kaṭus tasmāt tasmād api ca tiktakaḥ / (39.1)
laghu amla kaṭu tad tad api ca tiktaka
लघु laghu adj. active; beautiful; causing relief अमल amla adj. acid; sour कट kaṭu adj. acrid; bitter;
caustic (as words) तद tad pron. this तद tad pron. this अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides च ca
ind. also; and; as well as ित³क tiktaka adj. anything having a bitter flavour; bitter.

संयोगाः सPपBाशत् क7ना तु ितषिºधा ॥ (३९.२)
saṃyogāḥ saptapañcāśat kalpanā tu triṣaṣṭidhā // (39.2)
saṃyoga saptapañcāśat kalpanā tu tri-ṣaṣṭidhā
संयोग saṃyoga m. a kind of alliance or peace made between two kings with a common object;
absorption; being engaged in सPपBाशत् saptapañcāśat f. 57 MW क7ना kalpanā f. a deed; act;
arranging तु tu ind. and; but; do ित tri nr. 3 MW षिºधा ṣaṣṭidhā ind. in 60 ways or parts; sixtyfold.

रसानां यौिगक~ेन यथाWूलं िवभैय`ते । (४०.१)
rasānāṃ yaugikatvena yathāsthūlaṃ vibhajyate / (40.1)
rasa yaugikatva yathāsthūlam vibhaj
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre यौिगक~
yaugikatva n. accordance (of the meaning of a word) with its derivation or etymology यथाWूलम्
yathāsthūlam ind. entsprechend der Konsistenz; gemäss der Festigkeit िवभै vibhaj 1.Ā. to apportion;
to assign; to cut.

16
एकइकहीनास् तान् पBदश याि* रसा ि§के ॥ (४०.२)
ekaikahīnās tān pañcadaśa yānti rasā dvike // (40.2)
ekaika-hā tad pañcadaśan yā rasa dvika
एकइक ekaika adj. every single one; one by one; single हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or
wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of तद tad pron. this पBदशन् pañcadaśan adj. 15 MW या yā
2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or
essential juice of the body; a kind of metre ि§क dvika adj. consisting of two; happening the 2nd
time; increased by 2.

ितके ¹ा§र दशामलः षट तीन् पटस् ित³ एककम् । (४१.१)
trike svādur daśāmlaḥ ṣaṭ trīn paṭus tikta ekakam / (41.1)
trika svādu daśan-amla ṣaṣ tri paṭu tikta ekaka
ितक trika n. a triad; das Kreuz [ Rücken]; hips ¹ा§ svādu adj. agreeable; chirming; dainty दशन्
daśan adj. ten अमल amla adj. acid; sour षष् ṣaṣ adj. six ित tri nr. 3 MW पट paṭu m. a kind of
perfume; a species of camphor; dhak ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste);
fragrant; pungent एकक ekaka adj. alone; single; solitary.

चतुMेषु दश ¹ा§श चतुरो ऽमलः पटः सTत् ॥ (४१.२)
catuṣkeṣu daśa svāduś caturo 'mlaḥ paṭuḥ sakṛt // (41.2)
catuṣka daśan svādu catur amla paṭu sakṛt
चतुM catuṣka m. -veśman; a crossway; a necklace of 4 strings दशन् daśan adj. ten ¹ा§ svādu adj.
agreeable; chirming; dainty चतुर catur nr. four अमल amla adj. acid; sour पट paṭu m. a kind of
perfume; a species of camphor; dhak सTत् sakṛt ind. at once; ever; for ever.

पBकेM् एकम् एवामलो मधुरः पB सेव`ते । (४२.१)
pañcakeṣv ekam evāmlo madhuraḥ pañca sevate / (42.1)
pañcaka eka eva-amla madhura pañcan sev
पBक pañcaka n. a field of battle; a pentad; an aggregate of 5 एक eka pron. alone; excellent;
happening only once एव eva ind. alone; already; even अमल amla adj. acid; sour मधुर madhura adj.
charming; delightful; mellifluous पBन् pañcan adj. fünf सेव् sev 1.Ā. to cherish; to cultivate; to
devote or apply one's self to.

दºम् एकं षडा¹ादम् असंयु³ाश च षड रसाः ॥ (४२.२)
dravyam ekaṃ ṣaḍāsvādam asaṃyuktāś ca ṣaḍ rasāḥ // (42.2)
dravya eka ṣaṣ-āsvāda asaṃyukta ca ṣaṣ rasa
दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake एक eka pron.
alone; excellent; happening only once षष् ṣaṣ adj. six आ¹ाद āsvāda m. eating with a relish;
enjoying; flavour असंयु³ asaṃyukta adj. uncombined (as vowels in hiatus); unconnected च ca ind.
also; and; as well as षष् ṣaṣ adj. six रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the
body; a kind of metre.

षट पBका षट च पृ थग् रसाः ºुश चतुͧकौ पBदशपकारौ । (४३.१)
ṣaṭ pañcakā ṣaṭ ca pṛthag rasāḥ syuś caturdvikau pañcadaśaprakārau / (43.1)
ṣaṣ pañcaka ṣaṣ ca pṛthak rasa as catur-dvika pañcadaśan-prakāra
षष् ṣaṣ adj. six पBक pañcaka adj. 5 days old; bought with 5; consisting of 5 षष् ṣaṣ adj. six च ca
ind. also; and; as well as पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without; apart or separately or differently
17
from; differently रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre अस् as 2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) चतुर catur nr. four ि§क dvika adj. consisting
of two; happening the 2nd time; increased by 2 पBदशन् pañcadaśan adj. 15 MW पकार prakāra m.
class; kind; manner.

भेदास् ितका Í`वशितर एकम् एव दºं षडा¹ादम् इित ितषिºः॥ (४३.२)
bhedās trikā viṃśatir ekam eva dravyaṃ ṣaḍāsvādam iti triṣaṣṭiḥ// (43.2)
bheda trika viṃśati eka eva dravya ṣaṣ-āsvāda iti triṣaṣṭi
भेद bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration
ितक trika adj. 3 per cent; forming a triad; happening the 3rd time Í`वशित viṃśati f. twenty एक eka
pron. alone; excellent; happening only once एव eva ind. alone; already; even दº dravya n. (Gr.)
single object or person; (phil.) elementary substance; a stake षष् ṣaṣ adj. six आ¹ाद āsvāda m.
eating with a relish; enjoying; flavour इित iti ind. in this manner; thus (in its original signification
iti refers to something that has been said or thought) ितषिº triṣaṣṭi f. 63 MW.

`ते रसानुरसतो रसभे दास् तारतPपिरक7नया च । (४४.१)
te rasānurasato rasabhedās tāratamyaparikalpanayā ca / (44.1)
tad rasa-anurasa rasa-bheda tāratamya-parikalpanā ca
तद tad pron. this रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of
metre अनुरस anurasa m. a secondary flavour (as a little sweetness in a sour fruit) रस rasa mn.
amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre भेद bheda m. (in astron.)
a particular crossing or conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration तारतP tāratamya n.
difference; gradation; proportion पिरक7ना parikalpanā f. assuming; calculation; forming च ca
ind. also; and; as well as.

स~वि* गणनां समतीता दोषभे`षैअवशाद उपयोWाः ॥(४४.२)
sambhavanti gaṇanāṃ samatītā doṣabheṣajavaśād upayojyāḥ //(44.2)
sambhū gaṇanā samatī doṣa-bheṣaja-vaśa upayuj
स~ू sambhū 1.Ā. to accrue to; to arise; to assemble गणना gaṇanā f. calculation; consideration;
considering समती samatī 2.P. to cross over; to excel; to go or pass by entirely दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection भे`षै अ bheṣaja n. a remedy; a spell or charm; drug वश vaśa m. a brothel;
authority; birth उपयुज् upayuj 7.Ā. to apply; to appropriate; to attach one's self to.

1
दोषधातुमला मूलं सदा `देहº तं चलः । (१.१)
doṣadhātumalā mūlaṃ sadā dehasya taṃ calaḥ / (1.1)
doṣa-dhātu-mala mūla sadā deha tad cala
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential
ingredient of the body; constituent part; element मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth मूल mūla mn. a
chief or principal city; a corpse; a king's original or proper territory सदा sadā ind. always;
continually; ever `दे ह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form तद tad pron. this चल cala m.
a sprout; quicksilver; shoot.

उñाहोचछवासिनNासचेºा`वेगपवतरनइः ॥ (१.२)
utsāhocchvāsaniśvāsaceṣṭāvegapravartanaiḥ // (1.2)
utsāha-ucchvāsa-niśvāsa-ceṣṭā-vega-pravartana
उñाह utsāha m. a thread; effort; energy उचछवास ucchvāsa m. an air-hole; breath; breathing out
िनNास niśvāsa m. a sigh; expiration or inspiration चेºा ceṣṭā f. action; activity; behaving `वेग vega m.
a stream; agitation; attack पवतरन pravartana n. activity; advance; advancing.

सPगग*ा च धातूनाम् अकाणां पाट`वेन च । (२.१)
samyaggatyā ca dhātūnām akṣāṇāṃ pāṭavena ca / (2.1)
samyak-gati ca dhātu akṣa pāṭava ca
सPक samyak ind. angemessen; richtig गित gati f. Motion (personified as a daughter of Kardama
and wife of Pulaha); a certain division of the moon's path and the position of the planet in it (the
diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit?); a happy issue च ca ind. also; and; as well as धातु dhātu
mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element अक akṣa
n. the eye पाटव pāṭava n. cleverness in; health; intensity च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अनुगृ÷ा*् अिवTतः िप7ं पñूPदशरनइः ॥ (२.२)
anugṛhṇāty avikṛtaḥ pittaṃ paktyūṣmadarśanaiḥ // (2.2)
anugrah avikṛta pitta pakti-ūṣman-darśana
अनुगह anugrah 9.Ā. to favour; to follow in taking or plundering; to foster अिवTत avikṛta adj. being
in its natural condition (said of cloth); not changed by artificial means; not deformed िप7 pitta
n. bile; the bilious humour पि³ pakti f. cooking; development; digesting ऊPन् ūṣman m. (medic.)
a kind of sveda; ardour; glow दशरन darśana n. audience; examination; inspection.

कु7ृड¸िचपभामेधाधीशौयरतनुमादरवइः । (३.१)
kṣuttṛḍruciprabhāmedhādhīśauryatanumārdavaiḥ / (3.1)
kṣut-tṛṣ-ruci-prabhā-medhā-dhī-śaurya-tanu-mārdava
कुत् kṣut f. a sneeze तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst ^िच ruci f. appetite;
beauty; colour पभा prabhā f. beautiful appearance; light; name of a daughter of Svarbhānu and
mother of Nahuṣa मेधा medhā f. dhana; a form of Dākṣāyaṇī in Kaśmīra; a form of Sarasvatī धी
dhī f. art; design; devotion शौयर śaurya n. heroism; might; name of a village तनु tanu f. tanū; form;
life मादरव mārdava n. gentleness; kindness; leniency towards.

HेPा िWर~िN^~संिधब^कमािदिभः ॥ (३.२)
śleṣmā sthiratvasnigdhatvasaṃdhibandhakṣamādibhiḥ // (3.2)
śleṣman sthiratva-snigdhatva-saṃdhibandha-kṣamā-ādi
2
HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum िWर~ sthiratva n. constancy; hardness; immovableness
िN^~ snigdhatva n. attachment to; blandness; fondness for संिधब^ saṃdhibandha m. cement or
lime; the ligaments or sinews of the joints; the plant Kaempferia Rotunda कमा kṣamā f.
forbearance; indulgence (one of the sāmānyadharmās i.e. an obligation to all castes); name of a
metre आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

पीणनं जीवनं लेपः Nेहो धारणपूरणे । (४.१)
prīṇanaṃ jīvanaṃ lepaḥ sneho dhāraṇapūraṇe / (4.1)
prīṇana jīvana lepa sneha dhāraṇa-pūraṇa
पीणन prīṇana adj. appeasing; gratifying; pleasing जीवन jīvana adj. enlivening; giving life;
vivifying लेप lepa m. (esp.) particles or remnants wiped from the hand after offering oblations to
three ancestors; a coating of paint; a kind of disease Nेह sneha mn. a fluid of the body; an
unguent; any oleaginous substance धारण dhāraṇa n. (Trika:) Name der vier Halbvokale (Vāc,
310); a kind of opium; bearing पूरण pūraṇa n. (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body
through its orbit; (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food; a sort of cake.

गभ¹~ादश च धातूनां शेºं कमर कमात् Wृतम् ॥ (४.२)
garbhotpādaś ca dhātūnāṃ śreṣṭhaṃ karma kramāt smṛtam // (4.2)
garbhotpāda ca dhātu śreṣṭha karman kramāt smṛ
गभ¹~ाद garbhotpāda m. च ca ind. also; and; as well as धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or
essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element शेº śreṣṭha adj. most beautiful of or
among; most splendid or beautiful कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the
third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy) कमात् kramāt ind. successively Wृ smṛ
1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

अवº~ः पुरीषº मूतº ¥ेदवाहनम् । (५.१)
avaṣṭambhaḥ purīṣasya mūtrasya kledavāhanam / (5.1)
avaṣṭambha purīṣa mūtra kleda-vāhana
अवº~ avaṣṭambha m. applying; beginning; gold पुरीष purīṣa n. (esp.) crumbling or loose earth; a
disk; anything used to fill up interstices in a wall मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys;
urine ¥ेद kleda m. dampness; discharge (from a sore); moisture वाहन vāhana n. any animal; any
vehicle or conveyance or draught-animal; bearing.

¹ेदº ¥ेदिवधृितर वृTस् तु क^`ते ऽिनलः ॥ (५.२)
svedasya kledavidhṛtir vṛddhas tu kurute 'nilaḥ // (5.2)
sveda kleda-vidhṛti vṛdh tu kṛ anila
¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") ¥ेद kleda m. dampness;
discharge (from a sore); moisture िवधृित vidhṛti m. a particular Sattra; name of a king; name of a
particular divine being वृध् vṛdh 1.Ā. to ascend (as the scale in ordeals); to be exalted or elevated;
to be filled or extended तु tu ind. and; but; do T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become
अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other
persons.

का¥रकाष"¹ºकाम~क°ानाहशTदगहान् । (६.१)
kārśyakārṣṇyoṣṇakāmatvakampānāhaśakṛdgrahān / (6.1)
kārśya-kārṣṇya-uṣṇa-kāma-tva-kampa-ānāha-śakṛt-graha
3
का¥र kārśya n. thinness काष"र kārṣṇya n. black colour; blackness; darkness उº uṣṇa adj. acrid;
active; hot काम kāma m. Artemisia vulgaris Linn.; a kind of bean; a particular form of temple ~
tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) क° kampa m. a dwarf-rafter; a pillar; a roofing strip आनाह
ānāha m. constipation; epistasis; length शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces गह
graha mn. a crocodile; a house; a planet (as seizing or influencing the destinies of men in a
supernatural manner).

बलिनदेि¶यभंशपलापभमदीनताः ॥ (६.२)
balanidrendriyabhraṃśapralāpabhramadīnatāḥ // (6.2)
bala-nidrā-indriya-bhraṃśa-pralāpa-bhrama-dīna-tā
बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in िनदा nidrā f. a mystic. name of the letter bh; name
of a blood vessel; sleep इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense भंश
bhraṃśa m. abandonment of (abl. or comp.); cessation; decay पलाप pralāpa m. chattering;
discourse; incoherent or delirious speech भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone
दीन dīna adj. afflicted; depressed; miserable ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

पीतिवणमूत`नेत~ककु 7ृडदाहा7िनदताः । (७.१)
pītaviṇmūtranetratvakkṣuttṛḍdāhālpanidratāḥ / (7.1)
pīta-viṣ-mūtra-netra-tvac-kṣudh-tṛṣ-dāha-alpanidratā
पीत pīta adj. yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas) िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces मूत mūtra n. the
fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer ~च्
tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag कुध् kṣudh
f. hunger तृष् tṛṣ f. Desire as daughter of Love; strong desire; thirst दाह dāha m. burning;
cauterizing; cautery (of a wound) अ7िनदता alpanidratā f. insomnia.

िप7ं HेPािVसदनपसेकालºगौरवम् ॥ (७.२)
pittaṃ śleṣmāgnisadanaprasekālasyagauravam // (7.2)
pitta śleṣman-agni-sadana-praseka-ālasya-gaurava
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum अिV agni m. bile;
Citrus Acida; digestive faculty सदन sadana n. a seat; coming to rest; dwelling पसेक praseka m.
discharge; dropping; effusion आलº ālasya n. idleness; sloth; want of energy गौरव gaurava n.
cumbrousness; difficulty; gravity.

Nइ*शइ*Hथा§~ं Nासकासाितिनदताः । (८.१)
śvaityaśaityaślathāṅgatvaṃ śvāsakāsātinidratāḥ / (8.1)
śvaitya-śaitya-ślathāṅga-tva śvāsa-kāsa-atinidratā
Nइ* śvaitya n. vitiligo; white leprosy; whiteness शइ* śaitya n. cold; coldness; frigidity Hथा§
ślathāṅga adj. having relaxed or languid limbs ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) Nास śvāsa
m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of which there are five kinds) कास kāsa m. cough;
[medic.] mit einem nāvana behandeln अितिनदता atinidratā f. excessive sleeping.

रसो ऽिप HेPवद र³ं िवसपरNीहिवदधीन् ॥ (८.२)
raso 'pi śleṣmavad raktaṃ visarpaplīhavidradhīn // (8.2)
rasa api śleṣman-vat rakta visarpa-plīhan-vidradhi
4
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre अिप api ind.
also; assuredly; besides HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum वत् vat ind. (Vergleichspartikel)
र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood िवसपर visarpa m. a kind of
kṣudrakuṣṭha; a particular disease [erysipelas or any similar spreading eruption]; creeping along
or about Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the
mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood
to flow) िवदिध vidradhi mf. abscess; [medic.] a particular abscess (piḍaka).

कºवातासिप7ासगु 7ोपकशकामलाः । (९.१)
kuṣṭhavātāsrapittāsragulmopakuśakāmalāḥ / (9.1)
kuṣṭha-vāta-asra-pittāsra-gulma-upakuśa-kāmalā
कº kuṣṭha mn. a sort of poison; leprosy वात vāta m. air; flatulence; gout अस asra n. a corner; a
tear; blood िप7ास pittāsra n. गु7 gulma mn. a chronic enlargement of the spleen or any glandular
enlargement in the abdomen (as that of the mesenteric gland etc.); Ghaṭ; the spleen उपकश
upakuśa m. a gum-boil (Aruṇ. on AHS 11.9: dantarogajāti- Hemādri on ibid.:
dantamāṃsajaroga); name of a son of Kuśa कामला kāmalā mfn. excessive secretion or obstruction
of bile; [medic.] a kind of pāṇḍuroga.

º§ािVनाशसममोहर³~ङ`नेतमूतताः ॥ (९.२)
vyaṅgāgnināśasammoharaktatvaṅnetramūtratāḥ // (9.2)
vyaṅga-agni-nāśa-sammoha-rakta-tvac-netra-mūtra-tad
º§ vyaṅga adj. bodiless; crippled; deficient in limb अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive
faculty नाश nāśa m. (arithm.) elimination; annihilation; death सममोह sammoha m. (in astrol.) a
particular conjunction of planets; battle; bewilderment र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease
of the eyes; blood ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a
leather bag `नेत netra mn. a carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted
by the kidneys; urine तद tad pron. this.

मांसं ग"ाबुरदगि*ग"ोºदरवृिTताः । (१०.१)
māṃsaṃ gaṇḍārbudagranthigaṇḍorūdaravṛddhitāḥ / (10.1)
māṃsa gaṇḍa-arbuda-granthi-gaṇḍa-ūru-udara-vṛddhitā
मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat ग" gaṇḍa mn. a bubble; a goitre or any other excrescence of the neck;
a hero अबुरद arbuda mn. a long round mass (said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second
half of the first month); a really large number; a swelling गि* granthi m. a bell; a complaint; a
joint of the body ग" gaṇḍa mn. a bubble; a goitre or any other excrescence of the neck; a hero
ऊ^ ūru mf. name of a son of Manu Cākṣuṣa; name of an Āṅgirasa and author of a Vedic hymn;
shank उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal affection (as of the liver) वृिTता
vṛddhitā f. .

क"ािदM् अिधमांसं च त§न् मेदस् तथा शमम् ॥ (१०.२)
kaṇṭhādiṣv adhimāṃsaṃ ca tadvan medas tathā śramam // (10.2)
kaṇṭha-ādi adhimāṃsa ca tadvat medas tathā śrama
क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand; immediate proximity; name of a Maharshi आिद ādi m. a firstling; and
so on; beginning अिधमांस adhimāṃsa mn. cancer (especially in the eyes or the back part of the
gums); proud flesh च ca ind. also; and; as well as त§त् tadvat ind. like that; so (correlative of
yadvat); thus मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness तथा
5
tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental;
exercise.

अ7े ऽिप चेिº`ते Nासं िWकºनोदरल~नम् । (११.१)
alpe 'pi ceṣṭite śvāsaṃ sphikstanodaralambanam / (11.1)
alpa api ceṣṭ śvāsa sphic-stana-udara-lambana
अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides चेº ceṣṭ 1.Ā. to act; to be
active; to be busy or occupied with (acc.) Nास śvāsa m. a sigh; affection of the breath; asthma (of
which there are five kinds) िWच् sphic f. a buttock; hip ºन stana mn. a kind of pin or peg on a
vessel shaped like a teat; dug; teat उदर udara n. a cavity; abdomen; any morbid abdominal
affection (as of the liver) ल~न lambana adj. hanging down or causing to hang down (said of
Śiva).

असM् अWसM् अिधद*ांश च मैजा `नेता§गौरवम् ॥ (११.२)
asthy adhyasthy adhidantāṃś ca majjā netrāṅgagauravam // (11.2)
asthi adhyasthi adhidanta ca majjan netra-aṅga-gaurava
अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit अWिW adhyasthi n. अिधद* adhidanta m. a redundant
tooth च ca ind. also; and; as well as मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones `नेत् र netra mn. a
carriage; a kind of cloth; a kind of deer अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or
subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty;
gravity.

पवरसु Wूलमू लािन कयारत् T½ा"् अºं िष च । (१२.१)
parvasu sthūlamūlāni kuryāt kṛcchrāṇy arūṃṣi ca / (12.1)
parvan sthūlamūla kṛ kṛcchra arus ca
पवरन् parvan n. (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival; a break; a day (360) Wूलमूल sthūlamūla n. a kind of
radish; a kind of wound T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become T½ kṛcchra adj.
attended with pain or labour; bad; being in a difficult or painful situation अ^स् arus n. a sore or
wound; the sun च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

अितWीकामतां वृTं "ु³ं "ुकाशमरीम् अिप ॥ (१२.२)
atistrīkāmatāṃ vṛddhaṃ śuktaṃ śukrāśmarīm api // (12.2)
atistrīkāmatā vṛddha śuc śukra-aśmarī api
अितWीकामता atistrīkāmatā f. वृT vṛddha adj. (a vowel) increased (by Vṛddhi); advanced in years;
aged "ुच् śuc 6.P. to be absorbed in deep meditation; to be bright or pure; to be putrid "ुक śukra
n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid अशमरी aśmarī mf. stone or
gravel (the disease); strangury अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides.

ककाव् आWानम् आटोपं गौरवं `वेदनां शTत् । (१३.१)
kukṣāv ādhmānam āṭopaṃ gauravaṃ vedanāṃ śakṛt / (13.1)
kukṣi ādhmāna āṭopa gaurava vedanā śakṛt
किक kukṣi mf. a bay; a cavity in general; a valley आWान ādhmāna n. a bellows; blowing; boasting
आटोप āṭopa m. a multitude; borborygmi; flatulence गौरव gaurava n. cumbrousness; difficulty;
gravity `वेदना vedanā f. feeling; pain; sensation शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement;
feces.

6
मूतं तु विºिनºोदं T`ते ऽº् अTतसं जताम् ॥ (१३.२)
mūtraṃ tu vastinistodaṃ kṛte 'py akṛtasaṃjñatām // (13.2)
mūtra tu vasti-nistoda kṛ api akṛta-saṃjñatā
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine तु tu ind. and; but; do विº vasti mf.
abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder िनºोद nistoda
m. T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides अTत
akṛta adj. incomplete; not committed; not made संजता saṃjñatā f. .

¹ेदो ऽित¹ेददौगरनWक"¸र एवं च लकयेत् । (१४.१)
svedo 'tisvedadaurgandhyakaṇḍūr evaṃ ca lakṣayet / (14.1)
sveda atisveda-daurgandhya-kaṇḍū evam ca lakṣay
¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") अित¹ेद atisveda m. दौगरनW
daurgandhya n. übler Geruch क"¸ kaṇḍū f. itch; itching; scratching एवम् evam ind. in such a
manner; in this way; such च ca ind. also; and; as well as लकय् lakṣay 10.Ā. to aim; to characterize;
to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without iva).

{िषकादीन् अिप मलान् बाV7गु^तािदिभः ॥ (१४.२)
dūṣikādīn api malān bāhulyagurutādibhiḥ // (14.2)
dūṣikā-ādi api mala bāhulya-gurutā-ādi
{िषका dūṣikā f. a kind of rice; impurity or impure secretion of the eyes; pencil or paint-brush आिद
ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides मल mala mn. dirt;
dust; filth बाV7 bāhulya n. abundance; multitude; plenty गु^ता gurutā f. heaviness and "dignity";
burden; heaviness आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

िल§ं कीणे ऽिनले ऽ§º सादो ऽ7ं भािष`तेिहतम् । (१५.१)
liṅgaṃ kṣīṇe 'nile 'ṅgasya sādo 'lpaṃ bhāṣitehitam / (15.1)
liṅga kṣi anila aṅga sāda alpa bhāṣita-īhita
िल§ liṅga mn. (in logic) vyāpya; (in Sāṃkhya) prakṛti or pradhāna; prātipadika िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be
diminished; to corrupt; to decrease अिनल anila m. air or wind; any affection referred to disorder
of the wind; name of a Rṣi and other persons अ§ aṅga n. a limb; a limb of the body; a limb or
subdivision of Mantra or counsel (said to be five) साद sāda m. cleanness; clearness; decay अ7
alpa adj. little; minute; small भािषत bhāṣita n. language; speech; talk ईिहत īhita n. desire; request;
wish.

संजामोहस् तथा HेPवृ7ु³ामयस~वः ॥ (१५.२)
saṃjñāmohas tathā śleṣmavṛddhyuktāmayasambhavaḥ // (15.2)
saṃjñā-moha tathā śleṣman-vṛddhi-vac-āmaya-sambhava
संजा saṃjñā f. (with Buddhists) perception (one of the 5 Skandhas); a name; a sign मोह moha m.
(with Buddhists) ignorance (one of the three roots of vice); a magical art employed to bewilder
an enemy; a swoon तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus;
phlegm; rheum वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) वच् vac 2.P. to
declare; to proclaim; to recite आमय āmaya m. disease; indigestion; sickness स~व sambhava m.
ability; acquaintance; adequacy.

िप7े मWो ऽनलः शीतं पभाहािनः कफे भमः । (१६.१)
pitte mando 'nalaḥ śītaṃ prabhāhāniḥ kaphe bhramaḥ / (16.1)
7
pitta manda anala śīta prabhā-hāni kapha bhrama
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour मW manda adj. addicted to intoxication; apathetic; bad
अनल anala m. (in astron.) the fiftieth year of; bile; digestive power शीत śīta adj. boiled; cold; dull
पभा prabhā f. beautiful appearance; light; name of a daughter of Svarbhānu and mother of Nahuṣa
हािन hāni f. a minus; abandonment; damage कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas;
watery froth or foam in general भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone.

HेPाशयानां "ू~~ं T¶वः Hथसंिधता ॥ (१६.२)
śleṣmāśayānāṃ śūnyatvaṃ hṛddravaḥ ślathasaṃdhitā // (16.2)
śleṣman-āśaya śūnya-tva hṛd-drava ślatha-saṃdhi-tā
HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum आशय āśaya m. (in Yoga phil.) stock or the balance of the
fruits of previous works; a miser; a receptacle "ू~ śūnya adj. empty; void ~ tva n. (Marker für
abstrakte Nomina) Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior दव drava mn. (medic.) a kind of sveda;
buttermilk (Takra); decoction Hथ ślatha adj. dishevelled (as hair); feeble; flaccid संिध saṃdhi mf.
(in mensuration) the connecting link of a perpendicular; a fold; a joint ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

रसे रौWं शमः शोषो गलािनः श¬ासिहºुता । (१७.१)
rase raukṣyaṃ śramaḥ śoṣo glāniḥ śabdāsahiṣṇutā / (17.1)
rasa raukṣya śrama śoṣa glāni śabda-asahiṣṇu-tā
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre रौW
raukṣya n. aridity; cruelty; dryness शम śrama m. drill; effort either bodily or mental; exercise शोष
śoṣa m. desiccation; dryness; pulmonary consumption गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression
of mind श¬ śabda m. a name; a sound; a technical term असिहºु asahiṣṇu adj. envious; impatient;
quarrelsome ता tā f. ifc. abstracta.

र³े ऽमलिशिशरपीितिसराशइिथ7ºकताः ॥ (१७.२)
rakte 'mlaśiśiraprītisirāśaithilyarūkṣatāḥ // (17.2)
rakta amla-śiśira-prīti-sirā-śaithilya-rūkṣa-tad
र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood अमल amla adj. acid; sour िशिशर
śiśira adj. chilly; cold; cool पीित prīti f. any pleasurable sensation; friendliness; gladness िसरा sirā
f. a bucket; a nerve; a stream शइिथ7 śaithilya n. decrease; depression (of the mind); dilatoriness
ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) तद tad pron. this.

मांसे ऽकगलािनग"िWक"ुMतासं िध`वेदनाः । (१८.१)
māṃse 'kṣaglānigaṇḍasphikśuṣkatāsaṃdhivedanāḥ / (18.1)
māṃsa akṣa-glāni-gaṇḍa-sphic-śuṣkatā-saṃdhi-vedanā
मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat अक akṣa n. the eye गलािन glāni f. debility; decrease; depression of mind
ग" gaṇḍa mn. a bubble; a goitre or any other excrescence of the neck; a hero िWच् sphic f. a
buttock; hip "ुMता śuṣkatā f. aridity; dryness संिध saṃdhi mf. (in mensuration) the connecting link
of a perpendicular; a fold; a joint `वेदना vedanā f. feeling; pain; sensation.

मेदिस ¹पनं कटयाः Nी$ो वृिTः Tशा§ता ॥ (१८.२)
medasi svapanaṃ kaṭyāḥ plīhno vṛddhiḥ kṛśāṅgatā // (18.2)
medas svapana kaṭi plīhan vṛddhi kṛśa-aṅgatā
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness ¹पन svapana n.
dreaming; numbness (of the skin); sleep किट kaṭi f. an elephant's cheek; buttocks; entrance of a
8
temple Nीहन् plīhan m. disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the
mesenteric glands etc.); the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood
to flow) वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) Tश kṛśa adj.
emaciated; feeble; insignificant अ§ता aṅgatā f. a state of subordination or dependance; the being
of secondary importance; the being unessential.

असथ~् अिWतोदः शदनं द*केशनखािदषु । (१९.१)
asthny asthitodaḥ śadanaṃ dantakeśanakhādiṣu / (19.1)
asthi asthi-toda śadana danta-keśa-nakha-ādi
अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit तोद toda m. a
driver (of horses etc.); name of a Sāman; pricking pain शदन śadana n. falling द* danta mn. a pin
used in playing a lute; a tooth; an arbour केश keśa m. a kind of perfume; name of a Daitya; name
of a mineral नख nakha mn. a finger-nail; claw; talon आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

असथनां मैजिन सौिषय भमस् ितिमरदशरनम् ॥ (१९.२)
asthnāṃ majjani sauṣiryaṃ bhramas timiradarśanam // (19.2)
asthi majjan sauṣirya bhrama timira-darśana
अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit मैजन् majjan m. scurf; the marrow of bones सौिषयर
sauṣirya n. hollowness; porosity भम bhrama m. a circle; a gimlet or auger; a grindstone ितिमर
timira n. darkness; darkness of the eyes; iron-rust दशरन darśana n. audience; examination;
inspection.

"ुके िचरात् पिस¬े त "ुकं शोिणतम् एव वा । (२०.१)
śukre cirāt prasicyeta śukraṃ śoṇitam eva vā / (20.1)
śukra cirāt prasic śukra śoṇita eva vā
"ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid िचरात् cirāt ind.
पिसच् prasic 4.P. to be watered i.e. refreshed; to emit; to fill (a vessel) "ुक śukra n. a kind of
prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid शोिणत śoṇita n. a kind of prameha-
śonitameha; blood; resin एव eva ind. alone; already; even वा vā ind. either - or; on the one side -
on the other side; optionally.

तोदो ऽ*थ वृषणयोर मेढरं धूमायतीव च ॥ (२०.२)
todo 'tyarthaṃ vṛṣaṇayor meḍhraṃ dhūmāyatīva ca // (20.2)
toda atyartha vṛṣaṇa meḍhra dhūmāy-iva ca
तोद toda m. a driver (of horses etc.); name of a Sāman; pricking pain अ*थर atyartha adj.
excessive; exorbitant वृषण vṛṣaṇa mn. (du.) the testicles; fruit (of a plant); the scrotum मेढर
meḍhra mn. Harnröhre; membrum virile; penis धूमाय् dhūmāy Denom.P. qualmen; to smoke; to
smudge इव iva ind. a little; about; almost च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

पुरी`षे वायुर अMािण सश¬ो `वेºय¤् इव । (२१.१)
purīṣe vāyur antrāṇi saśabdo veṣṭayann iva / (21.1)
purīṣa vāyu antra sa-śabda veṣṭay iva
पुरीष purīṣa n. (esp.) crumbling or loose earth; a disk; anything used to fill up interstices in a
wall वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a
vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) अM antra n. entrail; intestine स sa ind. (ibc.) with श¬ śabda
m. a name; a sound; a technical term `वेºय् veṣṭay 10.Ā. to beset; to cause to shrink up; to cover इव
iva ind. a little; about; almost.
9

ककौ भमित या*् ऊ¹ T~ा¯N पीडयन् भृशम् ॥ (२१.२)
kukṣau bhramati yāty ūrdhvaṃ hṛtpārśve pīḍayan bhṛśam // (21.2)
kukṣi bhram yā ūrdhvam hṛd-pārśva pīḍay bhṛśam
किक kukṣi mf. a bay; a cavity in general; a valley भम् bhram 4.Ā. to agitate; to brandish; to cause
to err या yā 2.Ā. to flee; to go; to go to for any purpose (inf.) ऊ¹रम् ūrdhvam ind. after;
furthermore; upward Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior पाNर pārśva mn. a curved knife; a side of
any square figure; flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) पीडय् pīḍay 10.Ā. (in astrol.) to
cover (esp. with something inauspicious); to break (a vow); to cause pain भृ शम् bhṛśam ind. very.

मूते ऽ7ं मूतयेत् T½ाद िववण सासम् एव वा । (२२.१)
mūtre 'lpaṃ mūtrayet kṛcchrād vivarṇaṃ sāsram eva vā / (22.1)
mūtra alpa mūtray kṛcchra vivarṇa sāsra eva vā
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine अ7 alpa adj. little; minute; small मूतय्
mūtray Denom.Ā. to discharge urine; to make water against (acc.) T½ kṛcchra mn. austerity;
bodily mortification; calamity िववणर vivarṇa adj. belonging to a mixed caste; colourless; low सास
sāsra adj. having angles or corners एव eva ind. alone; already; even वा vā ind. either - or; on the
one side - on the other side; optionally.

¹े`दे रोम¬ुितः º*रोमता Wटनं ~चः ॥ (२२.२)
svede romacyutiḥ stabdharomatā sphuṭanaṃ tvacaḥ // (22.2)
sveda roman-cyuti stabdharomatā sphuṭana tvac
¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") रोमन् roman n. (esp.) short
hair; bristles; down ¬ुित cyuti f. degeneration; deviation from (abl.); dying º*रोमता
stabdharomatā f. Wटन sphuṭana n. bursting; cracking (of the joints etc.); expanding ~च् tvac f. a
cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag.

मलानाम् अितसूWाणां §लरWं लकयेत् कयम् । (२३.१)
malānām atisūkṣmāṇāṃ durlakṣyaṃ lakṣayet kṣayam / (23.1)
mala ati-sūkṣma durlakṣya lakṣay kṣaya
मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth अित ati ind. extremely; very सूW sūkṣma adj. feeble; fine;
insignificant §लरW durlakṣya n. a bad aim लकय् lakṣay 10.Ā. to aim; to characterize; to consider or
regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without iva) कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction.

¹मलायनसंशोषतोद"ू~~लाघवइः ॥ (२३.२)
svamalāyanasaṃśoṣatodaśūnyatvalāghavaiḥ // (23.2)
sva-malāyana-saṃśoṣa-toda-śūnyatva-lāghava
¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own मलायन malāyana n. the path of the excretions; the rectum संशोष
saṃśoṣa m. complete drying; drying up तोद toda m. a driver (of horses etc.); name of a Sāman;
pricking pain "ू~त् व śūnyatva n. लाघव lāghava n. alacrity; brevity; conciseness.

दोषादीनां यथा¹ं च िवNाद वृिTकयौ िभषक । (२४.१)
doṣādīnāṃ yathāsvaṃ ca vidyād vṛddhikṣayau bhiṣak / (24.1)
doṣa-ādi yathāsva ca vid vṛddhi-kṣaya bhiṣaj
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning यथा¹
yathāsva adj. each acc. to (his, her, their) own; every one possessing his own च ca ind. also; and;
10
as well as िवद vid 1.P. to be conscious of; to know; to learn वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement;
augmentation; elevation (of ground) कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction िभ`षै bhiṣaj m.
a healer; a remedy; medicine.

कयेण िवपरीतानां गुणानां वधर`नेन च ॥ (२४.२)
kṣayeṇa viparītānāṃ guṇānāṃ vardhanena ca // (24.2)
kṣaya viparīta guṇa vardhana ca
कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting in a contrary manner;
adverse; being the reverse of anything गुण guṇa mn. (in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or
constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook वधरन vardhana n. the act of cutting or cutting off च ca
ind. also; and; as well as.

वृÍT मलानां स§ाच् च कयं चाितिवसगर तः । (२५.१)
vṛddhiṃ malānāṃ saṅgāc ca kṣayaṃ cātivisargataḥ / (25.1)
vṛddhi mala saṅga ca kṣaya ca-ativisarga
वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth
स§ saṅga m. addiction or devotion to; association or intercourse with; clinging to च ca ind. also;
and; as well as कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction च ca ind. also; and; as well as
अितिवसगर ativisarga m. .

मलोिचत~ाद `देहº कयो वृTेस् तु पीडनः ॥ (२५.२)
malocitatvād dehasya kṣayo vṛddhes tu pīḍanaḥ // (25.2)
mala-ucitatva deha kṣaya vṛddhi tu pīḍana
मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth उिचत~ ucitatva n. fitness `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a
cloud); form कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement;
augmentation; elevation (of ground) तु tu ind. and; but; do पीडन pīḍana adj. afflicting; molesting;
paining.

ततािसथन िWतो वायुः िप7ं तु ¹ेदर³योः । (२६.१)
tatrāsthni sthito vāyuḥ pittaṃ tu svedaraktayoḥ / (26.1)
sthā vāyu pitta tu sveda-rakta
Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth
Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) िप7 pitta n. bile;
the bilious humour तु tu ind. and; but; do ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of
perspiration") र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood.

HेPा शे`षे षु `तेनइषाम् आशयाशियणां िमथः ॥ (२६.२)
śleṣmā śeṣeṣu tenaiṣām āśrayāśrayiṇāṃ mithaḥ // (26.2)
śleṣman śeṣa tad-idam āśraya-āśrayin mithas
HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings; remainder तद tad pron.
this इदम् idam pron. this आशय āśraya m. a plea; a recipient; appropriate act or one consistent with
the character of the agent आशियन् āśrayin adj. attaching one's self to; dwelling in; following िमथस्
mithas ind. alternately; by contest or dispute; in secret.

यद एकº तद अ~º वधरनकपणौषधम् । (२७.१)
yad ekasya tad anyasya vardhanakṣapaṇauṣadham / (27.1)
yad eka tad anya vardhana-kṣapaṇa-auṣadha
11
यद yad pron. what; which एक eka pron. alone; excellent; happening only once तद tad pron. this
अ~ anya pron. anderer वधरन vardhana adj. (mostly ifc.) animating; (often ifc.) causing to increase;
exhilarating कपण kṣapaṇa adj. destructive; ifc. one who destroys औषध auṣadha n. drug; herb;
herbs collectively.

अिWमा^तयोर नइवं पायो वृिTर िह तपरणात् ॥ (२७.२)
asthimārutayor naivaṃ prāyo vṛddhir hi tarpaṇāt // (27.2)
asthi-māruta na-evam prāyas vṛddhi hi tarpaṇa
अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit मा^त māruta m. a chief of the Maruts; a son of the
Maruts; air न na ind. neither; no; nor एवम् evam ind. in such a manner; in this way; such पायस्
prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation;
elevation (of ground) िह hi ind. because; for; on account of तपरण tarpaṇa n. a libation; filling the
eyes; food.

HेPणानुगता तWात् संकयस् ति§पयरयात् । (२८.१)
śleṣmaṇānugatā tasmāt saṃkṣayas tadviparyayāt / (28.1)
śleṣman-anugam tad saṃkṣaya tad-viparyaya
HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum अनुगम् anugam 1.Ā. to approach; to arrive; to be
extinguished तद tad pron. this संकय saṃkṣaya m. complete destruction or consumption; decay;
destruction of the world तद tad pron. this िवपयरय viparyaya m. alteration; avoiding; barter.

वायुनानुगतो ऽWाच् च वृिTकयसमुTवान् ॥ (२८.२)
vāyunānugato 'smāc ca vṛddhikṣayasamudbhavān // (28.2)
vāyu-anugam idam ca vṛddhi-kṣaya-samudbhava
वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air
(of which 5 are reckoned) अनुगम् anugam 1.Ā. to approach; to arrive; to be extinguished इदम्
idam pron. this च ca ind. also; and; as well as वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation
(of ground) कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction समुTव samudbhava m. coming to life
again; existence; name of Agni at the Vratādeśa.

िवकारान् साधयेच् छीघं कमाल् लङघनबृंहणइः । (२९.१)
vikārān sādhayec chīghraṃ kramāl laṅghanabṛṃhaṇaiḥ / (29.1)
vikāra sādhay śīghra kramāt laṅghana-bṛṃhaṇa
िवकार vikāra mn. (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative from Prakṛti; a product; agitation
साधय् sādhay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to acquire; to attain one's object शीघ śīghra adj. quick; speedy;
swift कमात् kramāt ind. successively लङघन laṅghana n. ascending; attack; attaining बृंहण bṛṃhaṇa
n. a means for making strong or firm; the act of making big.

वायोर अ~त `तैजां स् तु तइर एवोतकमयोिजतइः ॥ (२९.२)
vāyor anyatra tajjāṃs tu tair evotkramayojitaiḥ // (29.2)
vāyu anyatra tad-ja tu tad eva-utkrama-yojay
वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air
(of which 5 are reckoned) अ~त anyatra ind. at another time than; elsewhere; except तद tad pron.
this ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from तु tu ind.
and; but; do तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even उतकम utkrama m. acting
improperly; deviation; going astray योजय् yojay 10.Ā. to accomplish; to add; to adjust.

12
िवशेषाद र³वृ7ुMान् र³सुितिव`रेचनइः । (३०.१)
viśeṣād raktavṛddhyutthān raktasrutivirecanaiḥ / (30.1)
viśeṣāt rakta-vṛddhi-uttha rakta-sruti-virecana
िवशेषात् viśeṣāt ind. especially र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood वृिT
vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.)
standing up; arising; coming forth र³ rakta n. padmaka; a particular disease of the eyes; blood
सुित sruti f. a course; a line drawn round the Vedi; a stream िव`रेचन virecana n. a means for making
the head clear; purging or any purging substance.

मांसवृिTभवान् रोगान् शWकारािVकमरिभः ॥ (३०.२)
māṃsavṛddhibhavān rogān śastrakṣārāgnikarmabhiḥ // (30.2)
māṃsa-vṛddhi-bhava roga śastra-kṣāra-agnikarman
मांस māṃsa n. flesh; meat वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) भव
bhava m. (with Buddhists) continuity of becoming (a link in the twelvefold chain of causation); a
god; acquisition रोग roga mn. a diseased spot; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus; disease शW śastra n.
a razor; an instrument for cutting or wounding; any instrument or tool कार kṣāra n. a factitious
or medicinal salt (commonly black salt); alkali; alkaline substance अिVकमरन् agnikarman n. action
of Agni; cauterization; piling up the wood etc.

Wौ7का¥¹पचा`रेण मेदोजान् अिWसंकयात् । (३१.१)
sthaulyakārśyopacāreṇa medojān asthisaṃkṣayāt / (31.1)
sthaulya-kārśya-upacāra medas-ja asthi-saṃkṣaya
Wौ7 sthaulya n. bigness; denseness (opp. to saukṣmya); density of intellect का¥र kārśya n.
thinness उपचार upacāra m. a ceremony; a favourable circumstance; a kind of Sandhi
(substitution of s and ṣ in place of Visarga) मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v;
corpulence; excessive fatness ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or
descended from अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a fruit संकय saṃkṣaya m. complete destruction
or consumption; decay; destruction of the world.

जातान् कीरघृतइस् ित³संयुतइर विºिभस् तथा ॥ (३१.२)
jātān kṣīraghṛtais tiktasaṃyutair vastibhis tathā // (31.2)
jan kṣīra-ghṛta tikta-saṃyuta vasti tathā
जन् jan 4.P. to be; to be born; to be born again कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants;
thickened milk घृत ghṛta n. cream; fat (as an emblem of fertility); fertilizing rain (considered as
the fat which drops from heaven) ित³ tikta adj. bitter (one of the 6 modifications of taste);
fragrant; pungent संयुत saṃyuta adj. accumulated; added to (instr. or comp.); being in
conjunction with विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe made of bladder or the injection
itself; the bladder तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so.

िवडवृिTजान् अतीसारिकयया िवटकयोTवान् । (३२.१)
viḍvṛddhijān atīsārakriyayā viṭkṣayodbhavān / (32.1)
viṣ-vṛddhi-ja atīsāra-kriyā viṣ-kṣaya-udbhava
िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground)
ज ja adj. born or produced in or at or upon; growing in; ifc. born or descended from अतीसार
atīsāra m. dysentery; purging िकया kriyā f. a literary work; a noun of action; a religious rite or
ceremony िवष् viṣ f. dirt; excrement; feces कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction उTव
udbhava adj. produced or coming from.
13

मेषाजमWक7ाषयवमाष§यािदिभः ॥ (३२.२)
meṣājamadhyakulmāṣayavamāṣadvayādibhiḥ // (32.2)
meṣa-aja-madhya-kulmāṣa-yava-māṣa-dvaya-ādi
मेष meṣa m. a ram; a species of plant; name of a particular demon ऐअ aja m. a goat; Brahmā;
Kāma मW madhya adj. central; impartial; intermediate क7ाष kulmāṣa m. a kind of disease; an
inferior kind of grain; half-ripe barley यव yava mn. (in palmistry) a figure or mark on the hand
resembling a barley-corn (supposed to indicate good fortune); a barley-corn (either as a measure
of length 1/6 or 1/8 of an Aṅgula as a weight 6 or 12 mustard seeds 1/2 Guñjā); a double
convex lens माष māṣa m. a bean (the plant); a cutaneous eruption resembling beans; a fool §य
dvaya n. both; double; falsehood आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

मूतवृिTकयोMांश च मेहT½िचिकñया । (३३.१)
mūtravṛddhikṣayotthāṃś ca mehakṛcchracikitsayā / (33.1)
mūtra-vṛddhi-kṣaya-uttha ca meha-kṛcchra-cikitsā
मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the kidneys; urine वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation;
elevation (of ground) कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction उM uttha adj. (generally ifc.)
standing up; arising; coming forth च ca ind. also; and; as well as मेह meha m. a ram; diabetes;
excessive flow of urine T½ kṛcchra mn. austerity; bodily mortification; calamity िचिकñा cikitsā f.
medical attendance; practice or science of medicine (esp. therapeutics).

ºायामा~Mन¹ेदमNइः ¹ेदकयोTवान् ॥ (३३.२)
vyāyāmābhyañjanasvedamadyaiḥ svedakṣayodbhavān // (33.2)
vyāyāma-abhyañjana-sveda-madya sveda-kṣaya-udbhava
ºायाम vyāyāma m. (with Buddhists) right exercise or training; a difficult passage; a particular
measure of length अ~Mन abhyañjana n. embellishment; inunction (especially of the feet);
ornament ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") मN madya n. any
intoxicating drink; vinous or spiritous liquor; wine ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration
("drops of perspiration") कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction उTव udbhava adj.
produced or coming from.

¹WानWº कायाVेर अंशा धातुषु संिशताः । (३४.१)
svasthānasthasya kāyāgner aṃśā dhātuṣu saṃśritāḥ / (34.1)
sva-sthāna-stha kāya-agni aṃśa dhātu saṃśri
¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own Wान sthāna n. a state of perfect tranquillity; a stronghold;
abiding W stha adj. a place; abiding; being situated in काय kāya m. a butt; a house; any object to
be attained अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty अंश aṃśa m. day; degree of latitude
or longitude; denominator of a fraction धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential
ingredient of the body; constituent part; element संिश saṃśri 1.Ā. to acquire; to approach; to
approach for sexual union.

`तेषां सादाितदीिP~ां धातुवृिTकयोTवः ॥ (३४.२)
teṣāṃ sādātidīptibhyāṃ dhātuvṛddhikṣayodbhavaḥ // (34.2)
tad sāda-atidīpti dhātu-vṛddhi-kṣaya-udbhava
तद tad pron. this साद sāda m. cleanness; clearness; decay अितदीिP atidīpti f. धातु dhātu mn. a
constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element वृिT vṛddhi f.
14
advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay;
destruction उTव udbhava m. a sort of salt; becoming visible; birth.

पूव¹ धातुः परं कयारद वृTः कीणश च ति§धम् । (३५.१)
pūrvo dhātuḥ paraṃ kuryād vṛddhaḥ kṣīṇaś ca tadvidham / (35.1)
pūrva dhātu para kṛ vṛdh kṣi ca tadvidha
पूवर pūrva pron. aforesaid; ancient; attended with धातु dhātu mn. a constituent element or
essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element पर para pron. ancient; best; better or
worse than T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become वृध् vṛdh 1.Ā. to ascend (as the
scale in ordeals); to be exalted or elevated; to be filled or extended िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished;
to corrupt; to decrease च ca ind. also; and; as well as ति§ध tadvidha adj. conformable to that; his
(or their) like; of that kind.

दोषा §ºा रसइर धातून् {षय7् उभये मलान् ॥ (३५.२)
doṣā duṣṭā rasair dhātūn dūṣayanty ubhaye malān // (35.2)
doṣa duṣ rasa dhātu dūṣay ubhaya mala
दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection §ष् duṣ 4.Ā. to be defiled or impure; to be ruined; to be
wrong रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre धातु
dhātu mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element
{षय् dūṣay 10.Ā. (astrol.) to cause evil or misfortune; to accuse; to adulterate उभय ubhaya adj.
both; in both manners; in both ways मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth.

अधो §े सP िशरिस खािन ¹ेदवहािन च । (३६.१)
adho dve sapta śirasi khāni svedavahāni ca / (36.1)
adhas dvi saptan śiras kha sveda-vaha ca
अधस् adhas ind. below; beneath; down ि§ dvi nr. two सPन् saptan adj. 7 MW िशरस् śiras n. acme;
chief; first (of a class) ख kha n. (in anat.) the glottis; a cavity; a city ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific;
heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") वह vaha adj. bearing; bearing (a name); bearing
along (said of rivers) च ca ind. also; and; as well as.

मला मलायनािन ºुर यथा¹ं `तेM् अतो गदाः ॥ (३६.२)
malā malāyanāni syur yathāsvaṃ teṣv ato gadāḥ // (36.2)
mala malāyana as yathāsva tad atas gada
मल mala mn. dirt; dust; filth मलायन malāyana n. the path of the excretions; the rectum अस् as
2.P. to abide; to be; to be equal to (dat.) यथा¹ yathāsva adj. each acc. to (his, her, their) own;
every one possessing his own तद tad pron. this अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this
or that cause or reason गद gada m. a sentence; Costus speciosus Sm.; disease.

ओजस् तु `तेजो धातू नां "ुका*ानां परं Wृतम् । (३७.१)
ojas tu tejo dhātūnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ paraṃ smṛtam / (37.1)
ojas tu tejas dhātu śukra-anta para smṛ
ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength तु tu ind. and; but; do `तेजस् tejas n. (in Sāṃkhya
phil.) rajas (passion); (opposed to kṣamā) impatience; a mystical name of the letter r धातु dhātu
mn. a constituent element or essential ingredient of the body; constituent part; element "ुक śukra
n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid अ* anta m. a final syllable; a
shore; border पर para pron. ancient; best; better or worse than Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to
bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.
15

TदयWम् अिप ºािप `देहिWितिनब^नम् ॥ (३७.२)
hṛdayastham api vyāpi dehasthitinibandhanam // (37.2)
hṛdaya-stha api vyāpin deha-sthiti-nibandhana
Tदय hṛdaya n. mind (as the seat of mental operations); name of a Sāman; science W stha adj. a
place; abiding; being situated in अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides ºािपन् vyāpin adj.
comprehensive; covering; diffusive `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form िWित
sthiti f. (in astron.) duration of an eclipse; (in Vedic gram.) the standing of a word by itself;
abiding िनब^न nibandhana n. a commentary; a grant; a literary composition or treatise.

िN^ं सोमाMकं "ुTम् ईष=ोिहतपीतकम् । (३८.१)
snigdhaṃ somātmakaṃ śuddham īṣallohitapītakam / (38.1)
snigdha soma-ātmaka śuddha īṣat-lohita-pītaka
िN^ snigdha adj. adhesive; affectionate; agreeable सोम soma m. (esp.) the juice of the Soma
plant; a day destined for extracting the Soma-juice; a drug of supposed magical properties आMक
ātmaka adj. (ifc.) having the nature of "ुT śuddha adj. admitted; authorised; clean ईषत् īṣat ind. a
little; little; slightly लोिहत lohita adj. made of copper; metal; red पीतक pītaka adj. yellow.

य¤ाशे िनयतं नाशो यÍWस् ितºित ितºित ॥ (३८.२)
yannāśe niyataṃ nāśo yasmiṃs tiṣṭhati tiṣṭhati // (38.2)
yad-nāśa niyata nāśa yad sthā sthā
यद yad pron. what; which नाश nāśa m. (arithm.) elimination; annihilation; death िनयत niyata adj.
abstemious; checked; connected with नाश nāśa m. (arithm.) elimination; annihilation; death यद
yad pron. what; which Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to
be; to be at hand.

िनºN*े यतो भावा िविवधा `देहसं शयाः । (३९.१)
niṣpadyante yato bhāvā vividhā dehasaṃśrayāḥ / (39.1)
niṣpad yatas bhāva vividha deha-saṃśraya
िनºद niṣpad 4.Ā. to arise; to be brought about or effected; to become ripe यतस् yatas ind. as; as
soon as; because भाव bhāva m. (in astron.) the state or condition of a planet; advice; affection
िविवध vividha adj. divers; manifold; of various sorts `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud);
form संशय saṃśraya m. a piece or portion belonging to anything; a refuge; alliance.

ओजः कीयेत कोपकु7ानशोकशमािदिभः ॥ (३९.२)
ojaḥ kṣīyeta kopakṣuddhyānaśokaśramādibhiḥ // (39.2)
ojas kopa-kṣudh-dhyāna-śoka-śrama-ādi
ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength कोप kopa m. anger; fury (of fire);
incompatibleness with कुध् kṣudh f. hunger Wान dhyāna mn. (esp.) profound and abstract religious
meditation; meditation; reflection शोक śoka m. affliction; anguish; flame शम śrama m. drill; effort
either bodily or mental; exercise आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning.

िबभेित §बरलो ऽभीWं Wायित ºिथ`तेि¶यः । (४०.१)
bibheti durbalo 'bhīkṣṇaṃ dhyāyati vyathitendriyaḥ / (40.1)
bhī durbala abhīkṣṇa dhyā vyath-indriya
16
भी bhī 3.Ā. to be afraid of; to fear §बरल durbala adj. emaciated; feeble; lean (cow) अभीW
abhīkṣṇa adj. constant; perpetual Wा dhyā 2.P. to be thoughtful or meditative; to brood mischief
against (acc.); to call to mind ºथ् vyath 1.P. to come to naught; to fail; to go astray इि¶य indriya
n. bodily power; exhibition of power; faculty of sense.

§"ायो §मरना ºको भ`वेत् कामश च ततकये ॥ (४०.२)
duśchāyo durmanā rūkṣo bhavet kṣāmaś ca tatkṣaye // (40.2)
duśchāya durmanas rūkṣa bhū kṣāma ca tad-kṣaya
§"ाय duśchāya adj. having a bad complexion; looking unwell §मरनस् durmanas adj. in bad or low
spirits; sad ºक rūkṣa adj. arid; astringent; cruel (as a person or speech) भू bhū 1.Ā. to be; to
become; to come into being काम kṣāma adj. burning to ashes; charring; debilitated च ca ind. also;
and; as well as तद tad pron. this कय kṣaya m. consumption; decay; destruction.

जीवनीयौषधकीररसाNास् तत भे`षैअम् । (४१.१)
jīvanīyauṣadhakṣīrarasādyās tatra bheṣajam / (41.1)
jīvanīya-auṣadha-kṣīra-rasa-ādya tatra bheṣaja
जीवनीय jīvanīya adj. prepared from Jīvanīya milk; vivifying (a class of drugs) औषध auṣadha n.
drug; herb; herbs collectively कीर kṣīra n. milk; the milky juice or sap of plants; thickened milk
रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre आN ādya adj.
being at the head; earlier; excellent तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place भे`षैअ bheṣaja
n. a remedy; a spell or charm; drug.

ओजोवृTौ िह `देहº तुिºपुिºबलोदयः ॥ (४१.२)
ojovṛddhau hi dehasya tuṣṭipuṣṭibalodayaḥ // (41.2)
ojas-vṛddhi hi deha tuṣṭi-puṣṭi-bala-udaya
ओजस् ojas n. ability; appearance; bodily strength वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation;
elevation (of ground) िह hi ind. because; for; on account of `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of
a cloud); form तुिº tuṣṭi f. contentment; name of a Kalā of the moon; satisfaction पुिº puṣṭi f.
breeding; comfort; completeness बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in उदय udaya m. a
following word; appearance; becoming visible.

यद अ¤ं §ेिº यद अिप पाथरयेतािवरोिध तु । (४२.१)
yad annaṃ dveṣṭi yad api prārthayetāvirodhi tu / (42.1)
yad anna dviṣ yad api prārthay-avirodhin tu
यद yad pron. what; which अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice ि§ष् dviṣ 6.Ā. to be
a rival or a match for; to be hostile or unfriendly; to hate यद yad pron. what; which अिप api ind.
also; assuredly; besides पाथरय् prārthay Denom.Ā. to ask a person (acc.) for (acc. or loc.) or ask
anything (acc.) from (abl.); to assail; to attack अिवरोिधन् avirodhin adj. not being obstructive to
(gen. or in comp.); not being out of harmony with तु tu ind. and; but; do.

तत् तत् *ैअन् समHंश च तौ तौ वृिTकयौ जयेत् ॥ (४२.२)
tat tat tyajan samaśnaṃś ca tau tau vṛddhikṣayau jayet // (42.2)
tad tad tyaj samaś ca tad tad vṛddhi-kṣaya ji
तद tad pron. this तद tad pron. this *ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge समश samaś 9.P.
to eat; to enjoy (lit. and fig.); to taste च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this तद tad pron.
this वृिT vṛddhi f. advancement; augmentation; elevation (of ground) कय kṣaya m. consumption;
decay; destruction िज ji 2.P. to conquer (in a battle); to defeat; to exercise.
17

कवर`ते िह ^Íच दोषा िवपरीतसमानयोः । (४३.१)
kurvate hi ruciṃ doṣā viparītasamānayoḥ / (43.1)
kṛ hi ruci doṣa viparīta-samāna
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become िह hi ind. because; for; on account of ^िच
ruci f. appetite; beauty; colour दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection िवपरीत viparīta adj. acting
in a contrary manner; adverse; being the reverse of anything समान samāna adj. alike; equal;
identical.

वृTाः कीणाश च भूियºं लकय7् अबुधास् तु न ॥ (४३.२)
vṛddhāḥ kṣīṇāś ca bhūyiṣṭhaṃ lakṣayanty abudhās tu na // (43.2)
vṛdh kṣi ca bhūyiṣṭha lakṣay abudha tu na
वृध् vṛdh 1.Ā. to ascend (as the scale in ordeals); to be exalted or elevated; to be filled or
extended िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease च ca ind. also; and; as well as
भूियº bhūyiṣṭha adj. chief; most numerous or abundant or great or important; principal लकय्
lakṣay 10.Ā. to aim; to characterize; to consider or regard any one (acc.) as (acc. with or without
iva) अबुध abudha adj. foolish; stupid तु tu ind. and; but; do न na ind. neither; no; nor.

यथाबलं यथा¹ं च दोषा वृTा िवत~`ते । (४४.१)
yathābalaṃ yathāsvaṃ ca doṣā vṛddhā vitanvate / (44.1)
yathābalam yathāsva ca doṣa vṛdh vitan
यथाबलम् yathābalam ind. according to power; according to the (condition of the) army; according
to the (number of) forces यथा¹ yathāsva adj. each acc. to (his, her, their) own; every one
possessing his own च ca ind. also; and; as well as दोष doṣa mn. a calf; accusation; affection वृध्
vṛdh 1.Ā. to ascend (as the scale in ordeals); to be exalted or elevated; to be filled or extended
िवतन् vitan 8.Ā. to accomplish (esp. a rite or ceremony); to apply (ointment); to carry out.

ºपािण जहित कीणाः समाः ¹ं कमर कवर`ते ॥ (४४.२)
rūpāṇi jahati kṣīṇāḥ samāḥ svaṃ karma kurvate // (44.2)
rūpa hā kṣi sama sva karman kṛ
ºप rūpa n. a particular coin; a show; a single specimen हा hā 1.P. to abandon; to be deficient or
wanting; to be excluded from or bereft of िक kṣi 9.Ā. to be diminished; to corrupt; to decrease
सम sama pron. common; constant; easy ¹ sva adj. akin; one's own; own कमरन् karman n. act;
action; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya
philosophy) T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become.

य एव `देहº समा िववृ7इ त एव दोषा िवषमा वधाय ।(४५.१)
ya eva dehasya samā vivṛddhyai ta eva doṣā viṣamā vadhāya /(45.1)
yad eva deha sama vivṛddhi tad eva doṣa viṣama vadha
यद yad pron. what; which एव eva ind. alone; already; even `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a
cloud); form सम sama pron. common; constant; easy िववृिT vivṛddhi f. augmentation;
enlargement; furthering तद tad pron. this एव eva ind. alone; already; even दोष doṣa mn. a calf;
accusation; affection िवषम viṣama adj. bad; coarse; dangerous वध vadha m. capital punishment;
killing; murder.

यWाद अतस् `ते िहतचयरयइव कयाद िववृTेर इव रकणीयाः ॥(४५.२)
yasmād atas te hitacaryayaiva kṣayād vivṛddher iva rakṣaṇīyāḥ //(45.2)
18
yad atas tad hita-caryā-eva kṣaya vivṛddhi iva rakṣ
यद yad pron. what; which अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or
reason तद tad pron. this िहत hita adj. agreeable; arranged; beneficial चयार caryā f. (often ifc)
proceeding; a religious mendicant's life; behaviour एव eva ind. alone; already; even कय kṣaya m.
consumption; decay; destruction िववृिT vivṛddhi f. augmentation; enlargement; furthering इव
iva ind. a little; about; almost रक् rakṣ 1.Ā. to attend to; to beware of; to conceal.

1
पकवाशयकटीसिकथशोतािWWशर`नेि¶यम् । (१.१)
pakvāśayakaṭīsakthiśrotrāsthisparśanendriyam / (1.1)
pakvāśaya-kaṭi-sakthi-śrotra-asthi-sparśana-indriya
पकवाशय pakvāśaya m. [medic.] pakvāśaya किट kaṭi f. an elephant's cheek; buttocks; entrance of a
temple सिकथ sakthi n. the pole or shafts of a cart; thigh; thigh-bone शोत śrotra n. auricle;
conversancy with the Veda or sacred knowledge itself; ear अिW asthi n. a bone; the kernel of a
fruit Wशरन sparśana n. contact; donation; gift इि¶य indriya n. bodily power; exhibition of power;
faculty of sense.

Wानं वातº ततािप पकवाधानं िवशेषतः ॥ (१.२)
sthānaṃ vātasya tatrāpi pakvādhānaṃ viśeṣataḥ // (1.2)
sthāna vāta tatra-api pakvādhāna viśeṣataḥ
Wान sthāna n. a state of perfect tranquillity; a stronghold; abiding वात vāta m. air; flatulence;
gout तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides पकवाधान
pakvādhāna n. abdomen; the receptacle for digested food; the stomach िवशेषतः viśeṣataḥ ind.
especially.

नािभर आमाशयः ¹ेदो लसीका ^िधरं रसः । (२.१)
nābhir āmāśayaḥ svedo lasīkā rudhiraṃ rasaḥ / (2.1)
nābhi āmāśaya sveda lasīkā rudhira rasa
नािभ nābhi f. a near relation or friend; affinity; central point आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.] the
āmāśaya ¹ेद sveda m. a sudorific; heat; perspiration ("drops of perspiration") लसीका lasīkā f. a
tendon; lymph; muscle ^िधर rudhira n. blood; name of a city; saffron रस rasa mn. amṛta; a
constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

[क Wशरनं च िप7º नािभर अत िवशे षतः ॥ (२.२)
dṛk sparśanaṃ ca pittasya nābhir atra viśeṣataḥ // (2.2)
dṛś sparśana ca pitta nābhi atra viśeṣataḥ
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine Wशरन
sparśana n. contact; donation; gift च ca ind. also; and; as well as िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious
humour नािभ nābhi f. a near relation or friend; affinity; central point अत atra ind. here at this
time; in this matter; in this place िवशेषतः viśeṣataḥ ind. especially.

उरःक"िशरः¥ोमपवार"् आमाशयो रसः । (३.१)
uraḥkaṇṭhaśiraḥklomaparvāṇy āmāśayo rasaḥ / (3.1)
uras-kaṇṭha-śiras-kloman-parvan āmāśaya rasa
उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand; immediate proximity;
name of a Maharshi िशरस् śiras n. acme; chief; first (of a class) ¥ोमन् kloman mn. the right lung
पवरन् parvan n. (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival; a break; a day (360) आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.]
the āmāśaya रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of the body; a kind of metre.

मेदो घाणं च िजJा च कफº सुतराम् उरः ॥ (३.२)
medo ghrāṇaṃ ca jihvā ca kaphasya sutarām uraḥ // (3.2)
medas ghrāṇa ca jihvā ca kapha sutarām uras
मेदस् medas n. a mystical term for the letter v; corpulence; excessive fatness घाण ghrāṇa mn.
odour; perception of odour; smell च ca ind. also; and; as well as िजJा jihvā f. speech; the root of
2
Tabernaemontana coronaria; the tongue च ca ind. also; and; as well as कफ kapha m. phlegm;
phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general सुतराम् sutarām ind. excessively; in
a higher degree; still more उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind.

पाणािदभेदात् पBाMा वायुः पाणो ऽत मूधरगः । (४.१)
prāṇādibhedāt pañcātmā vāyuḥ prāṇo 'tra mūrdhagaḥ / (4.1)
prāṇa-ādi-bheda pañcan-ātman vāyu prāṇa atra mūrdhan-ga
पाण prāṇa m. (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit; (in Vedānts) the spirit identified with the totality of
dreaming spirits; a breath (as a measure of time) आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning भेद
bheda m. (in astron.) a particular crossing or conjunction of the planets; a cleft; alteration पBन्
pañcan adj. fünf आMन् ātman m. a son; abstract individual; Brahma वायु vāyu m. (in astron.) name
of the fourth Muhūrta; a mystical name of the letter ya; a vital air (of which 5 are reckoned) पाण
prāṇa m. (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit; (in Vedānts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming
spirits; a breath (as a measure of time) अत atra ind. here at this time; in this matter; in this place
मूधरन् mūrdhan m. (fig.) the highest or first part of anything; beginning; chief (applied to persons)
ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping the fifth place; being.

उरःक"चरो बुिTTदयेि¶यिच7धृक ॥ (४.२)
uraḥkaṇṭhacaro buddhihṛdayendriyacittadhṛk // (4.2)
uras-kaṇṭha-cara
उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind क" kaṇṭha m. Gefäßwand; immediate proximity;
name of a Maharshi चर cara adj. being; forming the retinue of any one; ifc. having been formerly.

ºीवनकवथू7ारिनःNासा¤प`वेशTत् । (५.१)
ṣṭhīvanakṣavathūdgāraniḥśvāsānnapraveśakṛt / (5.1)
ṣṭhīvana-kṣavathu-udgāra-niḥśvāsa-anna-praveśa-kṛt
ºीवन ṣṭhīvana n. ejecting saliva; expectoration; saliva कवथु kṣavathu m. catarrh; cough; irritation
of the throat उ7ार udgāra m. a loud sound; belching; Erbrochenes िनःNास niḥśvāsa m. breath अ¤
anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice प`वे श praveśa m. a place of entrance; coming or
setting in (of night); door Tत् kṛt adj. accomplishing; acting; author.

उरः Wानम् उदानº नासानािभगलांश च`रेत् ॥ (५.२)
uraḥ sthānam udānasya nāsānābhigalāṃś caret // (5.2)
uras sthāna udāna nāsā-nābhi-gala car
उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind Wान sthāna n. a state of perfect tranquillity; a
stronghold; abiding उदान udāna m. a kind of snake; an eyelash; breathing upwards नासा nāsā f.
Gendarussa Vulgaris; proboscis; the nose नािभ nābhi f. a near relation or friend; affinity; central
point गल gala m. neck; the throat चर car 1.Ā.; grās karnā.

वाकपवृि7पयëोजारबलवणरWृ ितिकयः । (६.१)
vākpravṛttiprayatnorjābalavarṇasmṛtikriyaḥ / (6.1)
vāc-pravṛtti-prayatna-ūrjā-bala-varṇa-smṛti-kriyā
वाच् vāc f. a literary work; a word; asseveration पवृि7 pravṛtti f. activity; advance; appearance
पयë prayatna m. action; activity; caution ऊजार ūrjā f. name of a daughter of Dakṣa and wife of
Vasiṣṭha; sap; strength बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness in वणर varṇa mn. a co-efficient;
3
a cover; a covering Wृित smṛti f. a kind of metre; calling to mind; desire िकया kriyā f. a literary
work; a noun of action; a religious rite or ceremony.

ºानो Tिद िWतः T*`देहचारी महाजवः ॥ (६.२)
vyāno hṛdi sthitaḥ kṛtsnadehacārī mahājavaḥ // (6.2)
vyāna hṛd sthā kṛtsna-deha-cārin mahā-java
ºान vyāna m. one of the five vital airs (that which circulates or is diffused through the body) Tद
hṛd n. breast; chest; interior Wा sthā 1.Ā. to adhere to; to be; to be at hand T* kṛtsna adj. all;
entire; whole `देह deha mn. appearance; bulk (as of a cloud); form चािरन् cārin adj. acting; being;
doing महा mahā ind. (irreg.- *mahant) -> gross जव java m. (parox.) speed; impulse (of the mind);
swiftness.

ग*पकेपणोतकेपिनमे षोªेषणािदकाः । (७.१)
gatyapakṣepaṇotkṣepanimeṣonmeṣaṇādikāḥ / (7.1)
gati-apakṣepaṇa-utkṣepa-nimeṣa-unmeṣaṇa-ādika
गित gati f. Motion (personified as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Pulaha); a certain division
of the moon's path and the position of the planet in it (the diurnal motion of a planet in its
orbit?); a happy issue अपकेपण apakṣepaṇa n. throwing down उतकेप utkṣepa m. bringing up;
despatching; expanding (the wings) िनमेष nimeṣa m. name of a Yakṣa; shutting the eye; twinkling
उªेषण unmeṣaṇa n. appearing; becoming visible; the coming forth आिदक ādika adj. and so on;
beginning with.

पायः सवारः िकयास् तिWन् पितबTाः शरीिरणाम् ॥ (७.२)
prāyaḥ sarvāḥ kriyās tasmin pratibaddhāḥ śarīriṇām // (7.2)
prāyas sarva kriyā tad pratibandh śarīrin
पायस् prāyas ind. abundantly; as a general rule; commonly सवर sarva pron. all; completely;
different िकया kriyā f. a literary work; a noun of action; a religious rite or ceremony तद tad pron.
this पितब^् pratibandh 9.P. to cut off; to enchase; to exclude शरीिरन् śarīrin m. a man; an
embodied being; an embodied spirit.

समानो ऽिVसमीपWः कोºे चरित सवरतः । (८.१)
samāno 'gnisamīpasthaḥ koṣṭhe carati sarvataḥ / (8.1)
samāna agni-samīpa-stha koṣṭha car sarvatas
समान samāna m. one of the five vital airs (that which circulates about the navel and is essential
to digestion) अिV agni m. bile; Citrus Acida; digestive faculty समीप samīpa n. imminence;
nearness; presence W stha adj. a place; abiding; being situated in कोº koṣṭha mn. a kind of pan; a
surrounding wall; an inner apartment चर car 1.Ā.; grās karnā सवरतस् sarvatas ind. sarvasmāt or
sarvebhyas; around (acc.); completely.

अ¤ं गृ÷ाित पचित िव`वे चयित मुBित ॥ (८.२)
annaṃ gṛhṇāti pacati vivecayati muñcati // (8.2)
anna grah pac vivecay muc
अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice गह grah 6.P. (in astron.) to calculate; (in
astron.) to observe; to abstract पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become ripe; to boil िव`वेचय् vivecay 10.P. to
break down (an aggregate etc.); to distinguish; to examine मुच् muc 6.Ā. to get rid of; to let loose;
to liberate from.

4
अपानो ऽपानगः शोिणविºमेढरो^गोचरः । (९.१)
apāno 'pānagaḥ śroṇivastimeḍhrorugocaraḥ / (9.1)
apāna apāna-ga śroṇi-vasti-meḍhra-ūru-gocara
अपान apāna m. name of a Sāman; that of the five vital airs which goes downwards and out at the
anus; the anus अपान apāna m. name of a Sāman; that of the five vital airs which goes downwards
and out at the anus; the anus ग ga adj. abiding in; abiding in or keeping the fifth place; being
शोिण śroṇi mf. a road; buttocks; the hip and loins विº vasti mf. abdomen; an injection-syringe
made of bladder or the injection itself; the bladder मेढर meḍhra m. a ram ऊ^ ūru mf. name of a son
of Manu Cākṣuṣa; name of an Āṅgirasa and author of a Vedic hymn; shank गोचर gocara adj.
attainable for; being within the range of; having the meaning of.

"ुकातर वशTªूतगभरिनषकमणिकयः ॥ (९.२)
śukrārtavaśakṛnmūtragarbhaniṣkramaṇakriyaḥ // (9.2)
śukra-ārtava-śakṛt-mūtra-garbha-niṣkramaṇa-kriyā
"ुक śukra n. a kind of prameha; a morbid affection of the iris; any clear liquid आतरव ārtava n. a
flower; fluid discharged by the female of an animal at the time of rut; the menstrual discharge
शTत् śakṛt n. dung (esp. cow-dung); excrement; feces मूत mūtra n. the fluid secreted by the
kidneys; urine गभर garbha m. a foetus or embryo; a foundation deposit; a woman's courses
िनषकमण niṣkramaṇa n. ceasing; departing; disappearing िकया kriyā f. a literary work; a noun of
action; a religious rite or ceremony.

िप7ं पBाMकं तत पकवामाशयमWगम् । (१०.१)
pittaṃ pañcātmakaṃ tatra pakvāmāśayamadhyagam / (10.1)
pitta pañcan-ātmaka tatra pakva-āma-āśaya-madhyaga
िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour पBन् pañcan adj. fünf आMक ātmaka adj. (ifc.) having the
nature of तत tatra ind. in that; in that case; in that place पकव pakva adj. accomplished; baked;
baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) आम āma adj. fine; immature; name of the cow
(considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk) आशय āśaya m. (in Yoga phil.)
stock or the balance of the fruits of previous works; a miser; a receptacle मWग madhyaga adj.
going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.).

पBभूताMक~े ऽिप यत् तइजसगुणोदयात् ॥ (१०.२)
pañcabhūtātmakatve 'pi yat taijasaguṇodayāt // (10.2)
pañcabhūta-ātmaka-tva api yad taijasa-guṇa-udaya
पBभूत pañcabhūta n. the 5 elements आMक ātmaka adj. (ifc.) having the nature of ~ tva n. (Marker
für abstrakte Nomina) अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides यद yad pron. what; which तइजस
taijasa adj. bright; consisting of any shining substance (as metal); consisting of light गुण guṇa mn.
(in Śāṃkhya phil.) an ingredient or constituent of Prakṛti; a bow-string; a cook उदय udaya m. a
following word; appearance; becoming visible.

*³दº~ं पाकािदकमरणानलशि¬तम् । (११.१)
tyaktadravyatvaṃ pākādikarmaṇānalaśabditam / (11.1)
tyaj-dravya-tva pāka-ādi-karman-anala-śabday
*ै tyaj 1.Ā. to abandon; to avoid; to discharge दº dravya n. (Gr.) single object or person; (phil.)
elementary substance; a stake ~ tva n. (Marker für abstrakte Nomina) पाक pāka m. a cooking
utensil; an abscess; any act having consequences आिद ādi m. a firstling; and so on; beginning
5
कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of
the Nyāya philosophy) अनल anala m. (in astron.) the fiftieth year of; bile; digestive power श¬य्
śabday Denom.P. to call; to describe; to name.

पच*् अ¤ं िवभैअ`ते सारिक§ौ पृथक तथा ॥ (११.२)
pacaty annaṃ vibhajate sārakiṭṭau pṛthak tathā // (11.2)
pac anna vibhaj sāra-kiṭṭa pṛthak tathā
पच् pac 1.Ā. to bake; to become ripe; to boil अ¤ anna n. bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice
िवभै vibhaj 1.Ā. to apportion; to assign; to cut सार sāra mn. Acacia Catechu; a chief constituent of
the body; a kind of venomous frog (maṇḍūka) िक§ kiṭṭa mfn. a rust of iron called mandura; dirt;
excretion पृथक pṛthak ind. (with abl.) without; apart or separately or differently from; differently
तथा tathā ind. in like manner; in that manner; so.

ततWम् एव िप7ानां शेषाणाम् अº् अनुगहम् । (१२.१)
tatrastham eva pittānāṃ śeṣāṇām apy anugraham / (12.1)
tatrastha eva pitta śeṣa api anugraha
ततW tatrastha adj. belonging to that place; dwelling there; situated there एव eva ind. alone;
already; even िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour शेष śeṣa mn. balance; leavings; remainder
अिप api ind. also; assuredly; besides अनुगह anugraha m. assistance; conferring benefits; facilitating
by incantations.

करोित बलदा`नेन पाचकं नाम तत् Wृतम् ॥ (१२.२)
karoti baladānena pācakaṃ nāma tat smṛtam // (12.2)
kṛ bala-dāna pācaka nāma tad smṛ
T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause to become बल bala mn. Balarāma; an army; expertness
in दान dāna n. adding; addition; bribery पाचक pācaka adj. bringing to maturity; causing
digestion; cooking नाम nāma ind. by name i.e. named; called; certainly तद tad pron. this Wृ smṛ
1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

आमाशयाशयं िप7ं रMकं रसरMनात् । (१३.१)
āmāśayāśrayaṃ pittaṃ rañjakaṃ rasarañjanāt / (13.1)
āmāśaya-āśraya pitta rañjaka rasa-rañjana
आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.] the āmāśaya आशय āśraya m. a plea; a recipient; appropriate act or
one consistent with the character of the agent िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour रMक rañjaka
adj. colouring; dyeing; exciting passion रस rasa mn. amṛta; a constituent fluid or essential juice of
the body; a kind of metre रMन rañjana n. (alchemy) one of the Saṃskāras of mercury; a
particular game; cinnabar.

बुिTमेधािभमानाNइर अिभपेताथरसाधनात् ॥ (१३.२)
buddhimedhābhimānādyair abhipretārthasādhanāt // (13.2)
buddhi-medhā-abhimāna-ādya abhipre-artha-sādhana
बुिT buddhi f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Intellect; a kind of metre; an opinion मेधा medhā f. dhana; a
form of Dākṣāyaṇī in Kaśmīra; a form of Sarasvatī अिभमान abhimāna m. affection; conception
(especially an erroneous one regarding one's self); desire आN ādya adj. being at the head; earlier;
excellent अिभपे abhipre 2.P. to aim at; to approach; to approach with one's mind अथर artha mn. (in
astron.) name of the second mansion; action; advantage साधन sādhana n. a means of summoning
or conjuring up a spirit (or deity); accomplishment; acquisition.
6

साधकं T7तं िप7ं ºपालोचनतः Wृतम् । (१४.१)
sādhakaṃ hṛdgataṃ pittaṃ rūpālocanataḥ smṛtam / (14.1)
sādhaka hṛd-gam pitta rūpa-ālocanā smṛ
साधक sādhaka adj. accomplishing; completing; demonstrating Tद hṛd n. breast; chest; interior
गम् gam 6.P. to approach; to go; to move िप7 pitta n. bile; the bilious humour ºप rūpa n. a
particular coin; a show; a single specimen आलोचना ālocanā fn. considering; reflecting; reflection
Wृ smṛ 1.Ā. to be mindful of; to bear in mind; to hand down memoriter.

[कWम् आलोचकं ~कWं भाजकं भाजनात् ~चः ॥ (१४.२)
dṛkstham ālocakaṃ tvaksthaṃ bhrājakaṃ bhrājanāt tvacaḥ // (14.2)
dṛś-stha ālocaka tvac-stha bhrājaka bhrājana tvac
[श dṛś f. (astrol.) the aspect of a planet or the observed spot; appearance; doctrine W stha adj. a
place; abiding; being situated in आलोचक ālocaka adj. causing to see ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a
horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag W stha adj. a place; abiding;
being situated in भाजक bhrājaka adj. causing to shine; making bright (said of the digestive fire
and bile as brightening the skin) भाजन bhrājana n. brightening; illuminating; the act of causing to
shine ~च् tvac f. a cover (of a horse); a cow's hide (used in pressing out the Soma); a leather bag.

HेPा तु पBधोरःWः स ितकº ¹वीयरतः । (१५.१)
śleṣmā tu pañcadhoraḥsthaḥ sa trikasya svavīryataḥ / (15.1)
śleṣman tu pañcadhā-uras-stha tad trika sva-vīrya
HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum तु tu ind. and; but; do पBधा pañcadhā ind. fivefold; in 5
ways or parts उरस् uras n. bosom; breast; the best of its kind W stha adj. a place; abiding; being
situated in तद tad pron. this ितक trika n. a triad; das Kreuz [ Rücken]; hips ¹ sva adj. akin; one's
own; own वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine).

Tदयºा¤वीयारच् च ततW एवा~ुकमरणा ॥ (१५.२)
hṛdayasyānnavīryāc ca tatstha evāmbukarmaṇā // (15.2)
hṛdaya-anna-vīrya ca tad-stha eva-ambu-karman
Tदय hṛdaya n. mind (as the seat of mental operations); name of a Sāman; science अ¤ anna n.
bread corn; earth; especially boiled rice वीयर vīrya n. consequence; dignity; efficacy (of medicine)
च ca ind. also; and; as well as तद tad pron. this W stha adj. a place; abiding; being situated in एव
eva ind. alone; already; even अ~ु ambu n. a kind of Andropogon; name of a metre (consisting of
ninety syllables); the number four कमरन् karman n. act; action; action consisting in motion (as the
third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy).

कफधा=ां च शेषाणां यत् करो*् अवल~नम् । (१६.१)
kaphadhāmnāṃ ca śeṣāṇāṃ yat karoty avalambanam / (16.1)
kapha-dhāman ca śeṣa yad kṛ avalambana
कफ kapha m. phlegm; phlegm as one of the tridoṣas; watery froth or foam in general धामन्
dhāman n. abode; appearance (esp. in sacrifice); band च ca ind. also; and; as well as शेष śeṣa mn.
balance; leavings; remainder यद yad pron. what; which T kṛ 8.Ā. to accomplish; to act; to cause
to become अवल~न avalambana n. dependance; depending upon; hanging down.

अतो ऽवल~कः HेPा यस् ~् आमाशयसं िWतः ॥ (१६.२)
7
ato 'valambakaḥ śleṣmā yas tv āmāśayasaṃsthitaḥ // (16.2)
atas avalambaka śleṣman yad tu āmāśaya-saṃsthā
अतस् atas ind. from that time; from this; from this or that cause or reason अवल~क avalambaka m.
a kind of phlegm HेPन् śleṣman m. mucus; phlegm; rheum यद yad pron. what; which तु tu ind.
and; but; do आमाशय āmāśaya m. [medic.] the āmāśaya संWा saṃsthā 1.Ā. to abi